Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

34th Annual Convention; Chicago, IL; 2008

Program by Day for Sunday, May 25, 2008


Manage My Personal Schedule

 

Business Meeting #123
Health, Sport, & Fitness Activity: Cardio-kickboxing
Sunday, May 25, 2008
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Williford A
Chair: Elise Cooke (Holliston Public Schools)
Presenting Authors:
Take a break from sitting down all weekend. Discover how behavioral principles, kickboxing routines, and upbeat music can combine into a heart healthy cardio workout! All ABA members and guests are welcome; instruction will be differentiated to ensure that individuals of all fitness levels can be successful.
 
 
Business Meeting #124
ABAI Student Committee Business Meeting
Sunday, May 25, 2008
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Boulevard B
Chair: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Utah State University)
Presenting Authors:
The purpose of this meeting is to discuss the activities and future goals of ABA's Student Committee. Student members will be provided with information on various ways to become involved with the Student Committee and will have the opportunity to suggest future directions and goals. We invite all student members to attend this meeting.
 
 
Business Meeting #125
Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 25, 2008
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Boulevard A
Chair: Jennifer L. Sobie (American Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals)
Presenting Authors:
The annual business meeting of the AAB SIG will meet to discuss current membership, the treasurer's report, and relevant issues and advances through behavior analysis in the field of applied animal behavior. Specifically, discussion will touch upon advancement of SIG interests in and beyond the ABA conference and opportunities for student research in applied animal behavior. Announcement of nominees for the Marion Breland Bailey Student Research and Scholarship Award will be included. A newsletter containing a compilation of SIG-related presentations for the 2008 convention program will be provided to all attendees. Everyone is welcome to attend.
 
 
Business Meeting #126
Behavior Analyst Certification Board: International Certification Development
Sunday, May 25, 2008
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
PDR 2
Chair: Gerald A Shook (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Presenting Authors:
This meeting will address important components of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board which include: Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) and Board Certified Associate Behavior Analyst (BCABA) credentials; professional experience, coursework and degree requirements; approved course sequences; international examination administration; eligibility standards; and application for examination. Special emphasis will be on how individual countries can work with the BACB to develop time-limited alternative pathways for residents of the country to qualify for the BACB examinations. The presentation also will provide an overview of the current status of the BACB and its certificants. The presentation will focus on development of the BACB in the future, particularly as it relates to certification outside of the United States. Time will be provided for participant questions and discussion with the presenter.
 
 
Business Meeting #127
Behavioral Gerontology SIG
Sunday, May 25, 2008
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
PDR 3
Chair: Paige Raetz (Western Michigan University)
Presenting Authors:
Annual meeting of the Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group. All ABA attendees interested in applied and basic issues in human aging or general rehabilitation are welcome. The winner of the student presenter award is announced if all aging related presentation are complete.
 
 
Business Meeting #128
Clinical Behavior Analysis SIG
Sunday, May 25, 2008
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
PDR 1
Chair: Thomas J. Waltz (University of Nevada, Reno)
Presenting Authors:
This is the special interest group for those who have an interest in clinical applications of behavior analysis. Clinical behavior analysts work in both research and applied settings applying behavior analytic principles to just about any situation that may involve psychological distress. This is our annual meeting to discuss how to promote our work at ABA. Members have the opportunity to network and discuss their areas of interest and work, training opportunities, research projects, conceptual struggles and developments, and plan activities for next year’s convention. Everyone is welcome to attend and learn more about this exciting area of behavior analysis.
 
 
Business Meeting #129
Editorial Board Meeting: Behavior and Social Issues
Sunday, May 25, 2008
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
4A
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-UIC)
Presenting Authors:
The editorial board will discuss progress in expanding our open access, on-line presence; expanding indexing; "institutionalizing" the journal; the future of the print version; and plans to expand submissions with social justice, human rights, environmental implications as well as those that advance the cultural analytic science.
 
 
Business Meeting #130
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis Board Meeting
Sunday, May 25, 2008
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marquette
Chair: Tiffany Kodak (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Presenting Authors:
This meeting provides the board members of the journal with an important opportunity to communicate with each other about issues that impact the Journal.
 
 
Business Meeting #131
NeuroSIG: Neuroscience SIG
Sunday, May 25, 2008
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Williford B
Chair: Simon Dymond (Swansea University)
Presenting Authors:
The purpose of this meeting is to welcome members to the NeuroSIG, to discuss future events, nominate officers, and provide a forum for the discussion of issues related to the intersection of behavior analysis and neuroscience.
 
 
Business Meeting #132
Parent Professional Partnership SIG
Sunday, May 25, 2008
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Astoria
Chair: David A. Celiberti (Private Practice)
Presenting Authors:
The discipline of applied behavior analysis owes much to parents who have been staunch advocates for higher quality services for their children. The synergy that can arise from parents and professional working together creates both exciting opportunities and possibilities. The Parent Professional Partnership SIG is one such opportunity for parents and professionals to come together. A business meeting will be held to provide a forum for networking, to help orient parents to the conference, to outline SIG goals and objectives, and to discuss ways to improve upon the SIG website, www.PPPSIG.org. All interested parents and professionals are encouraged to attend this meeting.
 
 
Business Meeting #133
Positive Behavior Support SIG
Sunday, May 25, 2008
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Williford C
Chair: Robert F. Putnam (The May Institute, Inc.)
Presenting Authors:
The Association for Behavior Analysis’ Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group is dedicated to promoting research-based strategies that combine applied behavior analysis and biomedical science with person-centered values and systems change to increase quality of life and decrease problem behaviors. The goal of the PBS SIG to promote the use of positive behavior support interventions in schools, communities, agencies and in homes and support practitioners in its use.
 
 
Business Meeting #134
Sex Therapy and Educational Programming SIG (STEPSIG)
Sunday, May 25, 2008
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
4D
Chair: Bobby Newman (Room to Grow)
Presenting Authors:
The Sex Therapy and Educational Programming SIG of ABA (STEPSIG) will meet to discuss past year's activities and to plan for the future of the SIG.
 
 
Business Meeting #135
Crime, Delinquence, and Forensic Behavior Analysis SIG
Sunday, May 25, 2008
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
PDR 4
Chair: Joseph D. Cautilli (Children Crisis Treatment Center/St. Joseph's University)
Presenting Authors:
This is an open to welcome new members, discuss the work with the Behavior Analyst Online organization on the new journal- The Journal of Behavior Analysis of Offender and Victim - Treatment and Prevention, and to elect people to fill all the SIG leadership positions. We will also review the SIG discussion list http://www.baocommunity.org/mailman/listinfo and website.
 
 
Business Meeting #136
Speech Pathology SIG (SPABA)
Sunday, May 25, 2008
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Boulevard C
Chair: Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.)
Presenting Authors:
The annual business meeting of the Speech Pathology SIG (SPABA) is open to anyone interested in promoting a behavioral approach to the analysis and treatment of speech, language, and/or swallowing disorders. There will be reports from members on mission-related activities and a review/discussion of current and future goals.
 
 
Special Event #137
ABAI Program Committee Meeting
Sunday, May 25, 2008
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Joliet
Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

#none#

 
AUT
WILLIAM H. AHEARN (The New England Center for Children), Jeffrey H. Tiger (Louisiana State University)
 
BPH
JOHN M. ROLL (Washington State University), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
 
CBM
ANN BRANSTETTER-ROST (Missouri State University), Jonathan W. Kanter (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
 
CSE
MARIA R. RUIZ (Rollins College), Saul Axelrod (Temple University)
 

DDA

MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa)
Abstract:

#none#

 

DEV

MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University), Gary D. Novak (California State University, Stanislaus)
Abstract:

#none#

 

EAB

MARK P. REILLY (Central Michigan University), James S. MacDonall (Fordham University)
Abstract:

#none#

 

EDC

RONNIE DETRICH (Wing Institute), Cathy L. Watkins (California State University, Stanislaus)
Abstract:

#none#

 

OBM

TIMOTHY D. LUDWIG (Appalachian State University), Alicia M. Alvero (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract:

#none#

 

TBA

PAMELA G. OSNES (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Denise E. Ross (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract:

#none#

 

TPC

SAM LEIGLAND (Gonzaga University), Ted Schoneberger (Stanislaus County Office of Education)
Abstract:

#none#

 

VRB

WILLIAM F. POTTER (California State University, Stanislaus), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific)
Abstract:

#none#

 
 
Invited Paper Session #138
CE Offered: BACB

Self-Control and Social Cooperation

Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Grand Ballroom
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Howard Rachlin, Ph.D.
Chair: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
HOWARD RACHLIN (Stony Brook University)
Prof. Howard Rachlin obtained a Bachelor of Mechanical Engineering degree from Cooper Union in 1957, an MA in psychology from The New School for Social Research in 1962, and PhD in psychology from Harvard University in 1965. He is currently a Research Professor and an Emeritus Distinguished Professor of Psychology at Stony Brook University. He has written six books including Behavior And Mind (1994) and The Science of Self-Control (2000) and published more than 100 journal articles. His research focuses on self-control and social cooperation in humans and nonhumans approached from the perspective of teleological behaviorism.
Abstract:

Failures of self-control and social cooperation may both be described in terms of hyperbolic discounting: failures of self-control as due to discounting by delay of reinforcement -- failures of social cooperation as due to discounting by social distance. Both self-control and social cooperation may be seen as choice of distributed rewards over individual rewards: self-control as choice of rewards distributed in time -- social cooperation as choice of rewards distributed over social space. Self-control fails when the value of a large reward distributed over time (such as good health) is discounted below that of a small immediate reward (such as having an alcoholic drink). Social cooperation fails when the value of a large reward distributed in social space (such as availability of public television) is discounted below that of a small reward to oneself (keeping money rather than donating it).Patterns of behavior that maximize reward distributed over wide temporal or social distances may be selected by reinforcement and evolve over the lifetimes of individuals by a process akin to group selection in biological evolution.

 
 
Paper Session #139
Training Behavior Analysts to Work with the Elderly
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
4D
Area: DEV
Chair: Jennifer D. Kowalkowski (Eastern Michigan University)
 
If Behavior Analysis is So Great, Why is it Not Generating More Change in the Field of Gerontology?
Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER D. KOWALKOWSKI (Eastern Michigan University), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University)
 
Abstract: Traditionally, gerontology research has been widely viewed as a “multi-disciplinary team,” working within a medical model. Regretfully behavior analysts have yet to fully join this team. Despite leading assessment, intervention, and staff training efforts in some populations (i.e. autism, developmental disabilities), behavior analysts have yet to utilize these expertise with aging adults. There have been limited analogue studies of contingencies affecting people as they age within the behavioral literature. With the number of aging individuals in America far exceeding those in autism and developmental disabilities combined, behavior analysts need to assess our own avoidance behavior of working in this area and develop some solutions. This paper seeks to address the lack of emphasis placed on the behavioral model of aging in the literature, identifies plausible functions for avoiding behavior analytic work with aging populations, and encourages behavior analysts to generate wide spread change for these individuals by devising direction for future research and treatment solutions.
 
CVASA: A Unique Tool for Evaluating Staff Ability to Apply Knowledge of RFE in Residential Settings.
Domain: Applied Research
LEILANI FELICIANO (University of Colorado, Colorado Springs), Patricia A. Arean (University of California, San Francisco)
 
Abstract: A high rate of psychiatric symptoms and behavior problems frequently co-occur with dementia. Agitated or problem behavior associated with dementia often leads to loss of placement, decreases the quality of care that the person receives, increases the likelihood of use of intrusive control measures, and leads to decline in overall quality of life for the affected individual. The Senior Behavior Health Services Program (SBHS) was a project aimed at disseminating Restraint-Free Environment practices for the management of depression and agitation in long-term care settings. Staff received five training sessions covering defining and identifying problem behaviors, assessing the context in which behavior occurs, environmental approaches to managing behavior, creating Restraint Free Environments, and tracking and measuring clinical outcomes. SBHS provided training, modeled interventions, transferred control to staff, and served as consultants. To evaluate the impact of the program on whether staff could apply their knowledge and skills learned from this program, an interactive case vignette assessment survey of ability (CVASA) was created. The measure was available in English and Spanish and administered to 87 residential caregivers involved in patient care. This presentation discusses creation of the CVASA and reports on outcomes associated with this measure.
 
 
 
Paper Session #140
The Role of Behavior Analysis in Education Reform
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Williford B
Area: EDC
Chair: Daniel E. Hursh (West Virginia University)
 
Anything but Improved Instruction--What Education Does and What it Needs To Do.
Domain: Applied Research
ROGER FRANK BASS (Carthage College)
 
Abstract: Most educational initiatives are repackaged failures drawn from a limited range of theoretical orientations that dominate the field. The kinds of initiatives that have been tried, the level of success they've achieved, and behavioral education alternatives will be addressed. Education's approach to research will also be considered.
 
What Teachers are Taught about Behavior Analysis.
Domain: Applied Research
DANIEL E. HURSH (West Virginia University)
 
Abstract: The presentation will review what evidence suggests are effective educational practices and compare this to what is taught about behavior analysis in teacher education programs. Possible reasons for any discrepancies plus possible ways to diminish the discrepancies will be discussed.
 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #141
CE Offered: BACB

International Invited Paper - Applied Behavior Analysis in Nigeria: Barriers and Progress

Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
International North
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Usifo Edward Asikhia, Ph.D.
Chair: Denise E. Ross (Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
USIFO EDWARD ASIKHIA (Home-Link Trust Inc)
Dr. Edward Asikhia is the Clinical Director for Home-Link Trust, Inc., an agency that provides behavioral and educational intervention services to children with developmental disabilities. Dr. Asikhia earned a medical degree from the University of Ibadan, Nigeria in 1985, and was trained as a psychiatrist with the University of Benin Teaching Hospital, University of Wales of Medicine Cardiff and University College Hospital in Galway, Ireland. He obtained MBA and MHPM degrees from the University of Benin, Nigeria, and trained as a behavior analyst at the University of North Texas. Dr. Asikhia provided clinical behavior therapy services at the Child and Adolescent Unit of the Department of Psychiatry, University College Hospital in Galway, Ireland. He also designed rehabilitation and aftercare programs for the Nigerian Prisons Services. Dr. Asikhia is a former Program Director for the behavioral and social intervention center of the Family Care Center, Inc. in Idaho Falls. He has published several articles on the treatment of incarcerated youth in Nigeria and head injuries. Dr. Asikhia is a member of the Nigeria Medical Association and the Inceptor Royal College of Psychiatrists.
Abstract:

This lecture describes a demonstration project designed to address barriers to applying behavior analysis in underdeveloped African countries. In many African countries, there is a dearth of information on the prevalence and impact of disabilities. Additionally, there are major issues in the area of government policy, cultural perspective, early screening, diagnosis and treatment of children with autism and other developmental disabilities. In the light of this situation, Home-Link Trust Inc, a developmental disabilities agency based in Idaho State, has established a demonstration project in collaboration with existing non-governmental organizations for the replication and practice of applied behavior analysis in the management of children with developmental disabilities in Nigeria. This demonstration project will serve as a bridge between the practice of applied behavior analysis in the United States and Africa. In this lecture, the long-term impact of this demonstration project on training and government support for applied behavior analysis in Nigeria will be discussed.

 
 
Panel #142
Competency, Complacency and Convolution in Pet Dog Behavior Consultation
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
PDR 3
Area: TPC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Margaret H. Gibbs (Leash & Collar Dog Training)
ELIZABETH ANNE MCBRIDE (University of Southampton)
PAMELA J. REID (American Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals)
DEE STANTON (Leash & Collar Dog Training)
Abstract: In the Spring 2006 issue of the Behavior Analyst, Johnston, Foxx, Jacobson, Green, and Mulick made the statement, "…the competencies required for practicing behavior analysis cannot be acquired through nonacademic training experiences because those experiences tend to lack many important features, such as prerequisites for admission, intensive supervised involvement with course material and recipients of behavior-analytic services over a period of months, and systematic measurement of performance." They were referencing the increasing popularity of the positive behavior support movement and the relative lack of education accompanying its practice, but the sentiment rings equally true in the field of applied animal behavior (AAB). Particularly impacted is the segment of AAB dedicated to training and behavior consultation of pet dogs. In the absence of any regulating bodies and a paucity of accredited education programs, countless self-acclaimed “behavior experts” borrow vocabulary and little else and wade into the living rooms of unsuspecting families while espousing nonvalidated and potentially harmful treatments. This panel discussion presents three panelists and a chair familiar with both behavior analysis and the world of pet dog behavior consultation and encourages discussion of the extent and effect of the problem as well as suggestions toward resolution.
 
 
Paper Session #143
International Paper Session - Verbal Behavior and Matching-to-Sample: Some Considerations
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Stevens 4
Area: VBC
Chair: Karen Michelle O'Brien (University of North Texas)
 
A Comparison of Paired-stimulus (Respondent) and Matching-to-sample Procedures in the Formation of Derived Equivalence Relations.
Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER M. KINLOCH (University of Waikato), Mary Foster (University of Waikato), James McEwan (University of Waikato)
 
Abstract: The respondent type procedure (paired-stimulus) and matching-to-sample have both been demonstrated as methods by which derived equivalence relations can be formed. However, only two studies have compared the relative effectiveness of the two procedures (Leader & Barnes-Holmes, 2001; Clayton and Hayes, 2004), and these studies gave conflicting findings. The aim of Experiment 1 of the present study was to compare the effectiveness of these two methods, using the procedure outlined in Experiment 1 by Leader and Barnes-Holmes (2001), but employing the stimuli (Chinese characters) used by Clayton & Hayes (2001). Additionally, this study extended those previously by comparing participants who reported being able to name the Chinese characters with participants that could not name the characters. Experiment 1 did not find consistently in favour of one procedure over another. Therefore, Experiment 2 involved a direct replication of the study by Leader and Barnes-Holmes (2001). The results of these two, and one further experiment, will be presented.
 
The Matching-to-Sample Procedure: A Culturally Sensitive Measure of Cognitive Ability?
Domain: Applied Research
KAREN MICHELLE O'BRIEN (University of North Texas)
 
Abstract: Racial and ethnic group differences in performance on standard cognitive ability tests have long challenged psychologists and psychometricians to create bias free measures (Helms, 1992). Use of standardized cognitive ability testing in U.S. public schools has historically resulted in inappropriate special education placement for many minority children (Coutinho & Oswald, 2000). Children of limited English proficiency are doubly impacted, given the consensus in the literature that administration of tests in English is inappropriate for individuals whose first language is not English (Saenz & Huer, 2003). Results from the current study suggest alternative means of measuring intelligence for this population. Verbal performance on the Wechsler Abbreviated Scale of Intelligence (WASI; Psychological Corporation, 1999) for a sample of 5 college students with limited English proficiency was significantly lower than the verbal performance for a sample of native English speakers. Interestingly, these two groups did not differ in their performance on a matching-to-sample task designed to measure verbal behavior as defined by Relational Frame Theory (RFT; Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, & Roche, 2001).
 
 
 
Paper Session #144
International Paper Session - Issues in Program Outcomes
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
PDR 4
Area: AUT
Chair: Emily K. Foster (Step By Step Learning Group)
 
Increasing Appropriate Social Language in the Mainstream for a Student with Autism.
Domain: Applied Research
EMILY K. FOSTER (Step By Step Learning Group), Kevin S. Cauley (Step By Step Learning Group), Elizabeth Benedetto-Nasho (Step By Step Learning Group)
 
Abstract: The social and communication deficits associated with autism have been the focus of much behavioral and educational research to date. Successful intervention for addressing these deficits demands that educators address a student’s ability to initiate and reciprocate a variety of social interactions with peers while restricting engagement in maladaptive behaviors such as persistent use of non-contextual language (Bodfish, 2004). Research has indicated that effective social training, paired with prompting and reinforcement procedures across multiple settings can dramatically increase the rate of appropriate social language engaged in with peers, parents and instructors (Rogers, 2000). This presentation will describe the impact of a multi-component, fluency-based system on the rate of appropriate social language engaged in by an 8-year-old student with autism. Multiple interventions including positive reinforcement for on-task behavior, cue cards to increase discrimination between language demands across environments and fluency-based programming to increase the rate of reciprocal statements made about preferred, non-preferred and neutral conversational topics were used. Data will highlight intervention effects on the frequency of appropriate social language comments compared to the rate of inappropriate language comments used in a social setting.
 
R.E.A.C.H.: A Transdisciplinary Public School Early Intervention Program for Children with Autism.
Domain: Applied Research
MARY D. SALMON (Columbus R.E.A.C.H. Program)
 
Abstract: This presentation describes a data driven public school program that effectively addresses the unique strengths, learning and behavior challenges of children with autism spectrum disorders, preschool through 1st grade. Services are provided through a transdisciplinary model where all intervention occurs within the natural environment. Inclusion with typically developing peer models provides increased access to the general curricula where self-management, independence and social-communicative skills are emphasized. Students in the REACH program are challenged academically and socially as they participate in Reading 1st instruction, art, music, physical education, in-school scouting, and community field trips with their peers. A strong school-to-home connection is maintained through regular home visits and daily communication between families and interventionists. Parent trainings are offered several times per year allowing families to gain important skills to facilitate their child’s growth across developmental domains while they network and socialize with other parents of young children.
 
ABA Into the Community: Collaboration between a University and Non-Profit to Benefit Students with Autism.
Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT J. ALEXANDER (Easter Seals Metropolitan Chicago), Nathalie J. Deutsch (Easter Seals Metropolitan Chicago), Laura Grant (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Kristin C. Greenwood (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Patricia I. Wright (Easter Seals National Headquarters)
 
Abstract: Collaboration between a behavior analytic intern program at a local university and a non-profit private therapeutic day school led to learner outcomes of student interns and behavior change for students diagnosed with autism and/or cognitive impairment. Two masters-level student interns from a behavior analytic university program and professionals from a large non-profit school for children with autism collaborated to incorporate a behavior analytic instructional program into a classroom for children with autism. Results from both pre- and post- test measures as well as ongoing observational data-collection demonstrated the behavior analytic instructional methods led to increased student learning and a reduction in aberrant behaviors for the participating students. Social validity measures from the participating interns and professionals indicate that the collaborative model of program development led to the willingness to engage in the use of the applied behavior analytic principles. In addition, the two-parties developed a behavior analytic model of instruction which will be replicated into additional classrooms within the school.
 
 
 
Symposium #145
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating Video Modeling with Children with Autism
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
International South
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Linda A. LeBlanc, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Video modeling is a popular intervention with children with autism spectrum disorders. The presenters will describe four experimental investigations of the use of video modeling to teach skills to children with autism spectrum disorders.

 
Strategies for Teaching Children with Autism to Imitate Response Chains Using Video Modeling.
LISA TERESHKO (ACES Village School), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (The New England Center for Children), William L. Holcomb (The New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Video modeling has been shown to be a successful strategy for teaching play skills to children with autism. The purpose of the current investigation was to evaluate the prerequisites to video modeling and to teach children with autism, who did not imitate videos, to construct three toy structures through the use of a modified video modeling procedure. Four male students, ages 4 to 6, diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorder participated. The dependent variables were steps completed in the response chain of building the toy structure and attending. The independent variable was the number of steps modeled in the video. A multiple probe design within participant across the toy structures was used. There were three phases: picture only, full video, and video segments. Treatment involved a changing criterion design. The video model increased in length dependent upon the participants’ performance. Inter-observer agreement was calculated in 35% of sessions with a range of 97 to 100% agreement. Results showed that breaking down a video model was an effective strategy for teaching all participants to construct toy structures.
 
Teaching Social Initiations to Children with Autism via the Use of Point-of-View Video Modeling.
ALLISON SERRA TETREAULT (West Virginia University), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston, Clear Lake)
Abstract: Video modeling (VM) is a widely used simulation technique that has been applied to the education of children with developmental disabilities. This method has been employed to teach skills in the areas of self help, toy play, social interaction, academic tasks, and community integration. One form of VM that lacks in-dept analysis is point-of-view video modeling (POV-VM). The current study investigated the use of POV-VM to teach four children diagnosed with autism to socially initiate with a listener. Using a multiple baseline across scripts design, the participants were taught to engage in both eye contact and vocal behavior without the presentation of a vocal discriminative stimulus from the listener. The treatment package included both the presentation of the target video as well as reinforcement for scripted behavior. While this combination proved successful for increasing the social behavior of two participants, the inclusion of prompts was necessary to achieve acquisition for a third, and rehearsal during video viewing was necessary for the fourth. These data suggest that while POV-VM may be a successful technique for teaching some skills, limitations exist that should be further investigated.
 
Comparing Point of View and Scene Video Modeling for Children with Autism.
COURTNEY DILLON (Western Michigan University), Kaneen B. Geiger (Western Michigan University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Video modeling is an intervention that has been used to teach a variety of skills to children with autism. Several variants of video modeling have been developed including point-of-view video models and scene video models. While point-of-view models and scene models have both been shown to be effective, these types of video models have not been directly compared to determine whether one is differentially more effective than the other. The current study directly compared these types of video models for teaching social, adaptive, and play skills to children with autism spectrum disorders using a multielement design. Skills were yoked in pairs with one of the pair taught via scene modeling and the other taught via point-of-view modeling. The outcomes are compared with respect to level of acquisition and trials to criterion.
 
The Role of Preference in Video Modeling Effectiveness.
KANEEN B. GEIGER (Western Michigan University), Courtney Dillon (Western Michigan University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Video modeling is an instructional technique demonstrated to effectively increase social skills, academic skills, daily living skills and play skills for children with autism. Charlop-Christy, Le and Freeman (2000) demonstrated that video modeling was more efficient than in-vivo modeling with children with autism, requiring fewer trials to criterion, producing greater generalization, and requiring less time and money resources than in-vivo modeling. There are several hypotheses for why video modeling is effective. One hypothesis is that children with autism prefer watching videos to looking at people, enhancing motivation and making attending to the video model automatically reinforcing, however; preference for video has not been experimentally examined. This study assessed participants’ preference for either video modeling or in-vivo modeling using a concurrent-chains arrangement. Secondary data were collected on participants’ initial preference for videos in relation to other leisure activities, attention to the model, and trials to criterion to determine if preference had any effect on video modeling effectiveness.
 
 
Symposium #146
Motivational Interventions for Children and Adolescents with Autism and Asperger's Syndrome
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Continental B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Christie Enjey Lin (University of California, Santa Barbara)
Discussant: Ty Vernon (University of California, Santa Barbara)
Abstract: This symposium describes three empirical studies that combine behavioral principles with motivational techniques to target the symptoms of autism and Asperger’s Syndrome in individuals ranging from young children to early adulthood. The first study describes a method for increasing social behaviors in toddlers using embedded social reinforcement. Using an ABAB research design, this study demonstrated that language opportunities with embedded social reinforcement led to increased levels of specific social behaviors in three participants in comparison to language opportunities without embedded social reinforcement. The second study describes a self-management system for increasing flexibility in higher-functioning children. A non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants design was implemented, and results demonstrated that self-management increased flexibility and generalized to a variety of activities. The final study used a multiple baseline design to examine if individuals with ASD could be taught to serve as social facilitators for children in a summer camp setting. Data indicate that participants were able to improve on the number/type of initiations made towards the children, time spent on appropriate on-task behavior, and positive child responses. Data was comparable to typically developing camp counselors. Implications of using motivational techniques across the lifespan of individuals with ASD are discussed.
 
Improving Social Engagement in Young Children with Autism using Embedded Social Reinforcement.
TY VERNON (University of California, Santa Barbara), Robert L. Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara), Lynn Kern Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara)
Abstract: Social deficits are one of the primary characteristics of autism spectrum disorders, and these impairments manifest as low levels of social engagement, decrease levels of coordinated eye contact behaviors, and a restricted affective range. Recent research on naturalistic interventions has demonstrated that using a direct response-reinforcer relationship in learning tasks increases the target child’s motivation and rate of learning and this suggests that embedding direct social reinforcement into the language opportunities might improve social behavior. Using an ABAB research design, this study examined whether the use of language opportunities with embedded social reinforcement would lead to increased levels of specific social behaviors (social engagement, dyadic orienting, and child affect) in three young children with autism in comparison to language opportunities without embedded social reinforcement. Results indicate that each child exhibited increased levels of all three social measures in the embedded social condition. These findings indicate that the use of opportunities that incorporate these strategies may be a method for targeting persistent social impairments. Theoretical and applied implications and future directions are discussed.
 
Targeting Restricted Interests and Repetitive Behaviors by Increasing Flexibility in Children with Autism and Asperger’s Disorder.
CHRISTIE ENJEY LIN (University of California, Santa Barbara), Robert L. Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara), Lynn Kern Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara)
Abstract: The category of restricted interests and repetitive patterns of behaviors (RIRB) is one of the core diagnostic features of autism and Asperger’s Disorder. These symptoms have been described as a heterogeneous group of behaviors that are ritualistic, invariant and developmentally/socially inappropriate. Despite the variety of RIRB observed across individuals with autism, there appears to be a common underlying thread of inflexibility. RIRB is a significant concern because of the pervasiveness of these symptoms, coinciding disruptive behaviors and research demonstrating less improvement in this area compared to social and communication domains. RIRB has implications for the quality of life of the individual and family. Research indicates that self-management is an effective behavioral intervention to target improvement in a variety of behaviors. This study investigated the implementation of a self-management program to target RIRB by increasing “flexibility.” For this study, flexibility was defined as appropriately varying or adapting behaviors when presented with an opportunity to disengage from a RIRB without displaying disruptive behaviors and continuing to engage in the activity at hand. A non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants research design was implemented. Results demonstrated that self-management increased flexibility and was generalized to a variety of settings and activities.
 
Teaching Adolescents with Asperger’s Syndrome and High-Functioning Autism to Serve as Social Facilitators in a Summer Camp Setting.
WHITNEY ANN ENCE (University of California, Santa Barbara), Robert L. Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara), Ty Vernon (University of California, Santa Barbara), Lynn Kern Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara)
Abstract: As autism intervention research continues to evolve, individuals with ASD continue to make tremendous strides in terms of autonomous functioning. Of particular concern and a growing area of research is the development of effective vocational training programs for this population. While the ability to work to support oneself is an important keystone for functioning independently, arguably of equal importance is the ability to have a job which one views as satisfying and a means for contributing meaningfully to society. The purpose of this study was to examine if adolescents with Asperger’s Syndrome or High-Functioning Autism could be trained to work as social facilitators. Using a multiple baseline design, individuals with ASD were trained to lead typical children in a summer camp setting. Data were taken on the number and types of initiations the participants made towards the children, time spent on appropriate on-task behavior, and number of initiations the children made towards the participants. The ability for individuals with social disorders to effectively serve as social facilitators of typically developing children has important implications for the social growth of all the involved parties, but also a challenge to the limited types of employment deemed appropriate for this population.
 
 
Symposium #147
Using Work Systems to Promote Engagement and Independence for Students with Autism and Other Disabilities
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Continental A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Christina R. Carnahan (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract: Interventions that prepare students with autism and other disabilities to be contributing community members are critic componenteducational programming. Interventions that target independent participation, reduced reliance on adult monitoring and support, and active engagement are especially important for the future success of these students. However, specific learning characteristics such as difficulty attending to verbal directions and organizing information from the environment often make engagement and work completion challenging. Professionals need evidence-based interventions that promote independent engagement with, and completion of, learning and work activities. Several studies target engagement and work completion using contingency and supervision packages (e.g., Pelios, MadDuff, & Axelrod, 2003). A growing body of research targets antecedent interventions that incorporate the strengths of individuals with autism and other disabilities (e.g., visual processing) as primary interventions. Work systems, developed by Division TEACCH, are antecedent interventions that use organized sets of visual information to inform students about work or play areas. This symposium provides an overview of research on work systems as the primary intervention for promoting independence and engagement in both academic and vocational settings. At the end of the presentation, participants will be able to describe current research on the use of independent work systems, implications for implementation, and directions for future research.
 
Effects of an Individual Work System on Independent Functioning of Students with Autism.
KARA HUME (Indiana University)
Abstract: Classroom supports that modify the environment to match the behavioral needs of students with autism, such as individual work systems, are essential in increasing student engagement and independent task completion. This study examined the effects of the work system on the independent work and play skills of students with autism. Three students with autism participated in this study, which employed a single subject withdrawal of treatment design. On-task behavior and work completion skills of the students in classroom and employment settings were assessed, as well as the number of tasks completed or play materials utilized during a work session. Observational data indicated that all students showed increases in on-task behavior, increases in the number of tasks completed or play materials used, and reduction of teacher prompts. The results were maintained through the 1 month follow up. Data also indicated that the work system intervention was deemed socially valid by classroom staff involved in implementation. This investigation supports and extends the research related to TEACCH-based interventions as effective learning and teaching tools, and indicates that this antecedent based intervention can reduce reliance on contingencies and response-cost as consequences for off-task behavior.
 
Promoting Independence for Students with Developmental Disabilities in General Education Classrooms using Work Systems.
MOLLY BROWN (Warren County Educational Service Center), Christina R. Carnahan (University of Cincinnati), Laura S. Clarke (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract: This study extends the research conducted by Hume and Odom (2007) on the use of work systems as an intervention for students with autism using a single-subject reversal design across five students. Specifically, using an ABAB design, the study assessed the effects of a structured work system to promote independent task completion and active engagement in general education classrooms. Participants included five students with developmental disabilities, three students with autism and two students with Down syndrome. Students ranged in age from eight to ten years old and were in second through fourth grades. Participants had previous experience using work systems in special education resource room settings and limited access to general education classrooms settings. Their limited experiences in general education settings were closely supervised by a one-on-one adult support person. The results of this study indicate that using independent work systems promotes increased engagement with and completion of work tasks, two skills important for inclusion in both school and community settings. Moreover, when using independent work systems, students experience increased levels of independence, reducing reliance on adult prompting and support.
 
An Independent Work System Intervention for Children with Hearing Loss and Autism.
CHRISTY BORDERS (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract: There is a paucity of research about children who are dually diagnosed with hearing loss and autism. There have been two case studies related to children with a dual diagnosis of hearing loss and autism published in the past two years (Easterbrooks & Handley, 2005/2006; Malandraki & Okalidou, 2007). The limited research leaves educators with few evidence-based interventions for use with this particular population. Using a systematic interexperimental replication, this study assesses the effects of an independent work system for three students dually diagnosed with hearing impairments and autism. The goals of the study are to increase on-task behavior, work completed and number of play materials utilized through the use of an individual work system using an intraexperimental withdrawal of treatment design across students. Data to be collected include frequency of adult prompts, number of materials utilized and/or completed in the work system during the set independent work time and duration of on-task behavior.
 
Practical Guidelines for Developing Work Systems: What Does the Literature Say?
CHRISTINA R. CARNAHAN (University of Cincinnati), Kara Hume (Indiana University), Christy Borders (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract: There is a growing emphasis on the use of evidence-based practices, inclusive placements, and the development of independent living skills. Despite this emphasis, developing and implementing practical interventions to increase inclusion, engagement, and independent functioning are issues with which many professionals struggle. Developing antecedent interventions is especially challenging. However, an expanding body of research provides effectiveness data on the use of interventions that promote understanding, engagement, and independence, and prevent challenging behavior. Work systems are one such strategy. Utilizing visual directions, work systems promote understanding for individuals with autism and other disabilities. The result is an increase in levels of on-task and work-completion behaviors in a variety of academic and community settings. Pulling from existing research, this paper offers practical strategies for assessing baseline skills and developing antecedent interventions that align with the assessment. Specifically, this paper will provide an overview of the research on the use of work systems as antecedent interventions, strategies for developing and implementing work systems in play, academic, and vocational settings, and monitoring an individual’s progress over time. These topics as well as directions for future research and implications for practice will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #148
Drug Effects on Conditional Discriminations
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Inspiration Studio
Area: BPH/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Bryan S. Lovelace (University of North Texas)
Discussant: John A. Nevin (University of New Hampshire)
Abstract: This symposium will examine experimental findings of drug effects on conditional discrimination performance and offer a discussion of relevant conceptual issues.
 
Effects of Cocaine Administration on Performance under a Titrating-Delay Matching-to-Sample Procedure.
BRIAN D. KANGAS (University of Florida), Marc N. Branch (University of Florida)
Abstract: In the current study, four pigeons were exposed to a titrating delay matching-to-sample procedure in which the delay between sample-stimulus offset and comparison-stimuli onset was adjusted as a function of the pigeon’s accuracy. Specifically, every two consecutive correct matches increased the delay by one second, and each incorrect match decreased the delay by one second. Because previous research has shown that increasing the observing response requirement on the sample increases accuracy under TDMTS procedures, multiple responses on the sample key were required prior to sample offset to engender higher titrated delay values to allow for the assessment of drug effects. Once stable daily mean titrated delays were observed, the effects of a range of cocaine doses (1.0-10.0 mg/kg) were studied. Results of acute cocaine administration suggest dose-related decreases in titrated delay relative to baseline performance. Data collected during and after chronic exposure suggests tolerance to the effects of cocaine of moderate doses.
 
Effects of Nicotine on Temporal Discrimination and Attending to Temporal Samples.
SCOTT T. BARRETT (Utah State University), Robert N. Johnson (Delta State University), Ryan D. Ward (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Recent research has shown that disruption by drugs and other manipulations is consistent with a decrease in attending to samples. The present study investigated the effects of nicotine, a drug that has been reported to increase attending under a number of experimental procedures, on a temporal discrimination task in pigeons. Four pigeons responded under an interval-bisection procedure, in which presented sample durations were categorized as either shorter or longer than 3 seconds by responding on a key lit a corresponding color. Following stability, we administered nicotine (0.03-3.0 mg/kg). The proportion of responses to the “long” key color was analyzed and the psychophysical function was fit by a cumulative normal function with four parameters (upper and lower asymptotes, mean, and SD) in order to differentiate specific effects of nicotine on temporal discrimination from those on overall stimulus control (attending). Across doses, nicotine had no systematic effects on the mean or SD of the function, but dose-dependently decreased the range of the function. These results suggest that nicotine, like previous drugs and other manipulations studied, reduces the degree of stimulus control under these experimental arrangements, but has no systematic effects on temporal discrimination.
 
Incrementing Non-Match-to-Sample in Rats: Effects of Drugs.
DAVID A. MACQUEEN (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Laura A. Bullard (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Theophania Guze (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina, Wilmington)
Abstract: The present study developed an incrementing non-match to sample procedure in rats designed to be analogous to memory span tasks used with humans. Rats were placed in a large arena with 18 food locations. In the initial trial of each session, one food cup marked with a distinct olfactory stimulus was present and responding to it was reinforced. Each subsequent trial added a new olfactory stimulus and responding to the new stimulus was always reinforced (non-matching). The dependent measures were number of stimuli that incremented without error (span) and overall percent correct responses. Spans improved with successive testing and frequently exceeded 20 stimuli. Both morphine and NMDA-receptor antagonist, dizocilpine, interfered with performance on this task, but only dizocilpine did so selectively.
 
 
Symposium #149
Empirical Evaluations of Mechanisms of Change in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Boulevard C
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Katherine A. Peterson (Utah State University)
Abstract: The processes through which psychological treatments achieve their outcomes are not widely known for many therapeutic approaches. This is problematic because it allows for procedural changes to occur when there are no advances at the level of processes of change. As a result, the field can have many different looking treatments that really do the same thing. This symposium will attempt to clarify the mechanisms of action through which Acceptance and Commitment Therapy produces its outcomes. Specifically, this symposium includes investigations on obsessive compulsive disorder, self evaluations, mood, and social emotional functioning. Hopefully, this symposium will elucidate the processes through which ACT produces its outcomes and facilitate additional studies in this area.
 
An Evaluation of Mechanisms of Action in ACT, CT, and ERP for OCD.
MIKE P. TWOHIG (Utah State University), Maureen Whittal (University of British Columbia Hospital)
Abstract: The availability of treatment options for OCD are increasing in response to limited effectiveness of existing treatments and scientific developments within the field. Unfortunately, it appears that the procedural development of these interventions is moving faster than our understanding of whey they work. This study attempts to clarify why these three psychological interventions: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, Cognitive Therapy, and Exposure with Response Prevention work. Six adults with OCD were treated with 12 sessions of either ACT, CT, or ERP. They completed weekly measures of symptom severity and process of change. While results are preliminarily, it appears that these treatments work through distinct mechanisms, and that in some cases the changes in processes preceded the changes in outcome. If these treatments do indeed work through different mechanisms of action, it supports the further development of each intervention as a distinct addition to the field, and suggests further research on who is appropriate for each intervention.
 
Training Psychology Students in CBT and ACT: Treatment Processes and Psychological Flexibility.
RAIMO LAPPALAINEN (University of Jyväskylä, Finland), Henna-Riikka Tuomela (University of Jyväskylä, Finland), Tuula Lehtonen (University of Tampere, Finland), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: We investigated the effectiveness of the treatments delivered by psychology students who had received a very brief training in ACT. Students who had very limited training in psychotherapy before taking the intervention course which was a part of their studies. Each student treated one client by CBT or by a combination of CBT and ACT during 10 sessions. Our results show that these treatments done by the novice therapists after a very brief training were effective. Process of change was measured using Acceptance and Avoidance Questionnaire (AAQ-8), and measuring clients’ subjective experiences after every session. ACT approaches to CBT increased psychological acceptance. CBT sessions decreased negative and increased positive feelings. Combinations of CBT+ACT sessions increased positive feelings and mood but did not decrease negative feelings. Overall, change in psychological acceptance or flexibility was associated with mood at the end of the sessions,the pleasantness and difficulty of the sessions were evaluated, and clients evaluated the importance of the issues dealt with the therapists during the session.
 
Is Experiential Avoidance a Pre-Cursor to Socio-Emotional Problems in Adolescents?
JOSEPH CIARROCHI (University of Wollongong), Sunila Supavadeeprasit (University of Wollongong), Patrick Heaven (University of Wollongong)
Abstract: The tendency to avoid private experiences (experiential avoidance) has been implicated as a potential cause of psychopathology. A cross-lagged panel design was used to assess whether experiential avoidance was a likely precursor or consequence of social-emotional functioning from grades 9 to 10. Eight hundred eighty-four students participated in the study. Structural Equation Modeling indicated that experiential avoidance was a precursor to decreasing social support and to increasing hostility and fear. There was evidence for reciprocal effects, with hostility, fear, and sadness predicting increasing experiential avoidance. We discuss the implications of these findings for the potential importance of acceptance-based interventions in adolescence.
 
Impacting Distress Levels and Believability Associated with Negative Self-Evaluations Using Defusion and Restructuring.
JOHN TANNER BLACKLEDGE (Morehead State University), Dana Bassett (University of Wollongong, Australia), Joseph Ciarrochi (University of Wollongong)
Abstract: Acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) makes heavy use of cognitive defusion and self as context interventions in an effort to attenuate the problematic effects of language on subsequent behavior. To investigate whether a brief “observer perspective” intervention impacted the believability and distress associated with negative self-evaluations under tightly controlled conditions, 57 psychology students completed a computer-based task in which they rated the believability and distress of five negatively self-evaluative statements. Each participant was then randomly assigned to either a control condition, or a cognitive defusion or cognitive restructuring condition in which the statement he/she rated as most believable was directly targeted, before rating the statements again. Results indicated that while both defusion and restructuring both significantly decreased the believability of all five statements relative to the control condition, only the defusion condition significantly decreased distress levels elicited by all five statements relative to the control condition.
 
 
Symposium #150
CE Offered: BACB
Further Evaluation of Interventions Using Response-Independent/Noncontingent Schedules of Reinforcement
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Boulevard B
Area: CBM/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mark P. Groskreutz (Utah State University)
CE Instructor: Thomas S. Higbee, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The current collection of research papers is composed of studies investigating response-independent/noncontingent schedules of reinforcement. Studies investigating the utility of these schedules with both clinical and nonclinical populations will be presented.

 
Using Non-Contingent Reinforcement (NCR) to Decrease Inappropriate Classroom Behavior in Students with Emotional and Behavioral Disorders.
THOMAS S. HIGBEE (Utah State University), Rachael D. Waller (Utah State University)
Abstract: Non-contingent reinforcement (NCR) has been shown to be an effective intervention for decreasing the severe problem behavior of individuals with severe developmental disabilities. Less is known, however, about the effectiveness of this intervention for decreasing the problem behavior of individuals with less severe disabilities and less severe forms of problem behavior. Thus the purpose of the present study was to investigate the effectiveness of NCR in reducing the inappropriate classroom behavior of students with emotional/behavioral disorders in a classroom setting. Following a functional analysis, the functional reinforcer maintaining the problem behavior of each participant was delivered on an NCR schedule and the effects on both problem behavior and compliance with instructions was evaluated using a withdrawal design.
 
Programming Nonreinforcement Periods: Do Children Prefer Multiple or Noncontingent Schedules?
KEVIN C. LUCZYNSKI (The New England Center for Children), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England College)
Abstract: Two evidence-based methods for delivering intermittent reinforcement for appropriate social responses maintained by social-positive reinforcement include a multiple schedule and a noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) schedule. The present study assessed the efficacy of and preference for obtaining social interaction with five typically developing children under conditions in which the availability and unavailability of reinforcement was continuously signaled or when a similar amount was provided on a time-based schedule. This study systematically extends previous research on preference for contingencies by evaluating whether preference for contingencies would persist when periods of nonreinforcement were introduced. Efficacy and preference were assessed using a concurrent-chains arrangement within a multielement design. The frequency and temporal characteristics of reinforcer deliveries and nonreinforcement periods were equal across the schedules. Interobserver agreement was collected on 60% of sessions and averaged above 95%. Three of the five children preferred to obtain reinforcement via a multiple schedule to NCR, with one child preferring the NCR schedule, and the other child demonstrating indifference. The results extend the conditions under which preference for contingencies has been observed and provides support for the selection of schedules that introduce nonreinforcement periods with a response-dependent mechanism for obtaining reinforcement.
 
Effects of Treatment Integrity Failures on Time-Based Treatment Schedules: A Laboratory Study.
CLAIRE C ST. PETER (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Time-based treatment schedules, otherwise known as noncontingent reinforcement schedules, are commonly used as a treatment for problem behavior. Although procedures for time-based schedules are typically straightforward, they may not be consistently implemented as designed. We assessed the effects of failures to deliver earned reinforcers (omission errors), inappropriate reinforcer delivery (commission errors), and blended omission and commission errors on FT and VT schedules, using a controlled laboratory preparation with non-clinical participants. Treatment integrity levels varied from 100% to 20% integrity. Results showed that omission errors did not result in increases in analog “problem behavior,” while commission errors and blended errors decreased treatment efficacy. These outcomes demonstrate that certain types or levels of integrity failure are more detrimental than others.
 
Immediate and Subsequent Effects of Response-Independent Food Delivery on Problem Behavior Maintained by Food.
LAUREN A. CHERRYHOLMES (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas), Stephen F. Walker (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The immediate and subsequent effects of response-independent food delivery on problem behavior maintained by food were investigated. Each occurrence of problem behavior produced a bite of wafer in the first and third components of mixed and multiple schedules, while either response-independent delivery of food or extinction was presented in the second component. Dense and lean schedules of food delivery were assessed. Results indicated that a very dense schedule of food nearly eliminated problem behavior, a very lean schedule of food and extinction produced substantial decreases in problem behavior, but intermediate schedules did not decrease problem behavior. Response patterns were differentiated across mixed and multiple schedule arrangements, with signaled changes in the schedules (multiple schedule) generally showing more immediate and sustained effects throughout the intervention component. Implications for interpretations of the effects of the intervention will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #151
CE Offered: BACB
Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders: Outcome Measures of Different Programs Around the Country
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Boulevard A
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz)
Discussant: William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Meeta R. Patel, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The purpose of this symposium is to present data from three pediatirc feeding disorders programs. The data will be presented from two hospital-based programs and one home-based program. Data will be presented by the Kennedy Krieger Institute, St. Joseph's Childrens Hospital, and Clinic 4 Kidz. All three programs will discuss their assessment and treatment methods and present data on their outcome measures.

 
Outcomes of Tube Dependent Children in Kennedy Krieger Institute’s Pediatric Feeding Disorders Program from 2001-2006.
RINITA B. LAUD (Louisiana State University/Kennedy Krieger Institute), Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Danielle N. Dolezal (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), James H. Boscoe (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Elizabeth A. Masler (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ping Wang (Kennedy Krieger Institute), R. Meredith Elkins (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The Kennedy Krieger Institute’s (KKI) Pediatric Feeding Disorders Program (PFDP) was one of the first interdisciplinary programs established to assess and treat pediatric feeding disorders. For children admitted to this program, the etiology of food refusal behaviors varies from behavioral mismanagement to food refusal that is associated with multiple physiological disorders. In the most severe cases, chronic food refusal leads to a dependence on gastrostomy tube feedings in order to sustain a child’s caloric needs. A typical admission to KKI includes comprehensive evaluation and treatment by a team of specialists from various disciplines including a gastroenterologist, behavioral specialist, nutritionist, occupational/speech therapist, and a social worker. Goals for behavioral interventions have included decreasing tube dependence, increasing food and liquid consumption, decreasing food selectivity by texture or type, decreasing inappropriate mealtime behaviors and training parents to maintain the gains made in the program. The purpose of this study is to describe the outcomes of a five-year sample (N=144) of tube dependent children receiving intensive treatment in KKI’s inpatient and day treatment feeding program. Outcomes examined include change in percent tube dependence, weight status, oral intake and mealtime behavior. Additionally, percent of goals met, parent satisfaction ratings, and follow up data are also described.
 
The Center for Pediatric Feeding and Swallowing Disorders at St. Joseph’s Children’s Hospital: Assessment, Treatment and Outcomes.
MERRILL J. BERKOWITZ (St. Joseph's Regional Medical Center), Peggy S. Eicher (St. Joseph's Regional Medical Center)
Abstract: The Center for Pediatric Feeding and Swallowing Disorders at St. Joseph’s Children’s Hospital has been providing services to children exhibiting feeding difficulties for the past 7 years. Several disciplines, including behavior analysis, make up the multidisciplinary team providing these services. Several assessment and treatment strategies have been developed in the area of behavior analysis to specifically address pediatric feeding problems (e.g., Piazza et al., 2003). The current presentation will provide information regarding the demographics of the patients seen at the center and their presenting feeding problems and medical diagnoses. Levels of service, common assessment methods and treatment procedures will be also discussed. Outcome measures will be provided for both levels of service. In addition, the center’s current and future research interests will be provided.
 
Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders: Outcome Measures for an Intensive Home-Based Program.
JENNIFER LEIGH KING (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz), Angela Pruett (Clinic 4 Kidz)
Abstract: Pediatric feeding disorders are common in children with autism and other disabilities and may also be evident in typically developing children with a variety of medical issues (e.g., gastroesophageal reflux, food allergies etc.). Some children may be at risk for weight loss and may eventually be placed on gastrostomy (G-) feedings while others may not have advanced with regards to variety and textures of food. Since there are a variety of problems displayed by children with pediatric feeding disorders, it is ideal that treatment be provided by a team of professionals (i.e., pediatric gastroenterologist, occupational/speech therapist, nutritionist, social worker and/or behavior analyst). Typically these services are provided in a clinic/hospital environment; however, more recently a similar model has been used in the home environment. The purpose of this presentation is to give the audience an overview of how intensive treatment can be initiated for children with pediatric feeding disorders in the home environment using an interdisciplinary model. Data will be presented for at least 45 patients who were admitted to the Clinic 4 Kidz Pediatric Feeding Disorders Program. Results indicate that this type of intensive home-based program is effective at decreasing tube dependency, increasing oral intake, increasing variety of foods consumed, and decreasing refusal behaviors in a short period of time. The advantages and disadvantages of a home-based program to treat feeding problems will be discussed. In addition, the need for more published outcome measures will also be discussed as it relates to medical insurance reimbursement.
 
 
Symposium #152
CE Offered: BACB
Health, Sports, and Fitness Research in ABA
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
PDR 2
Area: CSE/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Amanda N. Adams (California State University, Fresno)
CE Instructor: Amanda N. Adams, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will contain papers that address topics and research in health, sports, and fitness. Topics include smoking cessation, rehabilitation regimen compliance, fitness adherence, and sports application. The blend of papers in this session represents a growing socially important application in ABA with interdisciplinary implications.

 
Identification of Function in Maintenance of Smoking Cessation.
JASON ALAN MARSHALL (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: Smoking-related diseases are responsible for the loss of 440,000 lives every year, and the Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) estimates that 68 billion dollars are spent annually in the United States on medical care costs attributable to smoking behavior. How might behavior analysts address this problem? Carbon monoxide measurements have been proven to be effective measurements of smoking behavior, and can be used as the primary measurement in a study. A secondary function of smoking behavior may also be identifiable using a standard FBA format . Procedures utilizing competing contingencies, and shaping have also proven effective (Dallery & Glenn 2005). In addition to these tools, the possible merits of a habit reversal procedure will be discussed.
 
Effects of a Feedback Package on Tactical Behaviors in Youth Basketball.
MANOEL RODRIGUES-NETO (The Ohio State University), Phillip Ward (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Recent studies in behavior analysis in physical activities suggest the effectiveness of specific techniques such as goal setting and feedback aiming improvements in performance and skill acquisition. The present study aimed to investigate the effects of the instructional strategies consisting in a package including goal-setting, public posting and verbal reinforcements and its effects on the generalization of individual performances and outcomes of youth female basketball players. It focuses on variables that focus on tactical behaviors (positioning) and behavior outcomes (shooting percentage) instead of just technical skills. The results show that the package was effective during and after the intervention with tactical behaviors in youth basketball.
 
A System of Identifying and Neutralizing Aversives to Increase Exercise Behaviors.
LARAINE WINSTON (University of South Florida/Behavior Analysis Services Program)
Abstract: Obesity is a serious and growing problem in the United States with potential harmful consequences for individuals, as well as society as a whole. Behaviors that lead to a healthy weight for an individual are often associated with potent and immediate aversive consequences and these contribute to inconsistent participation and recidivism among those who begin a program of regular exercise. Aversives frequently reported by exercise participants are organized into a self-report based assessment. Corresponding strategies intended to weaken specific aversive stimuli are identified and recommended to individuals based on their ratings of the intensity of their aversion to them and the degree to which each has reduced their past exercise behavior.
 
Contingency Contracting, Reinforcement Assessment and Generalization: A Guide for Self-Care with Compliance of Therapeutic Intervention.
DAVID J. HEBERT (ABEAR Consulting)
Abstract: Failure to comply with and maintain therapeutic exercise regimes, following work-related musculoskeletal injuries, incurs significant individual and societal cost. Individuals who sustain such injury are considered to be at-risk for life-long chronic pain (Hestbaek et al., 2003; Pengle et al., 2003) and co-morbidity of depression and obesity. In addition, repeat musculoskeletal injury to the same body part is common. These individuals will benefit from maintenance of exercise treatment both during and following release from care by a treating professional (Waddell, 1998; McGorry et al., 2000; Borkaen et al., 2002). An issue of importance includes the coping strategies common to people who have sustained traumatic injury. These strategies frequently contribute to long term disability, both physical and emotional (Victorson et al., 2005; Dahl, Hayes, Luciano, & Wilson, 2005). Behaviorally based self-management contracting has the potential for both immediate and long term benefits of therapeutic compliance and minimization of co-morbidity following musculoskeletal injury.
 
 
Symposium #153
Pedestrian Safety
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
PDR 1
Area: CSE/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nicole Cambridge (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: William Gene Rantz (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: This symposium presents three data-based studies focusing on increasing yielding to pedestrians at crosswalks. These strategies are being considered for large scale dissemination.
 
Increasing Motorists’ Yielding to Pedestrians at Mid-Block Crossings: An Analysis of the Efficacy of Rapid-Flash Pedestrian Crossing Aides.
JIM SHURBUTT (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Mid-block crossings are often the site of many pedestrian-automobile accidents. The current study examines the efficacy of a rapid-flash LED beacon pedestrian crossing aide sign. The rapid-flash systems were installed and data were recorded at four locations with mid-block crossings on busy four lane multidirectional roadways. Each location received the device on each side of the crosswalk as well as a median system. The percentage of driver yielding and the distance of yielding were recorded using a multiple baseline reversal (ABCBC) design. Data were collected for baseline and during treatment by alternating the number of units activated from the side units alone to side and median units. Mean yielding compliance increased from 18.2% during baseline to 78% (side units only) and 88% (side and median units). Long-term data extending up to one year from installation is also reported.
 
Comparison of Staged and Resident Pedestrian in the Evaluation of Rectangular Stutter Flash Beacons.
ERICK K. A. MARMOLEJO (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Pedestrian safety is a particularly relevant topic in today’s move for more eco-friendly modes of transporation and the increasing popularity of “walkable communities.” Much research has focused on the interface between automobile thoroughfares and pedestrian pathways. Achieving high percentages of driver yielding to pedestrians has been a difficult issue in the area of traffic safety and new technologies are being investigated to increase the percentage of driver yielding and thus improve pedestrian safety. The present study investigates one such technology called an “Enhancer System”. This device provides a combination of salient and relevant driver and pedestrian prompts that go well beyond a static symbolic sign. The enhancer system alerts the drivers to the presence of pedestrians and simultaneously verbally prompts pedestrians to “Look both ways before crossing and to wait for cars to yield.” The present study evaluated the efficacy of the enhancer system and found it to be highly effective in improving driver yielding over a static sign.
 
The Effects of Extended Arm and Pedestrian Lean on Driver Yielding Behavior.
BRIAN J. CROWLEY-KOCH (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Pedestrian safety is a serious concern at busy intersections and pedestrian campuses across the nation. While crosswalks and signs help pedestrians and motorists know where to cross, there is no standard protocol for pedestrians to signal drivers that they wish to use the crosswalks. This study examined the effect of (1) use of a raised arm to prompt motorists to yield to a pedestrian about to cross at a crosswalk and (2) how to increase the number of pedestrians using the extended arm method.
 
 
Symposium #154
CE Offered: BACB
Noncontingent Reinforcement: Treatment Efficacy and Translational Experimentation
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Stevens 1
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Carrie S. W. Borrero, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) refers to the time-based delivery of a reinforcer independent of responding, such that there is no contingency between a response and a reinforcer. NCR has frequently been implemented as a treatment for problem behavior and generally has been shown to be effective in reducing levels of problem behavior. In the first paper, Severtson, Carr and Lepper will describe a quantitative review of NCR-based interventions to assess the efficacy of NCR as a treatment for problem behavior. In the second paper, Sloman, Vollmer, Samaha and Bosch will describe a comparison of momentary differential reinforcement of other behavior (mDRO) to NCR schedules, in the context of treating problem behavior. In the third paper, Carreau et al. will describe an evaluation of variable-interval (VI) schedules based on fixed-time schedules (FT) to measure the persistence of problem behavior when extinction procedures were implemented.

 
Noncontingent Reinforcement as Treatment for Problem Behavior: A Quantitative Review.
JAMIE M. SEVERTSON (Western Michigan University), James E. Carr (Western Michigan University), Tracy L. Lepper (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) is a function-based treatment for problem behavior that has produced robust effects across a variety of response topographies, reinforcement functions, and populations. Several narrative literature reviews have adequately described the NCR treatment literature. The purpose of this presentation is to quantitatively analyze and classify the empirical support for NCR using the criteria developed by The Task Force on the Promotion and Dissemination of Psychological Procedures (1995). Of the 59 studies identified for analysis, 24 met the criteria to be included in treatment classification. Based on the Task Force guidelines, fixed-time reinforcer delivery (plus extinction and schedule thinning) was classified as well established, while fixed-time reinforcer delivery (plus extinction) and variable-time reinforcer delivery (plus extinction) were deemed probably efficacious.
 
A Clinical and Laboratory Evaluation of Noncontingent Reinforcement and Momentary Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior.
KIMBERLY SLOMAN (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Andrew Samaha (University of Florida), Amanda Bosch (University of Florida)
Abstract: Noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) has been demonstrated to be an effective treatment for various forms of problem behavior. However, some studies have shown that NCR may result in adventitious response-reinforcer pairings and, hence, subsequent increases in or maintenance of problem behavior. In momentary differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO), a reinforcer is delivered only if responding is absent at the end of the interval. We conducted two studies to evaluate the effectiveness of NCR and momentary DRO. The purpose of the first study was to conduct a clinical evaluation of NCR in the treatment of problem behavior. During the NCR fading procedure, we observed adventitious response-reinforcer pairings and increases in problem behavior. Next, we evaluated variations of momentary differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO). Results showed that momentary DRO was effective at preventing response reinforcer pairings and decreasing problem behavior. In the second study, we conducted laboratory evaluations of NCR and momentary DRO using non-human animals as subjects. Results showed that momentary DRO was more effective at reducing responding than NCR, and had comparable rates of reinforcement to NCR. Implications for the use of momentary DRO in application will be discussed.
 
A Further Examination of Behavioral Momentum Effects Arranged by Noncontingent Reinforcement.
ABBEY CARREAU (Kennedy Krieger Institutue), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mandy M. Triggs (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa J. Allman (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Yanerys Leon (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Ahearn, Clark, Gardenier, Chung, and Dube (2003) recently suggested that stimuli delivered on a variable-time schedule during treatment of problem behavior can produce behavioral momentum effects, making problem behavior more resistant to subsequent intervention. However, their study involved automatically reinforced problem behavior and the challenge involved delivery of reinforcers thought to compete with the problem behavior. Automatically reinforced behavior may prove cumbersome in momentum analyses because differences in reinforcement rates, a critical aspect of the analysis, are difficult to quantify with precision. In the present study, we superimposed schedules of fixed-time (FT) reinforcement onto variable-interval (VI) schedules of reinforcement for problem behavior maintained by positive reinforcement and measured the persistence of problem behavior during subsequent periods of extinction. These effects were compared to behavioral persistence in extinction following an identical VI schedule without the superimposed FT schedule. The results thus far indicate that the addition of the FT schedule produced momentum effects, evidenced by increased latency to extinction and increased rates of problem behavior during extinction. These results are discussed in terms of potential effects of NCR on problem behavior when extinction is implemented with less than perfect integrity.
 
 
Symposium #155
Functional Communication Training: Efficacy, Maintenance, and Generalization
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Stevens 2
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Mark V. Durand (University of South Florida, St. Petersburg)
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT) has been shown to be an effective treatment for problem behavior. Each of the current papers addresses issues related to the effectiveness, generalization or maintenance of FCT. First, Gregory Hanley, Nicole Heal and Tara Fahmie present a study showing that their Preschool Life Skills program, which includes the class wide teaching of FCT, was effective at reducing problem behavior and increasing adaptive skills when generalized to two Head Start classrooms. Next, Terry Falcomata, Joel Ringdahl, and Tory Christensen address an issue related to the effectiveness of FCT responses. These authors present data showing that the proficiency in which an individual can independently emit a specific mand affects the effectiveness of that mand when used within a communication-based treatment for severe problem behavior. Finally, Louis Hagopian, Eric Boelter, and David Jarmolowicz present a quantitative review of the literature on thinning the schedules or reinforcement following FCT. This review describes the schedule arrangements used for this purpose and the outcomes obtained, methods used to progress the thinning schedule, and supplemental treatment components used to achieve terminal goals. Collectively, these papers address important issues related to the long-term efficacy of communication-based treatments for problem behavior.
 
Functional Communication Training Prior to the Development of Severe Problem Behavior: A Systematic Replication of the Preschool Life Skills Program.
GREGORY P. HANLEY (Western New England University), Nicole Heal (The May Institute), Tara A. Fahmie (University of Florida)
Abstract: A prominent aspect of the Preschool Life Skills (PLS) program described by Hanley, Heal, Tiger, and Ingvarsson (2007) to minimize problem behavior likely in preschoolers attending center-based care was the class-wide implementation of functional communication training. Although the program reduced problem behavior by developing functional communicative and other social skills, the generality of the study was limited by implementation in a university preschool characterized by an unusually rich ratio of college-educated teachers to children and the adoption of an explicit evidence-based program for minimizing problem behavior. The current study sought to determine the efficacy of the PLS program in two community-based Head Start classrooms characterized by typical teacher-child ratios and varied approaches for addressing problem behavior operating in the classrooms. Baseline observations occurred during situations known to evoke problem behavior (or pro-social behavior). Following baselines, children participated in scripted role plays for each skill; opportunities for teaching the skills were then embedded into typically-scheduled activities throughout each day. The effects of the program on problem behavior and skill development were evaluated in a multiple baseline design (all interobserver agreement exceeded 85%). The program resulted in a 67% reduction in problem behavior and over a 3-fold increase in skills, which was generally consistent with the results of the initial study.
 
The Effect of Mand Proficiency on Functional Communication-Based Treatment of Severe Behavior Problems.
TERRY S. FALCOMATA (University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa), Tory J. Christensen (University of Iowa)
Abstract: We conducted an assessment to determine the relative proficiency with which 3 individuals with developmental disabilities used different types of communication modalities. The effects of varying levels of proficiency were then assessed during implementation of functional communication training (FCT). During Phase 1, 10 trials were conducted with each of at least three modalities of communication including (e.g., manual sign, card hand, and microswitch activation). Data were collected on the level of prompting needed to occasion the response. During Phase 2, the modalities associated with the highest and middle percentages of independence were incorporated into FCT. Results of the proficiency assessment combined with FCT outcomes suggested FCT was most effective when the high proficiency modality was used. Results have implications for determining what response should be included as part of FCT-based treatment of severe behavior problems. Interobserver agreement was obtained during at least 20% of sessions and averaged above 90%.
 
Thinning Schedules of Reinforcement following Functional Communication Training: A Quantitative Analysis.
LOUIS P. HAGOPIAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Eric Boelter (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David P. Jarmolowicz (West Virginia University)
Abstract: One difficulty observed in the literature on Functional Communication Training (FCT) is the reemergence of problem behavior when, subsequent to training, the schedule of reinforcement is thinned to make the treatment more practical in natural environments. The current paper reviews the published literature in which schedules of reinforcement following FCT have been thinned for this purpose. A quantitative review of this literature is provided including a review of each of the schedule arrangements that have been used for this purpose and outcomes obtained, a description of methods for progressing toward the terminal schedule, and a description of supplemental treatment components aimed at maintaining low levels of problem behavior during schedule thinning. Conceptual issues related to the reemergence of problem behavior during schedule thinning are discussed and areas for future research are provided.
 
 
Symposium #156
Strategies for Increasing Children's Fluency and Engagement: PECS, Playgrounds, Functional Communication Training, and a Racetrack
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Stevens 3
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Four papers will be presented. We will highlight the results of studies examining an alternative method of teaching PECS, the impact of systematic planning on children's behavior in outdoor play spaces, and the use of a multi-component intervention using functional communication training to impact challenging behavior. A fourth study will present the results of an investigation using a fluency based " racetrack" intervention on the labeling skills of preschool children with disabilities.
 
PECS and the Single Teacher: Examining the Effectiveness of Teaching PECS with One Adult.
NOA HANNAH (University of Washington), Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington)
Abstract: Six preschool children with ASD participated in this study. All six were beginning to receive instruction on the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS). In the initial states of instruction on PECS, the manual requires two adults to be present for instruction. One is the communicative partner and the other is the prompter. Two participants were selected randomly to receive the traditional PECS protocol training with two adults. For four students, one adult, who played the role of the communicative partner and prompter, provided all PECS training. In this study all training on the PECS protocol was conducted in integrated preschool classrooms. The number of trial to independent exchanges was assessed, as was the cost of implementing the teaching the first phase of the system. Inter-observer reliability was collected on at least 20% of the sessions high across all participants, with an overall average of 90%. All students learned to exchange independently and did not require more trials than students who received instruction with two adults. Results suggest the first phase of PECS can be taught to most students by one adult, although there may be some students who would benefit from a second adult.
 
Addressing the Communicative Needs of Young Children with Challenging Behavior with a Multi-Component Intervention.
CAROL ANN DAVIS (University of Washington), Annie McLaughlin (University of Washington)
Abstract: Young children who engage in challenging behavior are more than at risk for long term care and exclusion from the community. However, the reliance on consequence strategies remains. This study examined the use of a multi-component intervention (changing the antecedents, functional communication training, and consequence interventions) for young children whose challenging behavior served multiple functions. Three children, ages 3-5 with limited communication skills and challenging behavior participated in the study. Each intervention was carefully designed using multiple components matched to the hypothesis statements for each child. Effects were monitored using a multiple baseline design. During baseline children's problem behavior ranged from 40% of observed intervals to 80%. During intervention, rates of problem behavior ranged from 0% to 20% of observed intervals. Interobserver agreement was collected on 25% of all sessions and ranged from 85% to 100%. Implications for interventions consisting of components addressing antecedent and consequence strategies will be discussed.
 
Empirically-Validated Principles for Increasing Engagement in Young Children with Severe Disabilities on the Playground.
ANN N. GARFINKLE (University of Montana), Susan Harper-Whalen (Univeristy of Montana)
Abstract: Young children with disabilities often receive special education services in programs that have a play-based or activity-based philosophy. Children in these settings need to engage with materials before they can take advantage of some of the naturally occurring teaching/learning experiences. Unfortunately, many young children with severe disabilities have low levels of engagement. Few studies have examined children's engagement on the playground. This study is an examination of systematically planning for play materials in the playground in order to raise the engagement rates of young children with disabilities. We used an AB design across 12 teachers. The independent variable was a list of principles of planning for engagement on the playground. The dependent variable was young children's level of engagement on the playground and the fidelity with which the teachers used the strategies. Interrater reliability was collected on both the teacher's use of the principles and the children's level of engagement. It was collected in 30% of sessions and never dropped below 80%. Results indicated once teachers used the principles changes to the environment resulted in larger changes in the children's level of engagement on the playground.
 
Using Fluency Based "Racetracks" to Teach Picture Labeling to Preschoolers with Special Needs.
LAURA EVANS (Southwest City Schools), Judah B. Axe (The Ohio State University), Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Fluency-based "racetracks" were previously used to train sight word acquisition and fluency in elementary age students with disabilities (Rinaldi, Sells, & McLaughlin, 1997). The purpose of the current study was to use a fluency-based racetrack to teach fluent picture labeling to three preschoolers with disabilities in a classroom setting. Pictures were displayed on tracks and explicit instruction using modeling, positive, and corrective feedback, and 30-s timings were used to train picture labeling. Data from daily probes of labeling individual pictures prior to instruction were displayed in a multiple probe design across sets of pictures design. A functional relation was demonstrated. Across participants, the mean number of pictures labeled in 30-s was 1.67 (range 0-6) in baseline probes and 5.71 (range 0-17) in intervention probes. Generalization of performances across settings was demonstrated. Interobserver agreement (IOA) and procedural integrity were assessed for all participants in 20% of sessions across phases. Mean IOA was 87% (range 53-100%) in baseline probes and 83% (range 42-100%) in intervention probes. This study adds to the research on fluency-based interventions and teaching picture labeling to preschoolers with disabilities. Limitations, implications for practice, and areas for future research are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #157
CE Offered: BACB
Assessment, Treatment and Validation of Pathological Gambling: BIG-SIG Symposium 2
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Metra
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Maranda Trahan (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale)
CE Instructor: Mark R. Dixon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Although there have been a variety of studies discussing pathological gambling, many questions still remain as to the assessment, treatment and validation of pathological gambling. The purpose of this symposium will be to examine various improvements to work on pathological gambling. Four empirical studies will be presented in which different dimensions of pathological gambling were examined. The first presentation will be a discussion on the Gambling Functional Assessment (GAF). The second presentation will review a behavioral therapy treatment package to decrease pathological gambling. The third presentation will explore novel dependent measures in pathological gambling and possible future of gambling studies. The final presentation will discuss the neurotransmitter dopamine (DA) and its effects on pathological gambling.

 
Factor Analyzing the Gambling Functional Assessment Survey.
JEFFREY N. WEATHERLY (University of North Dakota), Joseph Miller (University of North Dakota), Ellen Meier (University of North Dakota), Adam Derenne (University of North Dakota)
Abstract: Dixon and Johnson (2007) introduced the Gambling Functional Assessment (GFA) as a paper-and-pencil device to identify the consequences that maintain gambling behavior. Their device had four potential consequences, attention, sensory experience, tangible gain, and escape. We had a college sample of 900 students take the GFA. Their responses were subjected to a factor analysis, which identified three rather than four factors. Specifically, items that were designed to identify the consequences of sensory experience and tangible gain group together. Two questions pertaining to the consequence of attention grouped together, as did all the questions pertaining to escape. A subsample of the original took the GFA a second time 12 weeks after the original administration. Test-retest reliability of the GFA was good. These results indicate a slightly modified GFA has utility as a functional assessment device.
 
Using Behavior Therapy to Treat Pathological Gamblers with Acquired Brain Injury.
JOHN M. GUERCIO (Center for Comprehensive Services, Inc.), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The present study explored the use of an 8-week behavioral therapy treatment package designed for persons with pathological gambling to reduce their gambling behavior. In the present study three individuals with acquired brain injury were exposed to a multiple baseline design where the intervention was 8 weeks of individual-based therapy for treatment of gambling. In addition to the typical self-report data that are usually collected in treatment outcome studies, we included the observation of actual gambling behavior that was allowed to take place immediately following each therapy session. Results suggest that when compared to baseline, gambling self-reports and observed behavior decreased upon introduction of the treatment package. Our results also maintained during follow up probes. In conclusion behavioral treatments for non-brain-injured individuals with gambling disorders have potential for persons suffering from such a disability, and appear externally valid when assessing actual gambling behavior in the natural environment.
 
The Next Paradigm of Gambling Behavior Research.
MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University), Maranda Trahan (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale)
Abstract: Over the past 10 years, behavior analysts have begun to gather a fair amount of research on gambling behavior. Basic laboratory explorations have utilized human and nonhuman subjects, and clinical interventions have been attempted with promising results. To date the behavioral contributions have only scratched the surface of the phenomena of gambling, and why an individual with no history of gambling problems can become a pathological gambler. This presentation will explore the utilization of novel dependent measures as well as discuss the introduction of neglected independent variable manipulations. A possible research agenda for the behavior analyst interested in studying gambling behavior over the next decade will be presented. Emerging data that emulate this new paradigm will be used as examples of the possibilities this paradigm has to offer.
 
Recent Neuroscience Research and its Possible Implications for Behavior Analysts Interested in Gambling Behavior.
BRADY J. PHELPS (South Dakota State University)
Abstract: The neurotransmitter dopamine (DA) and some of its agonists have been implicated in the development of compulsive gambling, such that the Food and Drug Administration is making warnings about heightened risks of compulsive gambling mandatory in advertisements for some DA agonist prescription medications. Dopamine is argued as being a key mechanism in the our brain and behavior’s sensitivity to reinforcement contingencies; furthermore, DA mechanisms in the brain show particularly potent responses to unpredictable reinforcement contingencies. Relevant literature regarding DA, reinforcement mechanisms and gambling will be discussed.
 
 
Paper Session #158
International Paper Session - Choice
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Chicago & Alton
Area: EAB
Chair: John R. Smethells (Central Michigan University)
 
Overmatching and Optimization in a Matching Law Experiment with Human Participants.
Domain: Basic Research
LAURILYN DIANNE JONES (The Mechner Foundation), Francis Mechner (The Mechner Foundation)
 
Abstract: Ten participants completed an eight-session experiment designed to study the effect that the amount of time required for the execution of the operant would have in a matching contingency situation, and the possibility that subtracting this time variable would correct for undermatching and overmatching. The operant consisted of pressing keys on the computer keyboard. Each session consisted of three blocks, each with a different set of reinforcer probabilities: 50/50, 30/70 and 10/90. Each block ended after 300 4-cent reinforcers were obtained. Within each block, the time required per operant was changed every 50 reinforcers by changing the number of keystrokes: either 2, 8 or 14 keystrokes. In all participants, choice during the 10/90 block optimized quickly and stayed stable, with usage of the 10% operants dropping to an average of 2% or below from the fourth session on. Choice during the 30/70 block optimized more slowly, with usage of the 30% operants reaching an average of 2 to 3% in sessions five and six. Some of the participants subsequently drifted away from optimization in the 30/70 block and exhibited other effects. Factors that may have influenced these phenomena and other characteristics of the observed drifts will be presented.
 
Does a Changeover Delay Increase Sensitivity to Reinforcement Allocation?
Domain: Basic Research
JAMES S. MACDONALL (Fordham University)
 
Abstract: Although the literature says that in concurrent choice procedures a changeover delay increases sensitivity to reinforcement allocation, there is little empirical evidence supporting this view. In two different experiments, one using a changeover delay (MacDonall, 2003) and one not using a changeover delay (MacDonall, 2000), there was no consistent effect of a changeover delay on sensitivity to reinforcement in different rats. The following experiments used multiple schedules with identical concurrent schedules in each component but one component also used a 5 s changeover delay. The first experiment used two pairs of stay and switch random-interval schedules for the concurrent schedule. The second experiment used the standard method of two random-interval schedules for the concurrent schedule. The run lengths and visit durations were consistently longer in the component with a changeover delay, indicating the rats’ behavior was affected by the delay. In both experiments there was no consistent difference between sensitivity to reinforcer allocation in the two components. In the present experiments, using single subject’s designs, changeover delays affected run lengths and visit durations but not sensitivity to reinforcement.
 
Human Choice in a Variable Environment: Local Effects of Reinforcement.
Domain: Basic Research
CELIA LIE (Victoria University of Wellington), David N. Harper (Victoria University of Wellington), Maree J. Hunt (Victoria University of Wellington)
 
Abstract: Davison and Baum (2000) developed a concurrent-schedule procedure where the relative frequency of reinforcement changed a number of times within each session, and each reinforcer ratio was separated by a 10 s black-out. They found that subjects’ behaviour adapted quickly to changes in the reinforcer ratio, with subjects showing good levels of sensitivity to the reinforcer ratios (as measured by the generalised matching law – Baum, 1974). This general procedure has been used with pigeons (e.g., Davison & Baum, 2000, 2002; Landon & Davison, 2001) and also with rats (e.g., research currently underway in our laboratory). This talk will present findings from a similar procedure with human participants where participants were presented with four different reinforcer ratios (components), each separated by a 10 s inter-component interval. Participants obtained 30 reinforcers per component and 120 reinforcers in total to exit the session. Analyses will look at how participants’ sensitivities change within each component and also across each of the four different components.
 
The Impact of Self-Injurious Behaviour on Tutor’s Time Allocation: An Application of the Matching Law.
Domain: Basic Research
LEWIS A. BIZO (Southern Cross University), Louisa Ellen Salmon (Southern Cross University), Tom Randell (University of Southampton), Martin Hall (University of Southampton), Bob Remington (University of Southampton)
 
Abstract: Participants were asked to teach an object matching task to each of two virtual children that simulated children that self-injured using an interactive computer simulation. In two separate experiments the relative rates of self-injury that the two virtual children engaged in was manipulated across three conditions in a repeated-measures design. The proportion of time a tutor spent teaching each child was plotted as a function of the relative rate of self-injurious behaviour. Most participants under-matched and spent roughly equal amounts of time teaching each child, a few participants matched their time allocation in almost the same proportion as the rate of self-injurious behaviour. The present study represents an application of Herrnstein’s Matching Law to an applied problem. Implications for use of this computer simulation for demonstrating to naïve tutors the impact self-injurious behaviour can have on their time allocation is discussed.
 
 
 
Paper Session #159
International Paper Session - Schedules of Reinforcement
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Barbershop
Area: EAB
Chair: Dennis J. Hand (Central Michigan University)
 
The Reinforcing Value of Water in a Schedule-Induced Drinking Situation.
Domain: Basic Research
JORGE A. RUIZ (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Carlos A. Bruner (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico)
 
Abstract: Previous studies done in our laboratory have shown that Schedule-Induced Drinking (SID) reduces to the water-reinforcement of the water-producing response. The phenomenon occurs because food deprivation reduces home-cage water intake while the subsequent introduction of food during the SID session reestablishes water intake. How reinforcing is water in a typical SID experiment? This question was answered by comparing the reinforcing value of water in a SID experiment with explicit degrees of water deprivation. Lever-pressing by three rats was reinforced with water on a Progressive Ratio 5 schedule after either 21, 11:30, 17:15 or 5:45 hours of direct water deprivation and the maximum ratios completed at each deprivation level were compared to the maximum ratio completed after food deprivation to 80% of the rats free-feeding weight. To replicate a SID procedure free-food was delivered regardless of the type of deprivation on a Random Time 64s schedule. The maximum ratio completed decreased as water deprivation diminished. When the conditions for SID were established by introducing food deprivation, the maximum ratio completed was similar to 5:45 hours of direct water deprivation. It was concluded that in the SID situation the reinforcing value of water is smaller than that produced by direct water deprivation.
 
Differential Effects of Alternative Food Sources on Schedule-Maintained Responding.
Domain: Basic Research
RAQUEL ALO (West Virginia University), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University)
 
Abstract: To investigate how response-dependent and independent food arranged by different schedules interact when the sources of food are the same or different, two experiments included a series of conditions comparing response rates and patterns under VIs (Experiment 1) and DRLs (Experiment 2), when either a VT or a FT was added to that schedule and delivered food at the same hopper or at another one, located at the opposite side of the chamber. In both experiments, VT and FT schedules did not produce systematically different response rates. Additionally, higher response rates were most frequently observed when there was only one source of food. In Experiment 1, response patterns always changed when the sources of food were different, and a negatively accelerated pattern was more frequently observed when response-independent food was arranged by the FT schedule. In Experiment 2, responding was more variable with 2 sources of food. The exposure to FTs produced either linear or positively accelerated responding, while the exposure to the VT produced only linear responding. In conclusion, changes in response rates and patterns seem to be a function of (1) characteristics of the schedules delivering each food and (2) variables affecting the “discriminability” between these schedules.
 
An Examination of Conjugate Schedules of Reinforcement.
Domain: Basic Research
KENNETH MACALEESE (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract: Conjugate reinforcement schedules are contingency rules that specify that a reinforcer varies proportionally to the rate and/or intensity of responding. This schedule of covariation has been used to study a range of phenomena (Lindsley, 1962 & 1963; Rovee-Collier & Gekoski, 1979) and has been implicated as being "the schedule of nature" (Lindsley cited in Rovee-Collier & Gekoski, 1977). Despite its use in examining other phenomena, little research has been conducted on the schedule parameters as a subject matter in their own right. The current research study presents a conjugate reinforcement methodology that can be used to study schedule parameters in human operant preparations. Data will be presented and described where this methodology has been used to examine fundamental components of the conjugate reinforcement schedule.
 
Performance in Extreme Multiple Schedules.
Domain: Basic Research
ANTHONY P. MCLEAN (University of Canterbury), Randolph C. Grace (University of Canterbury), John A. Nevin (University of New Hampshire)
 
Abstract: Pigeons responded in multiple schedules with session-to-session variability in obtained reinforcer rates constrained, and reinforcer ratios that varied over 4 log units. Results from such procedures are usually analysed by plotting log response ratios against log reinforcer ratios. Treated this way the data revealed a nonlinear relation whereby matching or overmatching occurred with extreme reinforcer ratios, whereas undermatching was found with moderate ones. Although many existing models of multiple-schedule performance can predict a non-linear relation of this form, most are structured similarly to Herrnstein’s equation and these all under-predict performance at the extreme reinforcer ratios. A model for response rate and resistance to change in multiple schedules, by Nevin and colleagues, is structured to reflect response-reducing forces and behavior's resistance to those forces, and provides the best account of these results.
 
 
 
Paper Session #160
International Paper Session - Applications of Behavioral Instruction Across Content Areas
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Waldorf
Area: EDC
Chair: Frank Hammonds (Troy University)
 
Interteaching: An Introduction and Some Modifications.
Domain: Applied Research
FRANK HAMMONDS (Troy University)
 
Abstract: I was introduced to “interteaching” at the 2003 ABAI convention. Since then I have employed it in my basic statistics course. In this presentation, I will discuss the history of interteaching, my experiences with it so far, and some changes I have made to the original program. One of the changes has been the addition of brief lectures prior to the interteaching sessions. I will discuss the reasons for this as well as whether this violates a basic assumption of interteaching. Finally, I will present feedback from students about my current version of interteaching and possible further modifications of this procedure.
 
Programmed Instruction and Interteaching: Applications to Technology Education.
Domain: Applied Research
HENRY H. EMURIAN (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
 
Abstract: To support acquiring a technical skill, eighteen undergraduate students taking a course entitled “Graphical User Interface Systems Using Java” completed a programmed instruction (PI) tutoring system that taught a Java applet computer program. During the next class, students participated in an interteaching session based on the identical program. Twelve objective questions assessing rule-governed learning were administered before and after the PI training and after the interteaching session. During the interteaching session, students worked in pairs and could discuss the 12 questions together while completing questionnaires individually. The 12 questions were also included within a graded quiz administered during a subsequent class. Sixteen of 17 students (one student did not complete a post-PI questionnaire) showed improvement in test performance after PI training. Thirteen of those 17 students showed further improvement after the interteaching session. There was a significant correlation in interteaching test scores between members of the nine pairs. However, the correlation did not persist to the quiz, and five of the 18 students showed a performance decrement compared to the interteaching session. Although students reported value in the interteaching session, having students work together may not always insure equivalent knowledge in both pair members as an outcome of that occasion.
 
Variation of Learning when Using Different Language Modes in an Academic Interaction in the Biology Matter.
Domain: Applied Research
JOSUÉ CAMACHO CANDIA ANTONIO (Universidad Autónoma de Tlaxcala), Mónica Mejía García (Instituto Tecnológico de Apizaco), Ana Luisa Rivera Granados (Instituto Tecnológico de Apizaco), Irene Corona Flores (Instituto Tecnológico de Apizaco), Antonio Camacho Ramírez (Instituto Tecnológico de Apizaco), Diana Ordoñez Pérez (Instituto Tecnológico de Apizaco)
 
Abstract: An experimental study with pre- and post-test data was carried out in a group of first-year secondary school students. The students were divided aleatorily into two groups of 17 students each. The purpose was to evaluate the learning degree on topics of biology subjects in the students, using in the first group the interaction with the following language modes: see-pointing out, listening-speaking and reading-writing. For the first group, this interaction was by means of presentation on an LCD projector on the selected topic and evaluated previously. In the second group, a traditional class was only supplied with a marker and board. The results indicate learning in both cases, but with a difference of 3.65 points, in the first group with diverse linguistic interaction the learning average was of 6.88, and in the second one the learning average was of 3.23.
 
 
 
Symposium #161
Bringing Fluency to the People: Lessons from a Community-based Free After-school Tutoring program
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Williford A
Area: EDC/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jonathan Weinstein (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: The purpose of this symposium is to discuss the impact of fluency training on a number of learning outcomes for data collected at a free after-school tutoring program. Among the variables examined included tests of retention, endurance, and the effects of fluency training on student achievement at school. Lastly, data will be presented describing our efforts to intervene on the challenging behavior of one special student.
 
The Effects of Fluency Training on Retention.
CLARK ORTKIESE (University of Mississippi), Jonathan Weinstein (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: The literature of fluency training is replete with demonstrations of retention among participants who have achieved a specified fluency criterion (Johnson & Layng, 1996; Binder, 1996; Porritt, 2007). In the current study, retention of pre-skills relating to literacy (e.g., phonemic awareness) was examined following a naturally occurring break in the tutoring program. Data will be presented comparing the results of students who did and did not achieve the pre-determined fluency criterion.
 
The Effects of Fluency Training on Endurance.
JASMINE E. SULLIVAN (University of Mississippi), Jonathan Weinstein (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: The literature of fluency training has numerous demonstrations of endurance among participants who have achieved a specified fluency criterion (Johnson & Layng, 1996; Munson, 1998; Porritt, 2007). In the current study, retention of pre-skills relating to literacy (e.g., phonemic awareness) was examined following a naturally occurring break in the tutoring program. Data will be presented comparing the results of students who both did and did not achieve the pre-determined fluency criterion.
 
The Effects of Fluency Training on Academic Achievement.
RACHEL LEWIS (University of Mississippi), Jessica C. Barnes Nicklay (University of Mississippi), Jonathan Weinstein (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: One important goal of the community-tutoring program receiving the fluency intervention is to improve student achievement in school. Data will be presented examining the relationship of the program to student achievement as measured by grades, attendance and other available data.
 
How We Dealt with Challenging Behavior.
ALYSSA N. WILSON (University of Mississippi), Jonathan Weinstein (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: This symposium will discuss an intervention applied to one particularly challenging participant at an after-school tutoring program. The intervention was used to increase the targeted behavior, reading, and decrease noncompliance and escape maintained behavior. Interventions used included taking turns between researcher and subject, short breaks involving a reinforcing activity, and working with peers. Data will be presented demonstrating the effectiveness of the interventions on the number of trials completed, as well as the latency between trial blocks.
 
 
Symposium #162
CE Offered: BACB
Int'l Symp. - Implementing the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling Model (CABAS) across Public and Independent Schools Worldwide: Considerations for Component Implementation
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Williford C
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Emma L. Hawkins (The Jigsaw CABAS School)
Discussant: Susan Mariano-Lapidus (Mercy College)
CE Instructor: Emma L. Hawkins, M.Ed.
Abstract:

CABAS is a behavioral model of schooling drawing on 1) other behavioral models of schooling, 2) tactics and strategies from the applied and experimental branches of behavior analysis, 3) epistemology of behavioral selectionism, 4) research on CABAS components, and 5) demonstration applications to several schools. These components are applied to all areas of schooling including the students, parents, teachers, supervisors, and the University training program. Research in behavior analysis suggests a common set of effective teaching strategies. These strategies and CABAS components are demonstrated in certified CABAS schools and in public school systems. The following is a data presentation showing the effects of implementing CABAS and components of the CABAS model in a certified CABAS school in the UK and in public school settings in two states in the US.

 
Frequently Used Tactics Within The Jigsaw CABAS School to Improve Learner Outcomes and Teachers' Analytic Repertoires.
EMMA L. HAWKINS (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Jackie Charnock (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Sheri Kingsdorf (The Jigsaw CABAS School)
Abstract: The Jigsaw CABAS School utilizes CABAS tactics to teach children with Autism in the UK. The effects of several components will be demonstrated and discussed.
 
The Application and Effect of Implementing CABAS Components in Local Public School Systems in Virginia.
KATHERINE M. MATTHEWS (The Faison School for Autism), Jennifer G. Camblin (The Faison School for Autism), Beth Braddock (Virginia Commonwealth University)
Abstract: The Faison School participates in a collaborative regional project dedicated to improving educational services for children with autism in the public school systems. Data on the effects of implementing CABAS components to achieve this goal will be described here.
 
The Effects of Component Implementation of the CABAS Model in Public School Systems in Louisiana.
GRANT GAUTREAUX (Nicholls State University)
Abstract: We report the effects of staff training of CABAS components on teacher peformance and student outcomes across three target classrooms.
 
 
Symposium #163
CE Offered: BACB
OBM and Autism Intervention: Integrating Systems Theory and Behavior Analysis to Produce Lasting Change in Human Service Settings
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Marquette
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michael Fabrizio (Organization for Research and Learning)
Discussant: Cloyd Hyten (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Michael Fabrizio, M.A.
Abstract:

Providing highly effective, consistent, and sustainable services to persons with Autism and related disabilities requires more than skilled clinicians and willing clients. Providing such services also requires consistent and comprehensive performance analysis and improvement efforts at all levels of a human service agency. This symposium will review how OBM blends Behavior Analysis with Systems Theory to analyze performance at all levels of an organization, describe its role in helping to ensure effective service delivery, and outline the steps that two human service agencies in the Puget Sound area have taken to help support the delivery of consistently high quality services.

 
Systems Theory: An Essential Component of Performance Analyses.
DONNIE M. STAFF (University of North Texas/Organization & Performance Technology), Shane D. Isley (FEAT of Washington/Organization & Performance Technology)
Abstract: The mission of any organizational intervention is to produce lasting change in employee performance. All human service agencies, for profit and non-profit, have customers, internal processes, employees, and financial responsibilities. As a result, it is key for human service agencies to view and manage their organization as a system. In order for agencies to effectively manage their organization as a system and ensure intervention quality they must (a) describe their services, (b) pinpoint important dimensions of performance for each of these services, (c) develop measures for each important dimension at the organizational, process, and job levels of performance, and (d) establish standards for each measure (Rummler & Brache, 1995). What is typically missing from organizational interventions is a thorough analysis of the remote causes of employee performance. These remote causes are typically identifiable once a map of input and output processes for an organization is examined. Interventions at any given organizational level can then be evaluated based on their effects at all other levels. This presentation will describe how organizations, regardless of their individual missions, can begin to develop measures that will help ensure intervention quality.
 
The Essential Role of OBM Strategies and Tactics in Quality Service Provision to Persons with Autism and Related Disabilities.
SHANE D. ISLEY (FEAT of Washington/Organization & Performance Technology), Michael Fabrizio (Organization for Research and Learning)
Abstract: Providing highly effective, consistent, and sustainable services to persons with Autism and related disabilities requires more than skilled clinicians and willing clients. While an often-overlooked feature of effective services delivery, providing such services requires consistent and comprehensive performance analysis and improvement efforts at all levels of a human service agency. Using examples of performance data from both an early childhood education program and an adolescent transitions program for persons with Autism, this presentation will briefly review OBM research and applications, describe its role in helping to ensure effective service delivery, and outline the steps Families for Effective Autism Treatment (FEAT) of Washington has taken to help support the delivery of consistently high quality services.
 
Measuring and Evaluating Organizational Development in an Autism Service Agency: A Report on the 1st Year of Organization for Research and Learning.
KELLY J. FERRIS (Organization for Research and Learning), Michael Fabrizio (Organization for Research and Learning), Shane D. Isley (FEAT of Washington/Organization & Performance Technology)
Abstract: The goal of organizational development for human service agencies should be to improve the effectiveness and efficiency of the organizational policies and practices that affect the degree to which the organization can provide highly effective, consistent, and sustainable services to the clients and their families. This process may involve: (a) aligning key organizational outcomes with the processes and human behavior needed to produce those outcomes, (b) improving the knowledge and skills, productivity, and satisfaction of the employees, (c) improving the efficiency and effectiveness of critical processes. Organizational development should be informed by data, systems focused, and client centered. This paper will describe the development process of a small agency that delivers in-home behavior analytic services to persons with Autism and their families and present the pinpoints used to measure and evaluate the performance improvement effort. Data will be presented on process and staff performance, and in-direct consumer satisfaction.
 
 
Symposium #164
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Approaches to Environmental Consciousness and Sustainable Practices
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Joliet
Area: OBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jeanine Plowman Stratton (Furman University)
Discussant: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
CE Instructor: Jeanine Plowman Stratton, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In response to the increasing social awareness of environmental concerns and subsequent adoption of sustainable practices for better environmental protection and preservation, this symposium will present data from a variety of studies using behavioral approaches, namely those specific to OBM, to help promote environmentally-conscious behavior. The studies include projects conducted on college campuses ranging from energy conservation, recycling, and "smoke free" zones. Data will be presented and areas of application for future implication and social significance of continued behavioral approaches to influencing environmental preservation will be discussed.

 
Lights Out! A Behavioral Approach to Energy Conservation.
GEORGE HANCOCK (Furman University), Jeanine Plowman Stratton (Furman University), Austin Johnson (Furman University)
Abstract: With today’s increasing sociological awareness of global climate change and environmental sustainability, many individuals and organizations are charging themselves with the task of reducing their own impact on the Earth. One of the objective ways that entities are going about implementing this overall impact reduction is through minimizing their carbon footprint, or the amount of CO2 emitted by their everyday operations. The participants in this study were members from four staff departments at a private university in the United States. A customized checklist was designed in order to measure such human behaviors as turning off light switches, turning off computer monitors and turning off lamps throughout each employee’s office and even shared spaces. Data were collected beginning with the baseline, next data during each intervention period and finally post-intervention data was collected. The results from this study show that with some intervention techniques, primarily verbal, the amount of wasted electricity can be significantly decreased. Additional post-intervention data is still being collected and will be presented.
 
The Use of Visual Feedback to Reduce Paper Use in a University Computer Lab.
MICHAEL C. CLAYTON (Youngstown State University), Gregory Diamantis (Youngstown State University), Nancy White (Youngstown State University)
Abstract: An enduring financial obstacle to operating student computer labs on campus is the amount of paper used by students. The labs are there for students, but paper use can become unnecessarily expensive and gratuitous. In addition to the paper itself, there are costs associated with the printing process (e.g., toner, parts, etc.) The present research used an ABABC reversal design to reduce both paper use and waste by providing visual feedback to students using a campus computer lab. Visual feedback reduced paper use by approximately 20% saving the university a considerable amount of money over the course of the study. Results are discussed in terms of the options available to administrators as well as the utility of expanded use across campus.
 
Decreasing Second Hand Smoke in Breathe Easy Zones at Florida State University: Strozier Library.
JENAY R. SERMON (Florida State University), Christina Cherpak (Florida State University, Panama City), Nicole Tilden Garcia (Florida State University, Panama City)
Abstract: Second hand smoke (SHS), also known as environmental tobacco smoke (ETS) or passive smoke, is the inhalation of the side-stream smoke and mainstream smoke of smokers (smoke from the lit cigarette and from the smokers’ exhalation). SHS is responsible for an estimated 35,000 deaths of heart disease, 3,400 cases of lung cancer, and other respiratory problems such as coughing, phlegm, chest discomfort and reduced lung function. On the campus of Florida State University, second-hand smoke has been regulated through the designation of ‘Breathe Easy Zones’ throughout the campus. The legislation of the zones is not uniform and uncomfortable levels of second-hand smoke are continually observed in these designated ‘smoke-free’ areas. A multielement research design was employed to evaluate and intervene on the inappropriate smoking in Breathe Easy Zones. In order to reduce smoking in the zones, an intervention including signage and removing inappropriate cigarette dispensers from the Breathe Easy Zones was used to decrease smoking in these areas. Over the two intervention phases, smoking was reduced in the Breathe Easy Zones by 70%. This was a pilot study, due to the lack of data specifically appropriating smoking on college campuses. In conjunction with the administration of Florida State University, results can be used to modify the ‘Breathe Easy Zones’ and ensure better compliance with the university regulation.
 
 
Symposium #165
Behavor Analysis Research in College Classrooms
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Astoria
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kate Kellum (The University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

College classrooms can make good settings for conducting behavioral research. Classes consist of amenable and captive participants, have readily available dependent variables that are collected as a matter of course, and easily allow for repeated measures. The studies in this symposium examine the effects of immediacy of feedback using personal response systems, realistic practice opportunities, and various types of question answering on student performance.

 
The Effects of Individual Feedback and Group Feedback in Personal Response Systems on Quiz Grades.
RACHAEL C. HOWARD (The University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (The University of Mississippi), Laura M. Phillips (The University of Mississippi), Georgia K. Fyke (The University of Mississippi), Robert C. Martin (The University of Mississippi)
Abstract: The purpose of this classroom evaluation was to examine the relative effects of individualized and group feedback for answers to review questions using a personal response system (i.e., InterWriteTM PRSRF) on review questions and end-of-class quiz grades. An alternating treatments design was used to examine the relative effects of individual and group feedback for review questions. The relative effects of the type of feedback was examined via review questions, quiz score grades, and participation.
 
The Effects of Realistic Practice Opportunities on Short-Essay Exam Performance in an Undergraduate Behavior Modification Course.
WESLEY H. DOTSON (University of Kansas), James A. Sherman (University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Many undergraduates struggle with applying knowledge to new situations. One possible way to improve the ability of students to apply their knowledge is to provide realistic practice opportunities. The current talk describes the effects of two types of practice opportunities (writing answers to practice questions and taking a mock exam) on short-essay exam performance across several semesters of an undergraduate behavior modification course. Both types of practice opportunity were very similar in format and content to the actual exams given in class. On average, exam performance improved when students completed more practice questions accurately and when they took the mock exam. Additional indicators of the effect of the practice opportunities on the class such as overall grade distribution, participation in practice opportunities, and student satisfaction ratings will also be discussed.
 
The Effects of Anticipated Random versus Voluntary Question Answering on Attendance and Reading Quiz Grades.
KATE KELLUM (The University of Mississippi), Conrad C. Barnes (The University of Mississippi), Robert C. Martin (The University of Mississippi)
Abstract: The purpose of this classroom evaluation is to examine the relative effects of calling upon students randomly to answer question versus students volunteering to answer questions during an undergraduate class. An alternating treatments design was used to examine differences in student grades, participation, attendance, and pre-class reading resulting from the two questioning methods. Three ways of calling on students randomly were examined in different classes. Social validity was also assessed by having students fill out questionnaires, rating their preferences and the extent of their learning with the two questioning methods.
 
 
Symposium #166
Contingencies and Metacontingencies in Experimental Microsocieties
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
4A
Area: TPC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The concept of metacontingency is designed to 1) convey the hierarchical nature of contingencies of selection at behavioral and cultural levels of organization, 2) account for the evolution of cultural complexity over extended time, and 3) take us a step toward a unified theory for life sciences. The causal status of metacontingencies has been suggested to be the same as the causal status of operant contingencies. Although people working to bring about change in cultural level systems have found the metacontingency concept to be useful (e.g. Biglan, 2007; Malott, 2003), experimental analysis is needed. This symposium reports 3 experiments designed to experimentally manipulate metacontingencies in microsocieties and to examine the evolution of the interlocking behavioral contingencies that stabilize as a function of the metacontingencies.
 
Taking the Metacontingency Concept to the Experimental Laboratory.
SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The concept of metacontingency is designed to 1) convey the hierarchical nature of contingencies of selection at behavioral and cultural levels of organization, 2) account for the evolution of cultural complexity over extended time, and 3) take us a step toward a unified theory for life sciences. The causal status of metacontingencies has been suggested to be the same as the causal status of operant contingencies. In this paper, the operant preparation is presented as a model for experimental analysis of metacontingencies.
 
Effect of Contingent Outcomes and Changes in Group Membership on Distribution of Group Earnings in an Experimental Metacontingency.
RICARDO CORREA MARTONE (Universidade de Brasília and Instituto de Educação), Thomas Anatol Da Rocha Woelz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: This experiment was designed to model the functional relations described by the metacontingency concept. In a game-like setting involving 3 players, participants first contributed individually to a group total, then chose by consensus a row on a matrix. Their consensual choice resulted in profit or loss on their investment. Then participants chose by consensus how to distribute the net earnings among themselves (aggregate product). The result of their row choice (profit or loss) was manipulated by the experimenter and was based on whether they had distributed group earnings equally or unequally in the previous cycle. The experimental arrangement was designed to mask the relation between earnings distributions and subsequent earnings. Equal and unequal distributions were required in alternating conditions (A-B-A or B-A-B). In each condition, one player was replaced by a novice player after IBCs resulted in a stable product over several consecutive cycles. The results suggested that the metacontingency between the product of the IBC’s and the subsequent payoff functioned to produce IBC’s that generate the selected product.
 
An Iterated n-players Prisoner's Dilemma Game with an External Selecting Agent: A Metacontingency Experiment
DANIELE ORTU (University of North Texas), Thomas Anatol Da Rocha Woelz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Previous research on Prisoner’s Dilemma Game suggests that two players learn to maximize individual earnings by cooperating rather than defecting, but increasing the number of players makes cooperation increasingly unlikely (Rachlin 2004). A modified version of the Iterated n-players Prisoner's Dilemma Game (INPDG) was used here to analyze how an external selecting agent can determine the formation of stable patterns of cooperation or defection. Between 2 and 5 players in a game were told that they were owners of a company. Each player, facing the screen of a personal computer, chose to defect or cooperate in each cycle. Feedback relative to profit and loss of the company was given to all players. Company profits and losses were added to individual gains from cooperating and defecting. Company profits and losses were manipulated by the experimenter to control the level of cooperation/defection and feedback was given on a VR2-cycle schedule (metacontingency arrangement). An A-B-A design was used to assess the effect of the metacontingency on changes in cooperation vs. defection among players. The results suggest that the level of cooperation is influenced by the market.
 
Effect of Resource Availability on Recurring Interlocking Behavioral Contingencies and Their Aggregate Products.
ANA BARBARA NEVES (University of North Texas), Thomas Anatol Da Rocha Woelz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: College students participating in dyads played a game designed as an analog of early hunters whose survival, as a dyad and ultimately individually, depends on rabbits they hunt. A previous preparation manipulated level of resource scarcity in two ways - probability of returning from the hunt with no rabbits and magnitude of returns when rabbits were obtained. The effects of scarcity on interlocking behavioral contingencies (IBCs) and their aggregate products were examined. Interlocking behavioral contingencies are defined as sharing resources with another participant and the aggregate product is defined as collective fitness (both participants able to advance to the next hunting cycle). Results suggested IBCs were more sensitive to probability of returns than to the magnitude variable. The present study manipulated probability of returns, increasing the difference in probabilities across conditions. Additional changes included increasing the number of repetitions of conditions and increasing the number of cycles per condition. Results show a clearer effect of scarcity on the sharing of rabbits and on collective fitness. Examination of the behavior of individual participants in the dyad revealed different levels of sharing.
 
 
Symposium #167
International Symposium - Recent Applications of Relational Frame Theory using Deictic Framing Procedures
Sunday, May 25, 2008
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Stevens 5
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Roger Vilardaga (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory (RFT) is a modern account of human language and cognition (Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, & Roche, 2001) that is part of the behavioral analytical tradition. A variety of techniques based in this behavioral theory have been developed and applied in many settings, such as those of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (Hayes, Strosahl, & Wilson, 1999). But probably because of the precision, scope and depth of RFT, researchers have started to test some of its components into areas other than the Psychotherapy field. One of these components is the phenomena of Deictic Framing. Deictic framing is an integral part of perspective taking and involves the distinctions of I-YOU, HERE-THERE and NOW-THEN (Hayes et al. 2001). This form of relational framing may also be relevant to empathy, compassion, social interactions, and a stable sense of self. The four papers of this symposium will address deictic framing in the context of (1) stigmatized attitudes towards ethnic minorities, (2) mindfulness and self-defeating behaviors and (3) children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. Overall, we would like to offer a sample of the current research on this topic that would enhance scientific discussion and future developments.
 
Testing a New Perspective-Taking Procedure in the Context of Attitudes and Emotional Reactions towards Ethnic Minorities.
ROGER VILARDAGA (University of Nevada, Reno), Michael Levin (University of Nevada, Reno), Thomas J. Waltz (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: There is empirical evidence pointing to how children's ability to take perspective can be improved by training deictic distinctions (Weil, in press), and to its beneficial effects among children within the autistim spectrum disorder (Rehfeldt, 2007). But there are few studies where deictic framing procedures have been used for non-clinical purposes. Previous research out of the behavioral analytical tradition indicates that perspective-taking instructions can induce empathy towards ethnic minorities (Vescio et al., 2003), which suggests that deictic relations might play an important role in the context of human objectification and their counterparts of empathy and compassion. In the present study we will examine the impact of deictic framing in the reduction of stigmatized attitudes towards ethnic minorities and we will discuss some of the underpinnings of developing such a training procedure for normally developed adults.
 
Assessing Relational Learning Deficits in Perspective-Taking in Children with and without High-Functioning Autism.
RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (Southern Illinois University), Jeffrey E. Dillen (Our Lady of Peace), Amie Heagle (BEACON Services), Megan M. Ziomek (Pediatric Development Center - IMMC)
Abstract: Perspective-taking has been of recent interest in behavioral psychology. This is, in part, a result of a modern behavioral approach to human language and cognition known as Relational Frame Theory, which views perspective-taking as generalized operant behavior based upon a history of reinforcement for relational responding. This presentation will reports three experiments that investigated whether children with autism spectrum disorder demonstrated relational learning deficits in a perspective-taking task as compared to their age-matched typically-developing peers. We also investigated whether accuracy in perspective-taking correlated with scores on standardized instruments commonly used in the assessment of autism spectrum disorder, and whether relational responding in perspective-taking improves following a history of reinforcement for such responding. Results of Experiment 1 demonstrated statistically significant differences in errors as a function of relational complexity, while visual inspection revealed that participants with autism spectrum disorder made more errors than typically-developing children on two of the three types of relations examined. Results of Experiment 2 illustrated that a history of reinforced relational responding improved performance on the perspective-taking task, and results from Experiment 3 showed that perspective-taking skills generalized across novel stimuli, in typically-developing children.
 
Perspective-Taking, Mindfulness and Self-Defeating Behavior.
PATRICIA BACH (Illinois Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Perspective taking, or deictic framing, appears to be necessary for many uniquely human behaviors while deficits in perspective taking skill are associated with psychopathology. Even while perspective taking skill is largely useful deictic framing may be associated with self-defeating rather than life-enhancing behavior in some contexts. There are several means of evaluating perspective-taking skill and recent data on the impact of perspective-taking skill and on the effects of deictic versus comparative framing on implicit and explicit attitudes and behavior will be presented. Results will be discussed in the context of the relationship between mindfulness and perspective-taking and implications for developing functional contextual interventions for treatment of self-defeating behaviors.
 
Through Another’s Eyes: The Impact of Training Deictic Framing on Perspective Taking and Social Skills in Children Diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders.
EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders often struggle with social interactions and relationships making social skills training a common intervention in this population. The current study evaluates the impact of supplementing social skills training with training in deictic frames on perspective taking and subsequent teacher ratings of social skills. Theoretical and practical considerations will be discussed.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #168
CE Offered: BACB
Tutorial: Integrating Functional Analytic and Genetic Methods to Study Gene-Environment-Behavior Relations in Autism
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
International North
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Wayne W. Fisher, Ph.D.
Chair: Jeffrey H. Tiger (Louisiana State University)
Presenting Authors: : WAYNE W. FISHER (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

The completion of the human-genome map holds great potential for extending our understanding of gene-environment-behavior relations and behavior disorders. However, this potential can be fully realized only if the advances in genetic diagnostics are accompanied by advances in behavioral analyses that accurately characterize behavioral phenotypes. For example, in behavioral genetic studies, important behavioral phenomena seen in children with autism (e.g., echolalia, stereotypy, self-injurious behavior) are often phenotyped by a small number of items on a behavioral rating scale. This simplistic and structural approach to behavioral phenotyping often lacks precision and, more importantly, it overlooks the extent to which genes interact with environmental contingencies to influence the expression of aberrant behavior in autism (e.g., genetically mediated sensitivity to social escape as negative reinforcement for problem behavior). Functional analysis, on the other hand, provides a precise method of quantifying both the topographical and functional properties of aberrant behaviors. The accurate characterization of behavioral phenotypes using functional analysis methods should increase the power of analyses designed to identify genes that affect aberrant behavior in autism. This presentation will focus on how functional analysis methods may be used to better characterize behavioral phenotypes in autism and related disorders.

 
WAYNE W. FISHER (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Dr. Wayne Fisher is the H.B. Munroe Professor of Behavioral Research in the Department of Pediatrics at the University of Nebraska Medical Center and Director of the Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders at the Munroe-Meyer Institute. He was previously a Professor of Psychiatry at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine and served as Executive Director of the Neurobehavioral Programs at the Kennedy Krieger Institute (Baltimore) and the Marcus Behavior Center at the Marcus Institute (Atlanta), where he built clinical-research programs in autism and developmental disabilities with national reputations for excellence. Dr. Fisher’s methodologically sophisticated research has focused on several intersecting lines, including preference, choice, and the assessment and treatment of autism and severe behavior disorders, that have been notable for the creative use of concurrent schedules of reinforcement, which have become more commonplace in clinical research primarily as a result of his influence. He has published over 130 articles in peer-reviewed journals, is past Editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, a Fellow in the Association for Behavior Analysis International, and recipient of the APA (Division 25) award for distinguished contributions to applied research.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #169

Evidence-Based Interventions for the Prevention of Destructive Behavior within School Settings

Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Grand Ballroom
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Ronnie Detrich (Wing Institute)
HILL WALKER (University of Oregon)
Dr. Hill Walker is a professor of Special Education, Co-Director of the Institute on Violence and Destructive Behavior, and Director of the Center on Human Development, in the College of Education at the University of Oregon. He has a longstanding interest in behavioral assessment and in the development of effective intervention procedures for use in school settings with a range of behavior disorders. He has been engaged in applied research during his entire career, dating from 1966. His research interests include social skills assessment, curriculum development and intervention, longitudinal studies of aggression and antisocial behavior, and the development of early screening procedures for detecting students who are at-risk for social-behavioral adjustment problems and/or later school drop-out. Dr. Walker is the co-author, along with Herbert Severson, of Systematic Screening for Behavior Disorders (SSBD) (Sopris West, 1990); author of The Acting Out Child: Coping With Classroom Disruption (2nd ed., Sopris West, 1995); co-author, with Phillip Strain and Michael Guralnick, of Children's Social Behavior: Development, Assessment and Modification (Academic Press, 1986); co-author, with Geoffrey Colvin and Elizabeth Ramsey, of Antisocial Behavior in School: Strategies and Best Practices (Brooks/Cole, 1995); co-editor, with Michael Epstein, of Making Schools Safer and Violence Free: Critical Issues, Solutions, and Recommended Practices (PRO-ED, 2000); and co-editor, with Mark Shinn and Gary Stoner, of Interventions for Academic and Behavior Problems II: Preventive and Remedial Approaches (National Association of School Psychologists, 2002). His most recent books are the 2nd edition of Antisocial Behavior in School: Evidence-Based Practices (Wadsworth/Thomson Learning, 2004) co-authored with Elizabeth Ramsey and Frank Gresham; and Safe and Healthy Schools: Practical Prevention Strategies (Guilford, 2005) co-authored with Jeffrey Sprague.
Abstract:

In the past decade, schools have come under increasing pressures to adopt evidence-based practices due primarily to federal legislation (e.g. the NCLB Act), greater demands for accountability and impact stemming from federal investments in research, and public concerns about the safety and security of students in school settings. It is now common to see lists of evidence-based programs, considered to be either promising or proven, compiled by such entities as the What Works Clearing House, Practice Guides sponsored by the Institute of Education Sciences, and Programs to Prevent School Violence developed by the American Psychological Association and the National School Safety Office. This presentation will focus on the emergence of evidence-based practices in education and discuss what they are, where we have been with respect to their use, where are we currently and where we need to go in order to adopt and use them effectively. Specific topics that will be addressed are as follows: 1) definitions of evidence based practices and the efficacy versus effectiveness distinction, 2) key characteristics of evidence based approaches, 3) criteria used to validate and classify intervention and practice approaches, 4) single case versus randomized control trials in determining efficacy-effectiveness, 5) examples of evidence-based interventions, and 6) resources and access information.

Target Audience:

N/a

Learning Objectives: N/a
 
 
Paper Session #170
International Paper Session - Complex Behavioral Analysis and Interpretation
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
PDR 3
Area: TPC
Chair: Marta Leon (Headsprout)
 
Downward Causation and Analysis of Complex Systems.
Domain: Theory
GUNNAR REE (Akershus University College, Norway)
 
Abstract: Going from lower to higher levels of reduction, we observe that lawful behavior exhibited at one level will determine how systems behave at the next, with increasing complexity of elements. Variations in the behavior of systems of increasing complexity exhibit properties that are not observable on the lower levels of complexity. In turn, higher levels of complexity constrain the variations possible at lower levels. The system’s interactions with its environment are no less determined or lawful by virtue of the variables being complex. The co-variation of the behavior of more complex units of analysis with variables external to these units may be a suitable subject for a scientific investigation, provided basic requirements for the analytical concepts are met.
 
Alternative Contingency Sets: Explaining Otherwise Unpredictable Behavior.
Domain: Theory
MARTA LEON (Headsprout)
 
Abstract: Prediction and control of behavior through extinction, reinforcement, or punishment pose little problem in contexts where only one response is available to the subject. When two or more responses are available, however, the response targeted for control may take unpredicted directions. This presentation will draw on Israel Goldiamond’s analysis of alternative sets of contingencies to show how the availability of a second response complicates the prediction of behavior under reinforcement conditions and, more significantly, challenges the functional definition of punishment as it is commonly taught in behavior analysis courses. Laboratory and applied examples will be provided to show some common scenarios where alternative contingencies operate unbeknown to the behavior analyst. Because restricting the range of available responses is often undesirable due to concerns about coercion, this paper will illustrate some of the variables that contribute to the relative strength of the alternative contingencies. Strategies to potentiate the target contingency set over other competing sets will be also discussed.
 
 
 
Panel #171
CE Offered: BACB
On Rachlin's Notion of Self-Control
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:00 AM–11:20 AM
4D
Area: DEV/TPC; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Martha Pelaez, Ph.D.
Chair: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (University of Florida)
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University)
M. JACKSON MARR (Georgia Tech)
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work, University of Illinois, Chicago)
Abstract:

The panelists will discuss Rachlin's notion of self-control and social cooperation. His argument is that both can be described in terms of hyperbolic discounting: "failures of self-control as due to discounting by delay of reinforcementfailures of social cooperation as due to discounting by social distance." According to Rachlin, both self-control and social cooperation may be seen as choice of distributed rewards over individual rewards: self-control as choice of rewards distributed in time, social cooperation as choice of rewards distributed over social space. Self-control fails when the value of a large reward distributed over time (such as good health) is discounted below that of a small immediate reward (such as having an alcoholic drink). Social cooperation fails when the value of a large reward distributed in social space (such as availability of public television) is discounted below that of a small reward to oneself (keeping money rather than donating it). Patterns of behavior that maximize reward distributed over wide temporal or social distances may be selected by reinforcement and evolve over the lifetimes of individuals by a process akin to group selection in biological evolution. The audience will be encouraged to participate.

 
 
Symposium #172
Three Experimental Studies of Interventions for Strengthening Stimulus Control in Reading Fluency and Math Computation
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:00 AM–11:20 AM
Williford B
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Edward J. Daly III (University of Nebraska, Lincoln)
Discussant: Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: In this symposium, three studies will be presented which investigated a variety of intervention strategies for improving reading fluency and math computation. In the first study, the effects of Detect Practice Repair (DPR) for improving math computation were examined through a multiple baseline design across problem sets. DPR is a group-administered, metronome-paced assessment procedure to identify and improve idiosyncratic deficits in math computation responses in need of “repair.” Results showed large increases in fact fluency after DPR was applied across problem sets. In the second study, two flashcard intervention strategies which share a common folding-in procedure, but which differ in terms of how “knowns” and “unknowns” are treated, were compared. The strategy that explicitly built accuracy through modeling and prompt delay and maximized response opportunities was found to be more effective than the traditional folding-in flashcard method. In the third study, the effects of reading fluency interventions selected by students and delivered by their parents were examined. Students chose intervention strategies in the context of a brief experimental analysis and parents delivered the intervention package at home. Results suggest that in each case the interventions produced generalized increases in reading fluency relative to a reward-only condition.
 
Using Detect, Practice and Repair to Differentiate Math Fact Instruction in a Class-wide Setting.
BRIAN C. PONCY (Oklahoma State University)
Abstract: A multiple baseline design across problem sets was used to investigate the effect of Detect Practice Repair (DPR) on the math fact fluency rates of a third-grade class. DRP involved a group-administered metronome-paced assessment procedure to identify idiosyncratic facts in need of repair, followed by cover, copy, and compare (to enhance automaticity with those specific facts), a speed drill, feedback, and self-graphing. While the procedures were standardized for group administration, each student was placed in a specific operation with two students working on subtraction problems, two students working on multiplication, and seven students working on division problems. This allowed for the differentiation of curricular objectives across students. Results showed large increases in fact fluency after DPR was applied across all three sets. The phase means for baseline, intervention, and maintenance were 18.5 digits correct per minute (DCM), 30.9 DCM, and 30.2 DCM respectively. Individually, 9 out of 11 students made a minimum of approximately 9 DCM (range 8.9 to 19), while two students made gains of 2.5 and 3 DCM. A discussion will focus on the importance of developing effective and efficient basic-skills remediation procedures and direction for future research.
 
Bringing Word Reading Under Stimulus Control: An Experimental Comparison of Two Flashcard Methods.
SARA S. KUPZYK (University of Nebraska, Lincoln), Melissa N. Andersen (University of Nebraska, Lincoln), April Turner (University of Nebraska, Lincoln), Edward J. Daly III (University of Nebraska, Lincoln)
Abstract: Flashcards are a time honored method for bringing a variety of discrete response classes under the stimulus control of instructional material. The most effective flashcard method in the research literature has involved introducing new items along with already acquired items as a part of a sequence of learning trials in which the ratio of “unknown” to “known” responses is carefully controlled. While a lot of attention has been paid to the ratio of unknowns to knowns, less attention has been paid to the relationship of the number of response opportunities to outcomes and types of response prompts (e.g., modeling and delayed prompting) that might strengthen responding more quickly. In this study, using an A/B/A/B design with counterbalancing across four elementary school students, the traditional method was compared to a variation of the folding-in method that builds acquisition through modeling and delayed prompting and uses only unknown items for reading sight words. Results indicate that the alternative method led to consistently more words read correctly per phase and greater maintenance after a two week follow up. Results will be discussed in terms of the treatment elements that appear to make the alternative method of flashcard instruction stronger than the traditional folding-in procedure.
 
An Investigation of Parent-Delivered Reading Interventions: Combining Brief Experimental Analysis with Student Choice of Interventions.
APRIL TURNER (University of Nebraska, Lincoln), Elizabeth Morris (University of Nebraska, Lincoln), Sara S. Kupzyk (University of Nebraska, Lincoln)
Abstract: Parents are often very willing to help their children, but at a loss to know what to do. Several studies have shown that effective, parent delivered, individualized reading packages can be developed based on Brief Experimental Analysis (BEA) results. In this study, the BEA was expanded to include student choice of intervention components. Student participants were exposed to a variety of strategies singly under a reward contingency for generalized improvements and then asked to select those strategies they felt were most helpful to their learning. The resultant intervention package was then administered to the student who had the choice of confirming or modifying the intervention. The parents were subsequently trained in the intervention package and conducted tutoring at home multiple times a week. The effects of the treatment package on generalized oral reading fluency were compared to a reward-only condition. Clearly discriminable data series were obtained for three of the four participants. Effects were less clear during those weeks in which fewer tutoring sessions were conducted. Results will be discussed in terms of the possible role of choice in augmenting both treatment implementation and treatment effects.
 
 
Paper Session #173
International Paper Session - Mand Training with Children
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:20 AM
Stevens 5
Area: VBC
Chair: Elizabeth J. Sparling (Pivot Point Family Growth Centre Inc)
 
The Effects of Parent Implemented PECS Training on Improvisation of Mands .
Domain: Applied Research
DELIA B. BEN CHAABANE (Marshall University/WV Autism Training Center), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University), Ruth M. DeBar (The Ohio State University)
 
Abstract: Little research exists on teaching children with autism how to display novel communication responses using the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS). The purpose of this study was to target improvisation of mands with two young boys diagnosed with autism who rely on picture symbols to communicate. Specifically, the investigation examined whether two children with autism could acquire and generalize novel mands while using picture symbols as a result of training conducted by their parents. Improvisation training included use of multiple exemplars and the assessment of generalization throughout conditions. Using a multiple baseline design, results demonstrated that both children acquired the ability to improvise by using alternative picture symbols when the corresponding symbol was unavailable across all mand categories: colors, shapes and functions. Results support the findings of Marckel, Neef, and Ferreri (2006) and extend their research by demonstrating that parents can implement interventions to teach novel responses to their children.
 
Optimizing Mand Training Sessions.
Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH J. SPARLING (VIHA - EIBI Program)
 
Abstract: We know that early learners who are at the initial level of verbal milestones (pre-listener) will be learning to mand as a component of their intervention both because mands are the first verbal operants acquired by children (Novak, 1996), and because mands are a necessary component needed to move children up to the speaker verbal milestone (Greer and Ross, 2008). According to the literature, (Carbone, 2006; Sundberg, 2007), children in this stage should spend the majority of their time engaged in manding because of the powerful link between motivating operations, language production and receipt of the reinforcer. The literature is unclear with regards to how long a manding session should last. Greer and Ross (2008) suggest 20 trials per target, this suggestion is utilized during mand training, but it does not address how long the child should work on manding as many learners have upwards of 20 mands they are developing. Currently, manding sessions are typically 40 minutes of each hour. This study seeks to determine if there is an optimal length of time for the manding component of a child’s programming. Using an ABAB, multiple baseline design across subjects, time as an independent variable was examined.
 
 
 
Symposium #174
CE Offered: BACB
Autism Service Design for Verbal Behavior: Characteristics of Instructors, Instructional Feedback, and Student Performance
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
International South
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network)
CE Instructor: Michael Miklos, M.S.
Abstract:

This session will review reports from the Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project. Included will be a discussion of project outcomes, perspectives on the role of consultants who are also parents of children with autism, instructional design for teaching spontaneous mands, and a method of providing direct feedback on instructional performance during discrete trial instruction of the verbal operants.

 
The Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project: Overview and Outcomes from a Parent-Practitioner Perspective.
AMIRIS DIPUGLIA (ABACARD, LLC)
Abstract: Based on the literature that supports the use of basic principals of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) as the guide that leads to effective instruction for students with autism and other developmental disabilities, the Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project is committed to infusing ABA in the public school setting. During this session, the presenter will provide participants with a brief overview of the project as well as share her perspective and experience as both a consultant and a parent of a child with autism.
 
Qualitative Research on the Experiences of Mothers of Children with Autism who Become Board Certified Behavior Analysts.
MARY LYNCH BARBERA (Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project)
Abstract: This presentation will provide an overview of a published phenomenology entitled: "The Experiences of 'Autism Mothers' who Become Behavior Analysts: A Qualitative Study" (Barbera, 2007). Ms. Barbera will also report on an expansion of that study comparing the experiences of "autism mother" BCBA's and "non-autism mother" BCBA's within the PA Verbal Behavior Project.
 
Rolling Prompt Time Delay to Teach Manding for Tangibles without Item Present.
LORI L. CHAMBERLAIN (Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project)
Abstract: Designing verbal behavior programs for children diagnosed with autistic spectrum disorder involving establishing a mand repertoire that is functional without the item being present has been a major complexity. (Charlop,1985) A variety of time delay prompt protocols have been employed with some success to help overcome this obstacle. The present study will attempt to replicate a form of the rolling prompt procedure utilized by Sweeney-Kerwin, et al. 2007 and expand it to tangible leisure items.
 
Instructional Performance Feedback and Intensive Teaching of the Verbal Operants.
MICHAEL MIKLOS (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network)
Abstract: Model description for delivering performance based feedback on instructional fidelity for a mixed and varied model of discrete trial teaching of the verbal operants. Session will detail a method of transcribing teacher behavior based on specific verbal operants. Includes a brief review of coding procedures and implications for staff training including summary of outcome data.
 
 
Symposium #175
CE Offered: BACB
Critical Outcome Measures for Education Programs for Students with Autism
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Continental B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Gregory S. MacDuff (Princeton Child Development Institute)
CE Instructor: Dawn B. Townsend, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Systematic replication may be defined as purposefully varying one or more variables across experiments to establish the reliability and generality of results. Although systematic replication may be common with regard to intervention technology, it has not been applied with the same vigor to the design of intervention program systems. This symposium will display annual outcome measures for the Education Program of the Princeton Child Development Institute (PCDI) and display data for three systematic replications--The New York Child Learning Institute, The Institute for Educational Achievement, and the Somerset Hills Learning Institute. Measures will include annual reviews of individualized programs, home programming services, consumer evaluations, and staff training and evaluation outcomes.

 
Consumer Evaluation: The Role of Measures of Social Validity in Program-Wide Decision Making.
KEVIN J. BROTHERS (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Edgar D. Machado (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Sandra R. Gomes (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Abstract: Measures of social validity, that is, consumer evaluations of the significance of the goals of a program; the appropriateness of procedures; and the importance of intervention effects, have long been held in high regard to behavior analysts (Wolf, 1978). Such measures enable human-service program developers to learn consumers’ perspectives on various aspects of a program (e.g., its implementation and outcomes) and respond to consumer feedback systematically rather than reactively. This paper will describe the annual process for obtaining consumer feedback that is in use across four autism intervention agencies. Results of measures used to access consumer satisfaction from parents, child study teams, Boards of Trustees, and staff members across these four programs and the usefulness of these measures for decision-making will be discussed.
 
Using Collective Data from Individual Behavior Change Programs to Effectively Evaluate an Entire Education Program.
DAWN B. TOWNSEND (Institute for Educational Achievement)
Abstract: Data on client progress are highly regarded in our field and accepted to be an absolute necessity for evaluation of behavior change at the individual client level. Such data, however, when aggregated from the total client population in any education program can also be used to evaluate the effectiveness of that program as a whole. The purpose of the current presentation is to highlight the importance of evaluation of the collective data from all individual behavior change programs and its use in critically evaluating the effectiveness and fidelity of educational programs serving individuals with autism. The presenter will define the components of individualized behavior change programs considered important and relative to the evaluation, discuss measures used to evaluate each component, and share data from the last 3 years for four educational programs serving learners with autism (i.e., PCDI, NYCLI, IEA, SHLI). These data will demonstrate the importance of this measure in evaluating effective treatment for individuals with autism at the educational program level and highlight the importance of replication of results over time to substantiate claims related to the delivery of quality services to individuals with autism.
 
Empowering the Parents of Children with Autism.
SUSAN M. VENER (New York Child Learning Institute)
Abstract: The skills children with autism acquire in the classroom often fail to generalize to home and community settings, and skills acquired in the presence of instructors do not generalize to parents. Similarly, skills acquired at home are also unlikely to generalize to the classroom or other community settings. The purpose of this presentation is to discuss some of the ways in which intervention settings can encourage parent participation and increase the likelihood that responses will generalize across settings. This talk will also identify ways to objectively measure if intervention programs include parents as partners in intervention and successfully program for generalization of skills across people and settings. Given collaborative efforts between instructors and parents, desirable outcomes can be achieved.
 
Using a Data-Based Protocol to Train and Evaluate Behavior Analysts for Autism Intervention.
EDWARD C. FENSKE (Princeton Child Development Institute), Gregory S. MacDuff (Princeton Child Development Institute), Patricia J. Krantz (Princeton Child Development Institute), Lynn E. McClannahan (Princeton Child Development Institute)
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis has been documented to be effective in addressing a wide range of skill deficits and behavior excesses displayed by individuals with autism. The plethora of scientific evidence supporting applied behavior analysis has led many reviewers to label it as the treatment of choice. Outcomes for individuals with autism who receive behavioral intervention services vary—some achieve skills within the normal range and placement in mainstream classrooms. Several studies have investigated variables, such as intensity of treatment and age of intervention, that may impact upon treatment outcome. Some researchers have suggested that the integrity and quality of intervention services deserve investigation. While several publications have specified academic courses of study that provide clinicians with important theoretical knowledge, there is little information on methods for specifying clinical training goals and assessing staff competency. A staff training and evaluation protocol will be presented which includes direct measures of staff and student behavior. Benchmarks for criterion performances have been derived from data collected at PCDI and three systematic replications.
 
 
Symposium #176
CE Offered: BACB
Innovative Approaches to Antecedent Management: Use of Behavioral Relaxation
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Continental C
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: James T. Ellis (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England)
CE Instructor: Frank L. Bird, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Behavioral relaxation training has been shown to be an effective technique to reduce severe, challenging behaviors and teach appropriate alternative behaviors. This technique used in combination with modeling, feedback, and reinforcement is a powerful behavior change procedure. The purpose of the present symposium is to share findings from three case studies in which behavioral relaxation was included as part of a multicomponent intervention package. Positive findings resulted in each example suggesting that individuals with autism may be taught to use behavior relaxation techniques as an antecedent management strategy.

 
Relaxation Training as a Procedure to Reduce Active Resistance during Intervention.
JOANNE COUGHLIN (Melmark New England)
Abstract: In settings that serve individuals with significant dangerous behaviors, physical intervention may be necessary in order to ensure safety. Given the restrictive nature of these procedures and the risk of injury, other approaches may be preferred. Research suggests that relaxation training is an effective technique to reduce challenging behaviors and may serve to decrease staff physical involvement. The purpose of the present study was to introduce an alternative means of de-escalating intense challenging behaviors with physical intervention through the training of relaxation techniques. An 18-year-old man diagnosed with autism, PTSD, and a mood disorder participated in the study. The relaxation training package consisted of positive practice during which the participant was taught to request time to lie on a mat. Over a three-month period, reinforcement was delivered contingent on relaxation initiation and to shape appropriate positioning and relaxation techniques. This treatment package wareplicated across settings. Relaxation training resulted in a significant decrease in the percentage of procedures requiring physical intervention by staff compared to baseline. Implications will be discussed in light of the risks and benefits for the participation in relaxation training.
 
Longitudinal Study Addressing the Tantrum Behavior of a Child with Autism and Landau Kleffner Syndrome.
KERI BUTTERS (Melmark New England)
Abstract: In order to be effective change agents, behavior analysts must address the numerous, multi-faceted variables in long-term behavior management. The present study assessed the effects of a multicomponent treatment package implemented across a six year period on the tantrum behavior of an eight-year-old male diagnosed with autism and moderate Landau Kleffner Syndrome. Upon admission, the participant exhibited an average of 24 tantrum episodes per month, for an average of 124 minutes per month. Subsequent to a functional assessment, a treatment package consisting of functional communication training and antecedent management strategies (e.g., relaxation training) was implemented across two settings. The participant was taught to request a break by pointing to an icon. During the break, the participant relaxed in a preferred chair and engaged in incompatible, calming behavior. Over the six year period of treatment implementation, tantrum behavior showed a general decreasing trend with reductions to near zero levels. Interobserver agreement percentages over the past 15 months averaged 100 percent. These findings were maintained over time.
 
Use of Behavioral Relaxation and Time-Out Procedures to Decrease Challenging Behaviors.
HELENA L. MAGUIRE (Melmark New England)
Abstract: Behavioral relaxation procedures have been shown to be an effective means to teach adaptive behaviors to children and adults with special needs who would benefit from specific strategies to decrease challenging behaviors. In the present study, an eleven- year-old individual diagnosed with autism and severe language impairment was taught to engage in specific relaxation procedures during positive trial sessions followed by prompted trials when defined target problem behaviors were demonstrated. In conjunction with the relaxation procedures, time-out procedures were used in an effort to decrease aggressive and self- injurious behaviors. Over the course of two years, findings revealed a significant decrease in target behaviors and an increase in adaptive behaviors (e.g., increased communicative requests to relax prior to displaying targeted behaviors). Implications for these findings as well as a discussion of classroom-based implementation will conclude the presentation.
 
 
Paper Session #177
Social Skills Training
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Stevens 4
Area: AUT
Chair: Kelly McKinnon (Kelly McKinnon & Associates)
 
Teaching Cooperative Play Skills to Children with Autism Using Peer Social Aims to Determine Play Targets.
Domain: Applied Research
KELLY MCKINNON (Kelly McKinnon & Associates)
 
Abstract: Neurotypically developing children can be seen smoothly joining into a group of children playing, coordinating play and switching play to another group of children. Difficulties with joining into play or coordinating play can be very common for children on the Autism Spectrum Disorder. As a result, children on the autism spectrum often fail at this advanced level of social skill play, setting them apart from other children. Using baseline observation and data from neurotypically developing children engaged in joining in and coordinated play skills is important to ensure age-appropriate programming, and prevent non-realistic programming such as the “Can I play with you” phenomenon that is often taught, yet not appropriate. Observation and data collection of joining in and cooperative play skills were collected and used to teach realistic social skill objectives of joining in and sustaining and coordinating play skills for several children on the autism spectrum to play.
 
Using Self-Monitoring Systems to Teach Conversation Skills to Middle School Students with Developmental Disabilities.
Domain: Applied Research
KELLY MCKINNON (Kelly McKinnon & Associates), Laura Butler (New Vista School)
 
Abstract: Kazdin (1975) defined self-management as the application of behavioral principles to modify one’s own behavior. A review of the literature suggests that few studies have spent time addressing the effects of self-management as a technique to enable children with ASD to control and report on their progress toward increasing and decreasing target behaviors, enabling teachers to devote more time to teaching. Three middle school students were taught 3 pro-social skills based on a set of school-wide values. Once skills were deemed acquired in a small group setting, students were provided with visual self-monitoring tools during crucial social situations to support skill fluency across several natural-environment social situations. Review pre- and post-data, along with student interviews and parent feedback to determine the effectiveness of the self-monitoring tools on students with ASD to increase instances of pro-social behavior.
 
A Preliminary Investigation of the Effect of a Playscript on the Acquisition of Symbolic Play for Children Diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder.
Domain: Applied Research
NANCY J. CHAMPLIN (Autism Concepts, Inc.), Elizabeth C. Rusinko (Autism Concepts, Inc.), Aimee Collier (Autism Concepts, Inc.)
 
Abstract: We investigated the effect of a visual playscript to teach symbolic play to 4 children diagnosed on the autism spectrum. Symbolic play was defined as using a toy to simulate a real-life action such as, holding a thermometer to a stuffed animal’s mouth and saying the word “sick”. The ‘Vet’ script was comprised of pictures representing 7 motor actions and 7 corresponding vocal actions that typically occur during a visit to a veterinarian. Each picture depicted a stuffed dog, the necessary prop for the required action and the corresponding vocal response. For example, the first picture showed the stuffed dog, a stethoscope and the word “bum-bum”. Physical and vocal prompts were used to teach the motor and vocal responses, respectively. Prompts were systematically faded to facilitate independent responding for both motor and vocal responses. Increases occurred in independent symbolic play across all 4 children. Results are discussed concerning the importance of teaching play to children diagnosed with autism and the effect of play on the acquisition of cognitive and social skills.
 
 
 
Symposium #178
CE Offered: BACB
International Symposium - Strategies to Support the Inclusion of Children with Autism in General Education Classrooms
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Continental A
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute)
CE Instructor: Joel P. Hundert, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Despite gains that many children with autism may have made while receiving early intensive behavioral intervention, without additional support, they may not be able to learn the same curriculum as the classmate, complete seatwork assignments independently, interact appropriately with peers on the playground or actively participate in class lessons. This symposium will present four papers that describe strategies to support children with autism in general education classrooms through interventions provided by home-based or center-based behavioral services. Each of the four papers will present the details of specific interventions used and child outcome data. Two papers will describe case studies of specific behavioral interventions to support children with autism in inclusive setting. A third paper will present the results of a study comparing high versus low numbers of embedded instruction trials on skill acquisition and generalization for a child with autism in a general education classroom. A fourth paper will describe the results of using priming of academic work in a treatment center to produce improved academic performance of a child with autism in a general education classroom. These papers as a group provide information on practical and effective interventions for children with autism in inclusive school settings.

 
The Use of Embedded Instruction to Teach Children with Autism in General Education Settings.
JOEL P. HUNDERT (Behaviour Institute), Donna C. Chaney (Behaviour Institute), Karen Edwards (Behaviour Institute)
Abstract: Embedded instruction holds promise as an intervention that can be used to teach children with autism in general education settings, particularly when there is a sizeable discrepancy between the academic skill level of the child with autism and the academic skill level of the rest of the students in the class. Embedded instruction has been shown to be effective in teaching IEP objectives to children with autism in general education classrooms and has been rated by educators as an acceptable intervention. However, there are not a large number of studies of the effectiveness of embedded instruction and research on variables associated with the effectiveness of embedded instruction is almost non-existent. For example, typically the total number of embedded instructional trials per day has been relatively low. Presumably, increased learning may occur with increased number of embedded instruction trials delivered per school day. This paper will describe the results of a study in which the number of embedded instruction trials implemented for an 11-year-old child with autism was either high (60) or low (30) and effects examined on acquisition and generalization of skills in a general education classroom.
 
Full Inclusion of a Middle School Student with Autism: Target Objectives, Intervention Techniques, and Data Collection.
TIFFANY BAUER (Coyne and Associates), Len Levin (Coyne and Associates), Hyunwoo Kim (Footprints Behavioral Interventions), Arlene Watanabe (Saddleback Valley Unified School District)
Abstract: The ultimate goal of intensive behavioral intervention for children with autism is inclusion in regular education, with little or no supplemental classroom support. This presentation will present data on the performance of a student with autism as she makes the transition from full inclusion with support in Grade 6 in elementary school to full inclusion without direct support in Grades 7 and 8 in middle school in the public school system. In Grade 6, subtle classroom participation objectives were identified (e.g., teaching the student to select an appropriate time–which is likely to differ from day to day–to write down that day’s homework assignment) so direct classroom support could be faded when the student graduated to the middle school. A three-part intervention plan was implemented to facilitate acquisition of responses necessary to successfully navigate through fluid classroom situations. In Grade 7, the student performed very well academically, even without direct support, but socializing and participating in group lessons or activities still posed significant challenges. New targets were identified and a new measurement system was implemented to assess quality of social responses.
 
Supporting Children with Autism in General Education Settings: Strategies to Promote Success.
AUDREY MEISSNER (New Haven Learning Centre)
Abstract: Some children with autism who have received early intensive behavioral intervention achieve a level of functioning at which they are judged to be ready to transition from a treatment setting to a general education classroom. This transition may involve an initial assessment of the readiness of children with autism for supported inclusion, the provision of staff from the treatment setting to assist children with autism in general education classrooms, and the preparation of the receiving teacher for supported inclusion. This paper will describe several case examples of procedures used to support children with autism who have transitioned from a center-based treatment setting to general education classrooms. The description of the case studies will include the assessment of inclusion readiness, techniques used in the general education classroom for children with autism to complete class level academic work, play appropriately with peers, and follow classroom routines independently.
 
Effects of Priming Delivered in a Center-Based Program on the Academic Performance of Children with Autism Attending General Education Classrooms.
NICOLE WALTON-ALLEN (Behaviour Institute), Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute), Jane Lee (Behaviour Institute), Amy Finkelstein (Behaviour Institute)
Abstract: There are a number of children with autism who need additional assistance to function successfully in an inclusive educational setting. One possible form of this support is to provide targeted intervention to children with autism in a center-based program for part of the school week, while the children also attend general educational classrooms with support for the rest of the school week. For such a strategy to be effective, the impact of targeted interventions delivered in the center-based program must transfer to improve the adjustment of children with autism in general education classrooms. For example, a child with autism may receive practice in academic work in the center-based program that he or she would subsequently experience in the general education classroom. This paper will describe the use of priming provided in a private special education school to help two children with autism who also attended general education classrooms. Results of the effects of priming delivered in the specialized setting on the participation and academic performance of children with autism in the general education classroom will be presented.
 
 
Paper Session #179
International Paper Session - Video Modeling Applications
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
PDR 4
Area: AUT
Chair: Andrea M. Graves (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism)
 
The Effectiveness of Point-of-View Video Modeling for Teaching Food-Preparation Skills to Individual an with Autism Spectrum Disorder.
Domain: Applied Research
ANDREA M. GRAVES (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Leslie V. Sinclair (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Jaina Blackford (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Travis Haycook (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism)
 
Abstract: This study examined the effectiveness of point-of-view video modeling in teaching selected food-preparation skills to an adolescent male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The video model utilized consisted of video captured at eye level consisting of the model’s hands and environment, as would be seen in the first person modality referred to as point-of-view video modeling. An ABAB multiple baseline design across one participant evaluating two individual food-preparation skills was utilized to evaluate the duration of skill acquisition between the use of point-of-view video modeling versus direct instruction. A total of 47 teaching sessions were conducted utilizing direct instruction over a period of 10 months requiring an average number of 9 prompts to complete the first food-preparation task. Criteria was not met with direct instruction and the program was placed on hold. After two months this task was reintroduced utilizing point-of-view video modeling. After 25 teaching sessions utilizing point-of-view video modeling, the student reached criteria for independent demonstration of the targeted skill. Study results indicated a 53.19% reduction in required instructional sessions and 40.92% decrease in required average prompts to achieve mastery. This paper session includes detailed description of study methodology and outcome data analysis.
 
Effects of Generic Video Modeling on Hand Washing of Preschoolers with Autism.
Domain: Applied Research
HUI-TING WANG (University of Washington), Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington)
 
Abstract: Video modeling is a teaching strategy used with children with autism to promote the acquisition of social skills, language, and adaptive skills. Previous studies provide evidence that children with autism learned a variety of skills from individualized videotapes. The present cross cultural study was designed to assess the effects of generic video modeling on hand washing by five preschoolers with autism, three in Taiwan and the other two in the United States. A multiple baseline design was conducted to generalize across persons and settings. It was found that generic video modeling is an effective strategy to teach some children with autism not only in the United States, but also in Taiwan. Although there were differences between the two countries, the outcome was similarly positive. In addition, five teachers returned the social validity questionnaires with positive feedback about the intervention procedure and outcome. Therefore, this study provides the evidence that generic video modeling is a cost-effective strategy to teach hand washing for preschoolers with ASD. It is recommended to replicate the study or validate the strategy in further study.
 
Video Modeling: A Tool for Bridging Children's Overselective Attention?
Domain: Applied Research
LINDA K. HAYMES (Private Behavior Consultant)
 
Abstract: Numerous studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of video modeling to teach skills to people with autism. One thing the published studies have in common is that all of the subjects have had verbal skills. One factor that has been cited as a reason for the efficacy of video modeling is the tendency of the children to echo the content of the videos. The purpose of this study was to determine if video modeling could be effective with children that demonstrate stimulus overselectivity to the visual field. Importantly, all of the subjects were non-verbal and demonstrated limited or no attention to auditory instructions. We tested to see if (1) children would acquire the auditory tasks, and (2) if they were then able to attend to and master tasks that required both visual and auditory attention. Two of the four participants acquired both the visual and auditory tasks in less than six video modeling sessions. These students demonstrated that video modeling treatment for them bridged the gap of their overselectivity. They were able to attend to auditory stimuli and respond to tasks requiring both visual and auditory discriminations. The differences between the successful and non-successful students will be discussed.
 
 
 
Symposium #180
Recent Findings on the Use of Contingency Management with Cigarette Smokers
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Inspiration Studio
Area: BPH/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Alana M. Rojewski (University of Florida)
Abstract: Cigarette smoking is the leading cause of preventable mortality and morbidity in the United States. Additionally, millions attempt to quit smoking each year, yet over half fail within the first few days of their quit attempt. One method that has reliably demonstrated effective in controlling smoking abstinence is contingency management, which provides reinforcers for smoking abstinence. The current series of presentations seeks to present some recent findings in smoking research using contingency management.
 
Influence of Initial Abstinence on Impulsive Choice and the Relative Reinforcing Effects of Cigarette Smoking.
JIN HO YOON (Baylor College of Medicine), Stephen Higgins (University of Vermont), Matthew P. Bradstreet (University of Vermont), Gary J. Badger (University of Vermont), Colleen S. Thomas (University of Vermont)
Abstract: The current study examined the relationship between smoking abstinence and impulsive choice as well the reinforcing effects of cigarette smoking. The study lasted for 14 consecutive days. Participants were provided monetary reinforcement for biochemically-based abstinence for either all 14 days or on day 14. On day 14, a 3-hr smoking preference test was conducted in which participants chose between money and cigarette smoking. Results showed that contingency management was effective in promoting abstinence. Furthermore, smoking abstinence was associated with decreased impulsive responding for cigarettes in addition to a decrease in the reinforcing efficacy of cigarettes.
 
Efficacy of Lapse-Responsive Abstinence Reinforcement for Smoking Cessation.
WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Maxine Stitzer (Behavioral Pharmacology Research Unit), Elizabeth Houtsmuller (Johns Hopkins University)
Abstract: Contingency management interventions have previously been successful in the treatment of smoking cessation. One way to decrease the probability of smoking is to deliver reinforcers (money or vouchers) contingent on providing evidence of recent smoking abstinence, such as cotinine-free urine samples or low carbon monoxide breath samples. These incentives increase the proportion of subjects initiating a period of smoking abstinence (e.g. Higgins et al, 2004; Dallery et al, 2007). In the current experiment, 99 adult smokers enrolled in a smoking cessation clinical trial. All participants were offered standard counseling and Zyban© (bupropion) to prepare for quitting smoking on a particular day. Upon reaching the quit day, subjects were instructed to call into an automated system to report smoking status daily for 2 weeks. If the participant self-reported a smoking relapse, they were invited to attend the clinic for “additional help” to quit smoking. If the participant agreed to return to the clinic, they were randomized into either a contingency management group (n=19) or a control group (n=20). Control participants received further advice and counseling on how to avoid smoking. Participants in the smoking cessation group received the advice and counseling, but were also offered the opportunity to earn up to $650 for attending the clinic several times a week and providing breath and urine samples that indicated recent smoking abstinence over the following four months. Smoking status was assumed to be positive if a participant did not attend a session. The contingency management group did not differ from the control group in smoking status at any point during the study. Attrition was a problem across the entire study, possibly accounting for a lack of group differences. Individual subjects who consistently attended follow up contingency management visits were more likely to submit smoking-abstinent samples than other subjects.
 
A Deposit Contract Method to Deliver Abstinence Reinforcement for Cigarette Smoking.
STEVEN E. MEREDITH (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida), Irene M. Glenn (University of Virginia)
Abstract: Eight smokers were randomly assigned to a deposit ($50) or a no-deposit group. Participants made two video recordings per day of a breath carbon monoxide (CO) procedure with a web camera. The videos were made at home and sent electronically to researchers. Following a five-day baseline period, participants could earn vouchers for gradual reductions in breath CO during a four-day shaping condition, and then for achieving abstinence (CO = 4 ppm) during a ten-day abstinence induction phase. Smoking status was monitored during an additional 5-day return-to-baseline condition. Vouchers were exchanged for merchandise through internet vendors. Participants in both groups could earn a maximum of $78.80 for sustained abstinence. Any amount earned equal to or less than $50 represented reimbursement of the initial contract in the deposit group. Relative to baseline conditions, decreases in breath CO were observed during treatment in both groups, and many participants achieved sustained periods of abstinence. Although there were no clinically meaningful differences in abstinence rates between groups, the no-deposit group incurred costs of $178.50 in vouchers while the deposit group incurred no costs. The results suggest that a deposit contract method may represent a cost-effective model to deliver abstinence reinforcement for cigarette smoking.
 
Motiv8: An Automated, Remote Internet-based Method for Delivering Abstinence Reinforcement for Cigarette Smoking.
BETHANY R. RAIFF (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida), Jeb Jones (The Marcus Institute), Alana M. Rojewski (University of Florida), Steven E. Meredith (University of Florida), Mike Grabinski (red5group)
Abstract: The present study is a randomized clinical trial of internet-based abstinence reinforcement for cigarette smoking. Smokers were assigned to a contingent voucher delivery group (CVD) or a noncontingent voucher delivery (NVD) group. From home, participants used a web camera to record themselves blowing into a carbon monoxide (CO) monitor. The video was submitted on a secure website, Motiv8, which provided immediate feedback about voucher deliveries and a graph of CO values. The first 3 days served as baseline. The next 4 days served as shaping, where participants received more stringent goals for CO values until a final goal of 4 ppm (i.e, negative). CVD participants earned vouchers for reaching their goal during shaping, whereas NVD participants were yoked to CVD participants with respect to voucher deliveries. The next 3 weeks served as the treatment condition. All participants had a goal of 4 ppm, but only CVD participants earned vouchers on a standard ascending schedule, with a reset contingency. A final 3-week thinning condition required participants to submit videos twice per week. Participants in the CVD group (n = 6) are showing a greater percentage (74%) of negative CO readings than participants in the NVD group (n = 3; 18%) during the treatment and thinning conditions. An internet-based abstinence reinforcement program is more effective at promoting abstinence when vouchers are contingent than when vouchers are noncontingent on abstinence.
 
 
Symposium #181
The Application of Behavior Analysis within a Neuro-Behavioral Rehab Setting on Individuals with Brain Injuires
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
4A
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Robert S. Hirschman (Lakeview Specialty Hospital & Rehabilitation Center)
Abstract: Individuals with acquired or traumatic brain injuries are regularly at-risk of re-injury due to decreased levels of independent functioning, participation in at-risk/dangerous behaviors due to impulsivity issues, and participating incorrectly in normal functional activities. Through the systematic application of behavioral strategies many of these risks can be minimized and independent living skills re-learned making the return to a patient's family home or a less-restrictive community residential setting possible. This symposium will present the efficacy of behavioral treatment strategies within a neuro-rehab hospital.
 
Doing a Stand-up Job: Using a Multi-Faceted Staff Intervention to Decrease Patient Falls within a Neuro-Rehab Hospital.
JAMES PARA-CREMER (Lakeview Specialty Hospital & Rehabilitation Center), Lorri Carpenter (Lakeview Specialty Hospital & Rehabilitation Center), Amber Rich (Lakeview Specialty Hospital & Rehabilitation Center), Mahin L. Para-Cremer (Lakeview Specialty Hospital & Rehabilitation Cente), Robert S. Hirschman (Lakeview Specialty Hospital & Rehabilitation Center)
Abstract: A common but serious problem in healthcare facilities is patient falls. Nationwide injuries resulting from falls are associated with decreases in a patient’s level of independent functioning, delays in recovery, and increases in mortality. Falls happen for many reasons such as environmental hazards (e.g., floor rugs, slippery showers, extension cords), patient behavior (e.g., confusion, physical agitation, reduced bowel and/or bladder control), and staff behavior (e.g., not using wheel chair brakes when a chair isn’t being used, insufficient monitoring of patients, not communicating potential risks to co-workers). The Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations has identified reducing the risk of patient harm resulting from falls as a National Patient Safety Goal. This study reviews the efficacy of a falls reduction program in a Midwestern neuro-behavioral hospital setting across a 16 month span. The study shows that despite the implementation of antecedent interventions such as staff education through the use of departmental meetings, newsletters, and bulletin boards the rate of patient falls and patient falls resulting in injury were higher than the national average. Through the application of a multi-faceted intervention using both antecedent strategies (staff education on falls preventions strategies) and consequence strategies (in-situ performance feedback and a lottery incentive program) the number of patient falls and patient falls resulting in injury were decreased to levels at or below the national average.
 
The Effects of a Self-Governance System on Challenging Behaviors in Individuals with Diabetes Insipidus and Acquired Brain Injury.
MAHIN L. PARA-CREMER (Lakeview Specialty Hospital & Rehabilitation Center), James Para-Cremer (Lakeview Specialty Hospital & Rehabilitation Center), Amber Rich (Lakeview Specialty Hospital & Rehabilitation Center), Robert S. Hirschman (Lakeview Specialty Hospital & Rehabilitation Center)
Abstract: Diabetes Insipidus (DI) is a condition where the body has difficulty maintaining appropriate levels of fluids resulting in blood dilution and high levels of sodium. This serious medical condition is most commonly the result of damage to the pituitary gland or the hypothalamus area of the brain. Individuals diagnosed with DI are at high risk of stroke, brain damage, or dehydration. Treatment for DI regularly requires the close management of fluid and sodium consumption. This study reviews the effects of a self-monitoring system and opportunities for choice through daily schedules to manage patients' DI and the challenging behaviors related to fluid restriction.
 
The Effects of Fluency Training on the Acquisition of Math Facts with Children with Brain Injuries.
AMBER RICH (Lakeview Specialty Hospital & Rehabilitation Center), James Para-Cremer (Lakeview Specialty Hospital & Rehabilitation Center), Mahin L. Para-Cremer (Lakeview Specialty Hospital & Rehabilitation Center), Robert S. Hirschman (Lakeview Specialty Hospital & Rehabilitation Center), Mary Ann Jandura (Hillside School)
Abstract: Children recovering from brain injuries regularly struggle to succeed within academic settings. Nationally, increases in classroom census and the demands placed on teachers' performance has placed a premium on the time available for individualized classroom instruction. At times these children may become frustrated with their inability to acquire or recall previously mastered skills and engage in challenging behaviors resulting in their removal from the classroom. This study reviews the effects of brief, in-classroom fluency training sessions on the acquisition of math facts for children with brain injuries.
 
Re-learning the Basics: Teaching a 9-Year-Old Boy the Basic Skills Necessary to Return to His Family's Home after Brain Surgery.
MARY LAZARUS (Lakeview Specialty Hospital & Rehabilitation Center), Matt L. Velissaris (Cardinal Stritch University), James Para-Cremer (Lakeview Specialty Hospital & Rehabilitation Center), Amber Rich (Lakeview Specialty Hospital & Rehabilitation Center), Robert S. Hirschman (Lakeview Specialty Hospital & Rehabilitation Center)
Abstract: This presentation is a case-review of a 9-year-old boy recovering from surgery to remove a neurofibromatosis type 1 brain stem tumor. The case-review will highlight the success found through the systematic application of multiple behavioral strategies to improve time on-task, compliance with staff directives, community access, participation in therapies, completion of school work, and awake/sleep behaviors.
 
 
Symposium #182
Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders: “To spit or not to spit.”
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Boulevard A
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Linda J. Cooper-Brown (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: This symposium will discuss research on the treatment of feeding problems, specifically targeting expelling in children with severe food refusal. Treatment interventions will include manipulations to antecedents and reinforcement. One talk will also examine publication bias on single case research on the behavioral treatment of pediatric feeding disorders.
 
An Evaluation of the Interaction Between Food Texture and Reinforcement Variables in the Treatment of a Feeding Disorder.
MELANIE H. BACHMEYER (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Iowa), Linda J. Cooper-Brown (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: Expulsion (spitting out food) has the potential to lead to significant health problems in the form of malnutrition and inadequate growth, but has received relatively little attention in the literature on pediatric feeding disorders. This study examined the interaction of the type (preferred foods and toys) and delivery (noncontingent and contingent) of positive reinforcement with food textures on the expulsions of a child diagnosed with a pediatric feeding disorder. Both types of reinforcers were implemented within noncontingent and differential reinforcement programs with both lower (table purees) and higher (wet ground) food textures. Two independent observers achieved over 80% agreement on over 30% of sessions. Results suggested that an interaction occurred between the reinforcement and texture variables. Preferred toys were effective in reducing expulsions with both the lower and higher food textures within the noncontingent reinforcement program. Whereas, preferred toys delivered contingently and preferred foods delivered within both reinforcement programs were only effective in reducing the expulsions with the lower food textures. Results will be discussed in relation to avoidance, response effort, and motivating operations.
 
An Evaluation of Bite Placement during the Treatment of Food Refusal.
DANIELLE N. DOLEZAL (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John P. Rock (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that escape extinction procedures reduce food refusal behavior and increase consumption in children with feeding difficulties. However, in addition to food refusal behaviors maintained by negative reinforcement, children with feeding difficulties may also have skill deficits related to eating that result in low rates of bite acceptance despite the use of escape extinction. In the current study we evaluated how a possible skill deficit in the ability to move the bolus inside the mouth affected compliance with eating. The effects of two specific bite placements (i.e., on tongue and molars) were evaluated using multielement and reversal designs within a treatment package with two children who engaged in food refusal behavior. These alterations were compared to the more typical bite presentation method of using a spoon. All treatment packages consisted of escape extinction and noncontingent access to toys. Results showed that treatment packages manipulating bite placement reduced expels and improved the latency to swallow the food relative to the spoon presentation. These data suggest that varying the antecedent variable of bite placement augmented a treatment package containing extinction and noncontingent access to toys, resulting in better outcomes relative to the treatment package without this antecedent component.
 
A Preliminary Investigation of Publication Bias in Single-Case Research on the Behavioral Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders.
VALERIE M. VOLKERT (The Marcus Institute), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: Publication bias, the increased probability of studies with positive findings to be submitted and published, has been studied extensively, but only in research using group-comparison designs. We compared 16 published with 16 unpublished cases admitted to a day-treatment program for behavioral treatment of pediatric feeding disorders (i.e., 32 consecutive admissions) to determine whether the clinical outcomes were better for the published cases than for the unpublished cases. Contrary to the publication bias hypothesis, results showed that the clinical outcomes for the unpublished group were slightly better than for the published group. Reasons for the lack of a publication bias effect are discussed as well as directions for future research.
 
 
Paper Session #183
International Paper Session - Behavior Analysis Across the Lifespan
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Boulevard B
Area: CBM
Chair: Thomas Gimenez (Universidad de Granada)
 
AD(H)D: A Community Problem Across the Life Span.
Domain: Applied Research
ANDREE FLEMING-HOLLAND (Universidad Veracruzana), Marco Wilfredo Salas-Martinez (Universidad Veracruzana)
 
Abstract: AD(H)D is now widely recognized as a learning disability which is usually diagnosed in childhood. Opinions may vary as to the percentage of the population affected, and even the underlying cause of this disorder, but authorities agree that AD(H)D is a syndrome with various symptoms and behavioral manifestations which interfere with attention, concentration, organizational skills, and self-control. For more than a decade it has also been acknowledged that AD(H)D is not only a childhood disability; behavioral and emotional problems multiply not only in school but also at home when AD(H)D children become adolescents. This is especially evident when the symptoms are not adequately treated in childhood, as is usually the case in developing countries. The adolescent or adult AD(H)D frequently experiences depression, anxiety, and low self-esteem, frequently accompanied by risk-taking behaviors such as unprotected sexual encounters, excessive consumption of alcohol and/or drugs and imprudent driving. More attention should be paid to adolescent and adult AD(H)D diagnosis and treatment so that these individuals can increase their potential while giving them skills to decrease the possibility for them to become a community problem.
 
The Behavior Analysis Services Program: Where We've Been.
Domain: Applied Research
BRYON ROBERT NEFF (University of South Florida), Hewitt B. Clark (University of South Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Catherine E. Williams (Behavior Analysis Services Program)
 
Abstract: The BASP has revolutionized the child welfare system in Florida and has expanded to small pilots in Alabama and Texas. This presentation will cover the history of the BASP including the formation of the program and methods the founders used to successfully disseminate behavioral techniques to an otherwise untouched group. Those passionate about caregiver training, child welfare, dissemination of ABA, political action, and obtaining funding will all glean valuable information from this historical account.
 
 
 
Panel #184
CE Offered: BACB
A Video Demonstration of Present Moment and Acceptance Processes in ACT
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Boulevard C
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Kelly G. Wilson, Ph.D.
Chair: Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
BARBARA S. KOHLENBERG (University of Nevada School of Medicine)
STEVEN C. HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
MICHAEL J. DOUGHER (University of New Mexico)
KELLY KOERNER (University of Washington)
Abstract:

Acceptance and present moment work are significant components of ACT. Descriptions of such interventions imperfectly capture the cadence, pace, and tone of the work. A video demonstration of acceptance and present moment done by Dr. Kelly Wilson will be featured in this clinical round table. Drs. Kelly Koerner, Barbara Kohlenberg, Steven Hayes, and Michael Dougher will discuss the interventions. Discussion will focus on both the clinical aspects of the video as well as on a behavioral analysis of the interventions.

 
 
Paper Session #185
Social Policy, Mass Media and Human Rights
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
PDR 1
Area: CSE
Chair: Stephen E. Wong (Florida International University)
 
Smoking Cessation Programs in Community Settings: Consequences of Human Rights Concerns vs Research Findings.
Domain: Applied Research
FELICIA PATTON (Behavioral and Counseling Services, LLC), Michael E. Rohr (Behavioral and Counseling Services, LLC), Zachary P. Shoemaker (Behavioral and Counseling Services, LLC)
 
Abstract: Research in effective smoking cessation interventions for community-based adults with developmental disabilities has been relatively limited. In our recent research, we encountered some procedures that were implemented within community-based agencies that showed a decrease in cigarette consumption. Although these procedures were not part of any formal behavioral programming, the results did show an overall decrease in cigarette consumption and had little impact on staff resources. Subsequently, formal behavioral services were initiated in order to further foster a decrease in cigarette consumption. The involvement of such services revealed significant Circle of Support (COS) concerns unrelated to the health of the developmentally disabled adults. The present research illustrates how best practice in community settings can often be led astray by decisions made by non-clinicians. Said decisions appear to be more concerned with minimizing irrational human rights violations and problematic behaviors than with the individual’s health.
 
Antecedent Control, Complex Human Behavior, and Social Issues.
Domain: Applied Research
STEPHEN E. WONG (Florida International University)
 
Abstract: Skinner’s analysis of rule-governed behavior, research showing instructions overriding schedule control, stimulus equivalence research, and relational frame theory are all fields of behavior analysis that highlight the antecedent control of complex human behavior. Antecedent stimuli have been utilized in a few applied behavior analysis studies to increase safety, recycling, energy conservation, and to deter crime. More complex instructions and self-instructions have been successfully applied with clinical problems, such as anxiety and depressive disorders, in the recently developed Acceptance and Commitment Therapy. However, relatively little attention has been given to the effect of antecedent stimuli transmitted through mass media, such as television, on wide-scale social behavior such as consumer purchases, health practices, and political affiliation. This presentation will discuss the importance of antecedent control in analyzing and influencing these and other major societal issues.
 
Acting to Save the World: Social Policy and the Behavioral Scientist.
Domain: Applied Research
ROBIN RUMPH (Stephen F. Austin State University), Chris Ninness (Stephen F. Austin State University), Glen L. McCuller (Stephen F. Austin State University), James Holland (Stephen F. Austin State University), Marilyn Rumph (Bryant Middle School)
 
Abstract: Skinner (1987) asked, “Why are we not acting to save the world?” Skinner discussed the role of the scientist and described them as the uncommitted. The uncommitted are those who are uncommitted to any particular government, political body, religion or enterprise. Familiar with facts of their science their views would not be distorted by commitment to the well-being of their particular government, political body, religion, or enterprise to the detriment of or in opposition to other governments, political bodies, religions, or enterprises. Skinner (1987) took a pessimistic view of the uncommitted to act in ways to affect social policy. Rumph, Ninness, McCuller, and Ninness (2005) took a more hopeful view. The current paper examines the role of the scientist, particularly the behavioral scientist, in affecting social policy. The authors discuss issues of policy advocacy, influencing governments directly; influencing governments indirectly by influencing the public and the role behavioral scientists should play in each to remain uncommitted.
 
 
 
Symposium #186
CE Offered: BACB
Challenges of Providing Behavior Analysis Services In a Behavioral Health System of Care
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
PDR 2
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Michael Stoutimore (Intermountain Centers for Human Development)
Discussant: Todd R. Risley (University of Alaska)
CE Instructor: Teresa A. Rodgers, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Intermountain Centers for Human Development (ICHD), a private not-for-profit agency established in 1973, provides out-of-home and home-based support services in Arizona and New Mexico to a variety of at-risk populations including Native American children and adults, children and youth who are emotionally and behaviorally challenged, adults who have been diagnosed with serious mental illnesses, and individuals with developmental disabilities. Intermountain has been inspired and invigorated by the continuing contributions of pioneers such as Sidney Bijou, Judy Favell, Betty Hart, Todd Risely, Roland Tharp, Ralph Bud Wetzel and Montrose Wolf. Over the past 35 years, Intermountain has collaborated with a wide variety of organizations in the development of strategies and best practices to promote the preservation of families and the successful community stabilization and reunion of family members. This symposium will address some of the unique opportunities, successes and challenges for behavior analysis to further collaborate within the behavioral health system of care.

 
The Growth and Development of a Behavior Analytic Agency Providing Behavioral Health Services.
DAVID K. GILES (Intermountain Centers for Human Development)
Abstract: This paper will describe some of the critical influences and stages of evolution to meet community needs within an agency providing positive behavioral treatment strategies leading to and throughout its life as a behavior health agency. One early and persistent strategy has been the establishment and maintenance of a Board including influential community activists and dedicated behavior analysts
 
Overcoming Challenges to Providing Quality Behavioral Health Services.
AARON A. JONES (Intermountain Centers for Human Development), Michael Stoutimore (Intermountain Centers for Human Development)
Abstract: A few of the challenges and solutions of a behavioral agency providing services in a behavioral health (aka mental health) environment will be discussed with an eye toward setting the stage for sharing and exchanging best practices. Some of the issues to be discussed include the Medicaid mandate to directly link services to DSM diagnoses; supervising and training behavioral health professionals who must provide clinical supervision to trained behavior analysts; and implementation of quality of life improvement strategies such as “crowding out” behaviors by teaching replacement behaviors. This process takes place in a traditional therapeutic system of care.
 
Meeting the Demand for Services By a Recognized Profession: The Quest for Licensure of Board Certified Behavior Analysts.
TERESA A. RODGERS (Intermountain Centers for Human Development)
Abstract: The variables that led to a quest for behavior analysis licensure will be discussed, as well as the strategies and progress toward obtaining it. Heuristic goals are to solicit additional information and strategies, and recruit others to join this effort. Issues include: (a) in behavioral health BCBA’s are able to provide services as behavioral health technicians within licensed behavioral health service agencies with supervision by licensed professionals such as social workers, psychologist, counselor and marriage and family therapists; (b) the behavioral health system of care recognizes behaviorally based practices; however, the majority of professionals providing these services have limited training in applied behavior analysis; and (c) many within the behavioral health system assume that behavior health professionals can implement behavior analysis best practices after receiving brief in-service training.
 
 
Symposium #187
CE Offered: BACB
The ABAI Practice Board: Addressing Issues Relevant To Practice
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
PDR 4
Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Thomas L. Zane (The Center for Applied Behavior Analysis at The Sage Colleges)
Discussant: Catherine A. Bryson (Board of Cooperative Education, Albany)
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Zane, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The mission of the Practice Board is to consider issues related to the work of behavior analysts everywhere, including research, practice, and ethics and to address issues relevant to the practice of behavior analysis. This symposium will explore issues that affect behavior analysts work.

 
Views from Academia.
MICHAEL F. DORSEY (The Vinfen Corporation)
Abstract: Behavior analysts practicing in academia have unique considerations and needs, such as being the sole behavior analysts in a department. This presenter will discuss concerns unique to behavior analysts working at colleges and universities.
 
Views from the Real World.
CATHERINE A. BRYSON (Board of Cooperative Education, Albany)
Abstract: Behavior analysts practicing in schools and human service organizations have unique issues related to their practice. This presenter will cover some issues that impact their provision of behavior analysis to various client groups.
 
Putting the ABAI Practice Board Into Practice.
JANET S. TWYMAN (Headsprout)
Abstract: ABAI has recently created two new Boards (the Science Board and the Practice Board) to address membership concerns. The Practice Board will focus the Association initiatives relevant to practice, such as increasing practitioner resources, developing additional continuing education activities, representing ABAI on practice issues, and strengthening communication among practitioners and between practitioners and scientists. This presenter will describe various issues that the Board will be addressing over the coming months and years, and will request audience input for further activities.
 
 
Paper Session #188
Service Delivery in Developmental Disabilities I
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Stevens 1
Area: DDA
Chair: Jose D. Rios (Private Practice)
 
“Use Your Words”: Evaluating What We Know About Functional Communication Training (FCT) & Aggressive Behavior.
Domain: Applied Research
SHANA L. WIGGINS (University of Texas at Arlington), Jared Kenworthy (University of Texas at Arlington), Rebecca J. Morgan (DFW Center for Autism)
 
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities engage in aggression often to communicate with others. Therefore, many agree that their functional aggressive behaviors should be replaced with more socially compatible forms of communication. Functional Communication Training (FCT) is a frequently used treatment for replacement of aggressive or other problem behavior in these individuals. This review seeks to evaluate previous research on its overall effectiveness in treating aggression in individuals with various developmental disabilities. This review takes into account the various moderators of aggression, functions of the behavior, and the different approaches combined with FCT for mediating the problem behavior. Some additional mediators that are discussed are reports of behaviors in combination with aggression, schedules of reinforcement, and disorders associated with the behavior. With a detailed understanding of FCT in the treatment of aggression, a well educated decision can be made for maximum treatment efficacy.
 
Inept, Ineffective and Inaccurate, But Not Intolerable? A Critical Look at Behavior Intervention Plans.
Domain: Applied Research
JOSE D. RIOS (Private Practice)
 
Abstract: Too often, assessments and written plans that purport to be based on behavioral functional assessment and intervention methodology are only nominally behavioral. Plans are often ineptly designed and written, based loosely on inaccurate assessment findings, and ineffective in producing desired behavior change. This poses a serious dilemma for our field. Such plans may have a negative impact on the field of behavior analysis, may worsen an individual’s problem behavior, wastes valuable resources, and may lead to staff turnover and/or parental stress. Furthermore, a continuation of a behavior problem may have a negative impact on the person’s life (e.g., displacement from classroom or residence, limit interactions with the person, minimize participation in programs, result in an increased use of emergency physical control). Several examples of poorly written assessment and plans are provided and discussed to illustrate this situation. Several possible reasons for the unfortunately common problems and lapses are discussed; these include the lack of standardized protocols for assessment and intervention plans, the involvement of inadequately-trained professionals in producing intervention plans, inadequate accountability, the contingencies from funding and referral agencies to produce quick and fast plans, and the contingencies that may cause a professional to produce superficial plans.
 
Teacher-Directed Self-Monitoring Intervention for Young Children with Developmental Disabilities.
Domain: Applied Research
BERENICE DE LA CRUZ (University of Texas at Austin), Karrie Shogren (The University of Texas at Austin)
 
Abstract: Developmental disability is a term encompassing an array of lifelong conditions characterized by intellectual impairment and delays in social and adaptive functioning. Several empirical studies have suggested that self-monitoring, a cognitive-behavioral strategy that impacts overt behavior by changing private verbal behavior (Ganz & Sigafoos, 2005; Rankin & Reid, 1995), is an effective strategy to increase appropriate behavior in children and youth with developmental disabilities. A literature review of the use of self-monitoring in people with developmental disabilities revealed that 71% of the participants were trained by researchers (de la Cruz, & Shogren, 2007). Thus, the purpose of this study was to examine teacher-directed self-monitoring interventions. A multiple baseline design was used. Teachers were instructed by researchers on how to use self-monitoring interventions. Teachers then provided instruction to students. Participants included three children with developmental disabilities ages 3-7. Operational definitions were provided for each target behavior, and treatment fidelity data was taken on both teacher and student behavior. Results suggest that teachers can effectively teach young children with developmental disabilities to self-monitor. The social validity of the intervention, generalization and maintenance of skills, and implications for practice and research will be discussed.
 
Analysis of Setting Events Questionnaire (ASEQ).
Domain: Applied Research
JOHN KOSMOPOULOS (JK Behaviour Consultation & Education Services; Humber College & York Central Hospital)
 
Abstract: There has been a meaningful impact in experimental and theoretical behaviour analytic research on setting events and motivating operations associated with problematic behaviour. However, researchers have emphasized but have not fully developed comprehensive rating scales and sensitive sequential or probabilistic measures to capture distal and concurrent intrapersonal (e.g., biomedical), interpersonal, and motivational antecedents as part of a more complete five-term contingency analysis model. The Analysis of Setting Events Questionnaire (ASEQ, 2006) was developed as an effort to partly fill this void. The ASEQ is a comprehensive, multi-itemed rating scale designed to determine the degree of relationship or the level of association between specific problem behaviour and various contextual and motivational variables. The ASEQ is user-friendly and versatile in its breadth as it can be utilized across ages, behaviours and diagnoses. A single or inter-observer administration of the ASEQ yields quantitative and qualitative results for the remediation, modification and further investigation of endorsed physiological, environmental, social and motivational setting events. The results also provide a means of determining intervention strategies that compliment other indirect measures and direct observational data. Preliminary results suggest that the ASEQ has robust psychometric properties (e.g., test-retest reliability and content validity) and social validity for its use.
 
 
 
Paper Session #189
International Paper Session - Skill Teaching in Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Stevens 2
Area: DDA
Chair: Katrina J. Phillips (University of Auckland)
 
Teaching Computing Skills to Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities.
Domain: Applied Research
KATRINA J. PHILLIPS (University of Auckland), Oliver C. Mudford (University of Auckland)
 
Abstract: Basic computer skills are required for an ever-increasing number of jobs. Therefore, in order to be competitive in the job market, individuals with intellectual disabilities require basic skills with widely-used computing software. Skills include logging on, opening and closing programs, opening and saving files, data entry, creation of graphs, and basic typing skills. This presentation will provide data from an intervention that aimed to teach an individual with Down syndrome and moderate intellectual disabilities to competently use Microsoft® Windows® operating system programs. Results, limitations, and future research areas will be discussed.
 
The Comparison between Teacher-Directed Instruction and Peer-Assisted Learning in Vocabulary Acquisition Using Parallel Treatment Design.
Domain: Applied Research
YI-WEI HSIN (Yu Da College of Business), Jeng Jyh Duh (National Taiwan Normal University), Tsung-Han Ho (The University of Texas at Austin)
 
Abstract: The study explored and compared the differential effects of vocabulary learning between teacher-directed instruction (TDI) and peer-assisted learning (PAL) by students with varied levels of mental retardation. Participating students consisted of three primary school students with mental retardation. The parallel treatment design was employed as the main research framework. The visual analysis and C statistics were used to analyze the collected data. Primary results were obtained as follows. The PDI focused on the control of learning settings and use of strategies in instruction. When it was employed in vocabulary class of special needs students with mental retardation, they could learn the new words well and fast. The outcome, however, was not reserved as well as expected in the maintenance phase. The PAL emphasized the relationship between the teacher and the learner as well as the link between what to learn and where to use. Accordingly, compared to PDI, it achieved a lower level of vocabulary acquisition. When it proceeded to maintenance phase, a higher level of carryover effects were found and documented. Based on the above findings, further discussion was addressed and suggestions for teaching practices and future research were proposed.
 
Alphabet Therapy: A Novel Way to Teach Academic Skills to Children with Angelman Syndrome.
Domain: Applied Research
CRISTINA VALLE (Vanderbilt University), Mary Johnson (Vanderbilt University), Brooke Huffsmith (Vanderbilt University), Loraine C. Rossi (Vanderbilt University), Lindsey Freitas (Vanderbilt University), Laura O'Dowd (Vanderbilt University), Carmen Rabbitt (Vanderbilt University), Terry Jo Bichell (Vanderbilt University)
 
Abstract: According to most studies, people with Angelman syndrome (AS) will not exceed the developmental age of 24 months. It has been shown that capabilities for receptive language exceed expressive language in AS patients, but the median mental age for language development is usually reported to be about 9 months. Using Alphabet Therapy, a novel combination of Applied Behavior Analysis techniques and Soma Mukhopadhyay’s Rapid Prompting Method, our team has taught the alphabet, (as well as colors and numbers) to a 7-year-old boy who is deletion-positive for AS. He is now learning sight-reading and mathematical concepts, using the same methodology. A study of Alphabet Therapy is now underway in 10 children with AS (5 subjects and 5 controls matched for age and underlying genetic diagnosis). Subjects undergo developmental and cognitive testing before therapy begins, and again nine months later, with the testers blinded as to study group status. This study will determine if the method can be used successfully with other AS children. Although the study will not be completed until the summer of 2008, an interim report on progress will be presented, the techniques will be described and exercises demonstrated.
 
 
 
Paper Session #190
International Paper Session - Developmental Disabilities Paper Session II
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Stevens 3
Area: DDA
Chair: Giordana Hrga (Precision Teaching Pty Ltd/Curtin University of Technology - School of Occupational Therapy)
 
Precision Teaching for Cri Du Chat Syndrome.
Domain: Applied Research
GIORDANA HRGA (Precision Teaching Pty Ltd/Curtin University of Technology - School of Occupational Therapy)
 
Abstract: The developmental prognosis for children with Cri Du Chat Syndrome is limited. The Standard Celeration data of the learning outcomes of a 4-year-old child presenting with Cri Du Chat, and his pre- and post-test standardized developmental gains will be presented. The Precision Teaching instructional strategy employed to effect the child's developmental gains will be outlined.
 
The Role of Specific Characteristics of Secondary Reinforcers in the Successful Reduction of Aberrant Behavior.
Domain: Applied Research
GREGORY S. HANDEL (The Halcyon Center (Groden Network))
 
Abstract: Secondary reinforcers, such as tokens, have been used extensively over the past several decades in the treatment of aberrant behaviors. However, the specific characteristics of the secondary reinforcement used often play an essential role in the effectiveness of treatment. This presentation will examine the differential effects of the frequency and the type of reinforcing item used in differential reinforcement procedures designed to reduce the aberrant behavior of four adults with mental retardation. Two men and two women, ranging in age from 22 to 50, serve as subjects. All four live in 24-hour staffed community residences and have long histories of aberrant behaviors including self-abuse and aggression. A changing criteria design was used to separately evaluate changes in the frequency of secondary reinforcer for two individuals and the type of reinforcer for the other two. In all four cases, previously ineffective DRO procedures resulted in the reduction of aberrant behaviors ranging from 58% to 94% of baseline frequencies after changes in the characteristics of the reinforcer used. It is suggested that the results indicate that adjustments of the type and frequency of reinforcement be considered when making treatment decisions with differential reinforcement procedures.
 
The Effects of Intensive Multiple Exemplar Training in Same, Opposite, More/Than and Less/Than Relations on Full Scale IQ in School Children.
Domain: Applied Research
SARAH N. CASSIDY (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Denis P. O'Hora (National University of Ireland, Galway)
 
Abstract: The current paper will outline the findings of an experimental longitudinal intervention designed to examine the utility of a MET intervention for raising IQ in normally developing children. Eight participants were administered baseline IQ tests and tests for various types of responding. Four of these children received a MET intervention for each relation in which they were provided with corrective feedback on the derivation of untrained stimulus relations to criterion across novel stimulus sets. The MET group met criterion for derived relational responding on each of four relation types, using novel stimuli, faster than a control group. follow up IQ tests indicated that children who received MET experienced significantly higher IQ rises than the non-MET group. These findings suggest that intensive MET interventions can have a significant impact on Full Scale IQ.
 
 
 
Symposium #191
CE Offered: BACB
Extensions of Experimental Analysis to Assess Appropriate Behavior of Adolescents
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Metra
Area: EAB/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer A. Sellers (AdvoServ)
Discussant: Terry J. Page (AdvoServ)
CE Instructor: Jennifer A. Sellers, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The utility of the functional analysis (FA) methodology in identify environmental reinforcers maintaining problem behavior and developing robust treatments has been well documented over the past 20 years (Iwata et al., 1994, Hagopian et al., 1998). However, FA of problem behavior is not always feasible due to the severity of problem behavior, time constraints, or lack of resources. A variety of experimental analyses (e.g., antecedent and concurrent operant) have been successful in identifying environmental reinforcers of appropriate behavior (Conroy & Stichter, 2003; Finkel et al., 2003). The purpose of this symposium is to examine extensions of experimental analyses to the assessment of appropriate behavior. The symposium will include three presentations in which FA of appropriate behavior was conducted with adolescents with problem behavior. The presentations will evaluate the utility of experimental analyses to identify the maintaining variables of appropriate behavior and develop robust treatments. The assessment of appropriate behavior is evaluated via FA, concurrent operant analysis, and assessment based treatments. In addition, FA and concurrent operant assessments are compared in relation to reinforcers identified and treatment efficacy. The findings indicate the need for continued evaluation of FA of appropriate behavior across settings, individuals, and topographies of behavior.

 
Comparison of Findings Across Functional Analysis and Concurrent Operant Assessments.
CHRISTOPHER J. PERRIN (The Ohio State University), Jennifer A. Sellers (AdvoServ), Brandon M. Badley (University of Delaware), Alonna Marcus (AdvoServ)
Abstract: The utility of extended functional analysis (FA) methodology has been demonstrated in the assessment of problem behavior. However, functional analysis methodology may be contraindicative or result in inconclusive findings. One alternative is to assess appropriate behavior within a concurrent operant analysis (COA) (Finkel, et al. 2003). The purpose of this study was to compare the results of an FA of problem behavior with the results of both a brief and extended COA. Three adolescents with developmental disabilities and problem behavior participated in the study. A FA, extended COA, and brief COA were conducted with each participant. Sessions were 5 minutes and frequency data were collected on choice and problem behavior. In the COA, the relative preference for attention, demands, and tangible items were measured by choice between two social situations on a fixed time 30 s schedule. The extended COA consisted of multiple repetitions of each condition whereas a single session for each condition was conducted in the brief COA. For all participants, the results of the functional analysis were similar to the results of the extended COA. Interobserver data were collected for at least 30% of sessions and averaged at least 80% for all participants.
 
Functional Analysis of Appropriate Behavior with Adolescents.
JENNIFER A. SELLERS (AdvoServ), Christine Strickland (AdvoServ)
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) methodology has been successful in identifying the environmental reinforcers maintaining a variety of problem behaviors (Asmus et al., 2004). The use of FA methodology is not appropriate for all topographies of behavior (e.g., life threatening self-injury). Alternative assessments such as structural analyses have been successful in identifying a variety of environmental variables that occasion appropriate behavior (Conroy & Stitchter 2003). The purpose of this investigation was to evaluate the utility of FA methodology in identifying environmental reinforcers maintaining the appropriate vocalizations of three adolescents with developmental disabilities and problem behavior. A functional analysis of appropriate behavior was conducted with each participant. Appropriate vocalizations were followed by 30 s access to positive reinforcement in the tangible and attention conditions or a 30 s break from demands in the escape condition. Problem behavior did not result in a planned consequence. Sessions were 5 minutes and data were collected on the frequency of appropriate and problem behavior. Interobserver agreement was obtained on 25% of sessions and averaged 80% or higher for each participant. The results indicated the functional analysis methodology was successful in identifying at least one environmental reinforcer for appropriate vocalizations for each participant.
 
Teacher Implemented Treatment Probes for Problem Behavior: A Consultative Procedure for Functional Analysis of Classroom Behavior.
ELIZABETH L.W. MCKENNEY (University of Florida), Nancy Waldron (University of Florida), Maureen Conroy (Virginia Commonwealth University)
Abstract: Classroom-based assessments of problem behavior have typically used various forms of descriptive functional behavioral assessment methodology, or FBA (Ervin et al., 2001). There is a dearth of research that has extended the use of experimental functional analysis (FA) methodology to work with typically developing students, students with mild to moderate disruptive behavior, or adolescents (Boyajian et al., 2001; Broussard & Northup, 1997; Ervin et al., 1998; Flood, et al., 2002; Jones et al., 2000; Moore et al., 2002). This investigation examined a teacher implemented FA conducted in general education classrooms with typically developing adolescents. Data will be presented on the integrity with which three general education middle school teachers implemented FA procedures to assess the function of appropriate classroom behavior of typically developing adolescents who also demonstrated disruptive behavior. Behavioral consultation and performance feedback procedures were used to support teacher integrity, following teacher training as outlined by Iwata et al. (2000), Jones et al. (2000), and Wallace et al. (2004). Integrity data before, during, and following training will be presented, as well as the results of a multielement FA on appropriate classroom behavior. Interobserver agreement was obtained on an average of 25% of all sessions and averaged at least 70%.
 
 
Symposium #192
International Symposium - Variables Influencing Equivalence Class Formation
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
El
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College )
Abstract: This symposium will include four different papers on variables that are important for the formation of equivalence classes. The first paper by Vaidya will discuss results from three different experiments put up to test for Sidman’s suggestion about two outcomes of operant reinforcement. In the second paper by Fields et al. argue that a highly programmed preliminary training protocol (HPTP) has shown to be superior to other procedures in the formation of equivalence classes. The third paper by Tomanari et al. has used an observing response methodology to assess and make explicit the stimulus control that comprises a matching-to-sample performance. They found that Matching-to-Sample involves control by both “correct” and “incorrect” comparisons early in its development, but the maintenance of a successful Matching-to-Sample eventually depends only upon control by the "correct" comparison stimulus. The fourth paper by Arntzen and Halstadtro has studied the effects of pictures as nodes in an MTO training structure. The results showed that pictures as nodes give a higher yield of equivalence responding.
 
Common Stimulus Functions and the Development of Equivalence.
MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Sidman (1994, 2000) suggests that operant reinforcement gives rise to two distinct set of outcomes. One is the development of familiar analytic units such as discrimination, differentiation, etc. The second is the development of equivalence relations that consist of pairs of all positive elements that comprise the reinforcement contingency. The address will present data from three experiments in which these ideas were put to the test. The data from the 1st and 3rd experiments provide general support for Sidman’s (2000) ideas about the provenance of equivalence relations. The 2nd experiment suggests that Sidman’s notion of “positive” elements may need some clarification. Specifically, our data suggest that stimuli that have never been correlated with reinforcement can nevertheless become equivalent. Taken together, these data suggest that the histories that are necessary and sufficient for equivalence class formation can be more varied than research in the past has suggested. This idea is consistent with Sidman’s more recent thoughts about the provenance of equivalence relations.
 
Two Parameters of Preliminary Training that Enhance Equivalence Class Formation Using a Trace Stimulus Pairing Yes No Paradigm.
LANNY FIELDS (Queens College/City University of New York), Erica Doran (The Graduate Center of the City University of New York), Michael E. Marroquin (The Graduate Center of the City University of New York)
Abstract: Equivalence classes can be formed using a variety of trial formats. While high yields (>90% of subjects) can be obtained when training and testing are conducted in a MTS format, much lower yields (~50-60% of subjects) are obtained when training and testing are conducted using a trace stimulus pairing yes no trial format. If however, this equivalence class training procedure is preceded by a highly programmed preliminary training protocol (HPTP), 100% of subjects formed equivalence classes. The highly programmed preliminary training procedure includes many sets of training stimuli, which shared common stimuli on an overlapping basis: ABC, BCD, CDE, DEF. The A, B, and C stimuli are real words (designated as w). The D, E, and F stimuli are nonsense syllables (designated as n). Thus, the six stimuli are designated as Aw, Bw, Cw, Dn, En, and Fn. Preliminary training took place in four phases. Phase 1 involved the training of Aw-Bw and Bw-Cw. Thereafter, the potential transitive relation Aw-Cw was also trained. Phase 2 involved the training of Bw-Cw and Cw-Dn. Thereafter, the potential transitive relation Bw-Dn was also trained. Phase 3 involved the training of Dn-En and En-Fn. Thereafter, the potential transitive relation Dn-Fn was also trained. All conditional discriminations were acquired rapidly. Responding on the transitive relations was completely accurate on the first trial of training. Thus, transitivity was emergent. As mentioned above, once completed, all subjects learned new 2-node 4-member equivalence classes using trials presented in the trace stimulus pairing yes no format. Thus, the likelihood of equivalence class formation was greatly enhanced by prior exposure to the above mentioned highly programmed preliminary training procedure. What aspects of preliminary training were responsible for its’ effect? The procedure involved the establishment of many conditional discriminations, the gradual shifting of stimuli in the conditional discriminations from all words in a set to words and nonsense syllables in a set, to all nonsense syllables in a set, and the direct training of transitive relations among the stimuli in each set. Two additional conditions were studied to isolate the effects of two of these parameters. In one condition, the highly programmed preliminary training protocol was conducted without the inclusion of the AC trials. This procedure also resulted in the formation of new equivalence classes by 100% of subjects. Therefore...
 
Uncover the Pictures to Match to Sample: Analyzing Stimulus Control along an Equivalence Procedure.
GERSON YUKIO TOMANARI (University of Sao Paulo), Eliana Isabel De Moraes Hamasaki (Universidade de São Paulo, Brasil)
Abstract: Variations in stimulus control during training and test conditions may affect the demonstration of stimulus equivalence. In the present experiment, we employed observing response methodology to assess and make explicit the stimulus control that comprises a matching-to-sample performance. Three undergraduate students were exposed to a standard equivalence procedure, except that a dark mask covered the sample and the comparison stimuli. To perform the zero-delay matching-to-sample task that included three arbitrary classes with three visual stimuli in each, subjects could emit observing responses to temporarily clear the mask and display one stimulus at a time. All subjects' mastered the trained conditional relations and demonstrated the formation of equivalence classes. The subjects tended to uncover all three comparisons in the beginning of the training and also when test sessions were first presented. By the end of the training and after some exposure to a set of test sessions, comparisons were uncovered only until the "correct" one was displayed. Then a "correct" choice normally followed. Thus, Matching-to-Sample involves control by both “correct” and “incorrect” comparisons early in its development, but the maintenance of a successful Matching-to-Sample eventually depends only upon control by the "correct" comparison stimulus.
 
Pictures and Formation of Equivalence Classes.
ERIK ARNTZEN (Akershus University College), Lill-Beathe Halstadtrø (Trondsletten Habilitation Services, Norway)
Abstract: Earlier studies in our lab with pictures as nodes have shown to be effective with respect to produce responding in accord with equivalence in adult participants (Arntzen, 2004; Holth & Arntzen, 1998). On the other hand, Smeets and Barnes-Holmes (2005) have found that using pictures did not increase responding in accord with equivalence in two 3-member classes in children. In the current experiment we trained ten children to form three 3-member classes in an MTO training structure. Five of the children started with a condition with only abstract stimuli, followed by a condition with pictures as nodes and the other stimuli were abstract stimuli. The other five participants started with the condition with pictures as nodes and the other stimuli as abstract stimuli, followed by the condition with only abstract stimuli. The results showed that the condition with pictures as nodes gave the highest yield of responding in accord with equivalence. The results from Smeets and Barnes-Holmes (2005) could be related to the fact that they give a detailed start-up instruction and that they use a two-choice matching-to- sample format, while in the current study we have been very careful not to give any instructions which could be responsible for the equivalence relations, and also, we have use a three-choice matching-to-sample format. If you are training naming responses as in Smeets and Barnes-Holmes (2005) it could be that to introduce pictures would not have any effect.
 
 
Symposium #193
Video Game Play: Treatment and Research
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Chicago & Alton
Area: EAB/CBM; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: James Bordieri (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Video games represent a huge enterprise and societal issue. Traditionally, video games have been viewed as entertainment. More recently, they have been viewed as a medium for instruction. However, for some, playing video games can be considered a disorder. Others have argued that some video games can lead to societal problems such as increased violence. The present symposium will present both applied and basic research that has focused on behaviors associated with video game play and the issues described above.
 
Preliminary Evaluation of a Behavioral Intervention to Decrease Excessive Video Game Play.
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida), Christopher Gillis (University of South Florida), Kali Gillis (University of South Florida)
Abstract: This study tested an intervention designed to decrease the amount of time played in the online game World of Warcraft. Six participants, 18–23 year old, were chosen from a population of college students. The intervention, implemented for 2 weeks, included goal setting, self-monitoring, a behavior contract, and the use of a timer. All participants decreased their game playing during the intervention with most achieving their goals on most days. Mean hours of game play per person per week decreased from 34.8 during baseline to 18.3 during the intervention.
 
Behavioral, Attitudinal and Decision-altering Effects of Aggressive Video Games on Young Adults.
KENT D. SMALLWOOD (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University), Scott Latour (Western Michigan University), Derek Szafranski (Western Michigan University), John Ceglarek (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Each year, interactive video game technology becomes more and more advanced, offering more lifelike environments, immersive experiences, and realistic situations in which the player must decide how to act. As a result of these technological advancements, the violent content in video games has become increasingly realistic and graphic. Unlike the passive viewing experience of television, video game players adopt roles in which they initiate actions and direct the progression of video game experience. In these active roles, they may engage in and be rewarded for violent acts against fictitious video game characters or other online players. However, technological advances have quickly outpaced our understanding of the effects of certain types of adult content, including violent content, on the game player. Despite the absence of sound scientific research on the effects of violent game play on aggressive behavior or attitudes of the game player, legislation continues to be proposed attempting to outlaw certain types of games for certain age groups, only to be struck down on first amendment grounds. To date, the few (approximately 10) recent studies of the impact of videogame play on aggressive behavior and attitudes that used modern, graphically realistic games still have several shortcomings, mostly in their choice of dependent measures. The purpose of this investigation was to build upon the small research base related to effects of violent video games on behavior and attitudes by adopting several dependent measures that have not used in previous studies, including realistic behavioral simulations, computer simulations of aggression, and vignette-based measures of aggressive attitudes. Results demonstrated virtually no behavioral or attitudinal difference between the groups that played the nonviolent game, compared to the group that played the violent game. Subsequent analysis identified a subgroup of participants, classified as responders, who had higher preexisting aggressive tendencies that were also detected at posttest, although these differences were not increased as a function of game play. Implications of these findings, limitations, and suggestions for future research are discussed.
 
Provoked Aggression and Violent Video Game Play in Intoxicated and Non-Intoxicated Males.
JESSICA R. MUGGE (University of North Dakota), Jeffrey N. Weatherly (University of North Dakota)
Abstract: This study assessed the effects of alcohol on the tendency to aggress following low vs. high provocation (i.e., shock). Eleven male undergraduates were randomly assigned into an alcohol or placebo condition. This study utilized the Taylor Aggression Paradigm (TAP) in which participants selected the level of electrical shock to administer to a fictitious opponent during a competitive task. Following participation in the TAP, aggression was measured by having participants play a violent video game in which the object was to kill as many pedestrians and opponents as possible. Alcohol did not influence the level of shock administered or the number of pedestrians killed. However, there was a significant effect of level of shock set in the TAP as a function of low vs. high provocation.
 
Video Golfing, Risk-Taking and Gambling.
MICHAEL BORDIERI (Southern Illinois University), James Bordieri (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale), James W. Jackson (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The present investigation explored how experimental conditions of money gain and money loss impacted performance of golfers playing a video-based golfing simulator. Participants were initially assessed for skill level and history of golf play. Following assessment, players were orientated to a computerized video golf simulator that utilized actual golf swings on real-life simulated golf courses. Players were exposed to conditions in which shot accuracy led to financial rewards, and other conditions in which shot accuracy led to financial punishers. Results suggest that monetary conditions resulted in increased shot variability compared to non-monetary baseline performances in most players. Implications for a behavioral understanding of golf performance, wagering at sports, and the "choking" response are presented.
 
 
Paper Session #194
International Paper Session - Temporal and Probability Discounting
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Barbershop
Area: EAB
Chair: Andrew T. Fox (Central Michigan University)
 
Reward Contrast in Delay and Probability Discounting.
Domain: Basic Research
ZHIJIE DAI (University of Canterbury), Randolph C. Grace (University of Canterbury), Simon Kemp (University of Canterbury)
 
Abstract: The present research asked whether contrast effects - which are commonly obtained in psychophysical research - influence delay and probability discounting in choices. Participants responded to a series of hypothetical questions involving amounts of money available immediately or after a delay, or available for sure or with uncertainty in a computer-based task (Grace & McLean, 2005). In Experiment 1, for different groups, discounting questions involving a test amount ($500) were preceded by blocks of questions in which a smaller ($50) or larger ($5,000) amount was used. All participants answered questions in both delay and probability discounting scenarios. In Experiment 2, participants were divided into delay-discounting and probability-discounting groups. Questions for both smaller ($50) and larger ($5,000) amounts were completed by all participants. In each group, questions for test amounts - $475 or $525, were completed after the smaller or larger amounts. Participants also completed questionnaires BIS-11 (Patton, Stanford & Barratt, 1995) and SOGS (Lesieur & Blume, 1987). In both experiments, we found evidence of contrast effects for both delay and probability discounting. Specifically, discounting rates for test amounts varied in a manner consistent with the hypothesis that the subjective magnitude depended inversely on the amount used in the prior block of questions.
 
Delay and Probability Discounting for Hypothetical Food and Money.
Domain: Basic Research
WILLIAM J.P. REILLY (Idaho State University), Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University)
 
Abstract: We used the delay and probability discounting paradigms to determine if discounting for hypothetical food could be quantified via the delay and probability discounting functions, and how hypothetical food compared to more established rewards, such as money. Eighty participants completed a computer-based task that presented a series of hypothetical choices between dollar amounts that varied in terms of delay (in days), and value (e.g., “Would you rather have 1 dollar now or 4 dollars in 10 days?”). Choices were presented also as varied probabilities to the dollar amounts (e.g., Would you rather be guaranteed 3 dollars or have a 25% chance of receiving 10 dollars?”) Participants were also asked to imagine a 1” cube as a standardized bite of their favorite food, and given the delay and probability discounting tasks, except the independent variables were standardized bites of food and time (minutes). Indifference points for each subject were fit to the delay discounting and probability discounting exponential and hyperbolic equations. Results suggest that the majority of participants’ data fit the money and food discounting equations. Moreover, food was discounted more steeply than money. These results suggest that individuals will discount more for hypothetical food than they will hypothetical money.
 
The Role of Temporal Discounting in the Analysis of Social Interaction.
Domain: Basic Research
SHAWN R. CHARLTON (University of Central Arkansas), Joyce Brownlee (University of Central Arkansas)
 
Abstract: Extensive literature documents the loss of reinforcing value as an outcome becomes more temporally delayed. However, the majority of this research has focused on the affect of delay on non-social outcomes such as money, food, and other tangible commodities. Real world behavior, however, frequently involves another less-tangible outcome, social interaction. In this paper, we review an emerging body of research exploring the affect of temporal discounting on the reinforcing value of social interactions. Discussion will be given both to how temporal delay affects the evaluation of social interactions as well as how social interactions are affected by changes in temporal discounting.
 
Delayed Discounting in the Mouse: A Parametric Analysis.
Domain: Basic Research
CRISTINA VARGAS-IRWIN (Virginia Commonwealth University), Jaime Robles (Virginia Commonwealth University)
 
Abstract: Advances in forward genetics have made the laboratory mouse the animal model of choice in many pharmacological and behavioral genetic settings, yet the operant literature using mice as subjects continues to be relatively sparse. We described the challenges involved in operant work with the laboratory and present data on the acquisition of operant responding and delay discounting procedures in mice, and compare the discount functions with those reported in the literature for other mammalian species.
 
 
 
Paper Session #195
Dimensions of Oral Reading Fluency
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Williford A
Area: EDC
Chair: Breda V. O'Keeffe (Utah State University)
 
Comparison of Two Reading Fluency Methods: Repeated Reading to a Fluency Criterion and Interval Sprinting.
Domain: Applied Research
DOUGLAS E. KOSTEWICZ (Pennsylvania State University), Richard M. Kubina Jr. (Pennsylvania State University)
 
Abstract: Teachers have used the method of repeated readings to build oral reading fluency in students with and without special needs. A new fluency building intervention called interval sprinting uses shorter timing intervals (i.e., sprints) across a passage. This study used an alternating treatment design to compare repeated readings and interval sprinting for three participants with, or at-risk for, reading deficits. The results show that the participants attained the fluency criterion at approximately the same time for both experimental conditions. Compared to readings in the first phase, students demonstrated higher average initial readings and reached criterion as fast or faster in the second phase, demonstrating reading transfer. The discussion covers possible reasons why both procedures showed similar reading changes and transfer. Additionally, the discussion reviews some particular aspects of interval sprinting, such as its demonstration of reading endurance.
 
Variability in Reading Rate Assessment: The Effects of Goal Markers and Passage Differences.
Domain: Applied Research
BREDA V. O'KEEFFE (Utah State University), Lee L. Mason (Utah State University), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University)
 
Abstract: This study investigated the effects of (a) visual goal markers and (b) passage difficulty on variability in the oral reading rate of third grade students. Approximately 80 third grade students who were receiving regular progress monitoring of their oral reading rate using the DIBELS progress monitoring passages were included. Across 10 weeks, participants alternated weekly between progress monitoring using existing standard practices, and modified progress monitoring practices that included a specific goal marker identifying their previous best performance. Results include identification of: (a) the effects of these visual goal markers on week-to-week variance in reading performance and (b) variance in reading performance that was attributable to differences among passages.
 
Improving Reading Fluency and Comprehension for Struggling High School Students.
Domain: Applied Research
ANDREA D. HALE (Eastern Kentucky University), Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati), Wesley Sheeley (University of Cincinnati)
 
Abstract: While much research has focused on research to improve literacy in the elementary grades, significantly less research has been conducted at the high-school level. Although an emphasis on prevention and early intervention is critical, evidence-based interventions that lead to improvements in both reading fluency and comprehension are still currently needed for struggling high school students. The current presentation will describe the results of two studies examining the effects of different reading interventions on high school students’ reading performance. Study I applied an alternating treatments design to compare the effects of three conditions: repeated reading with an error correction procedure, repeated reading with an error correction procedure and vocabulary previewing, and silent reading (control). Data from each of six participants will be graphically analyzed. Study II applied a multiple baseline across students design (N=6) to determine if the effects of the repeated reading with an error correction procedure and vocabulary previewing condition seen in Study I generalized to non-practiced reading material. Results will be graphically analyzed to determine effects of the intervention on overall reading fluency and comprehension. Discussion will focus on the continued need for research-based interventions to help high school readers and recommendations for practice.
 
 
 
Symposium #196
Effective Tactics and Protocols for Establishing Speaking, Reading, Writing, and Observational Learning Repertoires
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Williford C
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Columbia University Teachers College & CABAS)
Abstract: This symposium will present four papers, each devoted to the establishment of new repertories, and in some cases, new verbal capabilities. The first paper will cover several successful tactics and protocols for improving the writing and spelling skills of middle school students. The second paper will present successful protocols for improving the reading skills of middle school students. The third paper will cover tactics and protocols for increasing speaker/listener exchanges and social listener reinforcement with both preschoolers and middle school students. The fourth paper will outline successful procedures for establishing an observational learning repertoire as well as provide further research on the acquisition of conditioned reinforcement through observation.
 
Tactics and Protocols to Improve the Writing Skills of Middle School Students.
TSAMBIKA FAS (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College), Yasmin J. Helou-Care (Columbia University Teachers College), Joan A. Broto (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: This paper will provide an overview of the procedures and results of successful protocols and tactics to improve both the technical and aesthetic writing skills, including spelling and the use of similes and metaphors, of middle school students. Protocols and tactics include Writer Immersion, Multiple Exemplar Instruction, the use of Peer Readers, and Phonetic Spelling Instruction.
 
Tactics and Protocols to Improve the Reading Skills of Middle School Students.
JOAN A. BROTO (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College), Darcy M. Walsh (Columbia University Teachers College), Tsambika Fas (Columbia University Teachers College), Yasmin J. Helou-Care (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: This paper will provide an overview of the procedures and results of successful protocols to improve the reading skills, including textual responding, reading rate, reading comprehension, and abstraction, of middle schools students. Studies include the effects of teaching phonemes and phonemic blends to a rate criterion on the abstraction of words from the phonemes taught, the effects Multiple Exemplar Instruction on the acquisition of vocabulary words, and the effects of a Naming repertoire on correct responses to reading comprehension questions.
 
Protocols to Increase Speaker/Listener Exchanges and Listener Repertoires.
YASMIN J. HELOU-CARE (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College), Darcy M. Walsh (Columbia University Teachers College), Tsambika Fas (Columbia University Teachers College), Joan A. Broto (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: This paper will provide an overview of successful procedures for increasing both the social and academic listener repertoires of middle school and preschool students who lacked such listener skills. Specifically, intensive tact instruction and the use of an observational training procedure were effective in increasing listener repertoires. In addition, the effects of a Naming repertoire on learning from lecture material as well as 2- and 3-dimensional stimuli will be presented.
 
Protocols for Establishing an Observational Learning Repertoire and Conditioning Reinforcement through Observation.
DARCY M. WALSH (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Columbia University Teachers College), Mara Katra Oblak (Columbia University), Jeannine E. Schmelzkopf (Columbia University Teachers College), Michelle L. Zrinzo (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: This paper will provide an overview of the Observational System of Instruction as well as provide details on the effects of a yoked contingency game board and the use of a peer monitoring procedure on the acquisition of an observational learning capability. Additionally, the effects of an observational intervention on the emergence of conditioned reinforcement will be presented.
 
 
Paper Session #197
Development/Evaluation of Programs for Students with Exceptional Learning Needs
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Waldorf
Area: EDC
Chair: Ginger R. Wilson (The ABRITE Organization)
 
Creating a Model Special Education Classroom Using Behavior Analysis Techniques.
Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER S. PHILLIPS (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Heather Chandler (The Learning Tree, Inc.)
 
Abstract: In January, 2006 the Learning Tree, Inc. began a project aimed at creating a model special education classroom for the State of Alabama. The project classroom contains 16 students, ages 15-21, with multiple disabilities including Cerebral Palsy, Down syndrome, Rubinstein-Taybi syndrome, and Mental Retardation. There are three paraprofessional staff members, one Certified Special Education Teacher, and two Board Certified Behavior Analysts who serve as Behavioral, Instructional and Vocational Support Specialists. The goal of this project is to transition staff training and monitoring, data collection and review, acquisition program development, employment development and support, student assessment, behavior plan development, and crisis management from the current BCBA’s to pertinent staff within the school district (to include a full time BCBA). This presentation will report on the improvement in classroom engagement, skill mastery, and problem behaviors in an Alabama Public High School Multi Needs Unit.
 
Learning Side By Side an Inclusion Model for Children with Developmental Disabilities.
Domain: Applied Research
LINDAJEANNE SCHWARTZ (Child Development Center of the Hamptons), Janice Goldman (Child Development Center of the Hamptons)
 
Abstract: The Child Development Center of the Hamptons was founded in 1997 to insure children and their families on the East End of Long Island would have an inclusive environment in which to learn, grow and receive support. CDCH provides services to children with special needs from birth to eighth grade. These students learn along side their typically developing peers. CDCH provides related services in speech, occupational therapy, physical therapy, and applied behavior analysis with emphasis on verbal behavior, and counseling for children qualifying under New York state regulations. Each special needs student’s program is individually designed to provide intensive therapy throughout the day that’s inclusive of the natural environment setting within the classroom. The CDCH Preschool model is that every class is taught by a special education teacher with expertise in early childhood learning, a teacher’s assistant, teacher’s aide and 3 one-to-one aides. Each classroom is made up of 16 children: 8 typically developing and 8 learning disabled. Only 3 of the 8 students with a LD are on the autism spectrum and are paired with a one-to-one aide, making the ratio 6:16. When warranted, related services are delivered as “push in” to maximize the inclusion environment, increasing skill acquisition, socialization and play skills with peers.
 
A Preliminary Analysis of Outcomes of ABA Based Early Intervention.
Domain: Applied Research
GINGER R. WILSON (The ABRITE Organization), Janice K. Doney (The ABRITE Organization), Jennifer Woo (The ABRITE Organization), Marlena Jacobson (The ABRITE Organization), Boe Roberts (The ABRITE Organization)
 
Abstract: In the State of California early intervention is provided to infants and toddlers, birth to 36 months of age whom qualify for services based on evidence of risk factors associated with developmental delays within at least one of the five developmental domains (i.e., adaptive, social/emotional, speech and language, motor and cognitive skill domains). These children receive early intervention services with the aim of minimization, or optimally elimination, of any developmental discrepancies between the children who qualify for services and that of their typically developing peers. Despite purports of efficacy, there is variability in the type of early intervention and many differing learners, from the child with a speech and language delay to a child on the autism spectrum. Early intervention is said to be effective, yet examination of type and intensity related to the specific learner is needed. This paper will present on the effects of varying intensities of early intervention (i.e., 1-20 hours per week) for learners presenting with delays ranging from one to all of the five developmental domains. This paper will present outcome measures for numerous learners contacting varying intensities of behavior analytic instruction. The results will be discussed in terms of the efficacy of early intervention.
 
 
 
Symposium #198
CE Offered: BACB
Current Intervention Applications in OBM
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Joliet
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jeanine Plowman Stratton (Furman University)
CE Instructor: Jeanine Plowman Stratton, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will present a variety of OBM research projects, showcasing some of the most commonly used interventions in OBM research. Two studies examined ways to improve the effectiveness of employee work tasks in restaurant settings, one manipulating a unique feature of feedback while another used a package intervention to increase selling and customer service behaviors. Another study examined the use of antecedents to improve the cleanliness of gym equipment. The fourth used a reinforcement program to enhance the effectiveness of a smoking cessation program in a primary healthcare facility.

 
Altering the Temporal Positioning of Feedback to Improve Closing Task Performance at a Restaurant: Timing Can Make a Difference.
CHRIS A. SAWYER (Furman University), Rhett Abraham (Furman University), Jeanine Plowman Stratton (Furman University), Melissa A. Wilson (Furman University)
Abstract: This performance improvement project was conducted to examine the effect of management inspection and individual feedback on server performance of two closing behaviors at a privately-owned restaurant: rolling silverware and wiping tables. Participants included four experienced waitstaff employees. Employees worked two consecutive shifts each day. A baseline data collection phase was followed by an inspection and feedback phase. This study used a multiple base design across shifts per participant in which feedback was delivered following each shift. Levels of both behaviors improved during the intervention phase for each participant. The improvement was greater in the second shift behavior than in the first shift. This difference may be due to the timing of feedback delivery. Feedback functions and implications will be discussed.
 
The Effects of Implementing Performance Management to Increase Selling at "19th Hole" Bar & Grill.
YASSER ABOUL FETOUH (Florida State University), Michael A. Thompson (Florida State University), Stephanie Toelken (University of South Florida), Jon S. Bailey (FSU, BMC, FABA)
Abstract: The present study sought to increase selling behaviors. The behaviors pinpointed were customer greeting, presentation of daily specials, and up-selling. A progression of the 12 diagnostic questions were implemented resulting in two intervention packages that featured visual prompts, task clarification, role-play, and manager training. As a result, customer greeting increased from 0% to 70%, presentation of the daily special increased from 0% to 50% and up-selling also increased from 0% to 50%.
 
Increasing Gym Sanitation at a College Fitness Facility.
SHAYLA R. ELLIS (Florida State University), Melissa A. Brewer (Florida State University), Emily Pearson (Florida State University)
Abstract: An increasing number of American's enter fitness facilities daily in order to improve their health. However, upon entering the facility and utilizing the equipment they come into contact with a number of germs and bacteria which can be potentially harmful. This study sought to increase the frequency of gym patrons sanitizing their equipment after use through the use of antecedent manipulations in a reversal design.
 
Butt-Out: An Evaluation of Smoking Cessation Methods.
AMBER L. WATTS (Florida State University), Jon S. Bailey (FSU, BMC, FABA), Marco D. Tomasi (Florida State University)
Abstract: The current study evaluated a preexisting smoking program at the University's fully accredited primary care facility. This program uses smoking cessation aids along with providing support and encouragement from the staff. Smoking cessation aids are offered at half price to students who demonstrate a commitment to quitting and agree to weekly 30-minute meetings with a facilitator. This study also designed a smoking cessation program plus a voucher-based reinforcement program. This consisted of the use of vouchers for motivation. Participants could earn vouchers for a carbon monoxide (CO) reading of equal to or less than 4 parts per million (ppm). The participants were randomly assigned to an experimental condition. Group 1 incorporated the use of a smoking aid, and Group 2 incorporated the use of a smoking aid plus the use of vouchers. There were 2 students participating in this study. For inclusion of this study, all participants had to be current smokers over 18 years of age. An AB repeated across participants design was used to evaluate the smoking cessation programs. During the intervention, cigarette smoking was reduced with both participants. Results suggest behavioral methods used with smoking aids have the potential to reduce cigarette smoking among college students.
 
 
Symposium #199
International Symposium - Case Study – Creating a Strategic Breakthrough Using Self Monitoring and Feedback
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Marquette
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Bruce Faulkner (3 Simple Rules)
Discussant: Howard John Lees (Hollin Consulting)
Abstract: This paper and discussion will centre on the use of self monitoring and feedback to create a strategic breakthrough within several large project management organisations. The study was broken down into three phases: Phase I – Get 12 project managers from three organisations to self monitor and gather data every 15 minutes for a period of 8 weeks. The data was coded and scored with these scores being fed back daily to the project managers. Phase II - The executive bosses of these project managers participated in a self monitoring study. This study measured how the executives interacted with their staff and the topics of those interactions. The four executives collected their own data which was scored and fed back daily. Phase III – The challenge of commercialising a self monitoring approach to improvement for several hundred project managers spread across multiple companies.
 
Case Study - Self Monitoring Study Data Collection, Analysis, and Results.
TONY BLOOMFIELD (3 Simple Rules)
Abstract: Tony Bloomfield will discuss the coding mechanism that was used as part of the data collection for scoring behaviour, affect and impact. Tony will share the analysis of the baseline data, the details of how feedback was delivered and the impact on the project manager’s behaviour. Tony will also share the critique of the study from the perspective of the project managers who participated.
 
Case Study - An Executive Perspective on the Impact of Self Monitoring.
LEE ROBINSON (Oldham County Council)
Abstract: Lee Robinson, Managing Director of Oldham County Council, will discuss his participation in Phase III of the self monitoring project. Lee will share with you his own data and how his data changed with the daily feedback. Lee will then share his views of how OBM interventions and applications fit into how he manages his business. Lee will focus on the value as well as the complications that OBM brings to the table.
 
Strategic Breakthrough - Taking the Best of OBM to Create Leverage for Executives.
BRUCE FAULKNER (3 Simple Rules)
Abstract: Bruce Faulkner will discuss how the project manager data from the self monitoring study was used to engage senior and executive leadership in conversations about the working environment. These conversations focused on how the current environment was impacting the behaviour of the project managers. Executives self monitoring data was then used to help the executives move away from a daily operational focus towards more strategic behaviours. This behavioural shift coupled with forecasting accuracy data enabled the executives to narrow and pinpoint the focus of their conversations. The executives took data-based actions that modified the environment and had a positive impact on the performance of the project managers. Bruce will also review the approach and challenges of Phase III - commercialising a self monitoring approach to improvement.
 
 
Symposium #200
CE Offered: BACB
Acquisition of Verbal Capabilities Using Principles of Verbal Behavior Analysis with Students in Elementary and Middle School
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Astoria
Area: TBA/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Dana Visalli-Gold (Columbia University Teachers College)
CE Instructor: Dana Visalli-Gold, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will address the acquisition of verbal capabilities using the principles of verbal behavior analysis with students in elementary and middle school settings. The three papers focus on inducing observational learning, self-editing, and rates of learning with children diagnosed with developmental and behavioral disabilities. The first paper addresses the effects of students observing teacher presented learn units on the emergence of selected untaught structural and grammatical components of writing samples and the effectiveness of the observing students writing. The second paper focuses on the effects of written mands on written compositions. The final paper investigates the effects of an immediate correction procedure and the students' use of answer keys on learn units to criterion for target behaviors.

 
The Effects of Students’ Observation of Teacher Presented Learn Units on the Writing of the Observing Students.
DANA VISALLI-GOLD (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: his experiment was conducted to test the effects of students observing teacher presented learn units on the emergence of selected untaught structural and grammatical components of writing samples and the effectiveness of the observing students writing. The teacher delivered learn units to a peer confederate while the target students observed those learn units. The teacher monitored the observing student's written products for the emergence of untaught components both before and after the instructional sessions. Ten middle school students were selected to be in one of two conditions, either learn units (peer confederates) or observed learn units (target students). The observing student (the target students) corrected heir own writing according to the learn units delivered to a confederate student. Thirty minutes following these instructional sessions, a probe was conducted. Two of the observing students did not monitor the instructional sessions by correcting a writing assignment in the first treatment phase. The results for this experiment showed that observing instruction while monitoring the instructional sessions functioned to increase the correct usage of all levels of the dependent variable.
 
The Effects of Written Mands on Written Compositions.
DR. SHIRA A. ACKERMAN (Columbia University Teachers College), Dana Visalli-Gold (Columbia University Teachers College), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Columbia University Teachers College & CABAS)
Abstract: These two experiments tested the effects of written mands on the written compositions of four participants. Written mands are a component of writer immersion. Written mands were defined as requests, questions, or comments between the students and the teachers exclusively in written form. The students were required to request items, assistance, or to ask questions in the written form in their notebooks for the duration of the school day. The dependent variables for student 1, 3, and 4 were the number of self-editing responses, initial sentence starters, number of words used per writing sample, number of correctly spelled words per writing sample, and the mean number of words used per sentence. The dependent variables for Student 2 were self-editing responses, initial sentence starters, number words per writing sample, number of correctly spelled words per writing sample, and the number of sentences per writing sample. The implementation of written mands was effective in improving the spelling, initial sentence starters, number of words per writing sample, the number of sentences per writing sample, and lead to the emergence of the self-editing repertoire for all participants.
 
Immediate Correction Procedures and their Effects on Learn Units to Criterion for School Aged Students.
KRYSTL GIORDANO-PADILLA (Columbia University Teachers College), Dana Visalli-Gold (Columbia University Teachers College), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Columbia University Teachers College), Dr. Shira A. Ackerman (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: This experiment investigated the effects of an immediate correction procedure and the students' use of answer keys on learn units to criterion for target behaviors. The immediate correction procedure was implemented to ensure that the correction procedures were indeed functioning as correction The student immediately reviewed and responded to the teacher's behavior in the presence of the antecedent and teacher consequences. Following the successful implementation of the immediate correction procedure, the answer key procedure was implemented. The students immediately consequated their behavior for the entire assignment using the answer key under direct supervision of the teacher. The data showed that all participants emitted higher levels of correct responding during the immediate correction procedure and even higher levels during the answer key procedure. In both of these procedures the learn unit was revisited and the teacher consequences were presented while the students were attending to the antecedent while reviewing and responding to their consequated assignment. The students higher levels of correct responding significantly decreased their total learn units to criterion across the targeted behaviors.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #201
CE Offered: BACB

Long-term Maintenance of Functional Communication Training

Sunday, May 25, 2008
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
International North
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: David P. Wacker, Ph.D.
Chair: Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa)
DAVID P. WACKER (University of Iowa)
Dr. David P. Wacker is a Professor of Pediatrics and Special Education at The University of Iowa. He directs two outpatient clinic services for children and adults with disabilities who engage in severe problem behavior. He is the Principal Investigator on an NICHD-funded research project evaluating the long-term effectiveness of functional communication training in home settings. He previously served as the Editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, as a standing panel reviewer for the National Institutes of Health, and as the President of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He received the 2000 Applied Research Award for Outstanding Contributions to Applied Behavioral Research from the American Psychological Association's Division 25 and the 2002 Distinguished Research Award and 1987 National Educator of the Year Award from the Arc of the United States. In 2007, Dr. Wacker was named ABA International Fellow. Dr. Wacker has chaired well over 40 dissertations and his students have gone on to become outstanding clinicians and scientists, including several professors and Associate Editors for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis.
Abstract:

We have completed 4 years of a 5-year NIH-funded project that is evaluating long-term maintenance associated with functional communication training. Approximately 20 children have enrolled in the project. All children are 6 years of age or younger, have developmental disabilities, and display aberrant behavior such as self-injury. Parents conducted functional analysis and functional communication training session in their homes with weekly coaching from project investigators. Treatment sessions were videotaped and coded using a 6-sec partial-interval recording system. IOA was recorded for approximately 30% of all sessions. Treatment continued for up to 1 year for each participant. Throughout treatment, probes of aberrant behavior, manding, and task completion were conducted in which various components of the treatment package were removed (e.g., mand card) or changed (e.g., time in demands increased from 5 to 15 minutes). The purpose of these probes was to determine if aberrant behavior increased or adaptive behavior decreased when these components were altered. In this talk, I will present the results of these probes and will discuss the results relative to resurgence, maintenance, and response strength.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #202
CE Offered: BACB

International Invited Paper - Autism, Joint Attention, and Verbal Behavior: Down to Basics of an Operant Analysis, Suggesting Technological Applications at Almost Every Step

Sunday, May 25, 2008
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Grand Ballroom
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Per Holth, Ph.D.
Chair: Ted Schoneberger (Stanislaus County Office of Education)
PER HOLTH (Akershus University College)
Prof. Per Holth received his degree from the University of Oslo. He is interested in behavior analysis in general; in basic research as well as conceptual issues and various areas of application. His specific interest in an operant analysis of joint attention arose while he was the Program Director at the Center for Early Intervention in Oslo (2000-2003), working with children diagnosed with autism, and joint attention phenomena have remained among his main research interests. He is one of the founders, and member of the editorial troika, of the European Journal of Behavior Analysis (EJOBA) and is now employed as a professor of behavior analysis at Akershus University College, Norway.
Abstract:

Joint attention, a synchronizing of the attention of two or more persons, has been an increasing focus of research in cognitive developmental psychology and behavior analysis. Much of this interest is grounded in the fact that children diagnosed with autism may display a syndrome-specific deficit in joint attention. Phenomena typically considered include gaze following, monitoring, social referencing, and protoimperative and protodeclarative gestures. First, from an operant perspective, a conceptual analysis is in order both because the concept of joint attention has come to refer to a number of different phenomena and because the specification of reinforcement contingencies can replace vague cognitive language of "intention," "sharing," and "theory of mind." Second, even if almost completely unrecognized in modern psychology, some very basic phenomena now studied in the context of joint attention, such as protoimperative and protodeclarative communication, were analyzed as verbal operants by Skinner more than 50 years ago. Third, certain contingencies and schedules of reinforcement that have been investigated in behavioral laboratories are directly relevant to devising procedures that aim to correct deficiencies in joint attention skills, for instance, in children with autism. A behavior-analytic perspective is inherently practical, suggesting technological applications at almost every step.

 
 
Paper Session #203
John B. Watson's Childrearing Advice: Controlling for Context, Reassessing the Criticisms
Sunday, May 25, 2008
11:30 AM–11:50 AM
4D
Area: DEV
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas)
 
John B. Watson's Childrearing Advice: Controlling for Context, Reassessing the Criticisms.
Domain: Basic Research
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas), Kathryn M. Bigelow (University of Kansas)
 
Abstract: The founder of behaviorism, John B. Watson (1878-1958), wrote for the popular press throughout the 1920s, most notably on childrearing (e.g., in McCall’s), which resulted in his 1928 book, Psychological Care of the Infant and Child. Although a best seller, the book was (and is) controversial. It has been described, for instance, as “brutal,” “subhuman,” and “pathological.” Our presentation examines the validity of these criticisms by assessing what Watson actually advised (a) in the context of his day, not our day, and (b) independent of his provocative rhetorical style and controversial social views. In four of the five areas Watson addressed (i.e., fears, tantrums, day and night care, and masturbation), we found that his advice about childhood problems and how to “control” them were consistent with the advice of his day and, in some cases, more progressive (e.g., about sex) and enlightened (e.g., prevention). Only his admonition against too much “mother love” (but not no love) was unusual, and even then not unique. On the basis of recent reviews of the history of childrearing and Watson’s reservations about his own advice, we close with a discussion of the nature of “behaviorist” childrearing advice and whether any such advice actually exists.
 
 
 
Poster Session #204
#206 Poster Session (AUT)
Sunday, May 25, 2008
12:00 PM–1:30 PM
South Exhibit Hall
1. Social Competency in Preschool Learners with Autism: Comparing a Norm-Referenced Measure and Direct Observation.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH DELPIZZO-CHENG (For OC Kids Neurodevelopmental Center), Kathleen Murphy (Newport-Mesa Unified School District)
Abstract: An important component of the well-being of our young learners with autism spectrum disorders is the ability to perform social tasks adequately. This ability allows for statements concerning the social competency of a learner. One aspect of socially competent behavior is the development and maintenance of appropriate social skills. In general, social skills are learned behaviors that increase the probability that important social outcomes will occur. The purpose of this poster presentation is to compare direct observational data of social skills (e.g., follows teacher directions, joins group activity) in the naturalistic setting (e.g., classroom, playground) of preschool learners with autism with the teacher and parent version of the Social Skills Rating System (SSRS), a norm- referenced rating scale used to access social competency, which has some documented use with learners with autism. Participants of this poster session will view (a) comparison results between direct observational data of individual social skills and the SSRS, and (b) a discussion of the benefits and the limitations of the use of both measures.
 
2. Treatment Acceptability, Child Outcomes, and Treatment Continuation in a Parent-Training Program for Preschoolers with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LORI J. WARNER (William Beaumont Hospital), Jamie E. McGillivary (William Beaumont Hospital), Kaitlyn T. Sadlier (William Beaumont Hospital), Ivy M. Chong Crane (William Beaumont Hospital)
Abstract: Clinical psychology recognizes clients’ treatment acceptability beliefs as highly influential on treatment continuation decisions (Kazdin, French & Sherick, 1981; Naber & Kasper, 2000). However, this is less well studied within applied behavior analysis literature. The current study examines the possible relation between parental ratings of the acceptability of an intensive behavioral parent-training program on their decisions regarding continuation of behavioral treatment at the program’s end. Additionally, we will evaluate potential effects of childrens’ skill gains on the relationship between acceptability and continuation decisions. We will enroll 30 parent/child dyads who are participating in a center-based, 12-week intensive behavioral parent training program. Using the Treatment Evaluation Inventory-Short Form (TEI-SF; Kelley, Heffer, Gresham & Elliot, 1989), parents will rate progra acceptability; upon program completion, they will report their plans regarding continuation of treatment. We will assess child developmental functioning using the Mullen Scales of Early Learning (Mullen, 1995) and the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales—Second Edition (Vineland-II; Sparrow, Cicchetti, & Balla, 2005). It is expected that treatment acceptability will be positively related to treatment continuation, and that child gains during the program will moderate this relationship.
 
3. Assessing the Predictive Validity of the Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities Test for Children with a Pervasive Developmental Disorder.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LINDSAY CAMPBELL (Brock University), Lisa J. V. Schwartzman (St. Amant Research Centre/University of Manitoba), Matthew Danbrook (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba), Dickie C. T. Yu (St. Amant Research Centre/University of Manitoba), Maurice Feldman (Brock University)
Abstract: The ABLA test is a criterion-referenced test that assesses that ease or difficulty with which an individual is able to learn six diagnostic tasks. These tasks include a simple imitation task, and five 2-choice motor, visual, and auditory discriminations of increasing difficulty, referred to as ABLA levels 1-6. Previous studies have shown that the ABLA test is a useful tool for selecting and sequencing educational and vocational tasks within individual curriculums for individuals with moderate to severe intellectual disabilities. The present study assessed the predictive validity of 16 children with PDDs, 8 who performed at ABLA Level 4 and 8 who performed at ABLA Level 6, for performing 20 educational and everyday tasks. Further, we compared the ABLA test predictions to parent predictions of performance on the predictive tasks. 94% of predictions based on ABLA performance were confirmed, and the ABLA was significantly more accurate for predicting a child's performance than were parents. Although further research is needed, this study shows that the ABLA test may be a valuable tool to guide in curriculum design concerning skill maintenance, and, further, may be useful in identifying skills that are missing from a child's repertoire.
 
4. On the Relation Between Severity of Autism and Resistance-to-Extinction.
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
LISA M. TOOLE (The Kennedy Krieger Institute), Eric Boelter (The Kennedy Krieger Institute), Heather Jennett (The Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mandy M. Triggs (The Kennedy Krieger Institute), Gregory A. Lieving (West Virginia Institute of Technology), Louis P. Hagopian (The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Individuals with autism are characterized by restricted, repetitive, and stereotyped patterns of behavior (DSM-IV, 1994) that may continue even when environmental conditions change. Thus, individuals with autism may display greater resistance to extinction and decreased behavioral variation when compared to other individuals without autism. The current study employs operant procedures traditionally used in basic research to examine this hypothesis experimentally. In this study, participants earned brief access to reinforcement for responding on a touch-screen monitor. In the response acquisition phase, 6 stimuli were present on the screen and reinforcement was available contingent on any 3-touch sequence. Once stability was established, extinction was implemented. In the extinction phase, no reinforcement was provided for responding, and sessions were conducted until responding was at a rate of less than 1 response per minute or until 12 sessions had been conducted. We hypothesized that the participants with autism would show greater resistance to extinction. Resistance-to-extinction was measured by calculating the log proportion of baseline rates of responding across sessions of extinction. The results to date suggest a positive relation between the level of severity of autism and resistance-to-extinction as indexed by the slope of proportional response rates across sessions.
 
5. Applying a "Usablity" Outcome Measure for Students with Autism in an Inclusive Elementary Program.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
LOVELLE T. SUAREZ (Academy for Precision Learning), Alison L. Moors (Academy for Precision Learning), Nora Armstrong (Academy for Precision Learning)
Abstract: Implementing Fluency Based Instruction in center-based programs is sometimes a challenging task when it comes to managing outcomes checks (Retention, Endurance, Stability, and Application ) for all skills taught. This poster will focus on a "usability check"; whereas some skills are taught in isolation but measured in a generalized environment in order to ascertain whether or not a skill is ready for the remaining outcomes checks, student data on the Standard Celeration Chart will be presented which highlight the “usability” check.
 
6. Through the Eyes of Asperger's Syndrome: Assessing Children's Ability to Identify Relevant Social Stimuli.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
KATHERINE GIOIA (Illinois State University), Ashley Whittington (Illinois State University), Anna M. Hickey (Illinois State University), Lewis Mazzone (Illinois State University), Marjorie Heitz (Illinois State University), Karla J. Doepke (Illinois State University), Kathryn Hoff (Illinois State University)
Abstract: Asperger’s Syndrome (AS) is primarily a social disorder characterized by qualitative, pervasive impairments in social interactions and narrow, repetitive patterns of interests and activities. While academically similar to peers, children with AS can easily be distinguished in social situations as “different” from their peers. Children with AS have been described as having difficulties understanding the social rules of peer interaction, and though they may desire social interactions with others, variables interfere with the successful negotiation of peer relationships. There is a growing body of evidence that many children with AS become adults with extreme social skills deficits, and concomitant problems with sustained employment and psychiatric difficulties (Gustein & Whitney, 2002). The purpose of this project was to further examine the social abilities of school-aged children diagnosed with AS. In this project, children with AS were presented with a series of video-taped ambiguous social situations at a university clinic. Children’s responses were examined to provide information about the types of discriminative stimuli they attended to and number of solutions they generated. Preliminary evidence suggests that children with AS had difficulties generating prosocial solutions and attending to relevant social stimuli. Implications of this research and directions for future research are discussed.
 
7. Assessment of Discrimination Performances in 100 Students with Autism Spectrum Disorders.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CAMMARIE JOHNSON (The New England Center for Children), Maria Andrade (The New England Center for Children), Theresa Cerrone (The New England Center for Children), Laura M. Hutt (The New England Center for Children), Susan N. Langer (The New England Center for Children), Meghan Reilly (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: A direct assessment of discrimination performances was conducted with 100 students with Autism Spectrum Disorders in preparation for developing their Individual Educational Programs. The following discrimination performances were tested in a match-to-sample format: session behavior, simple discrimination, conditional identity matching; arbitrary visual-visual matching of objects to pictures (and pictures to objects); arbitrary auditory-visual matching of spoken object names to objects (and pictures); and oral naming of objects (and pictures). For all conditional discriminations, 5 standardized sets of 3 stimuli each were used (e.g., Set 1 was chip, candy and cracker and assessment materials included these objects, pictures, and spoken words). Assessment results are evaluated within and across students, discrimination performances, and stimulus sets to answer 3 main questions: (1) how many of our students demonstrate each of these performances? (2) to what extent is individual student performance consistent with the discrimination performance hierarchy (e.g., session behavior as a prerequisite for simple discrimination performances, which is a prerequisite for conditional identity matching, which, in turn, is a prerequisite for arbitrary matching)? and (3) when some, but not all, arbitrary relations are demonstrated, are there some relations or stimulus sets that are more likely?
 
8. Can We Replicate Behavioral Treatments in Autism? A Review of Treatment Integrity Across Five Journals.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SANDRA BLACK (May South, Inc.), April S. Worsdell (May South, Inc.), Jennifer A. Benne (Behavior Analysis, Inc.)
Abstract: Replicating behavioral treatments in autism may be compromised when experimenters do not adequately define independent variables. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the degree to which behavioral treatments in autism assess or monitor treatment integrity. Five journals that publish behavioral research in the area of autism were reviewed, and studies were selected for inclusion if they were conducted between the years of 1997 and 2007, and if they included at least one participant diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. The primary questions of interest were whether the studies included treatment integrity data, a precise operational definition of the intervention, and an indication that the therapist was trained to implement the intervention. Preliminary results revealed that a small percentage of behavioral treatments in autism regularly assessed and reported data on the accuracy of independent variable implementation. The relationship between treatment integrity and robustness of treatment outcome will be discussed.
 
9. Norming and Use of the Social Interaction Inventory-Revised for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders.
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
EMILY HUBER CALLAHAN (Institute for Child Development), Jennifer M. Gillis Mattson (Auburn University), Raymond G. Romanczyk (Institute for Child Development)
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorders (ASD) are characterized by the presence of social deficits, namely in social interactions and skills. Currently there are no assessment instruments that specifically examine social interaction behavior (both responses and initiations) in children with ASD. The authors developed the Social Interaction Inventory-Revised (SII-R) to fill this need and to construct an instrument that might be sensitive to treatment progress. The purpose of this study was to establish norms for a group of typically developing children and a group of children with ASD. Participants were 30 typically developing children, and 41 children with ASD. Scores for social initiation and social responsivity were highly correlated for the typically developing preschoolers, indicating coordinated development of these 2 skill types. Thus, social interaction, described as a skill, includes the presence of both initiations and responses to social stimuli. The data from the ASD group suggest that the social behavior of initiating and responding independent rather than coordinated. The results suggest that typical children develop this integration very quickly and stably, but children with ASD acquire individual specific behaviors, and specific intervention may be needed to attempt skill integration.
 
10. What Variables Impact a Child with Autism’s Communication Success?
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTINE M. ACCARDO (The Shafer Center), Janet Preis (Loyola University in Maryland)
Abstract: Although similarities exist across children with autism, differences in specific and individual patterns of communication, emotional regulation, and learning style are often observed (Prizant & Wetherby, 2005). These differences typically require individualized, although not necessarily individual, intervention. Professionals and parents agree that such intervention is critical, although they do not necessarily agree on the specifics of such intervention. Intervention approaches and contexts vary greatly for children on the autism spectrum, often creating confusion or frustration for families as well as service providers on how to choose what’s “best” for a particular child. The purpose of this study is to determine what variables impact a child with autism’s communication success, including specific teaching practices (e.g., directive vs. facilitative teaching style), individual developmental profiles, and learning context (i.e., “naturalness”; group size). This study consists of participants ranging in age from two to seven years. All of the participants are currently enrolled in a small, private school for children on the autism spectrum. The participants’ learning profiles will be established through the presentation and analysis of their baseline assessments, including evaluations of (a) autism (i.e., CARS and/or GARS), (b) cognitive functioning (i.e., Mullen or WIPPSI), (c) language performance (i.e., CELF-4 or PLS-4; Assessment of Social Communication Skills), (d) play skills (i.e., informal play protocol), and (e) motor imitation (i.e., informal protocol). The outcomes for ongoing measures of social communication will then be presented, including spontaneous language initiation, play skills, and positive social behavior.
 
11. Teaching Elementary School Children with Autism to Compliment Others on Their Clothes in a Small Group Social Skills Training.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARI KASHIO (Nakayoshi Kids Station), Yoshiaki Nakano (Nakayoshi Kids Station)
Abstract: We taught three elementary school children with autism to compliment others on their clothes in a small group social skills training. Participants were second and third graders included in regular classrooms. Training consisted of two hours’ activities once a week for 10 months at our clinic. Two to five therapists participated in the training playing the role of instructor, prompter, or peers. We taught them how to compliment others on their clothing because two out of three mothers selected “complimenting others” as an important target for their children from the list of our social skiquestionnaire. We used a script board on which four narrative elements were written as prompts consisting of (1) someone’s name (peers or therapists), (2) a list of clothes (e.g. sweater, pants) or hairstyle, (3) attractive dimensions of clothes or hairstyle (e.g. color, design), and (4) wording of compliments (e.g. good, nice, cute). Their compliment responses were assessed by our rating scale and analyzed employing an ABA design. All of the children acquired how-to-compliment skills and generalized them to other persons (father or mother) and other situations within the training.
 
12. Assessment: What and How Much.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH A. SWATSKY (Stanislaus County Office of Education)
Abstract: For an autism specialist for inclusion students, it is important to be efficient and effective in delivering assessments to intake for, update in, and exit out of the program. In order to do this a matrix was developed to determine how to select assessments in order to give the least amount of assessment with the most amount of treatment and service recommendations. Data will be shared on minutes assessed and number of interventions recommended along with the matrix of the decision making process.
 
13. Behavioral Subgroups in Autism Spectrum Disorders.
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
ROSE F. EAGLE (Institute for Child Development, State University of New York, Binghamton), Raymond G. Romanczyk (Institute for Child Development, State University of New York, Binghamton)
Abstract: The heterogeneity found in autism and related disorders (i.e. “autism spectrum disorders” or ASD) is notorious. Even within a given ASD, such as Autistic Disorder, the range in abilities and clinical presentation is great. The degree of heterogeneity seen in the population of individuals with autism spectrum disorders has prompted many researchers to propose subgroups beyond the current commonly used DSM-IV-TR diagnostic categories of Autistic Disorder, Aspergers Disorder and Pervasive Developmental Disorder-Not Otherwise Specified (PDD-NOS) (APA, 2000). It seems likely that subgroups of children with ASD respond differently to treatment, particularly when outcome variability is considered (e.g. Sherer & Schriebman, 2005; Lovaas, 1987; Weiss, 1999). Many researchers have begun to advocate for an increased level of individualization in the treatment of autism spectrum disorders (Anderson & Romanczyk, 1999; Pelios & Lund, 2001), and the identification of subgroups may aid in this process. The current poster briefly reviews existing models of subgroups, and presents findings related to an on-going study of subtypes in ASD.
 
14. Increasing Joint Attention in Children with Autism and the Relationship to Outcomes in Inclusive Settings.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
RYAN T. BOCKMANN (Rowan University), Crystal A. Harms (Behavior Counts Therapy, LLC), Rebecca Johnson (Rowan University), Karen Meredith (Behavior Counts Therapy, LLC), Joann Masterson (Behavior Counts Therapy, LLC)
Abstract: Joint attention continues to be a strong research focus in children with autism by both behavior analysts and developmental psychologists. The inability to engage in joint attention with an adult or peer is seen as one of the core social deficits of children with autism. Students not demonstrating joint attention may seek interaction with objects in isolation. The child’s ability to engage in joint attention often contributes to educational decision making regarding the inclusion of these students with neurotypical peers. This is due to the impact on perceived social participation of the student with his or her peers by the staff. These students are seen as needing more intense support in order to benefit from participation in general curriculum. In addition, some students with autism have benefited from increased opportunities for engaging in reciprocal social behaviors like joint attention when placed in a general education setting with same-age peers who are demonstrating this skill. In this study, the researchers utilize a rating system to operationally define joint attention in order to analyze its relationship with the outcomes of including students with autism in general education settings. Specifically, high levels of joint attention should produce more successful inclusion in the classroom.
 
15. Mand Training Versus Tact Training: Teaching Noun Labels to a Child with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL NEAL SAUNDERS (Westfield State College), Shannon Kay (The May Institute), Roger M. Tudor (Westfield State University)
Abstract: An alternating treatments design was used to assess the efficacy and efficiency of mand versus tact training procedures for teaching noun labels to an 8-year-old child with autism. During the study, the child learned ten new noun labels that were randomly assigned to either mand or tact training. Fewer learning trials were required to achieve mastery using the mand training procedure on four of the five sets of target items. The mean number of trials to criterion for the mand and tact training conditions were 26 and 40, respectively. The child did commit fewer errors during the tact training procedure. Directions for future research are discussed.
 
16. Derived Transfer of Mand Function: Establishing Novel Mands in Young Children with Autism without Direct Training.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELLE LYNN COTTERILL (Mercyhurst College), Robert Gulick (The Achievement Center), Ruth G. Auld (Mercyhurst College)
Abstract: Three children diagnosed with autism were trained to ask a question to obtain information within the context of a guessing game. The game required the children to systematically guess the identity of an unknown object depicted on a card held by the investigator. This study explored whether the establishment of an equivalence class of category-questions could evoke novel question-asking during the guessing game. This was tested by first directly training a single category-question. This specific question was then incorporated into conditional discriminations with five novel category-questions. Probes were then conducted for the derived transfer of mand response function from the initial category question to the five untrained questions. Participants #2 and #3 demonstrated derived transfer of mand function to the novel questions within five and eight days, respectively, of the onset of the conditional discrimination phase. Following 14 days of conditional discrimination training, Participant #1 failed to consistently demonstrate derived transfer during probes. An alteration in the schedule of reinforcement during probes was made and, subsequently, Participant #1 began consistently demonstrating derived transfer of mand function.
 
17. The Effect of Reinforcing Communicative Attempts on Acquisition of Incidental Language Instruction.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MIRANDA SIM (The Behaviour Institute), Nicholas Charlton (McMaster University), Johanna Lake (McMaster University)
Abstract: Incidental language instruction has been successfully used to increase the communicative responding of children with autism and also has been found to promote generalization of effects across natural environments. Incidental language instruction consists of using naturally occurring situations to elicit communicative attempts and then shaping the communicative response. In other words, there are two general goals of incidental language instruction: (a) to increase the frequency of communicative attempts; and, (b) to improve the quality of the speech production. One approach to language instruction may be to initially reinforce communicative attempts regardless of their quality, and then shape speech production. This poster will present the results of a study comparing the effects of pre-teaching communicative attempts on the acquisition of incidental language instruction and the reduction of disruptive behavior for two children with autism. Using a multielement design, communicative attempts were reinforced prior to the introduction of incidental language instruction. The number of training sessions were equated between incidental language instruction alone and incidental language instruction plus pre-reinforcement of communicative responses. The results indicated that reinforcing communicative responses prior to the introduction of incidental language instruction increased the acquisition rate of targeted language responses and produced greater reduction in disruptive behaviors.
 
18. Teaching Children with Autism to Answer Inferential "Why" Questions: Generalization Across Question Formats.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JANE LEE (Behaviour Institute), Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute), Laura Henderson (McMaster University)
Abstract: High functioning children with autism may be expected in school and in everyday conversation to be able to answer “why” questions that require the child to make inferences. In contrast to factually based “why” questions in which the answer is specifically contained in the information provided, in inferential “why” questions the child is presented with incomplete information and must answer the “why” question by drawing upon general knowledge. There have been few studies examining whether children with autism can learn to answer inferential “why” questions and generalize this knowledge to untrained questions. The purpose of this poster is to present the results of a study in which two children with autism, aged six and seven years, were trained to answer inferential questions and the generalization of that skill to untrained questions was probed. The children with autism learned to answer inferential “why” questions and generalized their skills to untrained inferential questions presented in a naturalistic environment.
 
19. The Home-Based Intraverbal Training with an Autistic Child.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHINJI TANI (University of Osaka Human Sciences)
Abstract: Study objective: This study has two objectives. The one is to train students as home-based trainers, the other is to show the effectiveness of Intraverbal Training with an autistic boy. The intraverbal responses targeted were answers to general knowledge questions, such as “When it rains, what do you do?” Design: multiple baseline design across behaviors was used. Setting: Student trainers trained an autistic boy in his home. Participants: 5-year-old autistic boy was participant. Two students were trained as trainer. Students had a basic Behavior Analysis class in their university and achieved enough performance in The Basic ABA Knowledge Test (Kishisita & Tani, 2006). Independent variables: Training procedures were demonstrated to the student trainers. The supervisor observed student trainer training with the child and provided advices (On the Job Training). In order to transfer stimulus control of receptive responses to intraverbal responses, both visual prompts (picture cards) and echoic prompts were used. Measure: Rate of correct intraverbal responses was recorded as a dependent variable. Results: Correct intraverbal response rate to training tasks increased. This result showed student training and this intraverbal training procedure were effective for this child.
 
20. An Evaluation of the Independent Effects of Modeling in Teaching Mands to Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SAMANTHA HARDESTY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David E. Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Children with autism often exhibit communication deficits which may increase the probability of maladaptive behavio emerging. Teaching appropriate communication (e.g., mand training) may decrease the likelihood of problem behaviors emerging or persisting. A variety of behavioral techniques (e.g., prompting, time delay, modeling) have been employed to increase communication skills when deficits are evident (MacDuff et al., 2000). However, few studies have compared multiple methods of training to determine the most appropriate means to effectively and efficiently achieve this goal. The current study evaluated two different methods of teaching mands, least-to-most training, and modeling plus least-to-most training, for three children diagnosed with autism. For each participant, preference assessments identified two moderately preferred stimuli, and reinforcer assessments were conducted to demonstrate the relative reinforcing value of stimuli prior to mand training. Results were mixed but suggest that modeling plus least-to-most prompting may be a more efficient approach to teach individuals diagnosed with autism to gain access to preferred stimuli. Data were collected on communication and total training duration. Reliability data were collected for at least one third of sessions and averaged above 80%.
 
21. An Evaluation of Intraverbal Training to Establish Question-Answering Skills in Children with Autism-Spectrum Disorders.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EINAR T. INGVARSSON (Youngstown State University), Jacob Gailey (Youngstown State University), Bernadette Treece (Youngstown State University), Tatia Hollobaugh (Youngstown State University)
Abstract: A recent study by Ingvarsson, Tiger, Hanley, and Stephenson (2007) showed the effectiveness of teaching children with language delays to ask for the correct answers to unknown questions using the phrase “I don’t know, please tell me.” In that study, generalization of the targeted skill across teachers and questions was found, but acquisition of correct idiosyncratic answers did not occur until arbitrary reinforcement was added. The current study was designed to extend the Ingvarsson et al. (2007) study by (a) implementing the intervention with an alternative population (a sample of children with autism-spectrum disorders), (b) measuring setting generalization to the children’s classroom, and (c) evaluating the effects of thinning arbitrary reinforcement schedules designed to increase the number of correct answers. The results are discussed as a step toward the goal of developing a comprehensive, effective, and user-friendly teaching program targeting generalized question-answering skills. Inter-observer agreement data were collected during at least 25% of observations in all conditions and averaged above 90% for all measures.
 
22. The Role of Generative Responding on the Acquisition of Novel Language Exemplars.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA J. GARD (The Lovaas Institute Midwest), Courtney Whitcraft (The Lovaas Institute Midwest), Eric V. Larsson (The Lovaas Institute Midwest)
Abstract: The treatment of children with autism often is comprised of highly structured and individualized teaching techniques. Effective teaching often depends upon repetition of teaching trials to result in independent responding. While repetition in teaching is often necessary for effective learning, it is often not sufficient for the child to be able to start successfully learning in a typical context. In fact, repetitive trials put the child at risk of stereotyped responding, which in turn prevents generalization to novel stimuli, if not managed carefully. However, an effective technology of generative programming, through the teaching of sufficient exemplars, has been developed to meet these needs. To develop generative responding, each child’s clinical needs are task analyzed on an individualized basis, and the total number of necessary teaching trials varies across children and skill areas as a function of generative programming. The goal of the current study was to more closely examine the process of teaching to achieve generative responding and to measure the effect of this generative responding on the acquisition of novel and natural language exemplars. The outcomes of the current study provide further information on the development and implementation of treatment procedures for language acquisition in children with autism.
 
23. Further Behavior Analytic Explanations of Joint Attention.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BETSY WURSTNER (Temple University), Kelly Kates-McElrath (Temple University and Bucks County Intermed. Unit), Erin Louise Robinson (Temple University)
Abstract: This poster explores behavior-analytic perspectives of joint attention. The tacting repertoire and its relation to joint attention are discussed in an effort to account for the occurrence of joint attention initiation and responding, as well as the details required to generate and maintain these behaviors. The importance of these data in guiding intervention is discussed.
 
24. Using the WebABLLS to Collect Data on the Development of the Basic Language and Learning Skills of Typically Developing Children.
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
JAMES W. PARTINGTON (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Autumn Bailey (Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
Abstract: Practitioners who work with children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are often asked to compare the developmental levels of a child with ASD to those of typically developing children. Data will be presented on the patterns of acquisition of basic language and learning skills of typically developing children ranging in age from six months to five years of age. These data will provide criterion-based measures that can be used to help identify specific skill differences between children with ASD and typically developing children.
 
25. Using Multiple Exemplars to Increase Generalization in Language Training with Children with Pervasive Developmental Disorder.
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
KAREN NAULT (BEACON Services), Joseph M. Vedora (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services)
Abstract: Generalization problems, especially in language, are common in individuals with autism. Research conducted with individuals with severe mental retardation indicates that the use of multiple exemplars is an effective approach to ensure generalization across stimuli. The present study attempts to replicate the findings that training with multiple “good exemplars” will increase generalization (Hupp & Mervis, 1982) and extend these findings specifically to children with pervasive developmental disorder (PDD). The number of good exemplars required to produce both narrow and broad generalization across stimuli is examined using a multiple probes design across stimuli. Two 4–5 yr-old students, diagnosed with PDD participated in this study. Training materials consisted of photos of objects, rated as good exemplars, with additional moderate and poor exemplars used in generalization probes. Participants were trained on first a single and then multiple exemplars using a delayed-prompt technique. Generalization probes occurred at the completion of training of each set of exemplars. As expected, generalization to untrained stimuli did not occur until training with multiple exemplars had been conducted. The number of exemplars required varied. Generalization to good exemplars consistently occurred first, with generalized responding to exemplars rated as moderate and poor requiring additional training.
 
26. Can I Play? Teaching Spontaneous Question-Asking and Speech Variability to Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL TRAVOLTA (Scripps College), Debra Berry Malmberg (Claremont McKenna College)
Abstract: Question-asking is a versatile social skill because it facilitates conversation and is a tool for acquiring new information. Children with autism are known to have difficulties with this skill given their deficits in communication and social initiations (Charlop & Milstein, 1989). Previous literature has focused on teaching children with autism to spontaneously ask, “What’s that?” in the presence of unknown stimuli (e.g., Le , 2000; Taylor & Harris, 1995). However, this skill has limited utility because it specifically targets one piece of information—the label of an object. The current study advanced existing research by teaching variability in spontaneous question-asking through the use of multiple exemplar training and a time-delay procedure. Four children were taught questions that represented common ways to gain access to a desired object or a social situation (e.g., "Can I play?"). A multiple baseline across participants design was used to assess the effectiveness of the intervention on the acquisition and generalization of spontaneous question-asking. Results indicated an increase of spontaneous use of the targeted questions and generalization across settings and people. Interobserver reliability and procedural integrity were greater than 80%. The findings of this study are discussed in terms of the social implications of learning spontaneous question-asking.
 
27. An Evaluation of the Effects of Token Economies on Mand Training In Public School Settings.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DAVID ROBERT DILLEY (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services)
Abstract: Many in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis have identified Mand Training as a means for increasing generalized language in children with autism. However, Bourret et al. (2004) suggested that reinforcement schedules in the natural environment might be insufficient for the acquisition of appropriate manding behavior. In addition, there may be fewer opportunities for a student to mand for high potency reinforcers in a public school setting. The current study assessed the use of differential reinforcement with tokens for manding in natural school-based situations and the effect it had on overall manding rates. Specifically, we provided tokens when the student manded for instructional items (pencils, paper, chair, etc) that were necessary to complete a task but were not preferred items or reinforcers. Results indicated that differential reinforcement increased rates of manding in the school-based environment.
 
28. Increasing Vocalizations Through the Use of Differential Reinforcement in the Context of the PECS Procedure.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SUSAN A. RAPOZA-HOULE (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services)
Abstract: One of the diagnostic symptoms of Autism is a significant delay in or total lack of spoken language (American Psychiatric Association, 2000). While vocal imitation training has been demonstrated to increase speech there are some learners who do not learn to reliably imitate simple sounds even with intensive training (Lovaas, 1987). For those non-vocal students, augmentative and alternative communication modalities such as sign language and picture-based communication systems are widely used to increase functional communication skills. The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) has previously been demonstrated to increase vocalizations in learners who utilize the system (Carr & Felce, 2006; Bondy & Frost, 2001). The current study investigated whether procedural modifications to the system might further enhance speech development without hindering functional communication (Tincani, 2004). This study investigated whether the PECS system, combined with a prompt delay procedure and vocal prompting with differential reinforcement for sound production (Attansio, 2007), could increase the frequency and variety of vocalizations in three young children with autism.
 
29. The Emission of Verbal Operants as a Function of Textual Prompts.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANNE MARIE MAZZA (Mercy College), Lina Slim-Topdjian (A Step Ahead Program, LLC)
Abstract: This study tested the effects of textual prompts on the emission of verbal operants. The participant was a 5-year-old male who attended a clinic for children with autism which implemented an applied behavior analytic approach to teaching. The dependent variable was the number of verbal operants emitted by the student and the independent variable was textual prompting. The results show a functional relationship across three different verbal operants. The dependent variable consisted of textual prompts in the form of textual stimuli presented on index cards. The experimenter created establishing operations for the emission of the verbal operants and subsequently presented textual prompts to evoke correct responding.
 
30. The Relevance of Preference Assessment for Transfer of Stimulus Control from Tacts to Mands.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AURELIA POWER (University of Wales, Bangor), J. Carl Hughes (University of Wales, Bangor)
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to investigate the role of reinforcer strength and extinction in transfer of stimulus control from tacts to mands. Thus three participants diagnosed with autism were initially taught to tact most and least preferred abstract stimulus properties of preferred items, identified in two preference assessments. Subsequently, they were probed to see if they exhibit those responses that had been taught as tacts under mand conditions; previous mand responses that did not include abstract stimulus properties were placed on extinction. The results indicate that tact responses may emerge as mands for those abstract stimulus properties identified as most preferred, thus suggesting that reinforcer strength and extinction may play an important role in facilitating such generalisation.
 
31. Teaching Mand for Activities Using Matrix Strategies with Pictures in Children with Autistic Disorders.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HITOMI KUMA (Keio University), Nozomi Naoi (Keio University), Hiroshi Sugasawara (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University)
Abstract: The present study aimed to teach mands for activities by teaching picture combinations to children with autistic disorders. Three children with autistic disorders participated. We used a multiple baseline design across target behaviors in this study. In Procedure 1, we did activity-mand training by using a visual prompt that was pictures of an adult doing some activities . Three target behaviors were selected from speaking “take,” “open,” “give,” “look,” or “teach” without a prompt. In Procedure 2, we aimed to teach a mand consisting of verb and object by using matrix strategies. We taught this mand by teaching how to combine the object-picture and the activity-picture as the prompt. Target behaviors were, for example, “give cookie,” “take ball,” “Daddy, teach,” or “Mam, look”. We taught only 4 picture combinations to the participants. We used matrix strategies for transferring to an untrained activity-object combination. As result of Procedure 1, two out of three participants acquired 3 target behaviors and demonstrated generalization across scenes and trainers.
 
32. Using Discrete Trial to Teach Adults with Autism to Mand Using Picture Exchange.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
STACEY A. TRAPANI-BARBER (Anderson Center for Autism), Amanda B. Coons (Anderson Center for Autism)
Abstract: This study was designed to teach adults with Autism a functional approach to communication using picture exchange. Participants included 3 non-verbal males between 26–28 years of age attending a day habilitation program. Paired stimulus preference assessments were conducted for all participants to determine highly desired items (Pace, Ivancic, Edwards, Iwata & Page, 1985). Baseline data indicated requests using picture exchange did not occur for all participants; however one participant was able to request items using sign. Mand training was implemented using a discrete trial format (10 trials per session) which included both an instructor (receiver) and shadow. This procedure was effective in producing independent mands across all participants.
 
33. The Effects of Extinction and Motivating Variables on the Transfer from Tacts to Mands.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY PAULSON (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Elizabeth Kooistra (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Kevin P. Klatt (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire)
Abstract: In Experiment I of this study, we used a multiple baseline across participants design to assess the effects of mand extinction following tact training. Two children diagnosed with autism, ages two and four, were taught to tact a high- and low-preferred item. Following tact training, mand tests were run under extinction. Results suggested that the transfer of stimulus control from a tact to a mand was demonstrated. In Experiment II, motivating operations were manipulated to investigate whether deprivation and satiation would have an effect on the acquisition of mands. The participants manded more under the deprivation than the satiation condition. Implications of the results will be discussed.
 
34. Emergent Verbal Relations Based on Opposite Concepts.
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
LUIS ANTONIO PEREZ-GONZALEZ (Universidad de Oviedo), Lorena Garcia-Asenjo Asenjo (Universidad de Oviedo)
Abstract: Several children participated in an experiment to explore the conditions for the emergence of novel verbal behaviors related to concepts of opposites. They learned relations between visual stimuli and words related to a property of the stimuli (e.g., “big” and “little” in the presence of pictures of a big or a little object). Then they learned pairs of related intraverbals referred to these concepts under the contextual cue “opposite” (e.g., “Name the opposite of big”). Initially, the children showed the emergence of several relations but they did not show the emergence of the intraverbals. After additional experiences with novel sets of stimuli, the intraverbals emerged directly in most children. These data show that verbal relations based on opposite concepts may emerge given certain conditions of learning.
 
35. Manding for Missing Items.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DOROTHY SCATTONE (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Jenny Koskovitch (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Belmont C. Billhofer (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Ray Meeks (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract: We taught two 5-year-old students with autism to tact each component of two component activities (e.g., juice and cup, track and train, car and ramp, etc.). Using a multiple baseline design across activities, we then presented one component of the two component activities (e.g., track without train) to determine if the students could then mand for the item that was missing. Transfer of stimulus control from the tact to the mand did not occur and a prompt and prompt fade procedure was then used to teach the student to mand for the missing items.
 
36. Prerequisite Skills for the Emergence of Object Description.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANNA BEATRIZ QUEIROZ (Pontifícia Universidade Católica de São Paulo), Gladys Williams (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje), Monica Rodriguez Mori (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje), Kimberly Vogt (Columbia University Teachers College), Daniel Carvalho de Matos (Pontifícia Universidade Católica de São Paulo), Manuela Fernandez Vuelta (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje), Gina Elizabeth Vinueza (Applied Behavioral Consultant Services, NY)
Abstract: The purpose of this investigation was to determine the effectiveness of a procedure based on a combination of speaker and listener behavior using multiple exemplars to teach children with autism to describe novel objects (tacting). The procedure consisted of selecting pairs of objects belonging to categories (i.e., animals, fruits), and running a series of steps simultaneously as separate programs: (1) identical matching (object to object—object to picture—picture to picture) of the pairs in the category (e.g.., dog—bird and apple—strawberry), (2) object selection, (3) naming (tact) (speaker repertoire), (4) answering intraverbals and probing symmetry (e.g., Name an animal” and “what is a dog?”), (5) writing (filling blanks), reading and answering questions about the readings. If the post-test indicated that the behavior did not emerge, we repeated the same steps with new sets of objects using multiple exemplars. Preliminary results indicate that with some children the procedure can be effective in the production of novel language.
 
37. A Comparison of the Effects of Providing Choice-Making Opportunities Within and Between Activities to Children with ASD.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BURCU ULKE KURKCUOGLU (Anadolu Üniversitesi), Gonul Kircaali-Iftar (Anadolu Üniversitesi)
Abstract: The present study compared the effects of providing choice making opportunities within and between activities during one-to-one teaching on on-task and self-stimulatory behaviors of children with ASD. Four male children with ASD participated in the study. An A-B-A-C-A-BC single-subject design was used to evaluate the effects of the choice opportunities provided within and between activities. During phase A (baseline), the teacher conducted various activities without providing any choice opportunities; during phase B, the teacher provided choice opportunities between activities; during phase C, the teacher provided choice opportunities within activities; and during phase BC, the teacher provided choice opportunities between activities as well as within activities. Results showed that all four participants were considerably more engaged during the phases where choice opportunities were provided, regardless of the type of the opportunity. Moreover, the participants performed slightly lower rates of self-stimulatory behaviors during the choice conditions. Based upon the evaluation of the findings and implications of the study, future research needs are discussed.
 
38. Choice-Making to Improve Maintenance and Transfer of Academic Abilities in Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHANE L. LYNCH (University of Alberta), Judy Cameron (University of Alberta), W. David Pierce (University of Alberta)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) suffer from reduced intrinsic motivation (IM) for participation in academic activities. As well, maintenance and transfer of intervention gains continue to be problematic. It may be that difficulties with maintenance and transfer are the result of reduced motivation. It has been shown that IM can be increased when reinforcers are delivered in autonomous contexts (i.e., with choice). The present investigation (a repeated measures, alternating-treatment design), examines whether performance-based rewards, along with choice-making opportunities can increase children’s IM for academic activities, and improve maintenance and transfer. Preliminary data suggests that children prefer those activities that are associated with choice, and the results maintain across settings. The findings will be discussed from both behavioral and cognitive perspectives.
 
39. Training and Testing Theoretical Music Skills in a MTS Format with a 16-Year-Old Boy with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
LILL-BEATHE HALSTADTRØ (Trondsletten Habilitation Services, Norway), Eli Bjerke (Byasen College, Norway), Moncia Halstadtro (Byasen High School, Norway), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College)
Abstract: A relatively small number of studies have demonstrated stimulus equivalence with individuals who have mental retardation. For example equivalence training has been used to train money skills (e.g., Trace et al., 1977), reading skills (e.g., Mackay, 1985), math skills (e.g., Maydak et al., 1995) and geography skills (e.g., LeBlanc et al., 2003). We wanted to expand the knowledge of equivalence training by establishing classes of theoretical music skills, and to also to study differences in equivalence responding following MTO and OTM training structures. The participant was a 16-year-old boy diagnosed with autism. He was in first grade at high school and very interested in music. We started to train three 3-member classes in an MTO training structure, where the A set (the node) was written X major chords, the B set was X major chord piano keys and C set was X major chord notes on scale (X indicates A, C, G, F etc.).
 
40. Assessing the Effectiveness of Social Attention as a Reinforcer for a Student with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TODD FRISCHMANN (Rutgers University, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Meredith Bamond (Rutgers University, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center)
Abstract: Prompt dependence is a significant concern for learners with autism. Although prompt dependence is a pervasive problem with this population, the function is often poorly understood. To address the prompt dependence for an adolescent male with autism, we evaluated the effect of an instructor’s social attention on the rate of initiation and off-task behavior during an independent task. The student was given a mastered task (putting inserts into envelopes) in three different conditions involving social attention in a multielement design. In the No social attention condition, the instructor did not provide social attention to the student after presenting the task. For the Noncontingent social attention condition, the instructor provided continuous social attention (i.e., dialogue, but not praise) throughout the duration of the task. During the Contingent social attention condition, the instructor provided social attention (praise) for actions initiated and task items completed independently but not for off-task or stereotypical behaviors. Rates of task initiation and item completion were highest in the contingent attention condition relative to the other conditions. Similarly, the duration of off-task behavior during the 15-minute sessions was lowest in the contingent attention condition relative to the other conditions.
 
41. Teaching Verbal Behaviors of Emotion to Children with Mild Developmental Disabilities using a Stimulus-Equivalence Training Procedure.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SATORU SHIMAMUNE (Hosei University), Miyako Hosohata (Naruto-City Kurosaki Elementary School)
Abstract: We evaluated the effect of a stimulus-equivalence training procedure in teaching verbal behaviors of five emotional status(“happy,” “cheerful,” “sad,” “angry,” and “afraid”) to children with mild developmental disabilities. A multiple probe design between the stimulus-class sets was used, the first set being “angry” and “afraid,” and the second set “happy,” “cheerful,” and “sad.” Training sessions were conducted in the classrooms of the participants’ affiliated schools. The participants were two 9-year-old male students with mild developmental disabilities showing autistic characteristics. We trained the participants to state the appropriate emotional word given a situational sentence using a verbal praise, with a prompt and withdrawal of sight-word cards. The percentage of correct responses to each situational sentence was measured. Also, test scores in stimulus-equivalence relationships were evaluated. After the training was completed, both participants’ percentage of correct responses in the generalization and equivalence tests increased. The results suggested the effectiveness and efficacy of the stimulus-equivalence training in teaching verbal behaviors of emotion to children with mild developmental disabilities.
 
42. Multicomponent Fear Extinction of Needle Phobia in an Adult with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JASON J. WOLFF (University of Minnesota), Frank J. Symons (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: Stimulus fading is frequently employed in treatment of various phobias, and may be effectively paired with differential reinforcement. Using a changing criterion design, the present study sought to extend the work of Shabani and Fisher (2006) by examining the contribution of DRO to stimulus fading treatment of needle phobia in an adult with autism. To address noncompliance in an early phase, a safety signal component was added to the treatment package. The DRO and safety signal components were variously removed during middle phases of treatment to assess their contributions. Treatment consisting of stimulus fading plus DRO with a safety signal proved effective in decreasing fear response in the presence of a surgical needle. Results also suggest that the removal of DRO and/or a safety signal from treatment is not necessarily associated with unsuccessful treatment trials. Overall, it appears that the stimulus fading procedure is flexible enough to accommodate component change and leaner schedules of associated reinforcement. Future studies may wish to explore the effect of stimulus fading alone prior to implementation of DRO to better control for sequence effects.
 
43. Treating Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder in Children with High Functioning Autism (HFA) and Asperger’s Syndrome (AS): Cognitive-Behavioral Treatment (CBT) with Function-Based Intervention.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
TRICIA CORINNE VAUSE (Brock University), Sarah E. Grubb (Brock University), Shauna McCambridge (Brock University), Maurice Feldman (Brock University)
Abstract: Recent research suggests that children with Pervasive Developmental Disorders (PDDs) have increased risk for developing obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD); one study found ~1 in 68 persons have PDD and OCD. Despite these findings, few published studies exist concerning empirically-based treatment for anxiety disorders including OCD in persons with PDD. Using a multiple baseline design across OCD behaviors (N = 4), treatment is ongoing for children ranging from 9 to 16 years of age, with a dual diagnosis of OCD and Asperger’s Syndrome (AS) or High Functioning Autism (HFA). The treatment consists of a synthesis of cognitive-behavioral treatment and applied behavioral analytic methods including function-based intervention to treat OC behaviors such as needing reassurance following bothersome thoughts, handwashing, counting, and checking. The treatment package includes 12 to 20 one-hour sessions, occurring one to two times per week. Using a variety of data collection methods (e.g., tracking of OCD behaviors and antecedents/consequences; using self-report measures), we are attempting to reduce OCD behaviors to manageable levels, and, in turn, improve quality of life.
 
44. “I Like Basketball but Not Cheering:” Use of a Desensitization Program to Address Loud Noises.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JANET A. BUTZ (Collaborative Autism Resources & Education), Craig W. Butz (Odyssey Charter School), Sue Mirman (Collaborative Autism Resources & Education)
Abstract: The authors will present how a desensitization program was used by a family who has a young son diagnosed with autism that engaged in hitting behavior to get others to stop making noise during family celebrations and outings. The family identified the types of noises that triggered the aggressive behavior in their son using a stress hierarchy. The focus of this presentation is to share how the noise that produced the highest level of stress for their child was effectively addressed. The father who is a sports agent identified the most intolerable noise for his son was the constant cheering produced by the fans at a basketball game. He would engage in hitting behavior like he used in the home setting to attempt to get strangers to quit cheering. The plan implemented by the family involved reading a social story to the child prior to going to the game that addressed how he could effectively cope with the cheering behavior of the fans. A desensitization program was also employed that allowed him to use noise canceling headphones and then later wear an MP3 player during the game that he could activate to counteract the noise produced by the cheering fans.
 
45. Advanced Autism Practicum.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ABBY FERREE (Western Michigan University), Nicole Hoffmeister (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The Advanced Autism Practicum is the last in a set of three practica with the goal of training undergraduate student technicians to administer Discrete-Trial Therapy to preschool-aged children with autism. Students who show exemplary skills after completing the Basic and Intermediate Autism Practica are considered for the Advanced Autism Practicum. Our practicum site is an Early Childhood Developmental Delay preschool classroom. In addition to gaining experience with this population, the Advanced Autism Practicum students write an original procedure to be implemented with the children they work with. These student technicians must detect specific skill deficits, write a procedure to address the problem, interpret the data, and write any recycle phases to make the procedure as effective as possible. The student technician is also in charge of writing sub-phases to aid in a procedure for which the child is having trouble meeting criteria for mastery of a certain phase. Additionally, the student technician gives feedback to Intermediate practicum students to assist in these students’ development as technicians. Lastly, as a part of the Advanced Autism Practicum, student technicians are trained in the analysis of the children’s self-injurious or problem behavior. This includes introductions to functional assessments and taking observational data.
 
 
 
Poster Session #205
#207 Poster Session (BPH)
Sunday, May 25, 2008
12:00 PM–1:30 PM
South Exhibit Hall
45. Participation by Women as Authors in Psychopharmacology.
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY BRADLEY (Western Michigan University), Amy Durgin (Western Michigan University), Lindsay Porter (Western Michigan University), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Past research has shown that men have appeared as authors far more frequently than women in both behavior analysis and organizational behavior management. To determine if the same is true in psychopharmacology, we examined women's participation as authors (first and other) of articles published in Pharmacology Biochemistry and Behavior; Clinical and Experimental Psychopharmacology; and Psychopharmacology in 1991, 1996, 2001, 2006. Women's participation as members of editorial boards also was determined for these years. Results indicate that women are under-represented in psychopharmacology, as they are in other areas where data are available.
 
46. Are Psychotropic Medications Effective in Reducing Problem Behaviors?
Area: BPH; Domain: Service Delivery
THELMISHA VINCENT (Judge Rotenberg Center), Kelly R. Ilsley (Judge Rotenberg Center), Matthew L. Israel (Judge Rotenberg Center)
Abstract: Psychotropic medications are widely used in community, residential and hospital settings as primary interventions for behavior problems, despite few empirical evaluations of their effectiveness. These “behavior problems” include severe aggression, disruptive, and health dangerous behavior. This study questions the ability of psychotropic medications to reduce the frequency of these problem behaviors in a number of students who were on at least one psychotropic medication upon their admission to the Judge Rotenberg Center. Data will be presented in the form of standard celeration charts showing psychotropic medication reduction/elimination and correlated behavioral effects.
 
47. The Effects of Scopolamine on the Completion of an “Insight” Task in Rats.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
BECKY LYNN HANSIS-O'NEILL (Idaho State University), Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University)
Abstract: Although “insight” behavior has been used to support cognitive theories, the explanations provided by behavior analysts such as Epstein are more parsimonious in nature. This study will replicate the classic Kohler study and extend the results from Epstein’s pigeon replication to a rat model. It will also examine the effects of the anti-cholinergic drug, scopolamine (disrupts learning and memory), on the subject’s ability to demonstrate “insightful” behavior. The subjects are 7 female Sprague Dawley rats. Each rat will be shaped to complete three individual behaviors (order is randomly determined): push a box to a specified location, climb on top of the box, and touch a small target. In a single test condition, in which the target cannot be touched (extinction), and the block is placed away from the target, the degree to which these three behaviors “spontaneously” come together will be tested. Ten minutes before the test session subjects will be given an i.p. injection of saline or scopolamine (10.0mg/kg). It is expected that scopolamine will disrupt the rats’ ability to display insightful behavior, i.e, the drug will prevent the three repertoires from being performed together.
 
48. Discriminative-Stimulus and Time-Course Effects of Kava-Kava (Piper Methysticum) in Rats.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
NATALIE ROSE BRUNER (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The discriminative-stimulus effects of kava, an herbal product often used to treat anxiety, are relatively unknown, but there is reason to believe that it may share properties with benzodiazepines like chlordiazepoxide (CDP). Shared discriminative-stimulus effects might suggest that kava shares other effects of anxiolytics such as abuse potential. During training, Sprague Dawley rats received food according to an FR-10 schedule on one of two levers, which was deemed the stimulus-appropriate (correct) lever. One group (n = 8) was trained to discriminate a relatively low dose of CDP (5.6 mg/kg, i.p.) from saline, and one group (n = 8) was trained to discriminate a higher dose of CDP (13.0 mg/kg, i.p.) from saline. Training was complete following at least 24 sessions and a minimum of 80% correct lever presses before the delivery of the first food pellet for five consecutive sessions. Substitution tests of kava (0 - 300 mg/kg), CDP (0 – 13.0 mg/kg) and a negative control (d-amphetamine, 0 – 1.0 mg/kg) were conducted in extinction at 60 min and 90 min following administration (p.o.) of the test drug. Generalization gradients and median effective doses (ED50s) for each drug at the two testing times are presented.
 
49. Effects of Prenatal Exposure to Fluoxetine on Spatial Learning and Memory in Rats.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
CAROLYN SACHSE (Allegheny College)
Abstract: Recent research with rats has shown that in utero exposure to selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) results in a behavioral syndrome known as neonatal antidepressant exposure syndrome (NADES). The present study examined the relationship between prenatal exposure to a common SSRI, and spatial learning and memory. Three pregnant rat dams were injected with saline, 5mg/kg fluoxetine, or 15 mg/kg fluoxetine on post-conception (PC) days 9, 10, and 11. Six female pups from each litter (n = 18) were subjected to a Morris Water Maze (MWM) between post-natal weeks 10 and 12. Each rat was subjected to the MWM four times each day for four consecutive days. Average swim times for each day were analyzed using a two factor, one-way, repeated-measures ANOVA. Subjects did not show any deficits. Results suggest that rats exposed in utero to fluoxetine, on PC days 9, 10, and 11 do not display lasting spatial learning and memory deficits.
 
50. Effects of Mefloquine Hydrochloride on NMDA- and Kainate - Induced Drinking in Sprague-Dawley Rats.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
SARAH SNIDER (Allegheny College)
Abstract: Two experiments studied the dipsogenic effects in rats when two similar glutamate agonists, N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) and Kainate, were given. In the first experiment, dose-response determinations for NMDA were conducted. The NMDA was administered in both 30 minute and 1 hour pretreatment times at 3.0, 10.0, 17.0, and 30.0 mg/kg. NMDA (17.0 mg/kg) and PCP (1.0 mg/kg) as well as NMDA (17.0 mg/kg) and Mefloquine Hydrochloride (1.7 mg/kg) were then administered concomitantly. Mefloquine Hydrochloride has been shown to cause psychotic effects in patients similar to that of PCP. It is hypothesized that Mefloquine produces similar dipsogenic antagonism as PCP does. The results indicated that NMDA did cause a significant dipsogenic effect at a pretreatment time of 30 minutes. The concomitant administrations of mefloquin marginally antagonized the NMDA-induced drinking. Kainate (1.0, 1.7, 3.0 mg/kg) was administered to rats to determine if it will produce a drinking resaponse. Data for dose-response relations were gathered for 0 and 30 minute pre-treatment times. Kainate, administered at 0 minutes pretreatment time, produced a moderate increase in drinking at the 1.0 mg/kg dose. Higher doses did not substantially increase the drinking response.
 
51. The Effects of Valerian Root on Anxiety in an Animal Model Using the Elevated Plus Maze.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
NICOLE A. CAPIK (James Madison University), Stephen H. Robertson (James Madison University), Sherry L. Serdikoff (James Madison University)
Abstract: The Elevated Plus Maze (EPM) is an apparatus commonly used to measure anxiety in animal models. The EPM has two open, exposed arms, perpendicular to two closed arms, and a center platform, all raised above the floor. Open-arm avoidance/escape is measured as an index of anxiety and research has demonstrated that this measure is sensitive to the effects of drugs with known anxiolytic and anxiogenic properties. Valerian (Valerian officinalis) is a neutraceutical commonly suggested and marketed for anxiety relief. Although Valerian is part of the growing and largely unregulated neutraceutical industry, it is a poorly researched drug. In the current study, rats are exposed to the EPM for 5 minutes following administration of Valerian and vehicle, in order to assess differences in performance. To the extent that rats make more entries into and spend more time in the open arms following administration of Valerian relative to vehicle, these data suggest that Valerian is effective in decreasing anxiety. Suggestions for further research investigating Valerian as a treatment for anxiety as well as additional work exploring other putative behavioral effects are explored.
 
52. Classical Conditioning of Antiepileptic Drug Effects: Failure of Metrozol to Produce Convulsions and the Production of Convulsions from the Withdrawal from Chronic Valproic Acid.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
MOLLY IRENE GUEST (Allegheny College)
Abstract: The present study examined both the possibility of conditioning seizure activity with metrozol (100 mg/kg) as well as determining the withdrawal effects of the anti-epileptic drug Valproic Acid (VPA) at doses ranging from 100 to 300 mg/kg/day. Data were collected from six adult female Sprague Dawley rats. Experiment 1 consisted of pairing the unconditional stimulus effects of metrazol with an auditory tone in a delayed conditioning procedure. Several pairings did not produce any discernable seizure activity suggesting that both epilepsy and pseudoepilepsy may not be produced by simple respondent conditioning. The second experiment investigated the potential for VPA to produce seizure activity by withdrawal from chronic exposure. Observations did not reveal any seizure activity during the chronic phase of the experiment. Following 21 days of chronic injections, VPA (100 – 300 mg/kg/day) was abruptly terminated. Seizure activity was first observed at 14 hours post drug termination. Only petit mal and clonic seizures were observed during the withdrawal period. Observations were made by videotape for 36 hours following drug termination.
 
53. Using d-amphetamine to Assess Strain Differences in Bout Parameters.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
JORDAN M. BAILEY (Auburn University), Joshua Johnson (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Abstract: BALB/c and C57BL/6 mouse strains are commonly used in behavioral research but have divergent behavioral profiles. C57BL/6 mice have been shown to run at higher rates than BALB/c mice: these strains also differ in dopamine activity. Therefore, the rate-decreasing effects of d-amphetamine administration should differentially affect species and response device. Shull’s (2001) model of partitioning response bouts was used to characterize d-amphetamine’s effect on response patterns. In the present study, mice nose-poked under a percentile schedule that reinforced short IRTs (high response rates) with sucrose with and without a running wheel available. Doses of amphetamine ranged from .3 mg/kg to 1.7 mg/kg. d-Amphetamine reduced nose-poking in a dose-related fashion for both strains when there was not a running wheel available. When a running wheel was available as an alternate reinforcer, nose-poking occurred at a lower rate but was insensitive to d-amphetamine. Strain differences were observed in within-bout response rate, bout initiation and bout length.
 
54. Reduced Sensitivity to the Locomotor Effects of Amphetamine in Hamsters Compared to Rats.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
LESLIE M. WISE (Illinois State University), Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University), Paul Garris (Illinois State University), Joseph Casto (Illinois State University)
Abstract: Amphetamine is an established dopaminergic agonist. However, recent evidence suggests that different species have different response courses to identical doses. In rats, low amphetamine doses increase locomotion, whereas high doses induce stereotypy. Hamsters, however, require higher doses to obtain similar behavioral effects. This reduced sensitivity may be related to the uniqueness of hamsters compared to other rodents. Interestingly, the hamster may provide a better model for DA-related disorders. Thus, the present study compared behavioral differences across rats and hamsters exposed to d-amphetamine. The behavioral effects, particularly ambulatory activity, were assessed. Each animal was habituated to the activity box for 30 min, and then received one of 4 doses of d-amphetamine (0.5, 1.5, 5.0 mg/kg i.p.) or a NaCl injection. The animal was returned to the activity box for 60 min, and behavior was recorded. Results showed that 0.5 mg/kg of amphetamine elicited the greatest ambulatory activity for rats, with higher doses attenuating locomotion. In contrast, the 5.0 mg/kg dose elicited the greatest increase in ambulatory activity in hamsters. These results confirm that hamsters are less sensitive to the locomotor effects of amphetamine than rats, and suggest different mechanisms of action on midbrain dopamine neurons across these two species.
 
55. Assessing the Putative Anxiolytic Effects of Chronic Kava Administration in Rats Using the Elevated Plus Maze (EPM).
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
STEPHEN H. ROBERTSON (James Madison University), Nicole A. Capik (James Madison University)
Abstract: The Elevated Plus Maze (EPM) consists of two open arms and two closed arms and is a popular rodent model of anxiety. Research has shown that the open spaces surrounding the open arms of the maze serve as the motivating operation for the open-arm escape/avoidance typically observed in this preparation. The anxiolytic and anxiogenic properties of various drugs have been documented using the EPM with the former leading to decreases in open-arm escape/avoidance and the latter leading to increases in open-arm escape/avoidance. The current study employs this methodology to study Kava, a nutraceutical advertised and sold as a sedative and anxiolytic drug. In animal models of anxiety, some researchers have indicated that Kava reduces anxiety when administered in acute doses; however, acute doses of Kava are largely ineffective for alleviating anxiety in human populations. In this study, the efficacy of chronic administration of Kava is assessed by treating rats with daily doses and exposing them to the EPM in 5-minute tests conducted weekly. The resulting exploratory behavior is measured and the extent to which the data show a decreased avoidance and escape from the open arms will determine the potential utility of Kava in treating generalized anxiety disorder.
 
56. Comparison of the Oral and Intravenous Routes in the Self-Administration of MDMA (‘Ecstasy’) in Rats.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
LINCOLN S. HELY (Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand), David N. Harper (Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand), Maree J. Hunt (Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand), Susan Schenk (Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand)
Abstract: Recent studies have produced reliable self-administration of the so-called “party drug” 3,4-Methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA, or ecstasy) in rats. This finding suggests that MDMA may share many of the addictive properties common to other prominent CNS stimulants (such as cocaine and amphetamine). The well known abuse potential of the CNS stimulants suggests that MDMA may also prove to be addictive, though anecdotally the drug is not considered to be so. Experimental evidence for the addictive properties of MDMA can be derived from experimental manipulations of the self-administration procedure. In humans MDMA is primarily consumed in one or more oral doses, however animal studies have relied upon the IV route of administration in the study of its effects. Animals in this study showed dose dependent responding for oral doses of MDMA providing evidence for the reinforcing effects of MDMA when it is delivered via the oral route of administration. Comparisons with IV administered MDMA and implications for MDMA research will be discussed.
 
 
 
Poster Session #206
#208 Poster Session (CBM)
Sunday, May 25, 2008
12:00 PM–1:30 PM
South Exhibit Hall
58. Interdependent Group Contingency Management Using a Percentile Schedule to Enhance Attendance Behaviors and Drug Abstinence.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
BETH J. ROSENWASSER (Temple University/Treatment Research Institute), Saul Axelrod (Temple University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University/Treatment Research Institute), Carolyn M. Carpenedo (Treatment Research Institute), Brian E. Versek (Treatment Research Institute), Kimberly C. Kirby (Treatment Research Institute)
Abstract: Since their initial application to substance-abusing populations in 1979, Contingency Management (CM) interventions that provide tangible incentives based on objective indicators of drug abstinence have amassed a convincing body of evidence demonstrating improved treatment outcomes. Nonetheless CM has not been widely disseminated in community drug abuse treatment, reportedly due to a mismatch between treatment modality (most CM is applied individually whereas most treatment takes place in group), cost, and a tendency to target only one behavior at a time. Moreover, a clean urine at intake is a good predictor of CM treatment success, but many do not present any abstinence behavior and therefore never contact the treatment contingency. This study was designed to address these barriers to dissemination by implementing CM among adults in a group setting, using a lower cost prize bowl drawing, targeting appointment attendance as well as drug-abstinence, and using a shaping (percentile) schedule applied to the whole group’s performance of the target behaviors. A modified multiple baseline across behaviors design was used to evaluate the effects of this schedule applied sequentially to appointment attendance and opiate and cocaine abstinence. We also report its effects on self-reported and videotaped evidence of conflict and support.
 
59. The Effect of Group Social Skills Training on Peer Social Behavior.
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
AMY L. PALMER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Adrienne DeSantis (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lori Klinger (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Susan K. Perkins-Parks (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Erin Seimers (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer L. Crockett (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Deficits in social skills and lack of social competence play are prevalent among children with Disruptive Behavior Disorders and are an important focus of treatment. Generalization is one of the most difficult goals to achieve in peer socialization training primarily due to skills being taught in artificial or contrived situations. Behaviorally based social skills groups that follow a specific curriculum, include a structured behavior management program, and train parents to actively support social skill development can be helpful in establishing and maintaining these critical skills. Participants in this six-week social skills group included six 6- and 7-year-old children with various child behavior disorders (e.g., ADHD, ODD, etc.). A structured curriculum was provided and social skills were introduced via a behavioral skills training approach. Behavior management consisted of points awarded for desirable and prosocial behaviors as well as rewards were delivered using a level system. A parent training group was conducted in tandem with child group sessions. Data suggest an increase in positive engagement and participation across sessions.
 
60. Caregiver Treatment Integrity: Effects of Conversational versus Technical Language on the Implementation of Behavioral Feeding Protocols.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
DIANA A. SHIF (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Research has demonstrated the effectiveness of behavioral interventions for treating food refusal for children who have a variety of feeding problems. To be effective, behavioral protocols need to be followed consistently and accurately; however, caregivers often have difficulty implementing them with high levels of treatment integrity. One possibility of non-adherence may be a result of the language used by behaviorists in the protocols provided to parents before implementation of the intervention. Previous research found that behavioral interventions written in conversational rather than technical language are more accepted and better understood. Studies have also demonstrated that the accuracy of implementing treatments was higher when a conversational style was used. This study will expand on the current literature by comparing the impact of conversational and technical language of behavioral protocols on treatment integrity within a feeding context.
 
61. Impact of Intensive Interdisciplinary Feeding Program on Caregiver Stress and Child Outcomes.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH A. MASLER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Rinita B. Laud (Louisiana State University/Kennedy Krieger Institute), Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ashley J. Greer (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: This study investigated the impact of an intensive interdisciplinary feeding program on caregiver stress and child outcomes of children with feeding disorders across three categories. Children were categorized into either tube dependent; liquid dependent; or food selective groups. Outcomes for caregiver stress levels, child mealtime behaviors, weight and calories were examined at admission and discharge for 121 children. Repeated measures ANOVAs were used to examine differences pre- and post-treatment and across feeding categories. Caregiver stress, child mealtime behaviors, weight, and caloric intake improved significantly following treatment in the intensive feeding program, regardless of category placement. Few studies have examined the impact of an intensive interdisciplinary approach on caregiver stress as well as on child outcome variables with such a diverse population. This study provides support that regardless of a child’s medical and feeding history, an intensive interdisciplinary approach significantly improves caregiver stress and child outcomes.
 
62. Describing Main Stress Sources in Teaching University.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ALFONSO VALADEZ RAMÍREZ (National University of Mexico), Cristina Bravo González (National University of Mexico), José Esteban Vaquero Cazares (National University of Mexico), Patricia Ortega Silva (National University of Mexico), Angeles Escamilla Salomé (National University of Mexico)
Abstract: A wide range of factors in physical and social environments influence people’s behavior in working scenarios, because the most frequently found negative side effects in workers’ implementation and performance are due to stressful situations and factors that they present in the workplace. The objective of the study was to identify the main sources of stress in the teaching profession at university. 200 professors at university were surveyed, elected through a non- probability sampling. The evaluation scale contains 68 items, grouped into three subscales (organizational, social and individual factors), Cronbach’s alpha is .96. The results showed that 70% of teachers felt that the teaching profession is little or nothing stressful, however, 33% perceived organizational factors as quite stressful, while in sources of stress related to social and individual factors, only 6% and 8% respectively considered them a major source of stress. In conclusion, organizational characteristics it can constitute significant sources of stress which could point to direct actions to prevent and control stress at institutional level.
 
63. An Initial Study of Professor's Burnout at University Level.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ALFONSO VALADEZ RAMÍREZ (National University of Mexico), Cristina Bravo González (National University of Mexico), José Esteban Vaquero Cazares (National University of Mexico), Patricia Ortega Silva (National University of Mexico), Angeles Escamilla Salomé (National University of Mexico)
Abstract: Burnout syndrome is present when a person does not meet the demands of work and usually he or she is in a state of anger and depression. This term is used to describe a type of job and institutional stress occurring in professionals that maintain constant contact with people who are beneficiaries of their own work (e.g. health personnel, teachers, social services). The purpose of study was to identify the main manifestations of burnout in areas of university education. It surveyed 200 university professors, 56% female and 44% male. It implemented ainstrument of 43 items which evaluated depersonalization, emotional exhaustion and personal fulfillment factors. The results show that in th depersonalization factor, 21% of teachers reported that they occasionally show negative behaviors (e.g. irritability and loss of motivation); in the category of emotional exhaustion, related to their teaching activity, 73% referred to not feeling tired; finally, on the scale of personal fulfillment, 95% of respondents commented that they often feel fulfilled with their job. In conclusion, in both situations of depersonalization and emotional exhaustion there is a low incidence of syndrome, meanwhile, personal fulfillment is high.
 
64. Examining the Reinforcing Properties of Making Sense on Behavior.
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
ALISHA M. WRAY (University of New Mexico), Michael J. Dougher (University of New Mexico), Laura A. Bullard (University of New Mexico)
Abstract: Researchers have devoted attention to the apparent human tendency to make sense of events in the environment (e.g., Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, & Roche, 2001). Previous conceptualizations have viewed making sense as an adaptive cognitive process (Pennebaker & Seagal, 1999). However a growing body of literature finds that sense- making may not always be adaptive (e.g., Addis & Jacobson, 1996; Addis & Carpenter, 1999), and that it may continue despite accompanying aversive consequences (Martin & Tesser, 1996). Making sense may be negatively reinforcing, as it functions to reduce ambiguous and aversive emotional states (Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, & Roche, 2001; Sosnowski, 1983; 1988), positively reinforcing based upon (1) social reinforcement (Gergen & Gergen, 1988), and (2) its participation an overarching, generalized operant class. However, making sense has not been shown empirically to function as a reinforcing event. This study examined whether making sense functions as a reinforcer in a laboratory setting by comparing participants’ preference for a solvable laboratory task with response-contingent reinforcement to a formally similar but unsolvable task, on which equal or greater amounts of reinforcement are presented independent of participant’s performance.
 
65. Does Our Practice Reflect Our Training?
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
M. KELLY HAACK (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Stacy Bliss (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tawnya J. Meadows (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Evidence-based practices have been adopted by APA as “best practices” when working with children and adolescents with behavioral, emotional, and social problems. Numerous therapies have been shown to be evidence-based, particularly behavioral techniques. Despite this support, barriers to the use of evidence-based practices are prevalent (Pagoto, Spring, Coups, Mulvaney, Coutu, & Ozakinei, 2007). Recent researchers have investigated the estimated use of evidence-based practices by clinicians, finding that a clinician’s training and attitude toward treatment research were predictors of perceived use of evidence-based practices (Nelson & Steele, 2007). However, the use of specific behavioral techniques was not examined. This study extends previous research by examining clinician’s perceived and actual use of specific behavioral techniques with children and adolescents who have behavioral, emotional, and social problems. We surveyed clinicians who work with children and adolescents who experience behavioral, emotional, and social problems. Clinicians were asked to estimate the percentage of sessions they used specific behavioral techniques (e.g., punishment, reinforcement, antecedent control). Next, clinicians completed a questionnaire each day they saw clients, recording the actual use of techniques. The discrepancy of clinicians' perceived use versus their actual use of behavioral techniques will be discussed, as well as the implications for behavioral training programs.
 
66. Improving Consulting Behavior Using a Newly Developed Checklist.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
SILJE HAUGLAND (Centre for Early Intervention (STI)), Hege Tryggestad (Centre for Early Intervention (STI)), Tone Kristenen (Centre for Early Intervention (STI)), Astri Valmo (Centre for Early Intervention (STI)), Hege Aarlie (Centre for Early Intervention (STI)), Sigmund Eldevik (Centre for Early Intervention (STI)), Jon A. Lokke (University College of Ostfold, Norway)
Abstract: The principles of behavior analysis are widely applied on the behavior of clients; less focus has been put on the behavior of professionals. We had two goals with the present study: (1) to develop a quantitative checklist of the most widely used consulting techniques, and (2) based on scoring profiles from this checklist, improve the professionals consulting behavior. A multiple baseline design across groups was used. The independent variable was role-playing consultations with particular focus on the areas that needed improvement. The dependent variable was improvement in consulting behavior as measured with the checklist. Our findings indicated that it is indeed possible to measure and change consulting behavior, but the complexity of the skills and the setting, calls for a further refinement of the instrument and the training. Quality of consultant behavior increased in all 5 (fairly experienced) professionals after training, with a slight decline at follow-up after ca 6 weeks.
 
67. Long-Term Treatment Integrity: An Analysis.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
MAIRE K. ARKOOSH (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Thomas Ford McLaughlin (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: The validity of selecting treatment contingencies based upon the results obtained via functional analysis is well documented. However, a number of second generation questions have emerged. One of which is what are the parameters required to achieve desired treatment outcomes. More specifically, the degree of treatment integrity needed for the successful reduction of problem behavior. The current study had two purposes; first to describe the relationship between treatment integrity levels and treatment effectiveness and second to highlight the importance of reporting the treatment integrity in outcome-based research. Our results indicate that a high level of treatment integrity is required for treatment success. We also found that very low levels of integrity may be required for behavioral reduction procedures (i.e., extinction) if high levels of reinforcement are provided.
 
68. Concurrent Schedules of Reinforcement and Adjusting Demand Requirements: Year Two Summary Results.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA E. FRIEDER (Idaho State University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Idaho State University), Carrie Brower-Breitwieser (Idaho State University), Shawn Patrick Quigley (Idaho State University), Shilo L. Smith Ruiz (Idaho State University)
Abstract: A summary of results from the first and second year of a 3-year Federal grant project funded by the Institute of Education Sciences, Serious Behavior Disorders-Special Education Research Grants Program will be presented. Project participants included students with variety of disabilities, all presenting severe escape-motivated problem behavior, ages 5 to 12 years, and grades K-6 in three school districts across the state of Idaho. Summary results of functional analyses and choice-making interventions that pitted break requests, compliance, and problem behavior against each other will be presented. Data will be presented on the participants’ problem behavior, number of break requests, and task completion. Data summarizing how these responses varied as a function of increasing task demands over time will be shown. Also, follow-up data from first year participants will be presented. Implications for treatment of problem behavior will be discussed.
 
69. Use of Nuk Brush and 3 Step Prompting Procedures to Resolve Packing and Expulsion Problems.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
YIL YONG KIM (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Abstract: Although evidence-based treatment for childhood feeding disorder was identified by researchers (Kerwin, 1999; Linscheid, 2006; Chung, & Kahng, 2006), clinicians still faces with other feeding issues such as packing and expulsion, which could not be efficiently resolved by above treatment methods. This study examined the effectiveness of behavioral intervention for a child with diverse feeding problems, especially packing and expulsion. Participant of this study was a 24-month-old girl, SY, with FTT (failure to thrive) and feeding disorder of infancy or early childhood. At the time of referral, SY only consumed liquid type foods (e.g., milk, soy milk, juice, water) and was fed forcefully by her caretakers while exhibiting severe temper tantrums throughout the meal. During Treatment 1, positive reinforcement, token economy, texture-fading, and extinction were conducted. Although her independent food intake increased significantly, packing and expulsion emerged. During Treatment 2, a Nuk brush was used instead of a spoon along with 3-step prompting procedures. The dependent measures were amount of food intake, acceptance, expel and problem behaviors. SY’s food intake and acceptance increased and her expulsion was dramatically reduced. The results suggested that use of a Nuk brush and 3-step prompting procedures could increase food consumption by successfully reducing packing and expulsion.
 
 
 
Poster Session #207
#209 Poster Session (DDA)
Sunday, May 25, 2008
12:00 PM–1:30 PM
South Exhibit Hall
71. The Use of Positive and Negative Reinforcement Contingencies to Increase Compliance.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TARA D. HARPER (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tyree L. Starks (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Henry S. Roane (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kelly J. Bouxsein (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Previous research (Lalli et al., 1999; Piazza et al., 1997) has used a combination of positive and negative reinforcement contingencies in the treatment of destructive behavior maintained by escape. Specifically, positive reinforcement (SR+) alone (Lalli et al.) or in combination with negative reinforcement (SR+/SR-; Piazza et al.) have both been demonstrated to be effective for reducing destructive behavior and increasing task compliance. However, such procedures have not been directly compared within participants. In the current investigation, SR+ or SR+/SR- conditions were implemented successively in a reversal design to evaluate the differential effectiveness of these procedures for increasing the compliance of a child with Down syndrome. Results demonstrated that the combined SR+/SR- contingencies (M = 83.4% compliance) produced greater increases in compliance than the SR+ contingency alone (M = 45.9% compliance). Across the analysis, reliability data were collected for 27% of sessions and averaged 95% for compliance. Following the initial treatment comparison, schedule thinning was conducted in which the participant eventually had to comply with 6 demands before the combined SR+/SR- reinforcer was delivered. Results will be discussed regarding the use of positive and negative reinforcement to increase compliance.
 
72. Using Differential Reinforcement Contingencies to Decrease Problem Behavior Associated with Low-Preference Task Engagement.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JASON R. ZELENY (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Rebecca A. Veenstra (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kelly J. Bouxsein (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Henry S. Roane (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Differential reinforcement contingencies may be an effective treatment component for decreasing problem behavior. In the current study, differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) or differential reinforcement of low rates (DRL) procedures were implemented to decrease problem behavior during task completion. Participants were a 12-year-old female diagnosed with autism and a 15-year-old male diagnosed with Smith-Magenis syndrome. During baseline, both participants emitted higher rates of problem behavior when engaged in staff-selected low-preference tasks compared to high-preference task that they chose to engage with. During treatment, participants were provided access to their choice of a high-preference task contingent on engagement in a low-preference task. A combination of extinction and either DRO or DRL schedules were implemented with each participant respectively. Subsequently, delay fading was implemented to increase the DRO interval and DRL ratio up to a predetermined target (e.g., a 10-min DRO interval). For both participants, reliability data were collected on at least 20% of sessions and averaged over 80% for all dependent variables, and destructive behavior was reduced by over 90% relative to the pre-treatment baseline condition. Results are discussed in relation to using activity choice as reinforcement for decreasing problem behavior.
 
73. Effects of Continuous Reward and Extinction on Self-Injurious and Disruptive Behaviors During Free Play and Demand Conditions.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
YANIZ C. PADILLA DALMAU (The University of Iowa), Jay W. Harding (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Jayme Mews (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: Problem behavior was evaluated for a 4 year-old Latino boy diagnosed with autism who displayed self-injury (SIB) and disruptive behaviors (e.g., screaming). Three analyses were conducted to identify the function of problem behavior and to evaluate the effects of continuous reward (i.e., preferred toys, parent attention) and extinction (i.e., planned ignoring) on behavior. Inter-rater agreement was assessed across 30% of sessions in Analyses 2 and 3 and averaged 98%. A brief functional analysis (Analysis 1) was conducted in which self- injurious and disruptive behavior were evaluated during free play and demand conditions within a multielement design. Results suggested an escape function for problem behavior, although disruptive behavior also occurred during free play conditions. During Analysis 2, free play sessions were conducted, but received continuous access to preferred items and parent attention, and problem behavior was on extinction. Results showed a decreasing trend in SIB and near-zero levels of disruptive behaviors. Analysis 3 consisted of the functional analysis demand condition (SIB was reinforced with escape from demands), but the treatment package (continuous access to attention plus extinction for disruptive behavior) from Analysis 2 was implemented. Results showed a decreasing trend in disruptive behaviors and relatively low levels of SIB.
 
74. Concurrent Schedules of Negative Reinforcement: Behavior Change Without the Use of Extinction.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SHELLEY MULLEN (University of Oregon), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Alice A. Keyl (Utah State University)
Abstract: In this study the effects of concurrent schedules of negative reinforcement for problem behavior and compliance with 1 child with autism were evaluated. Tasks were presented to the participant using a most-to-least prompting strategy. Compliance and problem behavior both resulted in a break on an FR 1 schedule. The duration of the breaks for compliance and problem behavior were systematically altered during different treatment conditions. Results indicated that compliance occurred at the highest rates when the duration of negative reinforcement was much longer (120-s) than the duration of negative reinforcement for problem behavior (10-s). These treatment effects were obtained without the use of extinction.
 
75. Graduated Prompting as an Idiosyncratic Abolishing Operation for Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KAREN RADER (Louisiana State University), Jeffrey H. Tiger (Louisiana State University), Megan Kliebert (Louisiana State University), Christopher T. Roath (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: The establishing operation for escape-maintained problem behavior is maintained by graduated prompting (i.e., providing successively more intrusive prompts except following the occurrence of a target problem behavior) during the typical escape condition of a functional analysis. The current study provided a case example of a boy for whom graduate prompting eliminated (rather than maintained) the establishing operation for escape. Graduated prompting sessions were compared against sessions in which only vocal-prompts were provided on a matched, fixed-time schedule. Escape from instructions was delivered contingent upon disruptive behavior during both conditions. Problem behavior was observed exclusively during the vocal-prompts only condition. Based on this outcome, a treatment was implemented to teach the child to recruit assistance via an alternative vocal response. Interobserver agreement was collected during at least 25% of assessment and treatment sessions and averaged above 90% for all dependent measures. Implications for conducting functional analyses are discussed.
 
76. Combining Medication and Behavioral Procedures to Decrease Problem Behavior Maintained by Negative Reinforcement.
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research
ERIC BOELTER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual deficits who engage in severe forms of problem behavior are often treated with a combination of psychopharmacological and behavioral treatments. In the current study, we combined medication and behavioral treatment to decrease problem behavior maintained by negative reinforcement engaged in by a boy diagnosed with mental retardation and ADHD. Two medications, Ritalin and Clonidine, were added to the treatment package, each at various dosages, to evaluate if behavior improved beyond that observed with the behavioral treatment alone. Results showed that Ritalin combined with the behavior treatment did not improve behavior more than the behavioral treatment alone, and at higher doses had a detrimental effect on the treatment. In contrast, Clonidine combined with the behavioral treatment resulted in substantial decreases in problem behavior and increases in compliance beyond that observed with the behavioral treatment alone.
 
77. Treatment of Compliance with High- and Low-Probability Tasks Using Non-Contingent Attention and Differential Reinforcement.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE M. SWEENEY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Stephanie A. Contrucci Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Non-contingent reinforcement and increased reinforcement during demand situations have been shown to be effective at increasing compliance with both low-probability and high-probability academic tasks (Bullock & Normand, 2006; Call et al., 2004). However, in instances where a skill deficit is the underlying cause of noncompliance, additional treatment components may be necessary to increase compliance with low-probability tasks. In the current investigation, non-contingent reinforcement, differential reinforcement (DRA) and extinction were evaluated as a treatment for noncompliance and problem behaviors related to escape from academic tasks in a 16-year-old boy. High- and low-probability tasks were identified and evaluated separately in a multielement treatment evaluation. Periods of non-contingent attention were alternated with academic tasks during which differential reinforcement of compliance was implemented. Results indicated that NCR and extinction were effective in increasing compliance with high-probability tasks, while the addition of the DRA component was found to be essential in increasing compliance with low-probability tasks. Reliability data were collected for one half of sessions and averaged above 95%.
 
78. Concurrent vs. Multiple Schedule of Reinforcement for Treating High Rate of Self-Injury During Demand Situations.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
NATALIE A. PARKS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Heather Jennett (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carolina F. Reyes (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Research has shown noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) as an effective treatment for problem behavior maintained by social or automatic reinforcement (Lalli, Casey, & Kates, 1997). However, NCR may have negative side effects (DeLeon, Williams, Gregory, & Hagopian, 2005) such as decreased compliance with demands (Sprague, Holland, & Thomas, 1997). In the current study, two schedules of reinforcement were compared using a mixed multielement and reversal design to determine the most effective method of implementing NCR during demand situations. A 6-year-old child diagnosed with Bardet-Biedl syndrome with high rates of self-injury participated. A competing stimulus assessment (Piazza, et al., 1996) was conducted and four toys were identified and used in all NCR conditions. During the concurrent schedule of reinforcement, NCR and reinforcement for compliance with demands (FR1) was available throughout work sessions. During the multiple schedule of reinforcement, an FR1 schedule of reinforcement was available during work sessions and NCR was available during breaks. Data suggested that using a multiple schedule of reinforcement reduced self-injury while maintaining compliance more effectively than a concurrent schedule of reinforcement. Results from the concurrent schedule of reinforcement suggest that using NCR during academic demands may compete not only with problem behavior, but also with compliance.
 
79. The Necessity of Extinction in the Treatment of Elopement.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
LILLIE WILSON (The Marcus Institute), Nathan Call (The Marcus Institute), Robert-Ryan S. Pabico (The Marcus Institute), Elizabeth C. King (The Marcus Institute)
Abstract: Elopement is a potentially dangerous behavior that is sometimes displayed by individuals with developmental disabilities. Previous studies implementing function-based treatments for elopement have included the use of extinction. However, extinction can be particularly difficult to implement with elopement. For example, an individual who elopes must be retrieved, which frequently involves the delivery of attention. Similarly, if an individual successfully elopes it can be difficult to retrieve them before they gain at least brief access to preferred items or activities. This study evaluated the necessity of extinction in the treatment of elopement. After a functional analysis (Piazza et al., 1997) demonstrated that elopement was maintained by access to tangible items, treatments were compared with and without the presence of extinction. In addition, interobserver agreement data were collected for at least 20% of sessions and always exceeded 80% agreement. Results suggested that extinction may be a necessary component for treatments of elopement to be effective.
 
80. Brief Treatment Evaluation of Elopement.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
LAKAREN RICKMAN (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), Todd G. Kopelman (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), Jason M. Stricker (The University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: Elopement is a potentially life-threatening behavior exhibited by some young children. To date, research on the assessment and treatment of elopement has been limited (Kodak, Grow, & Northrup, 2004; Tarbox, Wallace, & Williams, 2003; and Piazza, Hanley, Bowman, Ruyter, Lindauer, & Saiontz, 1997). The purpose of this study was to identify the effectiveness of one treatment, differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO), for reducing elopement behaviors displayed by young children with developmental disabilities. Two case studies, one from a day treatment setting and one from an outpatient setting, will be presented. In each case, baseline data on latency to elopement were gathered. A differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) treatment was then implemented. The study design, results, and suggestions for future research will be discussed.
 
81. The Use of Competing Stimuli and Response Blocking to Decrease Mouthing.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
HEATHER A. WRIGHT (University of Maryland, Baltimore County/Kennedy Krieger Institute), Danielle L. Gureghian (University of Maryland, Baltimore County/Kennedy Krieger Institute), Dipti Mudgal (The May Institute), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: There has been much research conducted evaluating treatments for mouthing (Vollmer, Marcus, & LeBlanc, 1994; Irvin, Thompson, Turner, & Williams, 2003; Simmons, Smith, & Kliethermes, 2003). However, limited research has been conducted on treatments that do not involve edible items as reinforcers. The present study demonstrates the effectiveness of competing stimuli and response blocking on decreasing hand and object mouthing. Competing stimuli have been defined as preferred stimuli that may compete with the reinforcer for problem behavior, but that do not reinforce that behavior (Fisher, Lindauer, Alterson, & Thompson, 1998). Competing stimuli and response blocking have been found to be effective in decreasing behaviors such as disruption (Fisher, et. al, 1998) and skin picking (Lane, Thompson, Reske, Gable, & Barton-Arwood, 2006). After conducting a functional analysis, a competing stimulus assessment was completed using the methods described in Piazza, et al, (1998). Using an ABAB design, a treatment package of competing stimuli and response blocking was evaluated. Following treatment, hand and object mouthing rates decreased to near-zero levels. Inter-rater reliability was collected for 87.63% of sessions, with an average exact agreement of 99.71% for hand mouthing and 91.55% for object mouthing.
 
82. Effects of Competing Stimuli on Problem Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement: An Outcomes Summary.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ANURADHA DUTT (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Kelly M. Vinquist (The University of Iowa), Jason M. Stricker (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (The University of Iowa), Jeffrey R. Luke (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: We evaluated the degree to which alternative stimuli can compete with problem behavior that is maintained by automatic reinforcement. We hypothesized that problem behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement vary on two important dimensions (a) the degree to which behavior persisted in the presence of alternative sources of stimulation and (b) the degree to which engagement in problem behavior was selected over gaining access to alternative stimuli. A series of assessments were conducted to identify three response patterns that would be prescriptive for developing individualized treatment packages. Three patterns occurred. Participants fitting Pattern 1 were assigned to treatment packages that included noncontingent access to highly preferred alternative stimuli. Participants fitting Pattern 2 received treatments in which access to preferred stimuli was contingent on the absence of problems. Participants fitting Pattern 3 received treatment packages that used sensory extinction procedures such as blocking, to reduce problem behavior. Results of this study indicated that treatment packages based on the results of the assessment were effective in reducing problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement for most participants. Interobserver agreement data were collected for 30% of the sessions and averaged above 90% for problem behavior. Findings detailing these summary outcomes will be presented.
 
83. An Analysis and Treatment of the Covariation of Chronic Thumb Sucking and Chronic Hair Pulling.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER M. DERDERIAN (The May Center for Education and Neurorehabilitation), Nicole Heal (The May Institute), Gary M. Pace (The May Institute)
Abstract: Response covariation is observed when changes in the frequency of one response are correlated with changes in the frequency of other responses (Balsam & Bondy, 1985). In the current study a 12-year-old girl with Cri du Chat Syndrome engaged in chronic bi-lateral thumb sucking and chronic hair pulling. Classroom data suggested that thumb sucking and hair pulling covaried, thus the purpose of the study was to directly assess the effects of thumb guards on thumb sucking and the indirect effects on hair pulling. Results of a functional analysis showed that the duration of thumb sucking was highest in low stimulation conditions suggesting that thumb sucking was maintained by automatic reinforcement. We then directly measured the effects of thumb guards on thumb sucking; while also indirectly assessing the effects on hair pulling within a multielement design. Implementation of the thumb guards decreased the duration of thumb sucking to low levels and eliminated untreated hair pulling. Interobserver agreement was assessed on 30% of all sessions and averaged above 80% on all measures.
 
84. A Functional Analysis and Function-Based Intervention for Tricholtillomania in an Adult with Developmental Disabilities.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SYN MCDONALD (Columbus Organization), John M. Guercio (Missouri Department of Mental Health)
Abstract: Most of the research conducted on hair pulling has focused on treatment. Despite the effectiveness or ineffectiveness of these treatments on hair pulling, very few have reportedly been based on a functional analysis. This may be because habit-based behaviors such as hair pulling are thought to be maintained by automatic reinforcement. Of these studies, only a small number of them investigated the function of hair pulling (Miltenberger, Long, Rapp, Lumley, & Elliot, 1998; Rapp, Miltenberger, Galensky, Ellingstron, & Long, 1999). One study investigated treatment based upon a functional analysis. The purpose of the present study was to investigate the function of hair pulling in a 47-year-old female diagnosed with severe mental retardation in a habilitation setting and to design a function-based treatment. Frequency data on hair pulling were collected in 10-minute segments across the traditional functional analysis conditions of attention, escape, control, and alone. The resulting functional analysis data were then used to implement a treatment based upon the identified functions of the hair pulling determined through the functional assessment. Outcome data on the intervention as well as the functional analysis will be provided.
 
85. Helmet Fading and Splint Fading Assessments for an Individual Who Engages in Self-Injurious Behavior.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
R. SAMUEL CROMARTIE, IV (May South, Inc.), William A. Flood (May South, Inc.), John Mortensen (May South, Inc.)
Abstract: The initial treatment for an individual who wore a helmet and engaged in SIB in the form of ear gouging and head banging involved increasing duration of time out of helmet. When this treatment showed little success, the clinical team decided to implement a helmet fading program. An assessment was conducted to determine the rate of SIB in a variety of helmets in order to determine which helmet would be the best to use during the fading program. During the assessment, it was discovered that the individual was not engaging in SIB at his school. Teachers reported that they had used a splint fading procedure. A procedure similar to that used by Fisher et al. (1997) was implemented at the home and is ongoing. Baseline data for both assessments will be presented.
 
86. Evaluation of Extinction Procedure to Thumb Sucking in Childhood Behavior.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MARÍA LUISA AVALOS LATORRE (Guadalajara University), María del Carmen Flores Sanchez (Enrique Díaz de León University), Martha Alejandra López de la Cerda (Enrique Díaz de León University), Aidee Monserrat Guerra Mariscal (Enrique Díaz de León University)
Abstract: Thumb sucking is a common childhood behavior in children aged 1 to 4 years; this behavior is generally not of concern, and most children cease sucking their thumb or fingers without intervention. However, some children do not stop without intervention, which can result in health problems if finger sucking continues past 4 years of age. The child may be at greater risk for dental malocclusion, digital eformities, and speech difficulties. Children of 3 or 4 years will participate. Thumb sucking is defined as the insertion of the thumb past the front teeth with the lips closed over the thumb. The fathers will complete a baseline registration of frequency, latency, consequent and preceding events of thumb sucking. Subsequently, the thumb will be bandaged during three weeks. Finally, we will retire the bandage and the fathers will do the same registration of the baseline. We expect thumb sucking elimination; we assume that the extinction procedure is more effective than negative enforcement procedure or punishment procedure due to that this behavior is maintained even in absence of any consequence.
 
88. A Comparison of Functional Communication Training Outcomes Across Participants from Different Diagnostic Categories.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JOHN F. LEE (The University of Iowa), Jay W. Harding (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: We compared baseline and treatment data across 11 children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), 7 children diagnosed with other genetic syndromes, and 18 children diagnosed with developmental delays only. Criteria for participation included diagnosed mild to moderate developmental delays, 2 to 6 years old, destructive behavior during a demand assessment condition, and functional communication training (FCT) for negative reinforcement. Functional analyses using multielement designs and matched treatment procedures were conducted in the children’s homes with parents serving as therapists. Procedures were videotaped for data collection and analysis. Interobserver agreement was assessed across 36% of sessions and averaged 96%. Mean level of destructive behavior at baseline was 10.5% (percentage of intervals) for the ASD group, 12.5% for the genetic syndromes group, and 14.96% for the developmental delay group. Mean level of destructive behavior during the final three FCT treatment probes was 0.87% for the ASD group, 1.19% for the genetic syndromes group, and 0.31% for the developmental delay group. Mean reduction of destructive behavior was 93% for the ASD group, 90.1% for the genetic syndromes group, and 97.9% for the developmental delay group. These results are discussed relative to the benefits of matching treatment to function rather than to diagnosis.
 
89. Assessment of Topographies of Manding During Functional Communication Training.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KATHLEEN MACDONALD (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: In this investigation a functional analysis was conducted across two settings for a young child with Smith-Magenis Syndrome. Following the functional analysis a mand analysis across three modalities (sign, microswitch, and picture card) was conducted during functional communication training. Interobserver agreement data were collected for over 30% of sessions and an index of over 80% was achieved. Results of the mand analysis showed that all three modes were effective in decreasing problem behavior. Given a choice the microswitch was selected over the picture card and sign. Results will be discussed in terms of preference for mands as it relates to history of reinforcement and response effort.
 
90. Evaluating Changes in Child and Parent Behavior During Functional Communication Training.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JAYME MEWS (The University of Iowa), Jay W. Harding (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), John F. Lee (The University of Iowa), James A. Hall (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate child and parent behavior during functional communication training (FCT). The participants were (a) 3 preschool-aged children with developmental disabilities who displayed destructive behavior and (b) their mothers. All assessment and FCT procedures were conducted by the children’s parents in their homes. Baseline and FCT conditions were evaluated within a reversal design. Inter-rater agreement was assessed across 30% of all sessions and averaged 97%. Baseline probes were conducted to measure the occurrence of escape-maintained destructive behavior. During this phase, the children were presented with a task every 30 seconds and destructive behavior was placed on extinction. During the FCT phase, the children were trained to comply with parent instructions and to request a break from tasks. Results showed that FCT was effective in decreasing destructive behavior across participants. Reductions in the children’s destructive behavior during FCT were correlated with reductions in negative parent behavior (e.g., reprimands). Overall, the parents demonstrated high and stable levels of positive behavior (e.g., praise) during baseline and FCT conditions. Results will be discussed with respect to parent and child interactions during FCT.
 
91. Evaluation of Maintenance During Functional Communication Training.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JAY W. HARDING (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), John F. Lee (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) has been shown to reduce destructive behavior via the contingent reinforcement of alternative communicative responses. We enrolled 22 children in a federally funded research project to investigate variables related to maintenance during FCT. Participants were young children, aged less than 6 years, with developmental disabilities, who displayed destructive behavior. All procedures were conducted by the children’s parents in their homes. IOA was assessed for 30% of sessions and averaged over 90%. During Phase 1, we conducted a functional analysis within a multielement design to identify participants whose destructive behavior was maintained by negative reinforcement. In Phase 2, we conducted baseline extinction probes. During Phase 3 (FCT), parents taught their children to comply with task requests and to mand for breaks. FCT and baseline conditions were repeated within a reversal design. During Phase 4, we manipulated the establishing operations and discriminative stimuli associated with 5 children’s FCT programs. These changes included increasing time in work, providing novel work tasks, and removing cues to mand. Results showed that these children maintained low levels of destructive behavior and high levels of task completion and continued to mand for reinforcement.
 
92. Investigating the Efficacy of the Picture Exchange Communication System in Older Adults with Developmental Disabilities.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KAREN STONE (Southern Illinois University), Rocio Rosales (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The intention of this study was to evaluate the application of the Picture Exchange Communication System and to examine its efficacy in developing the functional communication skills in three elderly individuals with developmental disabilities. Specifically, changes in eye contact and vocalizations made were examined over the course of PECS training, along with training time and percentage correct during training trial blocks. Results indicated two of the three participants were not able to meet criteria for Phase 3 (discrimination training) of PECS successfully. Identity matching assessments were then conducted which indicated that both participants lacked basic discrimination skills, which provided a hypothesis of why these two participants experienced difficulty in meeting the criteria for Phase 3 of PECS training. Moreover, this study provided a basis for further examination of the relationship between the necessity of prerequisite discrimination skills and successful PECS acquisition.
 
93. Assessment of Client Preference for Mode of Communication.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
DAVID M. WILSON (AdvoServ), Cheryl L. Ecott (AdvoServ), Sally Rader (AdvoServ of New Jersey), Tabitha Reed (AdvoServ of New Jersey), Cristina Ferlauto (AdvoServ of New Jersey)
Abstract: A client’s right to participate in their treatment planning, or choose among treatment alternatives, is an important consideration for behavior analysts. However, developmentally disabled individuals with speech and language deficits are often unable to communicate treatment preferences. Hanley, Piazza, Fisher, Contrucci, and Maglieri (1997) described a procedure during which clients selected among multiple treatment alternatives to reduce their destructive behavior. We used a similar procedure during which participants were presented with multiple communication alternatives (e.g., picture card vs. sign language) during a choice-assessment. Preference for a specific mode of communication was evaluated by comparing the relative levels of selection responses during the choice assessment. Preference for a mode of communication varied across participants. The results are discussed in terms client preference for a mode of communication, client participation in treatment planning, and assessing social validity.
 
94. Simplified Habit Reversal for Stuttering.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MARK ADAMS (BEST Consulting, Inc.), Kathryne Balch (BEST Consulting, Inc.)
Abstract: A simplified Habit Reversal procedure was utilized to treat stuttering for a 16 year-old male. Treatment consisted of Awareness Training and a Competing Response reported in extant literature as incompatible with stuttering. During Awareness Training the subject simply needed to identify instances of stuttering. During the Competing Response training, diaphragm breathing and control of air flow during exhale were practiced. Rate of speech and rate of stuttering were analyzed during a reading condition and a conversation condition. Treatment involved reading and conversation periods in which the therapist had the subject stop and practice the competing response after each instance of stuttering. Rate of speech and rate of stuttering during baseline, three treatment sessions and follow-up will be presented.
 
 
 
Poster Session #208
#210 Poster Session (EAB)
Sunday, May 25, 2008
12:00 PM–1:30 PM
South Exhibit Hall
95. Sequential Effects During Assessment of Delay Discounting: Ascending vs. Descending Amounts of Immediately Available Cash.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ELIAS ROBLES (Arizona State University), Perla A. Vargas (Arizona State University)
Abstract: Procedural variants in estimating delay discounting (DD) have been shown to yield significant within-subject differences in estimated degree of delay discounting as well as variations in the patterns of choice. This study evaluated, within-subjects, the effect of order of presentation of the immediate rewards in a delay- discounting task. Participants (n = 75) were assessed with two computerized DD tasks. The tasks differed on the order of presentation of the immediately available rewards. Greater mean area under the curve (AUC) was estimated when the descending sequence was used. The most frequent location for the longest reaction time in each delay value series was the indifference point trial. Subjects tended to switch early when the amount of the immediately available reward decreased with every trial, and to switch later when the amount of the immediately available reward increased from trial to trial, thus yielding significantly different amounts of estimated delay discounting. It is possible, that the observed differences may reflect framing effects since the differences are very consistent and do not appear to be related to a reduction in the number of trials, task duration, or subject self-reported level of difficulty or interest.
 
96. Measuring the Auditory Abilities of Brushtail Possums (Trichosurus vulpecula).
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MIZUHO OSUGI (The University of Waikato, New Zealand), William Temple (The University of Waikato, New Zealand), Therese Mary Foster (The University of Waikato, New Zealand)
Abstract: Brushtail possums (Trichosurus vulpecula) are omnivores and are a major pest both in indigenous forests and to agriculture in New Zealand, however, little is known of their sensory abilities. There is only one behavioral study examining their auditory ability. This used a two-response conditional discrimination procedure in which the response was a lever press and correct detection of the presence or absence of the tone gained access to food. This study examined possums’ ability to detect 880 Hz tones at various intensities, using a modified tracking procedure, and found that they could just detect this frequency at 36 dB (A). The present study used the same procedure to investigate their ability to detect tones of higher and lower frequencies than 880 Hz. Eight possums were initially trained to perform the conditioned discrimination with an 880 Hz tone at 80 dB (A). Tones of 2000, 4000, 6000 and 10,000 Hz were then used. Initial data shows very similar performance as intensity decreased for all these tones with detection thresholds at around 30 to 40 dB (A) for which no consistent trend across tones. Further results of the study will be presented and discussed.
 
97. EAHB SIG 2008 Student Paper Competition Winner: Establishing Concepts of Inferential Statistics and Hypothesis Decision Making Through Contextually-Controlled Equivalence Classes.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DANIEL MARK FIENUP (Illinois State University), Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University)
Abstract: This study examines the acquisition of concepts related to inferential statistics and hypothesis decision making. Stimulus equivalence methodology was employed through three instructional lessons. The first lesson taught participants basic responding to inferential statistics information. The second lesson taught participants to make decisions about hypotheses (e.g., reject, fail to reject) based on one’s predictions and direction of results. The third lesson taught participants the conditional influence of inferential statistics information over decisions regarding the scientific and null hypotheses. Following all training, extended test batteries were given to assess whether the contextual control, established in Lesson 3, transferred to other stimuli. In total, participants were explicitly taught 40 relations which resulted in the emergence of 144 relations. This study demonstrates the efficiency of employing stimulus equivalence methodology in the acquisition of higher level concept learning.
 
98. Undermatching and Overmatching in a Choice Situation with Variable Changeover Requirements.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ÁNGEL JIMÉNEZ (University of Guadelajara), Carlos F. Aparicio (University of Guadalajara)
Abstract: When choice reaches steady state, sensitivity to reinforcement increases with increasing changeover requirements. This study assessed with rats the generality of this finding in a situation where choice did not reach stability. Two concurrent schedules of variable interval arranged reinforcers on average every 12 seconds contingent to the behavior of lever pressing. In order to simulate a variable environment, every session programmed five components that required 1, 4, 8, 16, or 32 responses to switch from one lever to the other. In sessions that ended after the delivery of 50 reinforcers, the components occurred in random order and without replacement. Every component delivered 10 reinforcers and ended with a 1 min blackout. One of seven reinforcer ratios (27:1, 9:1, 3:1, 1:1, 1:3, 1:9, and 1:27) were used every 21 sessions. Response and visit time distributions adjusted to the changes in reinforcer distributions. The slope of the generalized matching equation estimated with responses increased with increasing changeover requirements. Sensitivity estimated with visit times showed a bimodal function. The implications that these findings have for a molar model of choice are discussed.
 
99. Shot Selection as Operant Choice: Do Individual NBA Players Obey the Matching Law?
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER L. HITT (Illinois State University), Larry Alferink (Illinois State University), Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University)
Abstract: Several previous studies have found that the ratio of two-point to three-point shots taken by basketball players tracks the ratio of shots made in a way that is consistent with the matching law. All previous analyses, however, have aggregated data from several individuals, whereas the matching law is a statement about how INDIVIDUAL behavior relates to its consequences. We describe attempts to analyze archival data of individual National Basketball Association players using the matching law and show that questions may be raised about the extent to which the "reinforcement-matching" that has been described at the aggregate level accurately portrays shot selection by individual players.
 
100. Delay Discounting of Money, Gift Certificate for Food and Food.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ANA AMELIA L. BAUMANN NEVES (Utah State University), Wesley P. Thomas (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Delay discounting determines how the value of the outcome is affected by the delay to its receipt. Research to date has shown that consumable outcomes (e.g., alcohol) are discounted more steeply than the non-consumable outcome money. We have been investigating the generality of this effect by comparing discounting of food (directly consumed), and money (not consumed but exchanged for other things) with other commodities. Our previous study showed that food and gasoline are both discounted more steeply than money. In the present study, we investigated whether the discounting curves would differ for food, gift certificates for food, and money. Human participants completed a computer-based titration procedure to estimate the degree of discounting for hypothetical outcomes at seven different delays. Each participant completed the assessment for all three outcomes separately. The data indicate that the degree of discounting for food is larger than the degree of discounting for gift certificates for food. The degree of discounting for gift certificates was similar to that of money. These results suggest that discounting may be affected by the degree of consumability and exchangeability of the outcomes.
 
101. Choice, Preference and Self-Determination in Mentally Retarded Adults.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
A. CELSO GOYOS (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Giovana Escobal (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Rubens Andreolli (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract: Choice was investigated with and without environmental work support. Also, work performance was assessed as a function of conditions chosen. Four mentally retarded adults learned a work task with and without environmental work support. The environmental support displayed containers to place its different components and was designed to provide immediate feedback, to increase or maintain the rate of work response and to prevent errors during the task routine. Following initial training the subjects worked individually either under multiple schedules or under concurrent-chain schedules according to a multiple-element design. When the multiple schedules condition was on, the components were either presence or absence of environment support, quasi-randomly distributed. In the concurrent-chain schedules condition it was used a FR-1, on the first link, and either one of the presence-absence of environmental support condition, on the second link. Results showed that when choice opportunities were given, the work support condition was chosen more often and time spent to task completion and average number of errors performing the task decreased. The results also suggested that the environmental work support yielded greater control over work and the opportunity to make choices engendered more motivation and work independence in the participants.
 
102. Extinction Following Schedules of Continuous, Intermittent and Non-Contingent Reinforcement.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
RYAN J. BRACKNEY (University of North Texas), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College)
Abstract: It has been suggested that extinction proceeds more rapidly if preceded by a history of continuous reinforcement than if preceded by a history of intermittent reinforcement. Laboratory investigations of this phenomenon, however, have yielded contrary findings. The data from some studies have shown an interpolation effect— interpolating a history of continuous reinforcement has produced more rapid extinction. Other studies, however, have failed to document such effects and still others have actually shown that the pace of extinction was retarded relative to conditions in which there was no interpolation of a CRF history. The current study sought to investigate this issue by (1) establishing robust key pecking in pigeons, (2) maintaining it on a moderate-value intermittent schedule of reinforcement, and (3) measuring the extent of and delay to extinction following interpolation of CRF or non-contingent food delivery conditions. The results from this study have the potential to inform the use of extinction with high frequency problem behavior.
 
103. Immediate Post-Session Feeding Reduces Progressive Ratio Breakpoints.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JOHN R. SMETHELLS (Central Michigan University), Jennifer Andrews (Central Michigan University), Andrew T. Fox (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: Two experiments investigated the effects of post-session feeding on progressive ratio break points in rats. Across conditions of the experiments, post-session feeding was either provided immediately following the session or delayed t minutes following the session. Break points, the last ratio completed prior to a 5 m pause in responding, were lower during immediate post-session feeding, both when deprivation levels were controlled with regard to body weight (Experiment 1) or time elapsed since the previous meal (Experiment 2). These findings support those of Bacotti (1976) who showed that post-session feeding decreased variable-interval response rates. Post- session feeding times should be reported and carefully controlled to ensure the consistency of a food reinforcer’s efficacy.
 
104. Controlling Eating Behavior in Rats with Periods of Access and No-Access to Food over 24 Hours.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
FELIPE RESENDIZ DIAZ (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico of Mexico), Carlos A. Bruner (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico of Mexico)
Abstract: In a prior study we analyzed the daily eating patterns of rats with unrestricted access to food and water. Using the method of survivor analysis, eating was described as bouts of a given duration and periods between bouts. The present study investigated the effects of deliberately controlling the durations of both the eating periods and the inter eating periods over 24 hours. Given that the eating periods were signaled, these manipulations can be seen as a Multiple Fixed Ratio 1 EXT schedule of reinforcement of unusually long component durations. The duration of the EXT components was either 45, 180 or 720 min and the duration of the reinforcement component was either 2.5, 10 or 40 min. The dependent variable was the rate of lever pressing for food during the reinforcement components. Three rats were assigned to each combination of the variables. Combinations of 80 minreplicated the normal daily-eating time seen in the previous study. The results showed that 80-minute variable combinations that deviated from the normal eating pattern controlled either higher or lower response rates. Also, that combinations that produced a scarcity of food yielded higher rates than combinations that yielded an abundance of food. The best prediction of responding-for-food rates was component- duration interactions in the form of relative-time effects.
 
105. Behavioral Economics: Hens’ Demand for Food Over Different Length Sessions.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
THERESE MARY FOSTER (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Jennifer M. Kinloch (University of Waikato, New Zealand), William Temple (University of Waikato, New Zealand)
Abstract: Controlling the degree to which an animal’s food requirement is provided in an experimental session can involve varying session length and such covariation may confound interpretation of the results of such studies. In this study hens responded under fixed ratio schedules and session lengths of 2 hr, 1 hr, 40 min, and 10 min. In each condition the fixed ratio requirement started at 1 and was doubled each session until a hen received no reinforcers in a session. The fixed ratio was then set at 20 for that hen for the remainder of the condition. The condition ended when all hens had completed that fixed ratio series. There were at least two conditions with each session length. Comparison of the data under the fixed ratios for the same length periods of the different length sessions showed that response patterns in shorter sessions were similar to those over the same period of time of a longer session. A demand analysis also showed similar functions over similar periods of all length sessions but also showed that demand became increasingly more inelastic over the smaller fixed ratios as data from longer periods of the session were included.
 
106. The Dynamics of Stimulus Bias.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DANIEL LEE HUTCHISON (Jacksonville State University), William L. Palya (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract: Pigeons were exposed to a multiple VI / extinction procedure. Different groups of pigeons were trained with VI stimuli of either red, green, or blue. The extinction portion of the multiple schedule was in the presence of either a white key light or darkness. This resulted in 6 different groups. A seventh group received a white S+ and a dark S-. Phase 2 implemented a VI with 6 s each of 11 different hues. The key was continuously illuminated and the stimuli were randomly presented and independent of the reinforcement contingency. In general prior exposure to a stimulus as an S+ resulted in higher rates to that stimulus for a short period. The data showed that the bias tended to be stronger in the condition with white as S- rather than a dark key. Responding to each color became more similar with increasing experience.
 
107. Transfer of "Good" and "Bad" Functions Within Stimulus Equivalence Classes.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JESSICA A. MADRIGAL-BAUGUSS (University of North Texas), Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas)
Abstract: This study compared results of two between-subject experiments that tested transfer of function in stimulus equivalence-based classes in a task dissimilar to (in Experiment 1) and similar to (in Experiment 2) the task that trained the original conditional discriminations among class members. Seven undergraduate and 4 graduate students from UNT participated in return for monetary compensation. The first two phases in each experiment were identical. Phase 1 presented a conditional discrimination task to establish three 4-member stimulus equivalence classes. Phase 2 presented a successive discrimination task that awarded money on a VR20 schedule for responding to a stimulus of equivalence class 1 and subtracted money on a FR5 schedule for responding to a stimulus of equivalence class 2. In Experiment 1, Phase 3 involved a simple simultaneous discrimination task to assess preference between classes. In Experiment 2, Phase 3 involved a successive discrimination task to assess response rates to each class. Participants in Experiment 2 demonstrated consistent transfer of function, whereas participants in Experiment 1 did not. Results are discussed in terms of how task similarity may function as a type of contextual control when there is limited experience with the task.
 
108. Reducing Smoking in College Students Using a Percentile Schedule with Fixed-Value Voucher Reinforcement: A Feasibility Study.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
J. PHILIP ERB (James Madison University), Kristin A. Kiel (James Madison University), Brantley P. Jarvis (James Madison University), Jessica Greta Marie Irons (James Madison University)
Abstract: Contingency management (CM) programs have been demonstrated effective for reducing smoking in a number of populations including college students. However, within each of those populations, there is a subset of individuals that fail to demonstrate the abstinence criteria specified by the contingency and thus fail to earn the programmed reinforcers and ultimately experience success. One reason for this may be that that abstinence criterion is too difficult to achieve. Percentile schedules alleviate this problem by basing the criterion level of behavior required for each reinforcer on recent samples of that given individual’s behavior, thereby increasing the probability of the individual contacting the contingency. Research has shown that percentile schedules are effective in reducing smoking when used in combination with escalating-value reinforcers. The current study was designed to evaluate the effectiveness of a CM program using a percentile schedule with fixed-value reinforcers in a college student population. To the extent that participants’ smoking is reduced, the effectiveness of this procedure in this context is supported. In addition, to the extent fixed as opposed to escalating values of reinforcement are effective, these data have important implications for increasing the cost-effectiveness of CM procedures.
 
109. DRL Responding Across a Changing Photoperiod in Migratory White-crowned Sparrows.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ELLIOTT M. PALETZ (University of Wisconsin, Madison), William H. Obermeyer (University of Wisconsin, Madison), Ruth M. Benca (University of Wisconsin, Madison)
Abstract: In the wild, migratory birds increase their locomotor activity during biannual migrations. Smaller species, like the sparrow, are easy to maintain in the laboratory, and if the photoperiod is repeatedly adjusted to simulate ecological conditions, the birds will engage in stationary flight within their cages, roughly at times when they would normally migrate in the wild. In previous studies using fixed and progressive ratios, white-crowned sparrows increased their response rates in close temporal proximity to observed increases in home-cage activity. In the present experiment, white-crowned sparrows (Z.l. gambelii) were exposed to a differential reinforcement of low rate (DRL 20-s) schedule of reinforcement to determine if generalized increases in activity perturb relatively low baseline rates of responding. The birds were captured in California, housed one per cage in the laboratory, and provided with ad libitum access to food and water. After several months, the experiment began. Three hours prior to each session, food was removed from the home cage. During times when the birds became increasingly active, they increased their response rates despite concomitant decrements in reinforcement. Results are discussed within the context of endogenous pharmacological effects on behavior as well as difficulties in maintaining establishing operations within a migratory species.
 
110. Rapid Acquisition of Bias in Signal Detection.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BLAKE A. HUTSELL (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale)
Abstract: Four rats were trained to discriminate two sample stimuli (2 or 8 s houselight presentations). The arranged reinforcer ratio for correct responses varied from session to session according to a 31-step pseudorandom binary sequence. Data were analyzed according to the detection model of Davison and Tustin (1978). Analyses showed an overall asymmetry in performance across the two sample stimuli. Both sensitivity to reinforcement and discriminability were higher for each subject in the presence of the shorter duration stimulus. Bias (log b) tracked the random changes in obtained reinforcer ratio and discriminability (log d) was relatively constant across sessions. The detection model was extended to quantify the contribution of current and previous sessions' reinforcer ratio to current session sensitivity to reinforcement. Similar to findings using concurrent schedules, sensitivity to reinforcement was highest in the current session, however effects of previous sessions were evident.
 
111. Size Transposition with Two Training Pairs in Pigeons.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
NAOYA KUBO (Komazawa University), Koichi Ono (Komazawa University)
Abstract: The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether size transposition would take place when pigeons were trained by two pairs of stimuli. Pigeons discriminated two pairs of triangles: 1-3, 4-6 (1 was smallest stimulus, 6 was largest ). S+ stimuli for 2 pigeons were smaller triangle; S+ for other pigeons were larger triangle. In Test 1, four pairs were presented; two pairs of test stimuli with same history(1-4,3-6), a pair of novel stimuli (2-5), and a pair of combined stimulus with S+ history and novel stimulus (2-4 or 3-5). In Test 2, to examine whether the functions acquired in training were replicated by the stimuli pairs including the stimulus used in training, four pairs were presented; 1–6, 2–6, 1–5 and 3–5 or 2–4. As a result of the experiment, pigeons nearly responded to relative rather than absolute size showing transposition partially. And the function of the training stimuli were maintained in Test 2.
 
112. Delay Discounting Research with Problematic Sexual Behavior in Human Subjects.
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JESSE M. CROSBY (Utah State University), Mike P. Twohig (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University), Jeffrey W. Allen (Utah State University)
Abstract: Delay discounting refers to decreases in the value of a reinforcer as a function of the temporal delay of that reinforcer. This decrease in value manifests as a decrease in the effectiveness of the reinforcer on behavior. It can be measured for an individual and described as a hyperbolic function—the steepness of which indicates the level of impulsivity in the individual. Research with delay discounting has identified significant differences in impulsivity between experimental and control groups in substance use and gambling populations. Problematic sexual behavior (i.e., addictive viewing of pornography or compulsive masturbation) has been conceptualized as addictive, compulsive, or impulsive behavior. This study will use delay discounting as a measure of impulsivity with this population and report comparisons with controls and correlations with other measures related to problematic sexual behavior. Data will be collected from an undergraduate university population in an anonymous survey format.
 
113. Differences in Sustained Operant Variability Levels.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MICHAEL YOUNG (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale)
Abstract: Contingencies calling for variability at levels both above and below the baseline level elicited by the task were introduced. Participants pressed four-key responses on a computer keyboard in one of four contingency conditions: a high-variability lag 50 contingency (L50-0), a lag 50 contingency combined with a within sequence variability requirement (L50-2), a low-variability lag 1contingency (L1-0) and a lag 1 contingency combined with a within sequence requirement (L1-2). Between-sequence entropy and within-sequence entropy were measured. Within-sequence entropy was increased relative to baseline in the L50-2 and L1-2 conditions, between-sequence entropy increased in the L50-0 and L50-2 conditions and between-sequence entropy decreased in the both L1-0 and L1-2 conditions. Decreases in between-sequence entropy and increases in within-sequence entropy during the contingency were partially sustained in extinction, while increases in between-sequence variability were not sustained. Both types of variability contingency seemed to bring the type of variability they addressed under the control of the contingency while they were in effect, but they had differential effects on sustained variability in extinction.
 
114. Social Learning in Flocks of Pigeons: Effects of Density Population.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ROSALVA CABRERA (FES Iztacala - National University of Mexico), Abel Javier Zamora (FES Iztacala-National University of Mexico), Martha Elisa Lopez (FES Iztacala-National University of Mexico)
Abstract: In Experiment 1, the acquisition of novel responses by observers was evaluated in flocks of naïve pigeons which were composed by few or a lot of members; in Experiment 2, the acquisition of novel responses by observers was evaluated when they were exposed to one or many trained demonstrators. In both experiments were evaluated the strategies developed by the members of flocks. In the experimental situation, the trained demonstrator(s) perform the response of piercing seals to obtain mixed grain to flocks of naïve subjects. In Experiment 1, the number of observers by group was varied (4, 8, or 12 observers) by flock. In Experiment 2, the number of demonstrators presented to a flock was varied (1, 2, or 4 demonstrators). The data show that the acquisition of the response by observers was an inverse function of the number of observers in the flock (Experiment 1) and of the number of trained demonstrators modeling the response. In both experiments, the index of scrounging and competition in the flocks increased with the number of members in each flock. On one hand, a fine analysis of data show that the observation of response-food relation by the observers is crucial to learning by observation. On the other hand, the strategies developed by members of flocks can interfere with the performance of a modeled response.
 
115. Right Versus Wrong Feedback in Second-Order Matching-to-Sample I: The Case of Instructional Stimuli.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARIO SERRANO (Universidad de Guadaljara), Emilio Ribes Iñesta (Universidad de Guadalajara), Gustavo Garcia (Universidad FrancoMexicana-Satelite)
Abstract: Three groups of college students were exposed to an instructional second-order matching-to-sample task and intramodal, extramodal, and extradimensional transfer tests. Instructional second-order stimuli consisted in pairs of geometric shapes that visually modeled the ongoing matching relation in each trial. For different groups, only right, only wrong or both right and wrong matching responses produced the correlated feedback during the training. Percentage of correct responses in both training and transfer tests were higher for the participants exposed to the procedure in which only wrong matching responses produced feedback, while no difference between the other two groups was observed. Results are discussed in relation to previous experiments in which feedback for both right and wrong matching responses was scheduled in either intermittent or delayed fashion.
 
116. The Schedule-Induced Drinking Procedure Does Not Generate Excessive Water Intake.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ALICIA ROCA (National University of Mexico), Carlos A. Bruner (National University of Mexico)
Abstract: The schedule-induced drinking (SID) procedure involves depriving rats of food and delivering food at intervals. Two experiments were conducted to determine the role of both operations in the occurrence of SID. In Experiment 1, three rats at 80% of their ad lib weight lived in the experimental chambers. During the first condition, three 1-hour SID sessions were intruded into each 24-hour period. On each session food pellets were delivered on a 180-s fixed-time schedule in order to complete 1, 3, or 8 gs. During the second and the third conditions, the food was delivered altogether at the beginning of each session or at the beginning of each 24- hour period. Under spaced food delivery, drinking occurred within the sessions, and was proportional to meal size. Water intake remained constant during the three conditions. In Experiment 2, the fixed-time schedule was reinstated and rats were kept at 100% or 70% of their ad lib weight in successive conditions. Increasing food deprivation controlled increases in water intake during the sessions, accompanied by decreases outside the sessions. These data show that spaced food delivery and food deprivation do not generate excessive drinking, but rather redistribute total daily water intake.
 
 
 
Poster Session #209
#211 Poster Session (EDC)
Sunday, May 25, 2008
12:00 PM–1:30 PM
South Exhibit Hall
117. Using Direct Instruction Curricula in the Home to Teach Reading Comprehension to a 12-Year-Old Student with Cerebral Palsy.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
THOMAS FORD MCLAUGHLIN (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University), Anna Owens (Gonzaga University), Amy Violette (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of Direct Instruction curricula for teaching reading comprehension skills. The participant was a 12-year-old girl who was enrolled in the seventh grade at a public middle school in the Pacific Northwest. She had been unable to pass her high stakes testing (WASL) in the sixth grade. Each session began by asking 12 systematically random comprehension questions from the lessons of Corrective Reading Comprehension Skills Book B1 and these served as the major dependent variable. The results indicated an increase number of correct reading comprehensions when Direct Instruction materials and procedures were employed. The use of Direct Instruction was cost effective, required little training to correctly implement, and was time efficient. The participant enjoyed the procedures and felt very proud of her improvements in reading.
 
118. An Investigation of Aloud Reading Comprehension Rate.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ANDREA D. HALE (Eastern Kentucky University), Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati), Larissa Shoemaker (Eastern Kentucky University), Morgan Taylor (Eastern Kentucky University), LaRoy Moore (Eastern Kentucky University), Michelle Shouse (Eastern Kentucky University)
Abstract: The current study is designed to investigate reading assessment methods. Reading assessment has become an area of great research interest because many students in the public school system are not reading at an appropriate grade level. Progress monitoring of student reading skills has also become an area of interest because research indicates that frequent progress monitoring of students’ academic skills leads to greater improvement in those skills than the absence of progress monitoring. In order to progress monitor students effectively educators must have valid and reliable assessment tools that are time efficient to administer. Aloud reading comprehension is assessed under two conditions (Maze and comprehension questions). MAZE passages assess comprehension while the student reads by including three options for certain words. The student is directed to circle the option that makes the most sense in the paragraph. The comprehension question passages assess comprehension after the student finishes reading the passage. The students are given ten multiple-choice questions and asked to select the correct answer. This study is designed to compare comprehension and comprehension rate under each condition with two criterion measures (WCPM and the BRC Score from the WJ-III ACH). Significant differences and correlations will be reported.
 
119. Evaluating Direct Instruction on Beginning Reading Skills of Two Preschool Children.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
RANDY LEE WILLIAMS (Gonzaga University), Greg McGrath (Gonzaga University), Karlene Nechanicky (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of Direct Instruction's Teach Your Child to Read in 100 Easy Lessons on the beginning reading skills of two preschool children. The change agent was the father of the two children and the study was completed in the home. The 100 Easy Lessons is a phonetic approach to teaching reading which is phonetically-based, highly sequenced, structured, and scripted. A multiple baseline design across three sets of words was implemented. A clear functional relationship was shown between the use of Direct Instruction and mastery of words. The 100 Easy Lessons was practical in terms of time, money, and effort. Clearly, parents can effectively teach their own children to read using 100 Easy Lessons.
 
120. The Effects of a Self-Questioning Intervention on the Reading Comprehension of High School Seniors with Learning Disabilities.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
TIMOTHY CRABTREE (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: A multiple baseline across students design was used to examine the effects of a self-questioning intervention on the reading comprehension of three high school students with learning disabilities. Reading comprehension was measured by immediate recall accuracy of the key story elements and a 10-item reading comprehension quiz. The students were taught to use a self-recording form that prompted them to write the answers to five questions at three pre-determined stops during the story. Results demonstrated a functional relation of the self-questioning strategy on increased reading comprehension for all three students. Additionally, all three students maintained their use of the reading comprehension strategy.
 
121. The Effect of Hidden and Not-Hidden Flashcard Placement on the Acquisition of Sight Words.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MARK D. SHRIVER (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brooke Lamp (University of Nebraska at Omaha), Valerie J. Gortmaker (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Lisa Kelly-Vance (University of Nebraska at Omaha)
Abstract: This study examines a simple procedural difference that may affect the acquisition of stimulus control of sight words. This study examined differential outcomes in the acquisition of sight words during a flashcard drill procedure when the flashcards were hidden from the student prior to and after presentation during instruction compared to when the flashcards were present face down in two piles (known and unknown) on the table prior to and after presentation during instruction. Three students, all age 7, referred for reading difficulties participated in the study. An alternating treatments design was used in which hidden and not-hidden trials of a folding-in flashcard intervention were presented. A multiple baseline design across sight word lists was also applied. Outcome measures included percent of sight words learned, correct words read per minute in passage containing sight words, sight word list, and accurate identification of sight words in a passage. Results suggest better acquisition of sight words during not-hidden trials of intervention, and mixed results for maintenance over time of sight words subsequent to hidden trials of intervention. Inter-rater agreement and treatment integrity data were collected and computed at 100% for each. Implications for practice and future research are provided.
 
122. Combining Direct Instruction and the Georgia State University Reading Program in Kindergarten Through Second Grade.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA D. FREDRICK (Georgia State University), Amy C. Scarborough (Georgia State University), Alice Nanda (Georgia State University), Daphne Greenberg (Georgia State University)
Abstract: Early reading instruction is essential for becoming a competent reader and succeeding in school. We implemented Direct Instruction reading and language programs along with reading strategies from the Georgia State University (GSU) Reading Program. Our participants included students in kindergarten through second grade who were at risk for school failure and who were attending an urban elementary school. Kindergarten children initially received instruction in Language for Learning before receiving instruction in Reading Mastery. Students in Grades One and Two received instruction in Reading Mastery along with the GSU Reading Program. Students were administered the Elision subtest of the Comprehensive Test of Phonological Processing, the Word Attack and the Word Identification subtests of the Woodcock Reading Mastery Test, and a nonstandardized orthographic awareness assessment. Across all four assessments students who had two or three years of instruction scored significantly better (p < .05) than those students who had only one year of instruction. There were no significant differences between students who received three years of instruction compared to those who received two years of instruction. Direct Instruction coupled with the GSU Reading Program provides effective reading instruction for students in kindergarten through second grade.
 
123. Using the REWARDS Program to Improve the Reading Skills of a 10th Grader with ADHD.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTALL J. GRAHAM (The Ohio State University), Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University), Yi-Wei Hsin (Yu Da College of Business)
Abstract: Secondary students whose reading skills are significantly below their grade level are at increased for school failure. One concern for these students is their inability to read multisyllabic words. The fact is multisyllabic words tend to be the most content rich words in textbooks. Without intervention these students will have difficulty comprehending much of the information in their classes therefore diminishing their ability to be successful in school. This study used the REWARDS program to increase the reading skills of a 10th grade student with low reading ability. The entire REWARDS program was administered during summer tutoring sessions, which consisted of 3 days per week, an hour per day over the course of 7 weeks. The pre and post assessments utilized the Woodcock Diagnostic Reading Battery, the REWARDS Generalization Test, and an Oral Reading Fluency Measure. The data shows that the student made multiple years progress during the summer instruction. The assessments showed improved decoding, oral reading, and comprehension. Both the student and his parents felt that the instruction was effective in improving his reading ability.
 
124. The Effects of School-Wide Implementation of DI Reading Versus a Balanced Reading Approach.
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
MICHAEL C. LAMBERT (Western Washington University), Leanne Robinson (Western Washington University)
Abstract: This study examines the effects of two group comparison studies. Reading outcomes were evaluated for two school districts. Two reading approaches were used in this study. Schools used either a DI reading program or used the districts' approved ballence reading curriculum. The results of the four year implementation outcome data will be presented.
 
126. The Effects of Modeling and Fluency Contingency on Oral Reading Fluency.
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
GIZEM TATARER (University of Minnesota), Ellie C. Hartman (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: Factors such as lack of motivation, lack of practice, and lack of help have been demonstrated to be functionally related to poor oral reading performance in students (Daly et al., 1997). This study illustrates the effectiveness of a brief experimental analysis for testing hypotheses and identifying effective interventions for oral reading fluency. A brief experimental analysis (BEA) was conducted using a within-subject multielement design to assess variables related to two hypotheses related to a second grader’s poor oral reading fluency. A promising individualized intervention package was identified and implemented for 30 minutes each day, 3 days a week for 10 weeks. IOA was assessed during 47% of sessions. Mean agreement scores were 99%. Results demonstrated that oral reading fluency improved by over 35 words per minute, representing nearly a year’s growth in reading in just 10 weeks. Findings are discussed in terms of response-to-intervention and prescriptive assessment of academic performance.
 
127. Effect of Fluency Training for Elementary Students on Retention, Endurance, and Application of Kanji Reading.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
WATARU NODA (Kwansei Gakuin University), Junko Tanaka-Matsumi (Kwansei Gakuin University)
Abstract: The present study examined the effect of fluency training for two elementary school students on fluent performance of Japanese Kanji reading. In Experiment 1, we compared the effect of fluency training with that of accuracy-only training on retention, endurance, and application of Kanji reading. We taught a fifth grade student in a special education class individually to read aloud Kanji words which were third grade level. In fluency training, we used a timed practice procedure, while in accuracy-only training, we used a discrete trial procedure. We controlled the number of instructional trials for the accuracy-only training by a yoked procedure. Results showed that the student demonstrated better application of reading Kanji words embedded in a sentence after fluency training than after accuracy-only training. In Experiment 2, a fourth grade student enrolled in regular class received fluency training using timed practice until he could read aloud Kanji words with 100% accuracy and then built high frequency. He also learned other Kanji words in acquisition training until he could read them aloud with 100% accuracy. In this case, results indicated that there were no differences between the fluency training condition and the acquisition training condition in retention, endurance, and application.
 
128. Computerized Instruction and Curriculum Steps to Facilitate Mathematics Facts Fluency.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER L. WILSON (Central Michigan University), Sara Jean Doty (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: The purpose of this poster presentation is to describe results from a study that examined the effects of a direct instruction computerized math facts program. It was hypothesized that the use of curriculum steps and fact fluency would lead to better acquisition, automaticity, and retention of math facts. The importance of basic math fact memorization will be described as well as what to consider when using flashcards to facilitate memorization. The poster will teach participants how to use a computer-assisted instructional flashcard program to create individualized intervention plans for students who are having difficulties acquiring and retaining basic math facts.
 
129. Using Repeated Practice and Error Correction Procedures Combined with Precision Teaching Measurement Approaches to Improve the math Calculation Fluency of Middle School Students with Emotional and...
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTI A. OSKAR-GROEN (The University of South Dakota), William J. Sweeney (The University of South Dakota)
Abstract: The purpose of this research demonstration project was to document the importance and effectiveness of a repeated practice procedures combined with Precision Teaching measurement approaches for assisting middle school students who were diagnosed and enrolled in special education programs for students with emotional and behavior disorders and exhibited deficits in basic math skills to improve their overall fluency in math calculations. Few research studies focus on building math fluency skills, especially of middle school students, and fewer yet combine Precision Teaching measurement approaches in the evaluation and effectiveness of math fluency approaches. Besides the combination of Precision Teaching measurement methodologies to evaluate the relative effectiveness of these intervention procedures, few studies set out with the intent to document generalization and maintenance effect of these types of repeated practice procedures with students with emotional and behavioral disorders. Students were selected from the special education program based upon identified math deficits and the need to improve their speed and accuracy of math calculations to assure that they were able to progress to more complex math related concepts. Students from these special education classes worked on a one-on-one or in small groups of 2 to 3 students with a trained and highly qualified special education teacher. This special education teacher used a combined one-minute repeated practice procedure with error correction as well as Precision Teaching evaluation approaches to document the students’ progress at building oral math calculation fluency. Maintenance and generalization procedures were also implemented to document the generalization of math fluency across multiple math probes as well as the relative ability of the participants to maintain this math fluency performance 2, 4, and 6 weeks after the completion of the repeated practice and error correction procedures. The Standard Celeration Chart and the student’s daily performance were then evaluated at the conclusion of each repeated practice and error correction session. Implications and recommendations for use of these demonstration research activities for both students in general and special education settings are also discussed.
 
130. The Effects of a Fluency Building Activity and Culturally Specific Material on the ORF of At-Risk African American First Graders.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LENWOOD GIBSON (The Ohio State University), Gwendolyn Cartledge (The Ohio State University), Angella Harjani Singh (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: The National Reading Panel provides data on academic achievement of U.S. students. This "National report card" consistently indicates a large discrepancy in the reading achievement scores of African American and White students. The current gap in the latest report (2007) is over 25 points and has changed very little over the past 15 years. In light of these differences, efforts can be made to improve the academic performance of African American students. The use of fluency building procedures has proven effective for increasing oral reading fluency of at-risk readers. Although there has been advocacy for the use of culturally relevant material to teach culturally and linguistically diverse populations there is not much empirical research to support it. The current investigation is being conducted to examine the effects of a fluency building activity on the oral reading fluency and comprehension of first grade, African American males that are at risk for reading failure. This activity will consist of the following components: sight word recognition, modeled reading, guided practice with corrective feedback, and one-minute timed readings. To test if culturally specific (CS) reading material has any significant effect on the reading and comprehension of the participants, the fluency activity will alternate between CS stories and stories from a standard reading curriculum.
 
131. Tugmate: Increasing Sight Word Fluency through a Structured Flash Card Drill.
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
LINDSEY GUMPH (The University of Toledo), Sarah Lynne Eickholt (The University of Toledo), Amanda Kneice (The University of Toledo)
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to assess the effectiveness of a structured flashcard drill for sight word fluency with elementary school students. Three children with poor word recognition skills received Barbetta and Miller's (1991) Tugmate drill. This intervention involves frequent presentation and practice with unlearned words. Familiar, known words are included in order to insure frequent successes and to create momentum. Treatment integrity is measured through checklists completed by independent trained observers. It is projected that all three will increase their sight word fluency to targeted levels by the end of the intervention period.
 
132. A Comparison of Preferred Reading Fluency Interventions to Effective Reading Fluency Interventions as Demonstrated by Brief Experimental Analysis.
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
DEBBORAH EDA SMYTH (The May Institute/The University of Southern Mississippi), D. Joe Olmi (The University of Southern Mississippi)
Abstract: This research compared the effects of reading interventions based on student preference to reading interventions identified by brief experimental analysis as being the most effective. Following the brief experimental analysis the most preferred intervention was compared to the most effective intervention using an alternating treatment design. The extended analysis suggested no significant differences between the preferred intervention and the intervention demonstrated to be most effective in the brief experimental analysis. Discussion, limitations, and implications for further research are included.
 
133. Efficacy of a Reading Intervention Package with Retained Secondary Education Students.
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
TIFFANY DIANE CHANDLER (Mississippi State University), Jennifer S. Kazmerski (Mississippi State University), Richard Anthony Doggett (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: The purpose of this presentation is to evaluate the efficacy of Reading-to-Read, focusing on fluency and comprehension. The students were selected from a rural Southeastern school district experiencing difficulty in reading and were at least two grade levels behind. Empirical data will be presented for Reading-to-Read using a multiple baseline design. Fluency will be assessed via words correct per minute. Comprehension will be assessed via mazes and standard open-ended comprehension questions. Previous research has provided empirical support for Reading-to-Read indicating that the package is effective in increasing reading fluency and comprehension with elementary school populations. This study is extending previous research to examine whether students in secondary education will benefit from an intensive reading intervention package. Finally, the results, limitations, and implications for future research as well as practitioner use will be discussed.
 
134. Defining Quality Research in Education: Should ABA Weigh in on the National Dialogue?
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
BARBARA SCHIRMER (University of Detroit), Todd Schirmer (Rosalind Franklin University of Medicine and Science), Alison Schirmer Lockman (Rowland Hall, St. Mark's School)
Abstract: Given concerns about the quality of research in education and questions about what constitutes evidence for informing instructional practice, five professional organizations have developed standards for quality research in just the past five years. The purpose of our investigation was to compare standards for educational research developed by these five organizations. Our goal was to determine the extent to which the research qualities articulated in these five sets of standards overlap and, therefore, define quality research similarly. We examined the standards developed by the American Educational Research Association, Council for Exceptional Children’s Division for Research, Division 16 of the APA/Society for the Study of School Psychology, American Association for Colleges of Teacher Education, and What Works Clearinghouse of the Institute of Education Sciences. We found that the standards varied in addressing key research elements. Most addressed methodology, analysis, and results; few addressed theoretical framework, problem formation, significance, conclusions, and implications. It may be time for ABA to weigh in on this the dialogue, which could move the field forward in developing a set of standards that are broad and deep enough to cover the critical dimensions of quality research yet provide a manageable tool for researchers and practitioners.
 
135. Quality Evaluation in the Special Education Services.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
PATRICIA ANABEL PLANCARTE CANSINO (National University of Mexico UNAM), Patricia Ortega Silva (National University of Mexico UNAM), Hugo Romano Torres (National University of Mexico UNAM)
Abstract: The quality of health services provided to the community is considered essential in the attention offered to users. As a matter of fact, the main interest in this subject is to get health benefits and to satisfy the individual’s expectation. In a few words, the challenge is to develop mechanisms to improve quality to positively affect the society. The purpose of this research was to evaluate the services offered in a university institution and to identify the positive and negative factors to influence it’s implementation in accordance with a holistic point of view. Twenty-seven family mothers and 108 service givers (psychology students) were interviewed about different topics of the special education services awarded to the community. The data are analyzed and discussed in terms of the structure, processes, and results obtained in the implementation of special education services agreeing with the quality vision obtained by the users and the service givers.
 
136. Teaching Functional Writing Skills to Children with Minimal Speaker Repertoires: Differences in Academic and Social Repertoires.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTINA VERA MONTGOMERY (ABA Learning Solutions), Katie Baker (ABA Learning Solutions)
Abstract: This study tested the effects of teaching functional writing skills on the academic, social, conversational, and communication repertoires of three children between the ages of 6 and 8 diagnosed with autism, speech apraxia, full body dispraxia, and verbal dispraxia. A delayed multiple baseline design was used to test these effects. Prior to implementing the functional writing treatment package all students emitted low occurrences of independent speaker behavior, worked on pre-kindergarten and kindergarten level academic programs, had no conversational repertoires, and had low frequencies or zero occurrences of sequlics in their speaker repertoire. The functional writing treatment package included mastering the Sensible Pencil® writing curriculum (ATC Learning, 2005), Write from the Start ® perceptual-motor handwriting program (LDA, 2001), art skills, and an individualized functional writing program where students were required to use written mands and write directions for others to follow. The results showed that Students A and B learned grade level academic curriculum through reading and writing skills, engaged in conversational units with teachers and parents through writing skills, academic attending increased, and stereotypy decreased. Student C is not complete with the functional writing treatment package; however, current early data shows similar effects to Student A and B.
 
137. An Examination of the Effects of Two Formats of Review on Quiz Performance in a College Course.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
EDWARD D. PARKER (The Ohio State University), Judah B. Axe (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Decades of research demonstrate a positive relationship between the amount of time students spend actively responding to academic tasks and their subsequent achievement. Methods for increasing active student responses (ASR) include choral responding, guided notes, response cards, and written exercises. Using these methods has had positive effects on the learning of students of varying ages. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of two review formats using ASR on the quiz scores of university students taking a introduction to applied behavior analysis course. “Clickers” (an electronic response card) was the ASR system students used to respond to review questions prior to taking quizzes. In one condition, students were presented 5-7 review questions (traditional review); in the other condition, 15-21 questions were presented (repeated practice review). The ratio of questions presented between the two conditions was always 1:3. An alternating treatments design was used to compare the two conditions. Results, limitations, and directions for future research are discussed.
 
 
 
Poster Session #210
#212 Poster Session (TBA)
Sunday, May 25, 2008
12:00 PM–1:30 PM
South Exhibit Hall
138. Behavioral Academic and Career Counseling.
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA ANNE AINSLIE (Western Michigan University), Tamina A. Stuber (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The purpose of the Behavioral Academic and Career Counseling System is to provide quality counseling services to Western Michigan University undergraduate students so that they have the knowledge needed to achieve their academic and professional goals. In turn, society will benefit from the services that these students can provide.
 
139. GRE Preparation Course.
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
KAROLINA PASZEK (Western Michigan University), Melissa Wittman (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The GRE course is designed to help students study for the Graduate Record Exam (GRE) and prepare for graduate school using performance management techniques. We monitor student performance, provide deadlines and specify point contingencies to help ensure students spend time studying for the GRE. Our goal is to provide guidance and relevant materials to inform students about the GRE and graduate school application.
 
140. Behavior Analysis Training System.
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
CAITLIN ELIZABETH O'BOYLE (Western Michigan University), Krista Gabriau (Western Michigan University), Tara Elizabeth Adams (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The Mission of the Behavior Analysis Training System is to facilitate the improvement of the quality, accuracy, and timeliness of the overall system. This is accomplished by improving performance within and across all subsystems. Improved performance will be obtained through increasing system accomplishments, minimizing the number of and responding in a timely manner to disconnects, and improving the quality and accuracy of system products.
 
141. Intermediate Autism Practicum.
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
KATIE MICHELLE RELPH (Western Michigan University), Tialha Nover (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Graduate students with experience in system management, course presentation, and supervision of graduate and undergraduate students over discrete-trial techniques for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. Undergraduate students with additional experience and supervision over discrete-trial implementation for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders, who are trained and knowledgeable for admission into the advanced practicum level experience.
 
142. The Language Facilitation Training System.
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
REBECCA A. MARKOVITS (Western Michigan University), Jennifer M. Lonsdorf (Western Michigan University), Michelle Gagliano (Western Michigan University), Robbie J. Baldus (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The mission of the LFT system is the production and maintenance of an environment including settings, personnel and materials, which support the continued facilitation and acquisition of language, including the use of signs, symbols and verbal behavior, in a preprimary classroom at the Croyden Avenue School.
 
143. Behavioral Research Supervisory System.
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
KELLI PERRY (Western Michigan University), Jessica Ann Irish (Western Michigan University), Chelsea A. Cronican-Walker (Western Michigan University), Tiffany Marie Smiecinski (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The purpose of the Behavioral Research Supervisory System is to monitor students’ progress on various projects and ensuring that they complete weekly tasks. The timely completion of tasks allows the students to maintain and improve the projects over the course of the semester.
 
144. Self-Management.
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
MELODY TAYLOR (Western Michigan University), Andrea M. Rau (Western Michigan University), Megan R. Baumgartner (Western Michigan University), Abby F. Mercure (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The mission of the self-management system is to help undergraduates complete the assignments from their classes using behavioral technology, and ultimately, to help them learn the tools of self-management to generalize those behaviors to their every day life so that they can be successful in graduate school and go on to make contributions to the world using behavior analysis.
 
145. The Vocal Verbal Behavior Subsystem of the Language Facilitation Training System.
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER M. LONSDORF (Western Michigan University), Rebecca A. Markovits (Western Michigan University), Robbie J. Baldus (Western Michigan University), Michelle Gagliano (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The Language Facilitation Training System (LFTS) is part of Dr. Richard Malott’s goal-directed Behavior Analysis Training System (BATS), at Western Michigan University. Furthermore, the Vocal Verbal Behavior (VB) Subsystem of LFTS is a part of the autism training system affiliated with the Early Childhood developmental Delay (ECDD) classroom at Croyden Avenue School. Currently, the research and development project for the Vocal VB Sub-system focuses on training tutors to take data and increase language in the ECDD classroom. The mission of the Vocal Verbal Behavior Subsystem of the Language Facilitation Training System involves the development of the new vocal behavior procedures and refinement of old vocal behavior procedures with the use of a speech pathologist and vocal shaping training, in order to maintain and support vocal outputs of children in a pre-primary classroom at a special education school in Southwest Michigan. Specifically, the Vocal VB Subsystem of LFTS focuses on shaping vocal responses in these children diagnosed with autism, training tutors to provide proficient discrete-trial therapy to shape these responses, and developing a measurement system in conjunction with support from the school’s speech pathologist to help reach each child’s goals. This system will be based on baseline data that are collected specific to the frequency and type of vocal outputs by each child. Therefore, this data driven approach will help to develop and revise procedures involving vocalization, as well as helping children meet their yearly goals reliably, particular to speech.
 
146. Autism Pre-Practicum.
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY MARIE HANLON (Western Michigan University), Blake Grider (Western Michigan University), Michael Spears (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The purpose of the Autism Pre-Practicum is to train undergraduate and graduate students in discrete-trial training skills, prior to their entrance into the Croyden Avenue School Practicum.
 
147. Behavior Systems Analysis Project.
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH SAUR (Western Michigan University), Allison R. Mueller (Western Michigan University), Rachel Lowe (Western Michigan University), Nanette Rae LaForest (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Provide an opportunity for behavior analysis students to apply the principles learned in PSY 4600 within an organizational setting - while gaining experience in analyzing behavioral contingencies, developing measurement systems, and designing interventions for prospective clients.
 
148. The Chicago School’s Practicum Assessment Tools.
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
KERIN ANN WEINGARTEN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Elizabeth Lefebre (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Ordinal and nominal scales are commonly used to assess improvement of graduate student behavior in practicum/training settings. Although effort required to complete such forms is minimal, their ability to define improvement is questionable. The BACB and various graduate program evaluation forms have been collected and analyzed. Ratings gathered from nominal and ordinal scales inadequately address change in student behavior over time. A better method of evaluating student improvement will ensure entry level professionals have acquired the applicable repertoires. Mastery of these skills sets is pertinent to professional development and ethical practice. This poster will address suggested frequency methods of measuring graduate student behavior in clinical settings.
 
 
 
Paper Session #211
The Role of Behavior Analysis in Crime Prevention
Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
Boulevard B
Area: CBM
Chair: Frank E. Bowers (Father Flanagan's Boys Home)
 
Evaluating the Generalization and Maintenance of Positive Peer Reporting for Peer Rejected Youth.
Domain: Basic Research
FRANK E. BOWERS (Boystown), Clayton R. Cook (Girls and Boys Town/University of California, Riverside), Marcia E. Jensen (Girls and Boys Town/University of Washington)
 
Abstract: Peer rejected youth are at risk for experiencing a host of negative outcomes, including school failure, substance use, adult psychopathology, and physical and sexual abuse. As a result, there is a high premium on interventions that can improve the social status and functioning of these youth. Positive peer reporting (PPR) is a behavior analytic intervention designed to alter negative peer ecologies and increase the social interaction skills and sociometric status of peer rejected youth. Numerous studies have supported the use of PPR. Despite this research, it is unclear whether the positive effects produced by PPR generalize to other settings and/or maintain after the intervention is withdrawn. The purpose of this presentation is to discuss the results of a multiple baseline design study conducted to assess the generalization and maintenance of PPR for peer rejected youth. Participants will benefit from attending this presentation by learning: (a) how to implement PPR, (b) whether the effects of PPR generalize to other settings and/or maintain into the future, and (c) possible ways they can apply behavior analytic principles to intervene with peer rejected youth.
 
Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder: Intervention as Crime Prevention.
Domain: Basic Research
TRUDI GAINES (University of West Florida), Leasha Barry (University of West Florida)
 
Abstract: A disproportionate number of individuals with ADHD are represented in the population of incarcerated youth and adults. Although the predictive relationship between ADHD diagnoses and later delinquency is well established, very little information is available on the outcome of youth in terms of delinquency who received various interventions for ADHD. As such it is relatively unknown, but often assumed, that intervention for ADHD symptoms also prevents later criminal activity and thus incarceration and recidivism. The purpose of this paper was to examine the relevant literature in the areas of ADHD and delinquency intervention, illuminating this potentially important gap, and to provide possible future research directions to help clarify the issue.
 
 
 
Paper Session #212
International Paper Session - Of Zoos and Hospitals: Installing Behavioral Training Programs in Community Settings
Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
PDR 1
Area: CSE
Chair: Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
 
Raptor Training: A Behavior Analytic Contribution.
Domain: Applied Research
JULIE A. GRIMES (Davidson County Community College)
 
Abstract: Zoos and nature science centers are increasingly using positive reinforcement to manage the behavior of captive animals in their collections. This relatively recent change in training techniques decreases the use of aversives to manage behavior and can significantly improve the welfare of animals in captivity. The North Carolina Zoological Park recently formalized its zoo-wide training program and in the process, revised the guidelines for all interactions with birds of prey in the collection. As part of a directive to incorporate the use of training to improve welfare, NCZ eliminated the use of aversives and coercion from all raptor training. This presentation will report on the process of developing the new training program for raptors, will describe the contingencies involved, and will report on our success in accomplishing both husbandry and programming goals in species of eagle, hawk and owl.
 
Establishment and Management of a SIB Clinic: From the Scratch.
Domain: Applied Research
KYONG-MEE CHUNG (Yonsei University), Bo-In Chung (Yonsei University)
 
Abstract: Despite increased awareness of SIB among people with developmental disabilities and need for its effective treatment, no action has been taken to set a specialty clinic to train behavior analysts and provide effective treatment for this population in Korea until now. Last year, two presenters in this paper who were trained in ABA received a 1-year grant from the Samsung Social Work Foundation in Korea and started a SIB clinic at the Seoul City Children’s Hospital, Seoul, Korea along the support from the Seoul City Children’s Hospital, Korean Rehabilitation Foundation and Social Support Network of Korea. The grant was to train ABA therapists and provide parent training to prevent problem behaviors. During one year, treatment was provided for 9 inpatients and 40 outpatients (ages from 2-15), and approximately 500 parents received parent training. Three therapists were successfully trained and two became staff at the Behavior Management Clinic (continuation of the SIB clinic that serves only less severe cases) at the hospital after the end of the grant year. Issues of training the therapists, future training, system support, continuous financial need and necessary administrative support will be discussed along with other practical difficulties to set up and maintain the program.Despite increased awareness of SIB among people with developmental disabilities and need for its effective treatment, no action has been taken to set a specialty clinic to train behavior analysts and provide effective treatment for this population in Korea until now. Last year, two presenters in this paper who were trained in ABA received a 1-year grant from the Samsung Social Work Foundation in Korea and started a SIB clinic at the Seoul City Children’s Hospital, Seoul, Korea along the support from the Seoul City Children’s Hospital, Korean Rehabilitation Foundation and Social Support Network of Korea. The grant was to train ABA therapists and provide parent training to prevent problem behaviors. During one year, treatment was provided for 9 inpatients and 40 outpatients (ages from 2-15), and approximately 500 parents received parent training. Three therapists were successfully trained and two became staff at the Behavior Management Clinic (continuation of the SIB clinic that serves only less severe cases) at the hospital after the end of the grant year. Issues of training the therapists, future training, system support, continuous financial need and necessary administrative...
 
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #213

Not By Genes Alone: How Culture Transformed Human Evolution

Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
International North
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory
Chair: William M. Baum (University of California, Davis)
PETER J. RICHERSON (University of California, Davis)
Dr. Peter J. Richerson is Distinguished Professor in the Department of Environmental Science and Policy at the University of California—Davis. His research focuses on the processes of cultural evolution. His 1985 book with Robert Boyd, Culture and the Evolutionary Process, applied the mathematical tools used by organic evolutionists to study a number of basic problems in human cultural evolution. His recent books with Boyd include Not By Genes Alone: How Culture Transformed Human Evolution, an introduction to cultural evolution aimed at a broad audience and The Origins and Evolution of Cultures, a compendium of their more important papers and book chapters. His recent publications used theoretical models to try to understand some of the main events in human evolution, such as the evolution of the advanced capacity for imitation (and hence cumulative cultural evolution) in humans, the origins of tribal and larger scale cooperation, and the origins of agriculture. He collaborates with Richard McElreath, Mark Lubell, and William Baum in an NSF funded research group devoted to the study of cultural transmission and cultural evolution in laboratory systems.
Abstract:

Humans are a striking anomaly in the natural world. While we are similar to other mammals in many ways, our behavior sets us apart. Our unparalleled ability to adapt has allowed us to occupy virtually every habitat on earth using an incredible variety of tools and subsistence techniques. Our societies, heavily regulated by culturally transmitted institutions, are larger, more complex, and more cooperative than any other mammal's. In this talk, Richerson will argue that the key to understanding human behavior is a theory of cultural evolution and gene-culture coevolution that is built on Darwinian principles. Our ecological dominance and our singular social systems stem from a psychology uniquely adapted to create complex culture. Culture is neither superorganic nor the handmaiden of the genes. Rather, it is essential to human adaptation, as much a part of human biology as bipedal locomotion. Culture has played a leading rather than lagging role in human evolution. Culture creates novel environments than then act as forces of natural selection on genes. Most strikingly, our cooperative societies have led to something like the domestication of our genes.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #214
CE Offered: BACB

Finding the Consistency of Social Behavior in its Stable Variability

Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
Grand Ballroom
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CE Instructor: Walter Mischel, Ph.D.
Chair: Allen Neuringer (Reed College)
WALTER MISCHEL (Columbia University)
Dr. Walter Mischel is the Robert Johnston Niven Professor of Humane Letters in Psychology at Columbia University where he has been since 1983. Before Columbia, he taught at the University of Colorado (1956-1958), Harvard University (1958-1962), and Stanford University (1962-1983). He was elected to the National Academy of Sciences in 2004 and to the American Academy of Arts and Sciences in 1991, and in 2007 was elected president of the Association for Psychological Science (APS). Mischel’s work over 50 years has (1) re-conceptualized research and theory in personality and social psychology on the stability and variability of behavior and its links to situations; (2) clarified basic mechanisms underlying delay of gratification, and future-oriented self-control; and (3) traced the implications of self-control ability for development over the life course. He received the APA Distinguished Scientific Contribution Award, the Distinguished Scientist Award of the Society of Experimental Social Psychologists, the Distinguished Contributions to Personality Award of the Society of Social and Personality Psychologists, and the Distinguished Scientist Award of APA's Division of Clinical Psychology. He is past editor of Psychological Review, and was president of APA Division 8 (Social and Personality), and of the Association for Research in Personality.
Abstract:

To build a science of the person, the most basic question is: How can one identify and understand the psychological invariancethe basic coherence and organization-- that distinctively characterizes an individual and that underlies the variations in the thoughts, feelings, and actions that occur across contexts and over time? This question proved particularly difficult because discrepancies soon emerged between the expressions of consistency that were expected and those that were found. The resulting classic personality paradox became: How can we reconcile our intuitions---and theories---about the invariance and stability of personality with the equally compelling empirical evidence for the variability of the persons behavior across diverse situations? Which is right: the intuitions or the findings? I discuss some advances to answer this question since it was posed decades ago. These findings have allowed a resolution of the paradox, and provide the outlines for a conception of the underlying structure and dynamics of behavior, and its links to situations, that seems to better account for the data on consistencies and variability in the expressions of individual differences. This conception is applied to the analysis of self-control, focusing on the ability to delay gratification, and its determinants, development, and implications over the life course.

 
 
Paper Session #215
Theory in OBM
Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
Marquette
Area: OBM
Chair: Bess J Puvathingal (Temple University)
 
Identifying and Extinguishing Dysfunctional and Deadly Organizational Practices.
Domain: Applied Research
THOMAS C. MAWHINNEY (University of Detroit Mercy)
 
Abstract: It is possible to define an organization’s culture in terms of its dominant behavioral practices and their molar consequences, from the shop floor to the executive suite (Redmon & Mason, 2001). Dysfunctional and potentially deadly practices (for the organization as a whole) can be “latent.” They often go undetected until their dramatic consequences are overtly manifested. For example, leadership of Alaska Airlines appeared to have had no idea how dangerous their aircraft maintenance practices were prior to the notorious crash of Alaska Airlines’ Flight 261 (Mawhinney, 2007, NTSB, 2002) in which 88 people perished. Similarly, the leadership of Barings Bank either had no idea that their “fair haired” or “hot shot” trader in Singapore, Nick Leeson, was about to kill the company until the deed was done (Leeson, 1996). This was in spite of the fact that some of the managers above Leeson turned a “blind eye” to their responsibilities to limit the bank’s financial risks. The concepts of latent dysfunctional and latent deadly practices are developed in ways that can guide behavior systems analysts interested in identifying and replacing such practices with functional practices.
 
When Good Pigeons (and People) Do Bad Things: Synthesizing the Literatures on Sunk Costs.
Domain: Applied Research
BESS J PUVATHINGAL (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
 
Abstract: Sunk costs are defined as any prior investment that is unrecoverable, regardless of the final outcome. Because sunk costs cannot be recovered, rational thinking suggests they should not influence future decisions. Theoretical discussions of the sunk cost effect abound and general opinion sees being too much invested to quit as common; however, empirical support for the sunk cost effect in the literature is equivocal. We suggest that in order to understand the sunk cost effect in humans, it would behoove us to turn to experimental literature on sunk costs. For example, Navarro & Fantino (2005) developed an experimental model of the sunk cost effect in pigeons, primarily manipulating reinforcement schedules, suggesting that we may better understand this effect in humans through the conceptual lens of the experimental analysis of behavior. Our overarching goal is to understand the sunk cost effect in humans. In order to do so, we will synthesize both experimental and applied literature in the area of sunk cost with the aim of elucidating the functioning variables maintaining the sunk cost effect. Implications for applied research and behavioral strategies for executive decision-making will be discussed.
 
 
 
Symposium #216
CE Offered: BACB
Addressing Core Deficits: Developing Social Repertoires in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Continental B
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kim D. Lucker Greene (Behavior Management Consultants, Inc.)
Discussant: Sarah Robinson (Agency for Persons with Disabilities)
CE Instructor: Kim D. Lucker Greene, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will present 3 papers demonstrating social skills instruction for children with autism, carried out in three different formats/settings; computer-based parent training, university center-based student teaching, and a community-based social skills group with typical and non-typical peers . Data on childrens' social interactions and parents' social skill instruction will be presented. Video demonstrations will also be used to illustrate procedures used in these different instructional formats.

 
The Saturday Social Club: A Weekend Social Skills Group for Young Children with Autism.
HEATHER R. MUMMAW (Behavior Management Consultants, Inc.), Kim D. Lucker Greene (Behavior Management Consultants, Inc.)
Abstract: One of the most significant problems for people on the autism spectrum is difficulty in social interaction. This difficulty is, of course, made more significant by problems with speech and language. The purpose of a social skills group is to teach and guide social interaction of the children participating in the group, so as to teach them how to successfully engage with others in an effort to establish and maintain peer relationships. Many schools and some private agencies are implementing variations on the theme of friendship clubs or social-skills clubs. These are typically small, adult-supervised groups of children brought together to help one or more children in the group learn appropriate social behavior. The adult—and eventually the other children—acts as a social-skills coaches. The goal of the social skills groups is to increase functional social skills that children can use in everyday social settings. These groups focus on reinforcing positive behaviors such as following instructions and routines, functional communications skills, cooperative play and sharing, and positive non-verbal communication skills such as eye contact. In this paper we will present a model social skills program designed by a group of behavior analysts with Behavior Management Consultants, Inc. The “Saturday Social Club” is designed to provide children on the autism spectrum with the ability to converse, share, and play interactively with both children on the spectrum and typical peers. Data on peer interactions will be presented. Video clips will be used to illustrate the implementation of this specialized social skills therapy group.
 
Social Skills Training in a Center-Based Program for Children with Autism.
KARLY MARRIOTT (California State University, Fresno), Amanda N. Adams (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: Developing social skills is one of the most important goals of behavior therapy for children with autism, but is also one of the more difficult areas to develop within a structured therapy session. Due to many factors including the lack of availability of other children and the predominance of one-on-one tutoring with an adult, many children in behavior therapy do not have the opportunity to interact with other children to practice and generalize social skills. A clinic, center, or school setting offers advantages, namely, the availability of other children. Having additional staff on hand can also be an advantage of these programs. Structuring interaction and collecting relevant data on such interactions remains a challenge. In this paper we will present several methods developed at the Central California Autism Center for collecting data and structuring social interaction between children in our center setting. These methods are likely to be highly replicable in many settings
 
A Computer-Based Program for Teaching Parents How to Embed Social Skills Instruction during Play Activities.
MAE R. BARKER (University of Florida)
Abstract: Due to the increasing number of children being diagnosed with autism, there is a critical need for finding better, more efficient ways to train parents on how to educate their children with autism. Parents of children with autism can play a key educational role in their children’s lives by providing systematic instruction to address the core deficits of autism. The purpose of this project is to evaluate the effectiveness of a computer-based training program (using Microsoft PowerPoint) for teaching parents how to implement social skills instruction during play activities. The training will focus on teaching parents how to initiate instruction and how to deliver discrete-trial based instruction in the context of the natural environment. Prior to the parent participant receiving the computer-based training, the researcher will assess the child’s social skills using sections of the ABLLS-R (Partington, 2006). The researcher will review these results with the parent and select instructional targets for the parent to teach his/her child during the project. During baseline, the parent will be asked to focus on teaching these skills during play activities, and data will be collected on the parent’s instructional delivery and the child’s acquisition of social skills. Following baseline, the parent will receive the computer training and the parent and child behavior will be subsequently measured to examine the effect of the training. This type of research has implications in disseminating ABA technology to an increasing number of families impacted by ASD.
 
 
Symposium #217
CE Offered: BACB
Direct Measurement of Verbal Behavior to Evaluate Response to Treatment: Use of the ADOS
Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Continental A
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Suzannah J. Ferraioli (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Sandra L. Harris (Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: Lara M. Delmolino, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Group studies of treatment outcomes for children with autism typically utilize standardized assessments of cognitive functioning, adaptive behavior, and language as primary dependent variables.(e.g., Lovaas, 1987; Sallows & Graupner, 2005; Smith, Groen, & Wynn, 2000). More recent attention has been paid to assessing changes in the core features of autism using measures such as the Autism Diagnostic Observation Schedule. (ADOS; Lord, Rutter, DiLavore & Risi, 1999) Although the ADOS was not designed to assess change, some investigators are using the assessments rating score (Owley et al., 2001) or combining the structure of the assessment with other behavioral coding systems to assess response to treatment (Lord & Corsello, 2005). Clinically, the practice of targeting specific verbal operants for instruction has become widespread. Strategies for assessing the development of verbal behavior across groups of children are needed to evaluate the effectiveness of such interventions; to supplement existing single subject research demonstrations (Carr & Firth, 2005). The following series of investigations explore strategies for direct measurement of verbal behavior within the semi-structured assessment offered by the ADOS, addressing issues of measurement and evaluation of treatment outcome.

 
Increased Frequency of Verbal Operants Following Behavioral Treatment for Preschoolers with Autism: Measurement Within a Semi-Structured Assessment.
MEGAN P. MARTINS (University of Colorado), Lara M. Delmolino Gatley (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Direct measurement of variables of interest in order to document improvement in socially significant behavior is central in the field of applied behavior analysis. This study was the first in a series exploring the direct measurement of verbal behavior during an annual semi-structured assessment of play and communication. Ten preschoolers with autism participated in annual ADOS assessments prior to and after approximately one year in a comprehensive behavioral program. Videotapes of the ADOS were coded by experimenters who recorded the frequency of each child’s mand, tact, echoic, and intraverbal responses. In addition, information about the quality and topography of each response was recorded. The experimenters rated whether each mand was prompted or a gesture, point, vocalization, one-word, and/or multi-word phrase, and whether each response was directed at an adult by using eye contact or an adults’ name. The findings revealed significant improvement in participants’ verbal behavior after approximately one year of treatment with noticeable increases in the rate and complexity of spontaneous mands across children. In addition, tact and intraverbal responses increased and all verbal behavior responses were more often accompanied by gesture and were more socially directed after one year of treatment. Issues in measurement and reliability are discussed.
 
Comparison of Frequency and Interval Data Collection Methods for Measuring Improvement in the Verbal Behavior of Preschool Children with Autism.
KATE E. FISKE MASSEY (Rutgers University), Lara M. Delmolino Gatley (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Pilot work assessing improvements in verbal behavior for preschool children with autism supports the utility of applying an observational code to behavior occurring within annual ADOS evaluations. Previous research found that measurement of the frequency, quality, and topography of the primary verbal operants before and after one year of treatment revealed measureable improvements for individual children and across a group of ten children. However, preliminary application of the behavioral code was time consuming and presented reliability challenges. To address these limitations, a second study explored whether the observed improvements in verbal behavior across a group of children were also captured with an interval coding system. When interval data were compared to frequency data, comparable findings were revealed, with greater reliability and in a more time-efficient manner. In addition, interval data offered more information about the distribution of verbal responses across an ADOS session. Findings are discussed in terms of their application to measurement of treatment outcome for programs targeting verbal behavior and the practical application of a complex behavioral code.
 
Evaluating Progress in the Development of Verbal Behavior in Early Intervention Programs for Children with Autism Under Three.
VALBONA DEMIRI (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Lara M. Delmolino Gatley (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Early, intensive behavioral intervention for autism spectrum disorders with children under the age of three is becoming more common in light of increased diagnostic precision and awareness. Ongoing evaluation of response to treatment for these young children is needed in the literature. This paper explores application of a behavioral code for direct measurement of verbal behavior to assess improvement following involvement in early intervention within an applied behavior analysis model. Pre- and post-intervention ADOS assessments will be scored according to the instrument’s rating scales as well as a verbal behavior coding system. Measured changes in the frequency and quality of verbal behavior responses will be compared to changes in the ADOS ratings. In addition, preliminary data regarding the measurement of verbal behavior in a sample of typically developing young children under 3 years of age within the context of an ADOS is offered to highlight developmental factors and variability in the verbal behavior of children under the age of 3.
 
 
Symposium #218
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluations of Practices Used in Behavior Analytic Interventions for Children with Autism
Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
International South
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Adel C. Najdowski (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Discussant: James E. Carr (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Adel C. Najdowski, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The papers in this symposium touch upon two important topics in behavior analytic intervention for children with autism. The first is related to practices used for data collection during discrete trials instruction and the second is related to practices that lead to generalization of skills taught during intervention. The first presentation in this symposium will show results from an evaluation of continuous data collection versus first-trial data collection during discrete trials instruction. The second presentation will show an assessment of generalization of pure tacts in the natural environment as a result of teaching impure tacts during discrete trials instruction. The third presentation will show a comparison of using free operant to restricted operant procedures on generalization of skills. From the first presentation, attendees of this symposium will learn which of the evaluated methods of data collection appear to be more accurate. From the second two presentations, attendees will learn whether generalization of skills is more or less likely given the evaluated practices.

 
An Examination of Data Collection Methods in an Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention Program for Children with Autism.
ADEL C. NAJDOWSKI (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Ryan Bergstrom (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Vardui Chilingaryan (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Susie Balasanyan (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Barbara C. Aguilar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: There is a growing debate regarding the frequency with which data needs to be collected during discrete trials instruction (DTI) for children with autism. Cummings and Carr (in press) compared continuous (trial-by-trial) to intermittent (first trial only) data collection methods and found overall that targets mastered via the intermittent data collection method were mastered in slightly fewer sessions, but that targets mastered via the continuous data collection method were slightly better maintained. To keep true to the intermittent data collection method, the authors did not continue to collect data on the remainder of the trials conducted in the intermittent condition sessions as this could compromise quality of therapy. This study used continuous versus intermittent data to make decisions of mastery, but still collected data on all trials to determine if data on the first trial versus all trials would lead to similar or different conclusions about a child’s performance. Results showed that both methods predicted mastery at similar times and that both were correct as responding was maintained.
 
Assessing Generalization of Discrete Trial Impure Tact Training to Pure Tacts in the Natural Environment.
VARDUI CHILINGARYAN (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Romelea Manucal (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Ellen Kong (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract: A common criticism of discrete trial training (DTT) is that it may not produce generalization to more natural settings. Natural environment training (NET) occurs in the natural environment from the start and is said to produce better generalization. However, some have suggested that, particularly in the case of verbal behavior, the operants which are taught in DTT may be functionally distinct from those taught in NET. That is, the controlling variables for verbal behavior in unstructured natural environments are not necessarily the same as those for verbal behavior occurring in the context of DTT. In this study, we used a standard DTT training format to teach two children with autism tacts of picture cards and assessed for generalization to unstructured probe sessions in their homes. Generalization to “pure” tacts in the unstructured natural setting did not occur and NET instruction was required to establish pure tacts there. In a second study, we taught a third child with autism to tact everyday items in their home environment and assessed for generalization to tacting picture cards in a DTT setting and again did not find generalization. Results appear to suggest that generalization should not be expected between DTT and unstructured settings, and vice versa, and that tacting may have to be directly established in each respective setting.
 
A Comparison of Free Operant and Restricted Operant Procedures on Generalization of Academic Tasks with Young Children with Autism.
RACHEL S. F. TARBOX (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Amy Kenzer (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract: Initially, ABA programs for children with autism utilized only Discrete Trial Teaching (DTT). However, ABA programs continue to evolve, placing greater emphasis on the generalization and spontaneity of skills learned, and it has been suggested that generalization is difficult to acquire for skills that have been taught via DTT. One approach that has recently garnered attention is fluency instruction. As opposed to DTT, fluency instruction is a free-operant teaching procedure that utilizes a rate measure of behavior. Proponents of this approach suggest that free operant procedures promote the development of enduring behavioral repertoires. However, there is limited empirical evidence to support the use of a DTT versus a fluency approach with respect to the generalization of skills. The purpose of the current investigation was to compare the effects of free operant and restricted operant procedures on the generalization of academic skills with children with autism.
 
 
Symposium #219
CE Offered: BACB
Extending ABA Social Skills Training for Children with Autism
Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Continental C
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project)
Discussant: Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project)
CE Instructor: Gerald E. Harris, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Deficits in the social functioning of children with autism can be challenging to address. The complexities and subtleties of social interactions often require more exactness and forethought in the application of ABA procedures. While some success in using ABA techniques to improve social skills has been reported, there are many social skill areas not yet fully addressed or even understood. This symposium presents data and new information on procedures used within an ABA Treatment Center for children with autism to extend and improve their social functioning. The first presentation focuses on generalizing social behaviors, initially trained through interactions with adult therapists, to more natural peer interactions. The second presentation looks at teaching children with autism to modulate their voice volume in response to specific environmental stimuli in order to better communicate socially. The third presentation offers data on a new application of an emotional coding system, using specific facial cues, which can help in teaching children with autism to understand and express emotional subtleties more effectively. Together, these three studies extend our knowledge of, and ability to modify, the social skills of children with autism.

 
Using Environmental Cues to Teach Volume Modulation to Young Children with Autism.
KRISTEN MCCLINTOCK (Texas Young Autism Project), Maureen Childs (Texas Young Autism Project), Ehsan Bayat (Texas Young Autism Project), Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project)
Abstract: Children with autism often display prosodic deficits (McCann, 2003). Prosodic problems are often life-long even if other areas of language improve. Voice volume is one aspect of prosody which people use to communicate their affect and pragmatic intent (Crystal, 1969). A study conducted by Fetherston, Brothers and Poulson (2007) trained distance as the discriminative stimulus for volum modulation for children with autism. The current study extended those findings with the additional components of training for adjusting volume levels due to ambient distracters and speaking to a listening partner whom is out of sight. Participants were four children enrolled in a discrete trial applied behavior analysis program. All participants displayed a lack of variation of volume at baseline. Using verbal imitation skills, the children were taught to vary their volume dependent upon the distance of the listening partner as well as to adjust for ambient sounds. Results demonstrated that children with autism could be taught to adjust their volume levels according to listener distance, and environmental sounds. Interobserver agreement was above 85% for all phases. This study has practical applications in the treatment of autism.
 
Generalization of Adult Trained Social Skills to Interactions with Typical Children.
JOHN SALINAS (Texas Young Autism Project), Ehsan Bayat (Texas Young Autism Project), Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project)
Abstract: Research has shown that children with autism can learn to initiate play (Gaylord-Ross, Haring, Breen & Pitts-Conway, 1984), usconversational scripts (Krantz & McClannahan, 1993) and engage with other children through peer modeling procedures (Charlop & Walsh, 1986; Pierce & Schreibman, 1995; Werts, Caldwell & Wolery, 1996). However, many treatment centers utilize adults to teach social skills and may not have access to typical children to use in treatment. The purpose of this study was to examine an in vivo social initiation intervention for children with autism using adults and then evaluate generalization of the skills to interactions with typical peers. Participants were three children with autism who had deficits in sociainitiation. The subjects acquired social initiation skills while interacting with two adult therapists, and then were able to generalize the skills to novel adults. However, the subjects needed training sessions with typical children to generalize the skill to similar age peers. Interobserver agreement was 90% for training and generalization probes. This study’s findings suggest that children with autism may require specific training with typical peers in order to generalize adult trained social skills to peers interactions.
 
Training Affective Expression Coding in a Treatment Center for Children with Autism.
ALEXIS HYDE-WASHMON (Texas Young Autism Project), Trea Drake (Texas Young Autism Project), Catriona Cullum (Texas Young Autism Project), Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project)
Abstract: Understanding and expressing emotion through facial cues is a prominent characteristic of effective social communication, and is often deficenit in children with autism. Using ABA procedures to teach such social communication depends on adequately operationally defining emotional constructs. This study identified overt facial characteristics (e.g., brow, nose, and mouth movement) indicative of seven emotional states displayed by typically developing children. Treatment staff was then trained to code the seven emotional states utilizing the techniques of written description, practice with visual media, and performance feedback. Agreement between observers was above 90%, indicating a good ability to use those specific cues to code affect. There was also good evidence of generalization of skills, once adequately trained, by the staff across children. These findings indicate that the affective expression coding system can be effectively implemented in a treatment center for children with autism. Using this coding system to operationalize nonverbal communication target behaviors, both expressive and receptive, and then monitor intervention procedures designed to promote affective communication in children with autism has the potential to greatly improve their social outcome.
 
 
Paper Session #220
International Paper Session - Trends in Service Delivery and Outcomes
Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
PDR 4
Area: AUT
Chair: Betty Fry Williams (Whitworth University)
 
Current Trends in ABA Services to Individuals with Autism.
Domain: Applied Research
BETTY FRY WILLIAMS (Whitworth University), Randy Lee Williams (Gonzaga University)
 
Abstract: This presentation summarizes trends observed in current services to individuals with autism based on on-site interviews and site visits with prominent research-based ABA service providers in the United States and in the United Kingdom. The report reviews the latest autism prevalence data and identifies service trends including earlier diagnosis, reduced aggression and self-injury, increased transition to natural settings and natural reinforcers, onsite training of personnel, development of curricula and computer assisted instruction, visual communication approaches, intensiveness of treatment, and increasing dependence on Board Certified Behavior Analysts. Among the centers interviewed were the Lovaas Institute, the Koegel Center, Partington’s Teaching and Reinforcement Systems School (STARS), the University of Washington’s Project DATA, the New England Children's Center, the May Institute, the Judge Rotenberg Center and London’s Tree House and the Young Autism Project.
 
A Quantitative Approach to ABA Intervention Effectiveness on Autism: An Effect Size Meta-Analysis.
Domain: Applied Research
JAVIER VIRUES ORTEGA (Instituto de Salud Carlos III), Jose Julio Carnerero (Centro Almudaris), Ana Pastor Sanz (Centro Almudaris)
 
Abstract: Since the classic study by Lovaas (1987) over 25 controlled trials have been published measuring the effectiveness of behavior analytic interventions on autistic children's behavior. Among these studies, social and intellectual functioning have been frequently reported. Although these grossly defined variables may be of limited utility for practitioners, quantitative evidence using group-based methodology on the effectiveness of behavior analytic interventions is most needed for cross-field communication and healthy decision-making. Thus, meta-analysis of behavior analytic interventions could add to behavior analysis credibility and dissemination. Effect size meta-analysis is a standard for clinical effectiveness measurement and clinical data reduction. In addition, meta-regression analyses can provide insight on the impact of participant- and treatment-related variables, whose impact is not obvious when studies are taken separately. In this presentation we will report the results of an effect size meta-analysis implementing state-of-the-art methods to control for inconsistent metrics and designs across studies. QUORUM guidelines for systematic review and meta-analysis quality were followed.
 
Clinical Significant Effects of Behavioral Treatment for Children with Autism: An Analysis of the Published Literature Using the Reliable Change Index.
Domain: Applied Research
SIGMUND ELDEVIK (Center for Early Intervention)
 
Abstract: To evaluate effectiveness of behavioral treatment in terms of clinical significance we applied a statistical approach outlined by Jacobson and Truax (1991). In this paper various formulae are proposed for determining thresholds for what may be considered clinically significant change. The computation of a Reliable Change index (RC) can tell you at or above which score it is a 95% chance that the change is not due to some chance fluctuation such as measurement unreliability and/or variability in scores. A Reliable Change index for children that had received behavioral treatment; both on IQ and VABS scores were computed at the standard level of 1.96. According to these formulae change in IQ had to be larger than 26.9 points to be considered reliable and for the VABS the change had to be larger than ca 20.9 ABC points. Reliable change criteria were met for 29.8% on IQ (84 out of 282) and 19.5% on VABS (49 out of 251).
 
 
 
Symposium #221
CE Offered: BACB
FAP All Over
Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Boulevard C
Area: CBM/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Daniel J. Moran (Trinity Services)
Discussant: Robert J. Kohlenberg (University of Washington)
CE Instructor: Daniel J. Moran, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Functional Analytic Psychotherapy was developed to guide clinical behavior analysts to foster rich and intense curative relationships with their clients. FAP has been discussed as a worthy intervention during individual psychotherapy, especially with individuals dealing with depressive repertoires. Using relationship factors in a functional analytic approach to clinical concerns can expand beyond the walls of the individual therapy room. FAP is being used by behavior analysts in psychosocial rehabilitation centers with individuals dealing with severe mental illness, in sex offender treatment programs, and in residential facilities with adolescents. This symposium will discuss the use of FAP in different scenarios.

 
Using FAP with Severely Mentally Ill Individuals.
CARL INDOVINA (Trinity Services), Thane A. Dykstra (Trinity Services), Kim Schontz (Trinity Services), Daniel J. Moran (Trinity Services)
Abstract: This presentation will discuss the use of Functional Analytic Psychotherapy with individuals diagnosed with schizophrenia, dual diagnoses, and other psychosis disorders. We will discuss the function of psychotic behavior and the social consequences involved with psychotic behavior. We will also show how FAP relates to the expressed emotion literature and how it can be integrated in family interventions aimed to help the client. We will review Functional Analytic Rehabilitation (FAR; Holmes, Dykstra, et al., 2003), and how a highly structured treatment environment helps maximize contact with relevant contingencies associated with effective illness management. The typical CRBs observed in these environments will be reviewed, and we will discuss using the five FAP rules to assist in treatment.
 
FAP with Adolescents.
REO NEWRING (Girls and Boys Town), Chauncey R. Parker (University of Washington)
Abstract: FAP was not designed for use with misbehaving youth but don't let the topography and population fool you. We will address several areas of potential difficulty when working with adolescents using FAP: assessment (i.e., who is the client, what is the problem, what are the goals, and who needs to change?), treatment (elaboration on or modifications to the 5 rules needed to effectively treat adolescents), and the relationship (i.e., trust, confidentiality, and mattering). The use of FAP in a residential treatment setting will also be discussed.
 
FAP and Sex Offender Treatment.
KIRK A.B. NEWRING (Lincoln Correctional Center)
Abstract: Sex offender treatment providers are among the larger population of treatment providers being directed to practice evidence-based practice, empirically-supported treatments, and the like. However, a recent landmark publication on sex offender treatment outcome and the following discussion are suggestive of the field lacking an empirically-supported treatment. Lacking the, the most ethical approach is evidence-based treatment. Risk assessment research have identified the important variables (risk factors) related to sexual reoffending. Functional Analytic Psychotherapy can be a useful, and evidence-based approach, for addressing these risk factors. Trials and tribulations to be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #222
Further Developments in the Assessment and Treatment of Children with Feeding Disorders
Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Boulevard A
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Danielle N. Dolezal (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University)
Abstract: In this symposium, we will present three different assessment and treatment approaches to reduce food refusal behavior and increase consumption across home, inpatient, and outpatient settings. Sean Casey from Pennsylvania State University will present on the use of descriptive analyses to identify and manipulate existing reinforcement schedules in the treatment of food refusal with 2 children in the home setting. Next, Merrill Berkowitz from St. Joseph’s Children’s Hospital will discuss the effects of adult attention provided contingent upon the occurrence of inappropriate behavior during the treatment of food refusal behavior. Finally Bianca Pizzo from Penn State Milton S. Hershey Medical Center will present data on utilizing a taste procedure paired with reinforcement and extinction procedures to increase the variety of foods consumed during one-week of intensive treatment. Following the presentation, Mary Louise Kerwin from Rowan University will discuss the presentations.
 
Using Descriptive Analysis to Identify and Manipulate Existing Reinforcement Schedules in the Treatment of Food Refusal.
SEAN D. CASEY (Pennsylvania State University)
Abstract: Treating children who display food refusal behavior can be a major preventative measure for later development of developmental disabilities. The feeding behaviors of 2 children who maintained a failure to thrive diagnosis and displayed food refusal were assessed using descriptive analysis methodology. Assessment was conducted in the home environment to identify the schedules of reinforcement provided by the child's care-providers. Descriptive analyses revealed schedules of reinforcement that were in place for each child’s bite acceptance and food refusal behaviors and successful interventions were implemented by manipulating these existing schedules of reinforcement. Implications for the use of descriptive analysis methodology for assessing feeding problems are discussed.
 
The Relative Effects of Adult Attention in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders.
MERRILL J. BERKOWITZ (St. Joseph's Regional Medical Center), Annmarie Marando (St. Joseph's Children's Hospital), Peggy S. Eicher (Children's Seashore House)
Abstract: A few studies have been conducted in the field of pediatric feeding disorders examining the functions of inappropriate mealtime behaviors. Piazza et al. (2003) found that most inappropriate mealtime behaviors were maintained by negative reinforcement. For half of the participants, obtaining adult attention was also identified as a function of their inappropriate mealtime behaviors. Many treatment procedures including escape extinction and reinforcement (Ahearn et al., 1996; Hoch et al., 1994) have been found to be effective in increasing children’s consumption of food or liquid. A few studies have been conducted examining methods to train caregivers in the implementation of the above procedures (e.g., Mueller et al., 2003). Although these methods and other have been effective in training most caregivers, we have observed that some caregivers continue to have difficultly refraining from providing attention contingent upon their children’s inappropriate mealtime behaviors, thereby possibly hindering treatment gains. The current investigation utilizes a multielement design to examine the relative effect of adult attention provided contingently on children’s inappropriate mealtime behaviors. Three children exhibiting feeding difficulties participated in the study. Escape extinction and reinforcement components were also components of each child’s treatment package. The results of the evaluation and their implication will be discussed. Limitation of the current study and recommendations for future research will also be provided.
 
Jump Start Exit Criterion.
BIANCA PIZZO (Pennsylvania State University Hershey Medical Center), Keith E. Williams (Pennsylvania State University Hershey Medical Center), Candace M. Paul (Pennsylvania State University Hershey Medical Center), Katherine Riegel (Pennsylvania State University)
Abstract: Repeated taste exposure paired with escape prevention has been shown to be an effective treatment for significant feeding problems, particularly food selectivity by type and texture. Previous research has demonstrated the effectiveness of this intervention in an intensive day treatment program over a period of several weeks. The goal of the current study was to determine the effectiveness of this intervention using a new model of service delivery, namely, a one-week period of intensive treatment and outpatient follow up to treat three children with extreme food selectivity. The results showed that each of the three children increased the variety of foods eaten at the end of the one-week intensive treatment and made further gains in variety at the time of three month follow up. In a rapidly changing healthcare environment, new models for delivering services, especially behavioral services, are needed.
 
 
Symposium #223
International Symposium - Human Objectification, Part I: Using Basic Science to Address Prejudice
Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
PDR 2
Area: CSE/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Roger Vilardaga (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Cultural diversity is one of the largest challenges faced by human beings in the present era of globalization. The breadth of behavioral analytical principles has always allowed this tradition to expand its applications to a variety of problems of human concern, and human objectification is one of them. The goals of this symposium are to explore the potential of Relational Frame Theory (RFT) in the conceptualization of human objectification, and to present new developments in assessment and intervention procedures. The three presenters will speak on (1) an RFT account of human objectification in the context of the most generally accepted psychological approaches for the reduction of this phenomena; (2) an Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) to assess attitudes toward the gay, lesbian and bisexual, and individuals; and (3) an investigation using the IRAP in the context of Anti-Muslim Prejudice that includes a brief intervention and its effects.
 
Human Objectification: A Relational Frame Theory Account of Prejudice and Stigma.
ROGER VILARDAGA (University of Nevada, Reno), Michael Levin (University of Nevada, Reno), Mikaela J. Hildebrandt (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), James Edward Yadavaia (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The negative impact of stigma and prejudice on society is vast, affecting countless numbers of groups. Most known interventions targeting human objectification, such as the Contact Hypothesis and the Multicultural approach, generally highlight different aspects of the social context. Contact hypotheses emphasize contingencies in the environment, whereas educational approaches highlight more verbal processes. However, neither approach has adequately explained the psychological processes underlying the phenomena of stigmatization. In this paper we will present an account of stigma and prejudice from Relational Frame Theory (RFT). As part of the Functional Contextualism tradition, RFT emphasizes the aims of precision, scope and depth and thus may provide a more adequate approach to analyzing human objectification in a way that will lead to both prediction and influence. This presentation will argue that language is at the root of this problem, and that human's capacity to derive arbitrary relations among events, fosters human objectification in ways that overcome previous attempts to reduce it. We will end by briefly reviewing recent basic and applied research relating to this RFT account as well as their implications for reducing the phenomena of human objectification.
 
Implicit Attitudes toward Gender Congruence and Ambiguity.
LAUREN ROG (Illinois Institute of Technology), Patricia Bach (Illinois Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Gender non-conformity is viewed as confusing at best and pathological at worst. Individuals who do not conform to societal gender norms are often viewed negatively. To assess implicit attitudes toward gender non-conformity, a sample of heterosexual individuals and a sample of gay, lesbian, and bisexual individuals were administered the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) with visual target stimuli. The stimuli consist of images of individuals whose appearance conforms to their biological sex, as well as individuals with an ambiguous gender appearance. Participants were also administered measures to assess their explicit attitudes toward gender conformity, their levels of acceptance and mindfulness, as well as a measure to assess their gender identity. IRAP performance was compared across gender and sexual orientation. Results will be discussed regarding implications for decreasing stigma and discrimination.
 
Judge thy Neighbor as Thyself: An Investigation and Disruption of Verbal Processes in Anti-Muslim Prejudice.
NADIA LUCAS (University of Mississippi), Chad E. Drake (Veterans Affairs Hospital, Togus, Maine), Jonathan Weinstein (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: Prejudice and discrimination against Muslims is increasingly prevalent. Relational Frame Theory posits that verbal processes may be involved in maintaining such behavior. The current study uses the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) to look at some of the processes that may facilitate prejudice and discrimination, as well as the effects of a brief intervention designed to disrupt these processes.
 
 
Symposium #224
CE Offered: BACB
Interdisciplinary Applications of Behavior Analysis: Speech, Language, Literacy, and Mobility
Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Stevens 2
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michael J. Cameron (Simmons College)
CE Instructor: Michael J. Cameron, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will focus on the application of behavior analytic methodologies for the assessment and treatment of interdisciplinary issues. We will demonstrate the broad application of behavior analysis via four data-based studies. The first study centers on the structural analysis and treatment of severe childhood stuttering. The second study demonstrates how behavior analytic procedures can be used for teaching conversational skills to a child with a language delay. The next study demonstrates how reading comprehension can be enhanced as a result of procedures based on the basic principles of applied behavior analysis. And the final study will focus on teaching orientation and mobility skills to a child who is blind. The importance of demonstrating the relevance of behavior analysis across disciplines will be emphasized within this symposium.

 
Structural Analysis and Treatment of Severe Stuttering.
MICHELE D. MAYER (HMEA), Cathy J. Booth (Private Practice), Michael J. Cameron (Simmons College)
Abstract: Stuttering is a communication disorder in which the flow of speech is broken by repetitions, prolongations, or abnormal stoppages of sounds and syllables (APA, 2000). The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth Edition, delineates several important observations centered on stuttering; simply stated, stuttering is governed by context, and ostensibly there is a need to understand the interactional relationship between speech and prevailing contexts. The purpose of this study was to conduct a structural analysis to identify the conditions that exacerbated the stuttering behavior of a 4 year-old boy and to use the results of the structural analysis to inform treatment. Results of the structural analysis suggested a co-variation between speech production and disfluent motor performances. In consequence, fluency training, in the area of motor performances, was introduced in a multiple baseline design fashion to assess improvements in speech production. Motor movement fluency training resulted in a 30 to 60% improvement in speech production. Inter-observer agreement data were collected on 100% of all opportunities and exceeded 95% agreement. The relevance of structural analyses and direct, simultaneous intervention in the areas of speech production and motor movement are discussed.
 
Teaching Initiation of Language to Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders.
SUSAN AINSLEIGH (Simmons College), Rebecca Fontaine (Simmons College)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders often demonstrate difficulty in the ability to initiate conversations. Indeed, impairment in the ability to initiate a conversation is listed as a diagnostic component of autistic disorder (DSM-IV, 2000). Even in those individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder who demonstrate adequate speech, such as those with Asperger syndrome, impairments in initiation of language for social interaction are often seen (Atwood, 2000). Strategies for increasing the frequency or complexity of interactional language may be unsuccessful for an individual in natural social situations because they fail to capitalize on natural opportunities to initiate a conversation with another person. This study examines the use of a number of behavioral strategies, including a variety of prompting strategies and antecedent manipulations, to increase initiation of conversation with three children diagnosed with either pervasive developmental disorder or Asperger syndrome. The effectiveness of various forms of prompting, including echoic verbal prompting, textual prompting, and gestural prompting were compared, as were different formats of textual prompting, to determine superiority of effect. Results showed that combining echoic and textual prompting produced higher levels of social initiation. Strategies used to promote generalization of this skill are included.
 
Language, Literacy and Applied Behavior Analysis.
STEPHANIE NOSTIN (Speech Therapy Group, LLC., Beverly, MA), Michael J. Cameron (Simmons College)
Abstract: Comprehension is the process of simultaneously extracting and constructing meaning through interaction and involvement with written language. For many beginning readers, comprehension strategies must be explicitly taught. Several strategies, based on the basic principles of applied behavior analysis, can be useful for teaching reading comprehension skills. The aim of this study was to demonstrate how the complexity of the task demand (i.e., reading and comprehending text) can be managed by using: (1) methods for scaffolding whole-task practice, (2) simple-to-complex sequencing, (3) using alternative tasks such as worked-out examples and completion tasks, and (4) the step-by-step presentation of procedural information for extracting information from text. Three struggling readers served as participants in this study. A reading comprehension instructional program (consisting of the aforementioned components) was applied using a multiple baseline across subjects experimental design. Dependent variables included: (1) answers to comprehension questions, (2) elaboration during story “re-telling”, and (3) retention of information. Following the implementation of the reading comprehension program each participant improved their performances on each outcome measure by at least 50%. Inter-observer agreement was calculated after viewing video taped performances and exceeded 85% agreement. The interrelationship between applied behavior analysis and literacy development is emphasized in this study.
 
Applications of Behavior Analysis to Support Orientation and Mobility Training.
MICHAEL J. CAMERON (Simmons College), Barbara Birge (Perkins School for the Blind), Martha Majors (Perkins School for the Blind)
Abstract: Orientation and mobility training (O & M) helps blind or visually impaired children know where they are in space and where they want to go (orientation). It also helps children execute a plan to get to a desired destination (mobility). The purpose of this study was to demonstrate how the results of a stimulus control analysis of movement and behavior analytic procedures could be used to increase independent movement in a young girl with congenital blindness, developmental disabilities, and a protracted history of falling to the floor during sighted guide instruction. Independent variables included: (1) use of a cane, (2) freedom of movement as a reinforcer for tolerating assisted movement, and (3) the use of a supported routine. Dependent variables included: (1) distance traveled per opportunity, (2) instances of falling, (3) generalization across teachers, and parents, and (4) generalization across environments. The results of this study resulted in an eradication of falling, assisted mobility throughout the course of her day, and generalization across teachers, parents, and environments. Inter-observer agreement data were collected on 60% of all movement opportunities; there was 100% agreement on all measures. The implications of addressing orientation and mobility challenges via a behavior analytic approach are highlighted.
 
 
Symposium #225
CE Offered: BACB
Can We Decrease Problem Behavior without Extinction?
Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Stevens 3
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida)
Discussant: F. Charles Mace (University of Southern Maine)
CE Instructor: Brian A. Iwata, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Although extinction is the most direct method for reducing the frequency of problem behavior, the procedure is sometimes difficult or impossible to use due to practical constraints (e.g., severity of problem behavior, size of client, inability to control the maintaining reinforcer). Three studies will be presented in which attempts were made to treat problem behavior with procedures that did not include extinction: (a) blocking, (b) negative reinforcement for compliance, and (c) combined antecedent interventions.

 
Structural and Functional Characteristics of Attention as a Consequence for Problem Behavior.
CARRIE M. DEMPSEY (California State University, Stanislaus), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Jennifer Lynn Hammond (University of Florida)
Abstract: Attention has long been recognized as a source of reinforcement for problem behavior. However, little is known about its reinforcing characteristics. One common form of attention, response blocking, often is prescribed as a means of protection, yet its effects on problem behavior maintained by attention are unknown. Study 1 consisted of a structural analysis of attention. Direct observations were conducted of individuals who engaged in problem behavior, and attention delivered by caretakers was categorized according to a number of features (reprimand, warning, statement of concern, movement, physical contact, delivery of tangible item, etc.). Results showed a wide range of variation in the types of attention delivered by adults. Study 2 was an attempt to determine whether minimal attention in the form of response blocking was sufficient to extinguish attention-maintained problem behavior. Blocking (without any other forms of attention) was implemented initially but was found to be unsuccessful in decreasing the problem behavior of all participants. Elimination of problem behavior was observed subsequently when blocking was combined with either differential reinforcement or noncontingent reinforcement. These results suggest that response blocking per se might maintain problem behavior but that blocking might not compromise treatment effects when combined with other reinforcement procedures.
 
Analysis of Competing Contingencies for Escape-Maintained Behavior: Effects of Reinforcer Magnitude.
JENNIFER LYNN HAMMOND (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Sarah Elizabeth Bloom (University of Florida)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that problem behavior maintained by social-negative reinforcement (escape) can be treated without extinction by delivering positive reinforcement (e.g., an edible item) for an alternative response (e.g., compliance). By contrast, delivering escape for compliance generally has been ineffective in the absence of extinction. It is possible, however, that negative reinforcement for compliance might be effective if the magnitude (duration) of reinforcement for compliance is larger than that for problem behavior. We evaluated the effects of reinforcer magnitude on escape-maintained behavior when both problem behavior and compliance were reinforced. Across all treatment phases, compliance produced escape of an equal, greater, or (in some cases) lesser magnitude than problem behavior. For 2 of 7 participants, problem behavior decreased when equal magnitudes of reinforcement were provided for both response options. For the remaining participants, however, results showed that enhancing the magnitude of negative reinforcement for compliance was not an effective treatment for problem behavior maintained by escape in the absence of extinction.
 
Effects of Combined Antecedent Interventions on Problem Behavior Maintained by Escape.
NATALIE ROLIDER (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida)
Abstract: Extinction has been shown to be an important component of treatment for problem behavior maintained by negative reinforcement (escape). Prevention of escape, however, may be difficult to do with large or combative individuals. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of two antecedent interventions (instructional fading and the high-probability instructional sequence) when problem behavior continued to produce escape. Following a functional analysis of the targeted problem behavior, a compliance assessment was conducted to identify instructions for which there were high- and low-probabilities of compliance. Next, instructional fading and the high-p sequence were evaluated first separately, and if necessary, in combination.
 
 
Symposium #226
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluations of Offense Related Behavior in Sex Offenders with Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Stevens 1
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jorge Rafael Reyes (University of Florida)
Discussant: Joel Eric Ringdahl (The University of Iowa)
CE Instructor: Jorge Rafael Reyes, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium will include three papers on the assessment and treatment of sex offenders with developmental disabilities. In the first presentation Astrid Hall will discuss the development of the mobile plethysmograph and show data related to the assessment of arousal in community settings. In the second presentation, Tim Vollmer will discuss the use of covert assessments in the assessment of high-risk behavior for sex offenders with developmental disabilities. In the third presentation, Jorge R. Reyes will describe the application of a paired-choice preference assessment format to evaluate visual preference for male and female children and adults. The discussant will be Joel Ringdahl who has published extensively in the areas of behavioral assessment and developmental disabilities.

 
The Use of a Mobile Plethysmograph in the Assessment of Sex Offenders with Developmental Disabilities.
ASTRID HALL (Seguin Unit), Jorge Rafael Reyes (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Gregory Jansen (State of Florida/Seguin Unit)
Abstract: Evaluations of generalization and maintenance have been relatively absent in the assessment and treatment of sex offenders with developmental disabilities. For example, it is not known whether arousal levels achieved in clinical settings would be similar to arousal levels outside of clinical settings, and furthermore, it is not known whether any treatment success obtained in clinical settings would transfer to real-world settings. Therefore, the purpose of the current clinical evaluation was to evaluate the use of a mobile plethysmograph that allows for arousal assessments to occur outside of clinical settings. Four adult male sex offenders with developmental disabilities have participated as part of their ongoing clinical assessment and treatment. First, clinic-based plethysmograph assessments were conducted. Second, the mobile plethysmograph was tested in the clinic. Results showed similar patterns of arousal using both the non-mobile and the mobile plethysmograph. Third, the mobile plethysmograph was tested away from the clinic using target videos and photos. Fourth, the mobile plethysmograph was tested in the community during normally occurring community activities. Results showed that the device was capable of capturing periods of arousal and non-arousal for both participants. Potential treatment implications for the use of the mobile plethysmograph will be discussed.
 
The Use of Covert Assessments for Sex Offenders with Developmental Disabilities.
TIMOTHY R. VOLLMER (University of Florida), Jorge Rafael Reyes (University of Florida), Cristina M. Whitehouse (University of Florida), Gregory Jansen (State of Florida/Seguin Unit)
Abstract: The assessment and treatment of sex offenders has typically revolved around evaluating and attempting to eliminate arousal to inappropriate stimuli (i.e., males and females under the age of 18). Whereas focusing on arousal has been shown to be important, it may only capture features of sexual offending that are more respondent in nature. Other factors may be more operant in nature and also important to consider in the sexual offense process. For example, how an individual behaves while in potentially high-risk situations (e.g., presence of children), would be important to determine. Therefore, the present study involved assessing responding of sex offenders diagnosed with developmental disabilities in high-risk situations. Specifically, we investigated how individuals responded while in the presence of high-risk materials (e.g., magazines that contained pictures of children) The procedures were based on other studies that involved covertly observing people placed in high-risk situations (e.g., Himle et al., 2005). Assessment results showed a range of responses such as avoiding the materials, looking at the materials briefly, and looking at the materials the entire duration of the session; however, in all cases, the methodology proved useful in identifying targets for behavior change. Implications for sex offender treatment programs will be discussed.
 
The Use of a Paired-Choice Preference Assessment Format for Sex Offenders with Developmental Disabilities.
JORGE RAFAEL REYES (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Andrew Samaha (University of Florida)
Abstract: Some components of assessments for sex offenders involve indirect measures of preference (e.g., asking if they prefer children or adults, etc). Past research has shown that indirect measures are typically poor predictors of actual preference. In this presentation, we will describe a visual preference assessment method for sex offenders with developmental disabilities. In the assessment, participants are seated at a computer monitor and presented with a choice among two pictures. The pictures vary in terms of gender and age and each picture is presented with every other picture twice. When a selection is made, the other picture disappears and the chosen picture enlarges and is presented in the center of the screen for 10 seconds. The data are then analyzed in terms of the percentage of time that each picture was selected. The results showed clear preferences for different age and gender categories across participants. The use of preference assessments as a component of an overall assessment and treatment model will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #227
Interbehaviorism and Interbehavioral Psychology
Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
4D
Area: DEV/TPC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: This symposium addresses Kantor's philosophy of interbehaviorism and his system of interbehavioral psychology. The nature and value of a coherent, comprehensive system of science is discussed along with more detailed discussions of its investigative, interpretive, and applied subsystems. Finally, the value of Kantor's integrated field perspective for effective interdisciplinary relations is discussed.
 
Interbehaviorism as a Scientific System.
MARIANNE L. JACKSON (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: This paper outlines the scientific system of interbehaviorism described by Kantor. We discuss the bi-directional interactions of cultural influences, the logic of science, meta-systemic assumptions, and the scientific system itself. We describe the nature of the subsystems of a scientific system, namely, those of investigation, application, and interpretation. Finally, we will emphasize the importance of consistency within such a scientific system and how this can be achieved.
 
Interbehavioral Investigation and Interpretation.
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The science of interbehavioral psychology is often confused with the philosophy of interbehaviorism. As a result, interbehavioral psychology is held to be lacking the investigative practices and products characteristic of other scientific enterprises, specifically, behavior analysis. This paper addresses the nature of interbehavioral investigation and interpretation, focusing on their aims, methods, and outcomes. The relation and value of each of these subsystems to the other, and to the system of interbehavioral psychology as a whole are discussed.
 
Interbehavioral Applications.
MITCH FRYLING (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The relationship between philosophy and application is widely misunderstood and often underappreciated. Interbehaviorism has a number of important implications for applied work in behavior analysis. This paper outlines some ways in which interbehaviorism may inform applied research and practice in naturalistic settings. In particular, the implications of Kantor's description of the investigative situation and integrated field are discussed.
 
Interbehaviorism and Interdisciplinary Science.
YUKIKO WASHIO (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The fact that all scientific work entails the behavior of scientists affords great opportunity for behavior science to enter into interdisciplinary relations with other scientific enterprises. Effective interdisciplinary relations depend on a number of factors, among them clarity on the parts of the participating disciplinary enterprises as to their unique subject matters, and a philosophical perspective as to the relations among these subject matters that take advantage of this uniqueness. This paper focuses on the value of an integrated field perspective in the achievement of productive interdisciplinary science.
 
 
Symposium #228
Finding the Frontier of Fluency Training: Lessons from an Animal Laboratory and Two Applied Settings
Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Williford A
Area: EDC/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jonathan Weinstein (University of Mississippi)
Discussant: Eric J. Fox (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: This symposium will discuss findings from three studies addressing various topics of concern for educational researchers interested in the concept of fluency (Johnson & Layng, 1996). The first concerns findings from an animal laboratory on the effects of trial spacing and rate-building on acquisition and retention. The second is an applied study examining the effects of fluency training in an after-school tutoring program on oral words read correctly per minute, and other measures of reading and math skills. The third is a multiple baseline design examining the effects of an online tutoring program based on Direct Instruction applied to reading skills measured by oral words read correctly per minute.
 
Fluency and Trial Spacing: Maybe They Can Be Friends After All.
MATTHEW L. PORRITT (Aubrey Daniels International), Karen VanWagner (Western Michigan University), Adam Rapp (Western Michigan University), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Using a repeated acquisition preparation with pigeons, the effects of three response opportunity arrangements were examined. When no delays were arranged within or between chained responses, overall average latency to respond decreased and accuracy and retention of chained responding were relatively high. When delays were arranged between component responses in a chain, latency to respond did not decrease and accuracy and retention were relatively low. When delays were arranged between completed chains, latency to respond decreased and accuracy and retention of chained responding were also relatively high. Each of the three conditions was tested at 120, 240, and 480 practice responses. Benefits of increased practice were most pronounced when spaces were arranged between chains. These results suggest that the benefits of training responses to high rates come from decreasing latency to respond and that using procedures that decrease latency does not preclude incorporating the previously well-demonstrated spacing effect to enhance retention.
 
Program Evaluation of an After-School Tutoring Service.
JONATHAN WEINSTEIN (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: As with most education research, the prohibitive expense of running a randomized controlled study has made it difficult for applied researchers to assess the efficacy of fluency training according to the standards of traditional outcome research. The current study examined the efficacy of fluency training with a group of students at a free after-school tutoring program using a crossover design. The study was carried out in an existing environment by undergraduate student tutors who received minimal training (1-5 hours) and who performed their roles in a volunteer capacity. Tutoring consisted of 45 minutes of fluency training for math and reading skills for 30 1st and 2nd graders. Data will be presented examining the effects of task specific training as opposed to non-specifics, such as increased contact with tutors and increased levels of positive reinforcement.
 
Project Reach To Teach: Evaluation of Online Tutoring to At-Risk Students.
ELEAZAR VASQUEZ, III (Utah State University), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University), April Rose Lockwood (Utah State University), Linsey Gleed (Utah State University)
Abstract: NCLB, an initiative to increase the academic proficiency of students, mandates that public schools failing to achieve AYP provide parents with a list of supplemental service providers on whom parents can call to establish tutoring for their children. Though mandated, state officials in rural and urban America report that qualifying students are not getting supplemental services in reading. Student access to intensive supplemental tutoring may be limited due to transportation, geographic locale, too few qualified providers or geographic inaccessibility of qualified providers. These findings are troubling because many children, particularly children in rural and inner city schools do not become skilled readers. One way to deliver supplemental instruction is to tutor children over a live audio/video online tutoring system. Live online tutoring may offer several important advantages. First, tutoring is available beyond school day hours and days beyond the school year. Second, tutoring can be accessed from home, increasing convenience, reducing cost and increasing parent involvement. Third, access to skilled tutors is extended beyond students’ geographic boundaries. A multiple baseline design across students was used to assess the extent to which at-risk 4th grade students increased their ORF given 4 days of online tutoring and fluency practice per week.
 
 
Symposium #229
Evidence-Based Practice Reviews: Applying EBP Standards to Reviews of School-Based Practices
Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Williford C
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Karen D. Hager (University of Kentucky)
Discussant: Karen D. Hager (University of Kentucky)
Abstract: A number of professional organizations (e.g., CEC, What Works Clearinghouse, American Psychological Association) have recently developed standards or published proposed standards for evaluating the evidence-base of various practices. Establishing such standards is a fairly recent endeavor, thus there will likely be a great deal of discussion and revision before proposed standards are finalized and become required and/or expected in a given field. These standards frameworks address the issues of what constitutes adequate evidence to identify a practice as evidence-based differently. For example, the weight put on different types of research (e.g., randomized clinical trials, single subject designs) varies a great deal. In addition, the standards put forth by some organizations provide much more detail regarding analysis of individual studies to make a determination of the evidence-base than do others. Therefore, some require more decision-making on the part of reviewers. The purpose of this symposium is to apply two or more of the standards frameworks to individual practices and (a) make a determination of the practice as evidence-based or not, and (b) evaluate the standards frameworks themselves regarding issues such as usability, completeness, and correspondence of the results with other methods of evaluating the research base.
 
Activity Schedules for Children with Autism: A Review of the Evidence Base.
ALISON M. BETZ (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract: Various standards for identifying evidence-based practices in special education have been suggested by multiple professional organizations. In the current paper, these standards will be applied to a specific intervention technique for teaching skills to individuals with autism (activity schedules). A review of the activity schedule literature was conducted and the results were then analyzed using multiple standards for evidence-based practices. In addition to discussing the evidence-base for activity schedules, application of the various standards to this research base will be discussed.
 
A Review of Secondary Peer Tutoring: Results from Three Sets of Evidence-Based Practice Standards.
DONALD M. STENHOFF (University of Kentucky)
Abstract: The No Child Left Behind Act and the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act 2004 require special education and general education teachers to use evidence-based practices and instructional arrangements in their classrooms. This is especially important when teaching content knowledge and various skills to students with disabilities. Professional organizations have conceptualized standards to identify evidenced-based practices in research. The purpose of this study is to compare the outcomes of a peer tutoring meta-analysis when this research base is analyzed using three different sets of evidence-based practice standards.
 
Community and School-Based Mentoring Programs: Perils and Pitfalls In Evaluating the Evidence.
BENJAMIN LIGNUGARIS/KRAFT (Utah State University), Ginger L. Kelso (Utah State University)
Abstract: The purpose of this presentation is to describe the difficulties in evaluating the quality of studies based on peer reviewed research reports. Gersten et al.’s (2005) quality indicators for group and quasi-experimental research were used to evaluate the literature on community and school-based mentoring programs. Results of that analysis will be presented along with an analysis of study outcomes. Discussion will focus on study qualities that are difficult to evaluate from available research reports and the relationship between the perceived quality of a study and study outcomes.
 
 
Paper Session #230
Educational Interventions for Young Children
Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Williford B
Area: EDC
Chair: Traci M. Cihon (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
 
Using Visual Phonics as a Strategic Intervention to Increase Literacy Behaviors for Kindergarten Students At-Risk for Reading Failure.
Domain: Applied Research
TRACI M. CIHON (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University), Dorothy L. Morrison (The Ohio State University), Peter Paul (The Ohio State University)
 
Abstract: Visual Phonics (VP) is a system for graphophonic instruction that has its roots in deaf education where there is a growing body of literature demonstrating its effectiveness (Trezek & Malmgren, 2005; Trezek & Yang, 2006; Trezek, Yang, Woods, Gampp, & Paul, 2007; Narr, 2006). The authors applied VP as a supplement to reading instruction for kindergarten students at-risk for reading failure. The authors will present the teaching procedures implemented and the resulting data. The presenters will discuss the findings in terms of challenges encountered when extending VP to hearing children in a general education classroom.
 
The Effect of a Narrative-Based Language Intervention on Story Telling of Children with Developmental Disabilities.
Domain: Applied Research
DOUGLAS B. PETERSEN (Utah State University), Trina D. Spencer (Utah State University)
 
Abstract: Narrative-based language interventions are most commonly used by speech-language pathologists to teach story telling and enhance receptive and expressive language. Limited research support for narrative interventions exist. The current researchers conducted a multiple baseline design across participants to investigate the effect of narrative intervention on story telling. Three second grade children with cerebral palsy who presented with moderate expressive language impairments, served as participants. Instructors used interesting story books and modeled story-telling, while presenting and fading picture icons of narrative components (i.e., character, setting, initiating event, internal response, plan, attempt, consequence, and resolution). Specific language targets such as causality, dialogue, and temporal adverbs were also addressed in intervention. After baseline phases, each participant received ten 1-hour narrative intervention sessions. Dependent variables included the frequency of narrative components and specific language targets in participants’ stories. Results indicated an increase over baseline productions of narrative components and specific language targets for all three participants. Generalization and maintenance of acquired narrative skills were also demonstrated. Implications will be discussed in terms of the utility of narrative interventions within natural and motivating literacy contexts and with extended populations such as children with autism.
 
Enhancing Non-Academic Classroom Skills for Young Children with Disabilities.
Domain: Applied Research
KATIE KIRKBRIDE (California State University, San Bernardino), Judith Sylva (California State University, San Bernardino)
 
Abstract: Teaching young children to follow routines, transition among activities, negotiate social situations with peers and adults, and engage socially with peers and adults may factor into school success. Functional assessment will be conducted regarding inappropriate classroom behaviors of several students in an Early Childhood special day class setting. Functionally equivalent non-academic responses will be identified for each participant. The investigator will provide systematic instruction to promote either the acquisition or fluency of the identified non-academic skills utilizing relevant social story strategies. The effectiveness of the interventions will be measured through data collection and analysis. Implications of this study may address methods of decreasing challenging behavior and increasing pro-social behaviors within a special day class setting.
 
 
 
Symposium #231
CE Offered: BACB
An Analysis of the Effectiveness of Using an Acoustical Marker (TAG) on the Acquisition of Various Skills in Children with Autism and other Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Waldorf
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Theresa McKeon (TAGteach International)
Discussant: Julie S. Vargas (B. F. Skinner Foundation)
CE Instructor: Julie S. Weiss, M.S.
Abstract:

Three presentations analyzing the effectiveness and efficiency of using an acoustical stimulus in conjunction with reinforcement and various teaching and prompting strategies will be presented. Applied Behavior Analysts are dedicated to finding effective ways to teach skills to participants with autism and related disorders. Standard teaching curricula are typically based on the use of prompting and shaping procedures. One way to augment standard prompting and shaping procedures is to pair an auditory or visual event with the delivery of reinforcement to mark the correct response. TAG Teach is a technology based on the use of markers or auditory stimuli paired with the delivery of reinforcement to shape new behaviors. TAG stands for Teaching with Acoustical Guidance and is a direct descendent of the clicker technology presented by Karen Pryor in her popular book Dont Shoot the Dog. Practitioners of TAG Teach argue for its effectiveness in many endeavors designed to teach motor skills such as gymnastics and dancing. The three data-based papers presented here successfully demonstrate how to incorporate aspects of TAG Teach technology into some of our standard curriculum to teach basic motor skills with participants for whom prior attempts have been unsuccessful.

 
Demonstration of the Effectiveness of Using a TAG to Promote Skill Acquisition for Students with Autism.
JULIE S. WEISS (The New England Center for Children), Myrna E. Libby (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysts are dedicated to finding effective ways to teach skills to participants with autism and related disorders. One way to augment standard prompting and shaping procedures is to pair an auditory or visual event with the delivery of reinforcement to “mark” the correct response. A multiple baseline across participants was used to assess the effectiveness of adding such an acoustical marker to the reinforcement component of standard acquisition curriculum. Student skill areas were selected because they were IEP objectives with ongoing program implementation and unsatisfactory progress and/or lack of acquisition. Four participants diagnosed with autism and between the ages of eight and twenty were included. The only modification from ongoing training was the addition of an acoustical stimulus contingent on correct responding before the delivery of reinforcement. All participants acquired the previously unlearned skill. Inter-observer agreement data were collected in at least 40% of sessions and averaged 95%. Procedural integrity data were taken in at least 40% of sessions and averaged 95%. Possible behavioral processes involved in the apparent usefulness of the acoustical stimulus are discussed.
 
Teaching Eye-contact in Response to a Peer’s Initiation using Tag Teach Peer Tutoring.
KATHERINE A. JOHNSON (Advances Learning Center), Elizabeth Paige Adams (Advances Learning Center), Katrina A. Fallon (Advances Learning Center)
Abstract: In a multiple baseline across subjects design, Tag Teach methods were used in conjunction with peer tutoring to teach children to respond with immediate eye contact to a peer calling his/her name. Four young children diagnosed with PDD-NOS were taught to reinforce each other’s eye contact, using Tag Teach methodology. Sessions were held during a weekly social skills group in which the four children participated. Three of the students had worked on this skill previously, with very limited success, using massed trials, incidental teaching techniques in distributed trials, prompting, and positive reinforcement in the form of tokens. The method for the current study included teaching students how to use the hand-held “tagger,” teaching them when to reinforce by using discrimination training, and then gradually removing adult interaction to allow the students to run the practice sessions themselves. Generalization data were taken throughout the course of the study. Tag Teach methods were more effective in increasing eye-contact as a response to peer’s initiations than previously-used methods for most students.
 
Evaluating the Influence of TAG Teach on Increasing Self-help Skills with Individuals with Severe Developmental Disabilities.
LAUREN C. WASANO (STE Consultants), Sarah E. Trautman-Eslinger (STE Consultants)
Abstract: Tag Teach or Teaching with Acoustical Guidance incorporates the use of a tagger (audible marker) while pairing it with positive reinforcement and shaping in order to quickly teach a vast repertoire of skills to individuals in a variety of populations. Among these skills include self-help and daily living skills, which are an integral skill set for individuals with Developmental Disabilities (DD) to acquire. The current study focused on utilizing TAG Teach to increase the toileting and appropriate drinking (other than a baby bottle), in addition to other types of target behavior that warranted intervention (e.g., hands-on behavior and object mouthing) in two males diagnosed with severe DD. Historically, these skills had been targeted for intervention; however, the various methodologies used had deemed unsuccessful for both participants. Results showed that target behavior increased after the first session with the use of TAG Teach.
 
 
Symposium #232
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research in OBM and BBS: From the Lab to the Corporate Office
Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Joliet
Area: OBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: David A. Wilder, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Four studies in OBM and BBS will be presented. The first study examined the effect of rules on employee performance in a human service setting. The second study examined the effects of contingent access to high vs. low preference items on employee performance in a laboratory setting. The third study investigated the effects of observer presence on individuals work-related behavior both within-session and across sessions. The fourth study evaluated the effects of variations of self-monitoring on safe posture performances during typing of four office workers in a simulated office setting.

 
The Effect of Rule Delivery on Employee Adherence to Procedures at a Residential Treatment Facility.
JAMES L. SQUIRES (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The way in which rules impact workplace performance has been a topic of discussion in the Organizational Behavior Management community for some time. However, rules, or contingency specifying stimuli as they have been described, have not been evaluated in an applied setting before. The purpose of this study was to examine the role of rules in the workplace. Participants included two employees at an intensive residential treatment facility. The dependent variable was the percentage of sign out/in cells completed on the form. First, a goal was set for employees based on baseline performance. Employees were then given one of two randomly assigned goal-rules. Goal-rules consisted of a praise goal-rule or a reprimand goal-rule. Goal-rules were administered at the start of each shift. The corresponding contingency described in the goal-rule was delivered (i.e., praise or reprimand) if the employees met the goal. Performance increased dramatically over baseline levels after the introduction of the Goal-Rules. Performance then decreased during the reversal phase, and then increased once again at the reintroduction of the goal rules. Slight differences in performance were noted between the two types of goal-rules for each participant.
 
The Effects of Varied versus Constant High, Medium, and Low Quality Stimuli on Performance.
BYRON J. WINE (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that children prefer varied to constant reinforcement when identical stimuli are used (Egel, 1980) and that this holds true for some individuals even when the constant reinforcement is of higher quality and the varied reinforcement is of lesser quality (Bowman, Piazza, Fisher, Hagopian, & Kogan, 1997). The purpose of this study was to compare the delivery of varied versus constant high, medium, and low quality stimuli on performance among two adults on a computer-based task in an analog employment setting. For both participants, constant delivery of the high quality stimulus produced the greatest increases in performance over baseline; the varied presentation produced performance comparable to constant delivery of medium preference stimuli. Results are discussed in terms of their implications for the selection and delivery of stimuli as part of employee performance improvement programs in the field of organizational behavior management.
 
Investigating the Effects of Observer Presence on Individuals' Work-Related Behavior Both Within-Session and Across Session.
ANGELA R. LEBBON (Western Michigan University), John Austin (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: A multi-phased multiple baseline design across participants was used to evaluate the inter-session effects of observer presence on participants’ body posture behavior, time on-task, and productivity. The intra-session effects of observer presence on participants’ body posture behavior, time on-task, and productivity were examined by utilizing within-subject, phase-by-phase comparisons across three minute time blocks (wherein nine video frameshots represented each three minute block). Of the 30 behaviors exposed to observer presence (across all participants), 22 demonstrated reactivity and 14 demonstrated habituation when analyzed across sessions (i.e., inter-session effects). Of the 36 behaviors exposed to observer presence, 29 demonstrated reactivity and 20 demonstrated habituation when analyzed within sessions (i.e., intra-session effects).
 
Improving Safety Posture Using Self-Monitoring: Some New Variations.
KRYSTYNA A. ORIZONDO-KOROTKO (Western Michigan University), Shannon M. Loewy (Western Michigan University), Nicole E. Gravina (Western Michigan University), Angela R. Lebbon (Western Michigan University), John Austin (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The present study evaluated the effects of variations of self-monitoring on safe posture performances during typing of four office workers in a simulated office setting. The study employed a safety checklist with six dependent variables: Wrists, neck, shoulders, back, arms, and legs. Secondary dependent variables were productivity and accuracy of self-monitoring. The independent variable for the first two participants was a combination of accuracy training and self-monitoring of a target behavior for safety during typing. Participant 1 also received a change in workstation set-up (the addition of a wrist pad). For the last two participants, the independent variable was a differing of the frequency of self-monitoring (every five minutes, then every two minutes) of a target behavior for safety during typing. Results varied for all participants, ranging from significant improvements to no improvements with different dependent variables. Implications, advantages, limitations, and suggestions for future research will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #233
Innovative Methods for Teaching Behavior Analysis to University Students
Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Astoria
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Laura L. Grow (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: This symposium will present recent research and conceptual material related to the teaching of behavior analysis in university settings. In the first study, Stephanie da Silva will discuss the use of Siamese fighting fish as a practical and effective alternative to rats or simulated rats in the laboratory component of a Psychology of Learning course. In the second study, Candice Jostad will present data demonstrating the effectiveness of a portable job-aid for improving the visual inspection skills of undergraduate students. In the third study, Marcie Desrochers will evaluate the effects of order of difficulty of client cases with the Simulations in Developmental Disabilities software on students’ decision-making skills when learning a functional assessment and treatment approach. In the final study, Mickey Keenan and Stephen Gallagher will demonstrate multimedia tools for enhancing the classroom teaching of behavior analysis.
 
Using Siamese Fighting Fish in the Laboratory Component of a Learning Course.
STEPHANIE P. DA SILVA (Columbus State University)
Abstract: This paper describes the use of Siamese fighting fish (Betta splendens) in the laboratory component of a Psychology of Learning course. Assignments addressing fixed action patterns, respondent conditioning and operant conditioning are reviewed. Student feedback and performance are used as measures of satisfaction and effectiveness of these assignments. Overall, using a live colony of fish is a practical and effective alternative to the use of live rats or computer-simulated rats in Learning courses. Advantages and disadvantages of using these fish, as well as suggestions for developing a new fish lab, are discussed.
 
Improving the Visual Inspection Skills of College Students with a Portable Job-Aid.
CANDICE M. JOSTAD (Western Michigan University), James E. Carr (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Visual inspection is the primary method of data analysis used in behavior analysis. Thus, it is important that members of our field have the skills necessary for accurate visual inspection. Research has shown that visual inspection is unreliable (e.g., DeProspero & Cohen, 1979), which has broad implications for the evaluation of treatment effects using this method. Traditional lectures have been shown to be ineffective in teaching visual inspection skills to a satisfactory level (e.g., Stewart, Carr, Brandt, & McHenry, in press). Improvements in visual inspection have been accomplished using statistical methods and aids such as lines superimposed on graphs (e.g., Fisher, Kelley, & Lomas, 2003; Stewart et al., in press). However, these methods are not effective when the aids are removed, and the aids typically are unavailable when inspectors evaluate graphs in the natural setting (e.g., when reading journal articles). The current study evaluated the effects of a portable job aid on the visual inspection of graphs by college students.
 
The Effects of Order of Difficulty of Client Cases on Acquisition of Functional Assessment Decision-Making Skills.
MARCIE DESROCHERS (State University of New York, Brockport), Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
Abstract: Presentation of multiple stimulus examples is important for acquiring a new skill. When learning the complex clinical decision-making skills involved with conducting a functional assessment approach, how should order of difficulty of cases be sequenced? Should easy, less complex, cases be presented first, or last, in a series of training cases? We will experimentally compare the effects of order of difficulty of client cases on students’ decision-making skills while learning a functional assessment approach to treat clients’ problem behavior. A functional assessment method will be taught by presenting students with five clinical cases embedded in the “Simulations in Developmental Disabilities” software. The assessment and treatment selections made by undergraduate students enrolled in applied behavior analysis courses will be analyzed and presented.
 
Training Students in Applied Behaviour Analysis through Multimedia Presentations.
STEPHEN GALLAGHER (University of Ulster), Michael Keenan (University of Ulster), Karola Dillenburger (The Queen's University)
Abstract: Given the wide scope and complexity of the field of applied behaviour analysis it is vital that undergraduate and graduate students are given an engaging overview of the field in order to increase and maintain the numbers taking University level courses. A key aspect of this endeavour is to ensure that, as teachers, we are mindful of the limitations of the traditional printed word. In this presentation we will showcase examples of how behaviour analysis can be brought to life in a way that goes beyond what is possible with standard textbooks. Using video and animations we will show how to communicate complex concepts in a way that is both accessible and scientifically accurate.
 
 
Paper Session #234
International Paper Session - Interpretations of Complex Human Behavior
Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
PDR 3
Area: TPC
Chair: Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
 
Cooperation in the Context of Rule-Governance and Contingency Manipulation: A Theoretical Analysis.
Domain: Theory
SHARLET D. BUTTERFIELD (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract: Cooperation can be considered as a function of coordinated behavior with respect to some conjoint outcome. Cooperation with humans, however, is never as simple as the total number of responses that each organism engages in that together result in a shared consequence. For example, with humans one must take into consideration the role of verbal behavior and how rules may alter or transform the function of the cooperative behavior. Reinforcement history with respect to cooperating in the past as well as with the current “partner” may also influence cooperative-like responses. In addition, other social variables such as the presence of others or competitive responses and different types of interlocking outcomes (e.g., monetary) and their associated risk may have an affect. In short, this presentation will discuss the function of cooperation in the context of rule-governance and with respect to contingency manipulations.
 
A Contingency Analysis of Mothers’ Roles across Cultures.
Domain: Theory
THOURAYA AL-NASSER (University of Nevada, Reno), Diana M. Delgado (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract: The societal expectations of women in the role of mother, and the contingencies operating in the interest of those expectations being met, vary across cultures and religious groups. This paper addresses these differences as they apply to educated women in North America, Latin America and the Middle East.
 
Confessions of a Christian Atheist.
Domain: Theory
RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University)
 
Abstract: Most of my high-IQ, smart-guy, hard-science buddies can’t resist a diatribal wallow in the reinforcers of righteous indignation, as they proclaim that religion is the root of all evil and enthusiastically cite the mean-spirited Sam Harris’ The End of Faith as scientific proof. But I, as a Christian atheist, humbly and quietly suggest that religion may be the only thing standing between us and dog-eat-dog social chaos. Theologians have struggled for millennia in their futile effort to reconcile the reality of bad things happening to good people with the belief in a loving, just, omnipotent god. But I, as a Christian atheist, humbly and quietly suggest they suck it up and learn to love paradox. The new pope shocks the world by saying all religions are equal but Catholicism is more equal than others. And I, as a Christian atheist, say ecumenism was still born, long live ecumenism.
 
 
 
Paper Session #235
International Paper Session - Verbal Behavior Training and Practice
Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Stevens 4
Area: VBC
Chair: Mecca Chiesa (University of Kent)
 
We Need a Commented Edition of Skinner’s Verbal Behavior (1957).
Domain: Applied Research
MARIA DE LOURDES PASSOS (UFRJ/University of Massachusetts Medical School-Shriver Center)
 
Abstract: One of the most important reasons why Verbal Behavior (Skinner, 1957) is difficult to read is the amount and range of topics outside behavior analysis whose knowledge is required to understand the book. Skinner’s approach to verbal behavior relies mainly on theoretical frameworks from the fields of operant conditioning, traditional grammar and linguistics, literature and literary criticism, and epistemology. The topics from outside the field of behavior analysis appear in Verbal Behavior either openly, as in the case of references to authors or themes, or covertly, as an implicit background for the discussion of several issues. The book offers a brief explanation of the concepts necessary to understand the behavioral processes, but none to understand concepts that pertain to the other fields. A commented edition of Verbal Behavior would highlight the richness of its sources and would provide the information necessary to make the book accessible to readers of different backgrounds. Above all, it needs to be done to make Verbal Behavior understandable to students of behavior analysis.
 
Self-Rule Generation: The Effect of Observation Training.
Domain: Applied Research
CRISTIN D. JOHNSTON (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract: Observation Training, teaching individuals to observe and collect data on another person's behavior, has been utilized in the area of Behavioral Safety research and has been shown to be effective in reducing risky behavior without the use of feedback interventions (Alvero & Austin, 2004; Harrison, 2005). In a computer analog, we analyzed how 1) the verbal behavior of those making observations and 2) the type of Observation Training impacted subsequent non-verbal responding. Specifically, we looked at the accuracy and specificity of the rules participants generated for themselves and their congruence with non-verbal responding.
 
Changing the Behaviour of Adult Models: Effects on the Verbal Behaviour of a Child.
Domain: Applied Research
MECCA CHIESA (University of Kent)
 
Abstract: Concerns were raised by staff about the behaviour of a 10-year-old boy attending an after-school play scheme. Observation revealed that the boy’s verbal interactions with staff and other children were consistently rude and insulting. Observation of staff and parents’ verbal interactions with the boy showed very little in the way of positive interaction. Training implemented with staff and the boy’s parents brought about a change in their verbal behaviour, a shift from mainly negative to mainly positive. Subsequent observation of the boy’s verbal interactions showed a decrease in negative interactions and the presence of some positive verbal behaviour in the repertoire. No training was carried out with the boy and no instructions were delivered to him.
 
 
 
Symposium #236
The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) and Relationships Among Attitudes and Overt Behavior
Sunday, May 25, 2008
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Stevens 5
Area: VBC/CBM; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Diana Van De Kreeke (Illinois Institute of Technology)
Abstract: It is well known that explicit attitudes and overt behavior are often incongruous. For instance most smokers will endorse that smoking is bad while continuing to smoke. The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) was used to compare implicit and explicit attitudes and overt behavior in clinically relevant behaviors. The relationships among attitudes and overt behaviors will be considered in terms of Relational Frame Theory and implications for prevention and treatment of problematic behaviors will be discussed.
 
Using the IRAP to Assess the Verbal Networks of Adolescents about Smoking.
SHAWN M. BOLES (Oregon Research Institute), Anthony Biglan (Oregon Research Institute), Carey Black (Oregon Research Institute)
Abstract: A pilot study employing a web-based version of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) was conducted to assess the utility of the procedure when used to investigate the verbal networks of adolescents with respect to the harmful behavior of smoking. Using a known groups procedure, eight smoking and eight nonsmoking adolescents were exposed to the sample concepts of Smoker and Nonsmoker in the presence of four social acceptance words (and their opposites) commonly associated with smoking in tobacco company marketing campaigns. The hypothesis that adolescent smokers would relate the sample word ‘Smoker’ as “Similar” to social acceptance words contained in tobacco company advertisements, while nonsmokers would not do so, was confirmed.
 
Implicit Beliefs about Smoking Consequences in Smokers and Nonsmokers: A Study with the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP).
MONICA HERNANDEZ-LOPEZ (Universidad de Valladolid (Spain)), Miguel Rodriguez-Valverde (Universidad de Jaen, Spain), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Shawn M. Boles (Oregon Research Institute)
Abstract: The aim of this study was to analyze the differences between smokers’ and nonsmokers’ arbitrarily established relations between smoking and health-related consequences, and between smoking and bodily sensations/arousal consequences. In a first phase we presented the word “smoking” straight on words about negative (e.g. disease) or positive health consequences (e.g. safe). Participants had to respond in conditions of consistency (e.g. smoking similar to disease) or inconsistency (e.g. smoking opposed to disease), and their response latencies were obtained in each case. In a second phase we presented the same word “smoking” straight on words about negative bodily sensations (e.g. tired) and positive ones (e.g. relaxation). Participants had to respond again in conditions of potential consistency or inconsistency. We compare the results obtained by smokers and nonsmokers with the IRAP with the results obtained with the IAT. Besides, we compare the implicit attitudes and beliefs as measured by these procedures with explicit beliefs measured by a questionnaire.
 
Implicit Attitudes towards Healthy and Unhealthy Foods in Normal Weight and Overweight Adults.
DIANA VAN DE KREEKE (Illinois Institute of Technology), Patricia Bach (Illinois Institute of Technology), Daniel J. Moran (Trinity Services)
Abstract: Normal weight and overweight subjects completed four different IRAP procedures assessing implicit attitudes towards healthy verus unhealthy foods. Participants also completed measures of their explicit attitudes towards different foods, and measures of acceptance and mindfulness, and reported recent food intake. Overweight and normal weight participants performed differently on the IRAP. A Relational Frame Theory account of the findings will be presented along with implications for prevention and treatment of obesity.
 
Implicit and Explicit Attitudes of Clinicians towards Clients with Serious Mental Illness.
JENNIFER LOWE (Illinois Institute of Technology), Patricia Bach (Illinois Institute of Technology)
Abstract: It is well documented that there is much stigma towards persons with serious mental illness. The attitudes of professionals providing services to individuals with mental illness are particularly important because of their influence on their clients and on the general public. As professionals have more contact with clients with a variety of clinical concerns their attitudes may change over time. This study compared the implicit and explicit attitudes of lay persons, clinicians, and clinical trainees towards persons with serious mental illness. Participants completed an IRAP procedure using words associated with serious mental illness, as well as measures assessing explicit attitudes towards serious mental illness. The relationships among level of knowledge about and experience with persons with mental illness and implicit and explicit attitudes will be presented and. implications for professional training and interventions for reducing stigma will be discussed.
 
 
Paper Session #237
Bridges and Training and Communication from Animal Training
Sunday, May 25, 2008
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Chicago & Alton
Area: EAB
Chair: Kayce Cover (Syn Alia Training Systems)
 
Bridges and Training and Communication from Animal Training
Domain: Basic Research
KAYCE COVER (Syn Alia Training Systems)
 
Abstract: Behavior analysis has a long history in animal training. This paper is to introduce those outside of animal training to the concept of the Intermediate Bridge. Bridges mark an instant of correct behavior, when training animals or people. The Intermediate Bridge is a specific kind of bridge which greatly enhances effectiveness and efficiency of communication. It takes one minute to teach, and can cut 25-75% of training time. It leads us into two-way communication with the animals, where we can ask questions and get objective answers. Video of work with animals and demonstrations will be included.
 
 
 
Invited Tutorial #238
CE Offered: BACB
Tutorial: Developing Adherence among Children with Chronic Health Conditions
Sunday, May 25, 2008
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
Grand Ballroom
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Michael Rapoff, Ph.D.
Chair: Ann Branstetter-Rost (Missouri State University)
Presenting Authors: : MICHAEL RAPOFF (University of Kansas Medical Center)
Abstract:

This tutorial is designed to provide a review of the literature regarding medical adherence among children with chronic health conditions, such as asthma and arthritis. In addition, clinical behavioral interventions which may be applied to increase adherence are presented in detail along with current outcome data.

 
MICHAEL RAPOFF (University of Kansas Medical Center)
Dr. Michael Rapoff received his Ph.D in Developmental and Child Psychology in 1980 from the University of Kansas and completed a two year post-doctoral fellowship in Behavioral Pediatrics at the University of Kansas Medical Center. Dr. Rapoff is currently Ralph L. Smith (Distinguished) Professor of Pediatrics, Vice-Chair for Research/Scholarship and Faculty Development, and Chief of the Behavioral Pediatrics division in the Department of Pediatrics at the University of Kansas Medical Center. Dr. Rapoff is a licensed psychologist in Kansas and Missouri and is listed in the National Registry of Health Service Providers in Psychology. His research interests over the past 27 years has focused on psychosocial issues affecting children and adolescents with chronic diseases, including adherence to medical regimens, pain, and psychosocial adjustment. He has been funded by NIH and Maternal and Child Health to evaluate strategies for improving adherence to medical regimens for children with asthma and juvenile rheumatoid arthritis (JRA) and by the Arthritis Foundation for evaluating a cognitive-behavioral pain management program for children and adolescents with JRA. Dr. Rapoff has 74 publications in journals or books, including a single-authored book published in 1999 on pediatric medical adherence (Adherence to Pediatric Medical Regimens, New York: Kluwer/Plenum). In 2003, Dr. Rapoff received the Distinguished Scholar Award from the Association of Rheumatology Health Professionals, a division of the American College of Rheumatology, in recognition of outstanding rheumatology scholarship. Also in 2003, Dr. Rapoff was elected as a Fellow in the Society of Pediatric Psychology, Division 54 of the American Psychological Association. Dr. Rapoff is currently funded by NIH to evaluate the efficacy of a computer-based CD-ROM program (Headstrong) for treating chronic headaches in children. In addition to his research, Dr. Rapoff trains clinical psychology students in health psychology and pediatric psychology and teaches residents and medical students. He also sees patients 1½ days per week in his Behavioral Pediatrics Outreach Clinics in Lawrence and Prairie Village, Kansas.
 
 
Symposium #239
New Advances in Behavioral Activation for Depression with Ethnic Minorities
Sunday, May 25, 2008
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Boulevard B
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Rachel Manos (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
Discussant: Jonathan W. Kanter (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
Abstract: Behavioral Activation (BA) began with Lewinsohn’s notion of activating clients to produce response-contingent positive reinforcement. After Jacobson and colleagues (Gortner, Gollan, Dobson, & Jacobson, 1998; Jacobson et al., 1996) conducted a component analysis that found the BA component of Cognitive Therapy (CT) to produce equivalent outcomes to the full CT package, there has been a resurgence of interest in this treatment. This symposium will present new research on Behavioral Activation (BA), focusing on applications of BA with ethnic minorities. First, Dr. Jonathan Kanter will present the background of BA and why BA is a particularly appropriate treatment for ethnic minority individuals with depression. Then, Andrew Busch will present on validating a clinical measure of activation, the Behavioral Activation for Depression Scale (BADS), for use with ethnic minorities. Finally, Laura Rusch will present recent data on outcomes of BA as a treatment for Latino depression and as an intervention to reduce stigma of depression in African Americans.
 
The Application of Behavioral Activation Theory to Ethnic Minorities.
JONATHAN W. KANTER (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Laura C. Rusch (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Rachel Manos (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Azara Santiago-Rivera (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Paul West (16th Street Community Health Clinic)
Abstract: Behavioral Activation (BA; Martell, Addis, & Jacobson, 2001) is based on a model of depression that focuses on environmental factors that lead to losses or chronically low levels of positive reinforcement. Therefore, treatment involves activating clients to take active steps toward solving the environmental problems that precipitated depression, and includes monitoring daily activities, scheduling daily activities, and assigning increasingly difficult tasks related to client goals. BA clients are taught to recognize avoidance patterns and to activate themselves specifically in the difficult and stressful situations that evoke avoidance. BA may be particularly appropriate for treating depression in ethnic minorities, as it specifically targets the complex environmental stressors experienced by ethnic minorities, such as employment problems and discrimination. BA offers a simple, pragmatic approach that emphasizes empowerment and perseverance in the face of these seemingly overwhelming environmental difficulties. Furthermore, BA is more cost effective and easier to train and learn than many other mainstream therapies (e.g., cognitive therapy), which is especially important in communities with very limited resources. This paper will present further support for applying BA to ethnic minorities, as well as adaptations that may further strengthen this treatment for specific application to minority clients.
 
Measuring Avoidance: Data on Applying the Behavioral Activation for Depression Scale (BADS) to Ethnic Minorities.
ANDREW BUSCH (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Laura C. Rusch (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Jonathan W. Kanter (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Alex Czarnecki (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Cristal E. Weeks (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Jesus Calvillo (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
Abstract: Recently, the psychotherapy research community has devoted a considerable amount of attention to the use of Behavioral Activation (BA) as a treatment for depression and two randomized controlled trials have supported its efficacy. This presents an obvious need for a system for measuring the degree of activation in clients over the course of BA as a way for clinicians to assess treatment progress and for researchers to examine mechanisms of change. This paper presents new data on the BADS, a self-report scale developed previously for that purpose. The BADS has four empirically derived subscales: activation, avoidance/rumination, social impairment, and work/school impairment that attempt to assess the behavioral function as well as the form of these constructs. Previously this scale has been validated with an undergraduate sample and a depressed community sample. We present additional data on the psychometric properties of the BADS with an African American sample and a Latino sample. Implications of validating this measure with minority groups will be explored.
 
Clinical Outcomes and Implications for the Application of BA for Ethnic Minorities.
LAURA C. RUSCH (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Andrew Busch (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Jonathan W. Kanter (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Rachel Manos (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), William Reyes (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Azara Santiago-Rivera (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
Abstract: Little formal research on the treatment of depression in ethnic minorities exists. This presentation will present data on applications of Behavioral Activation for Latinos and African Americans. First, a pilot version of BA for Latino depression was compared to treatment-as-usual in a Latino community clinic (n = 20). Results in terms of both treatment retention and treatment outcome were encouraging and will be presented. Second, based on previous research with a Caucasian sample, the BA model of depression was compared to a biological model of depression to reduce stigma associated with depression in African Americans (n = 37). Results of this study also will be presented. Implications for future development of BA for ethnic minorities will be discussed.
 
 
Invited Symposium #240
CE Offered: BACB
International Symposium - Values in Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 25, 2008
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
International North
Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Saul Axelrod (Temple University)
CE Instructor: Maria R. Ruiz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Overt values statements are a relatively recent development within the field of behavior analysis. For far too long we have allowed others, primarily our critics, to describe our values for us, and it is time that we begin to speak for ourselves. Core values are important characteristics of an organizations verbal practices and as our community endeavors to build a coherent system from which to promote effective cultural practices, we are reminded that values function as guides to action and play a key role in helping us through ethical dilemmas. In order to present ourselves convincingly to our consumers and the public we need a serious debate about our values: What do we consider the most important features or contributions of behavior analysis to the culture? We will present data from a survey study of core values in a sample of ninety-four behavior analysts discuss the implications for behavior analytic practices.

 
Values in the Science and Practice of Behavior Analysis
GERALD A SHOOK (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract: This session will briefly review the place of values in the science and practice of behavior analysis and it will identify some of the possible reasons why overt values statements are a relatively recent development within the field. Values will be examined within the context of professional behavior analysis and examples will be given of the integration of values into current and future professional practice.
Dr. Gerald L. Shook is Chief Executive Officer and Founder of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc. He holds a Ph.D. in Psychology and is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst with over 35 years experience in behavior analysis. Dr. Shook has taken an active role in developing certification in several states, as well as internationally, and has published and presented extensively in the area of credentialing and Behavior Analysis as a profession. He conducted statewide distance education university graduate training in several states and consulted nationally on development of statewide behavioral service and training systems. He currently holds adjunct appointments in the College of Education and Graduate College at Penn State. Dr. Shook was on the Executive Council of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, where he also was Coordinator of the Legislative and Public Affairs Committee and the Affiliated Chapters Board. He was President of the Florida Association for Behavior Analysis. He served on the Editorial Boards of The Behavior Analyst, Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, and Behavior Analysis in Practice. Dr. Shook is a Trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, and a Fellow of ABAI. He received the Florida Association for Behavior Analysis’ Award for Outstanding Service; the California Association for Behavior Analysis’ Award for Outstanding Contributor to Behavior Analysis; The Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis’ Outreach Award and Award for Public Service; and the Outstanding Alumni Award from Western Michigan University.
 
Let's Talk Seriously About our Values: How to Reach our Consumers and Fight Off the Competition
JON S. BAILEY (FSU, BMC, FABA)
Abstract: For far too long we have allowed others, primarily our critics, to describe our values and it is time to go on the offensive. In order to present ourselves convincingly to our consumers and the public we need a serious debate about our values: What do we consider the most important features or contributions of behavior analysis to the culture? While others see us as "manipulative" and "controlling" many of us think of behavior analysis as promoting individual worth, independence, and choice. Our dedication to data collection, research design, and a science of behavior leaves us open to criticism from those promoting "freedom" and our commitment to the study of behavior gives a big target to the vast majority of psychologists who are promoting cognitive processes and self help as solutions most any human behavior problem. I will discuss these issues and propose several alternative ways of describing and presenting our values in an attempt to tip public opinion our way.
Dr. Jon S. Bailey has contributions spanning a number of areas over the past 35 years. He has mentored over 50 Ph.D. students, many of whom have gone on to careers of excellence. This is no small task because he has been the lone behavior analyst in his department for many years. He also is a superb teacher at the undergraduate level and has received numerous university awards for instructional excellence. Dr. Bailey has been the moving force behind the growth of behavior analysis throughout the state of Florida. He was a member of the state review committee for behavior analysis in the 1970s, he founded the Florida Association of Behavior Analysis in the 1980s, and he initiated the meetings of the Organizational Behavior Management Network in the 1990s. Finally, it should be noted that Dr. Bailey also is one of our field’s eminent researchers. The largest proportion of his work has been published in the flagship journal of our field, Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Many of his articles were innovative in defining new areas of research for applied behavior analysts.
 
Values and Behavior Analytic Practices
MARIA R. RUIZ (Rollins College), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: As scientists and practitioners behavior analysts must make frequent decisions that affect others. In concert with our scientific tradition our guide to best practice has been scientific principles. Yet scientific principles alone may not be sufficient to guide our decisions in situations with potentially conflicting outcomes. In such cases, values function as guides to action and play a key role in helping us through ethical dilemmas. The feminist research tradition has given us many examples of the confluence of science and political values and reminds us that personal, social and contextual influences or contextual values are ever present and the rules of evidence of scientific inquiry are not adequate to screen out their influence. Therefore, behavior analysts should examine the assumptions they hold when deciding between conflicting generalizations from their findings. As our community endeavors to build a coherent system from which to promote effective cultural practices, it is important to recognize that as pragmatists we are not searching for solutions that are ultimately “true” or “right”. We are instead making decisions about the best possible courses of effective action. When the decision is difficult because the case is not clear-cut, behavior analysts would do well to draw from the work of pragmatist philosopher John Dewey, in particular his notions of pluralistic dialogue and communal consensus to establish acceptable means of deciding.
Dr. Maria R. Ruiz is a professor of psychology at Rollins College and recipient of the Arthur Vining Davis faculty award for excellence in teaching. As a licensed psychologist and Board Certified Behavior Analyst she has consulted in the field of autism and developmental disabilities for over twenty five years. Dr. Ruiz has a long standing commitment to the wide scale delivery of quality behavior analysis services. She has served the Behavior Analysis Certification Board as a panelist for the certification exam and on the certification board exam committee, testified as expert witness and chaired the State of Florida Behavior Analysis Peer Review Committee. Dr. Ruiz received her doctorate from the University of Florida and completed a post doctoral fellowship in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Biology at the Johns Hopkins School of Medicine. She has conducted laboratory research to investigate animal models of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) and applied behavioral research in clinical settings. Her combined interests in the conceptual analysis of behavior and social sources of behavioral control led her to develop conceptual bridges across behavior analysis and feminist psychology and her work has been published in feminist and behavioral journals. A recent extension of this interest is her collaborative work to develop behavioral methodologies applying equivalence relations in identifying behavioral processes embedded in cognitively-based implicit tests (e.g. Implicit Association Test or IAT). Dr. Ruiz has served as reviewer for Feminism and Psychology and currently serves on the editorial boards of Behavior and Social Issues and The Behavior Analyst.
 
Normative Premises in Applied Behavior Analysis and Literature
ERIK ARNTZEN (Akershus University College), Jon A. Lokke (University College of Ostfold, Norway), Gunn Lokke (University College of Ostfold, Norway)
Abstract: Normative premises as ethics, moral, and values are parts of the reinforcement and punishment practices, and not a reified part of ourselves as may be argued in philosophy and traditional psychology. Core values are important characteristics of an organization’s verbal practice. Values are materialized as aims and results and connected to ideal guiding patterns of behavior - as in professional standards (Cooper et al., 2007). Our goal in this study was to expand the descriptive knowledge about values in behavior analysis. We used a survey (Bailey, 2006) to study core values reported by groups of behavior analysts. The main findings based on the responses of 94 participants were that effective, evidence based treatment, and improving quality of life, were scored relatively high. In addition, we conducted a literature review. In accordance with the data from our first study, behavior analysts should engage in their client’s values and the significance of the treatment. Goals should be taken into consideration equal to behavioral functions, reliability and procedural integrity. The findings showed that clinical significance is mentioned in under half of the cases. We suggest that an assessment of clinical significance and the client’s values should be included in clinical articles.
Prof. Erik Arntzen received his Ph.D. from University of Oslo, Norway, in February 2000. Arntzen’s dissertation was focusing on variables influencing responding in accord with stimulus equivalence. He is currently Professor in Behavior Analysis at Akershus University College (AUC). Dr. Arntzen is the head of the master program in behavior analysis at AUC. His research contributions include both basic and applied behavior analysis, with an emphasis on research in relational stimulus control and verbal behavior. He has also been interested in ethical considerations and core values in the field of behavior analysis. Dr. Arntzen is one of the editors of European Journal of Behavior Analysis and has served on the editorials board of several journals, including the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, The Psychological Record, International Journal of Psychology and Psychological Therapy, and The Behavior Analyst Today.
 
 
Symposium #241
Antecedent Events and Traffic Safety
Sunday, May 25, 2008
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
PDR 1
Area: CSE/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michelle L. Arnold (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The use of antecedent strategies can be cost effective in improving safety in a number of areas. This symposium looks at the effect of antecedent strategies on red light running, turn signaling, and speeding behavior.
 
The Effects of an LED No Right Turn on Red Sign on Motorist Compliance with NTOR.
ERICK K. A. MARMOLEJO (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Every day we put ourselves at great risk of injury or death by simply getting behind the wheel of our cars. Driving is one of the leading cause of preventable injury particularly in young drivers and every year the driving population in this country grows. To mitigate this danger traffic engineers have looked to novel technological approaches. One of these technologies is the use of dynamic traffic signs. This technology provided the proper antecedent prompts for a given traffic condition. While these types of signs have seen wide acceptance, few studies have looked at the actual efficacy of these signs compared to the more typical static signs. The present study looked at a direct comparison of conventional static signs and dynamic signs on driver behavior. The results suggest that the use of dynamic signs may be helpful in improving the safety of driver behavior.
 
Increasing Turn Signal Use by Drivers Exiting a University Parking Garage.
MICHAEL C. CLAYTON (Youngstown State University), Emily Myers (Youngstown State University)
Abstract: The present study attempted to further existing literature on increasing safe driving practices through visual prompts by targeting turn signal use at a 4-way intersection. Drivers exiting a university-parking garage were presented with a visual prompt (“Please Signal and Drive Safely”) and then observed for turn signal use while entering an intersection a short time later. In addition, the effectiveness of posted signs (passive prompting) was compared to signs held by a student volunteer (mediated prompting) using a reversal (ABACA) design. The interventions increased turn signal use from a baseline of 68% to 89% and 85% for passive prompts and mediated prompts, respectively.
 
The Effects of a Rectangular Stutter Flash Beacon on Driver Speed Compliance.
MICHELLE J. VANWAGNER (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: According to the 2006 Annual Assessment of Motor Vehicle Crashes from the National Highway Transportation Safety Administration (NHTSA) report, nearly 32% of vehicle fatalities were related to failure to adhere to safe vehicle speeds (NHTSA, 2007). The current study is designed to assess the effect of a rapidly flashing beacon to enhance the conspicuity of a speed limit sign at the entrance to a sharp curve in the road. Data will be collected anonymously through the use of an automatic traffic analyzer device manufactured by Nu-Metrics. The device will be installed with the assistance of local law enforcement to ensure the safety of the Student Investigator who will install and remove the device following each observation period. The research site is located in Northern Illinois, along Lake Street/US Route 45.
 
 
Symposium #242
Behavioral Momentum Theory: 25 Years
Sunday, May 25, 2008
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Barbershop
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Christopher A Podlesnik (Utah State University)
Discussant: John A. Nevin (University of New Hampshire)
Abstract: Behavioral momentum theory was introduced in 1983 by Nevin and colleagues (Nevin, Mandell, & Atak, 1983). It provides a quantitative theory that describes how the persistence of behavior in the face of disruption is analogous to the change in velocity of a moving body when perturbed by an outside force. As velocity and mass are separable aspects in physics, behavioral momentum theory suggests that resistance to change and response rates are separable aspects of behavior. The purpose of the present symposium is to present recent research extending the behavioral momentum framework. First, Grace will review some previous studies and present data on behavioral contrast and resistance to change. Podlesnik and Shahan will report a study showing that stimulus contexts presenting higher reinforcement rates enhance relative resistance to disruption and extend those effects to the recovery of responding. Dube and Ahearn will review a number of translational studies extending the behavioral momentum framework to the behavior of humans with developmental disabilities across a range of experimental and applied contexts. Finally, Nevin will act as the discussant to comment on these papers and behavioral momentum theory in general.
 
Resistance to Change, Contrast and Stimulus Value: A Continuing Dilemma.
RANDOLPH C. GRACE (University of Canterbury)
Abstract: Contrast effects are among the most widely-studied phenomena in learning and conditioning and underscore the importance of reinforcement context as a determiner of behavior. Does resistance to change vary with reinforcement context, and if so, under what conditions? I will review the contradictory and somewhat perplexing results that have been reported in the literature (e.g., Nevin, 1992; Nevin & Grace, 1999; Grace, Nevin, & McLean, 2003), as well as presenting some new data. Comparisons will be made between results from studies on resistance to change and investigations of within-trial contrast by Zentall and others, in an attempt to identify conditions under which stimulus value, as measured by transfer tests, depends on reinforcement context.
 
Resistance to Change and Response Recovery.
CHRISTOPHER A PODLESNIK (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Abstract: Consistent with behavioral momentum theory, the persistence of behavior during conditions of disruption typically has been greater in stimulus contexts presenting higher rates or greater magnitudes of reinforcement during training. The present series of experiments examined whether the recovery of responding from low rates also is a function of the training conditions of reinforcement. Across several experiments, different rates or magnitudes of reinforcement were presented in two components of a multiple schedule. Next, target responding was extinguished in both components. Responding tended to be more resistant to disruption relative to baseline response rates in the component presenting a higher rate or larger magnitude of reinforcement. Once target responding reached low rates in both components, response-recovery procedures were used to re-initiate responding in both components. Similar to resistance to change, responding recovered to a greater extent relative to baseline in components presenting higher rates or larger magnitudes of reinforcement. These findings suggest that behavioral momentum theory might be applicable to understanding both the persistence and recovery of discriminated operant behavior.
 
Behavioral Momentum Research in Developmental Disabilities.
WILLIAM V. DUBE (University of Massachusetts Medical School Shriver Center), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: This paper will present an overview of translational behavioral momentum research with humans who have developmental disabilities. The review will focus on nine studies that first established a baseline with alternating conditions of relatively higher and lower reinforcer rates, and then superimposed a disrupter across both baseline conditions. Settings include the laboratory with computer-presented stimuli, analogue environments for functional analysis of problem behavior, and applied settings such as the classroom or residence. Results show that relative resistance to change is consistent with the predictions of behavioral momentum theory, but variability increases from the laboratory to applied settings. Results to date indicate that differences in relative aggregate rates of reinforcement should be considered in the design of special-educational programs or behavior-management interventions in which behavioral persistence is important.
 
 
Paper Session #243
International Paper Session - Contemporary Research in EAB
Sunday, May 25, 2008
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Chicago & Alton
Area: EAB
Chair: Jay Moore (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
 
Structural Variables in Concurrent-Chains Choice.
Domain: Basic Research
JAY MOORE (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
 
Abstract: Structural variables in concurrent-chains choice include the nature and loci of stimuli in the initial and terminal links. Previous research has manipulated structural variables associated with the terminal links. This research shows that preference for the more immediate of two terminal-link reinforcers is greater when the terminal-link keylights are differential rather than non-differential, and when the loci of terminal-link keylights are correlated rather than uncorrelated with reinforcer immediacy. This research will be reviewed and new data from my lab will be presented. The new research manipulated structural variables associated with the initial links in two ways. The data continue to show greater preference when differential rather than nondifferential terminal-link keylights are employed. Taken together, the data from initial- and terminal-link structural manipulations emphasize the theoretical importance of conditioned reinforcement in concurrent-chains choice. The data also suggest that subjects do not automatically prefer the more immediate terminal-link reinforcer, which quantitative models of concurrent-chains choice will need to take into account.
 
The Effects of Initial-Link Duration on Response Allocation in Concurrent Chains.
Domain: Basic Research
DARREN R. CHRISTENSEN (University of Canterbury), Randolph C. Grace (University of Canterbury)
 
Abstract: The ‘initial-link effect’ is the decrease in choice in concurrent chains for the preferred terminal link when initial-link duration increases (Fantino, 1969). We describe three experiments in which initial-link duration changed each session to test predictions of a decision model for choice (Christensen & Grace, under review; Grace & McLean, 2006). In two experiments, where initial-link duration followed an ascending and descending series across sessions, we report a bitonic rather than a monotonic trend. In the third experiment, where initial-link duration was either short or long, the decision model was successfully fit to the data. The decision model predicts the bitonic function because response strength relative to the criterion changes at different rates for each alternative. This is a novel prediction by the decision model: existing models for steady-state choice such as CCM (Grace, 1994), HVA (Mazur, 2001), and DRT (Fantino, 1969) predict that choice is a monotonic decreasing function of initial-link duration. Therefore, the decision model appears to show significant promise as a model for response allocation in concurrent chains.
 
Numerical Discrimination and Bisection.
Domain: Basic Research
LAVINIA CM TAN (University of Canterbury), Randolph C. Grace (University of Canterbury)
 
Abstract: The ability to discriminate relative numerosity and the representation of number was investigated in a relative numerical discrimination bisection task, adapted from the numerical reproduction procedure (Tan et al, 2007). Four pigeons were presented with either two or six response-dependent key-light flashes in a sample phase and, in a subsequent discrimination phase, were then required to make a choice response to indicate which number was just observed. A peck to the white key was reinforced following the presentation of two flashes, and a peck to the blue key was reinforced following six flashes. Incorrect choices were followed by correction trials. Following baseline training with two and six flashes, subjects were then tested with novel values ranging from 1-7 to examine numerical scale bisection. The nature of performance in the bisection task and its implications for numerical representation are discussed.
 
Errorless Learning of a Double Temporal Bisection Task.
Domain: Basic Research
JOANA ARANTES (University of Canterbury), Randolph C. Grace (University of Canterbury), Armando Machado (University of Minho)
 
Abstract: Our goal was to compare errorless learning and trial-and-error learning in a double temporal bisection task. During training, pigeons learned two discriminations: on Type 1 trials, they learned to choose a red key after a 1-s signal and a green key after a 4-s signal; on Type 2 trials, they learned to choose a blue key after a 4-s signal and a yellow key after a 16-s signal. Whereas one group learned these discriminations through an errorless procedure, the other group learned them through trial and error. Then, in order to analyze if the content of learning was different between groups, the pigeons were exposed to two types of tests. First, they were presented with intermediate durations, 1 s to 4 s and 4 s to 16 s, and given a choice between the training stimuli (stimulus generalization test). Next, they were exposed to signals ranging from 1 s to 16 s and given a choice between novel key combinations, for example, green vs. blue (stimulus-response generalization test). Results have important implications for two models of timing, Scalar Expectancy Theory (SET) and Learning to Time (LeT).
 
 
 
Symposium #244
CE Offered: BACB
Immediate Value, Delay of Reinforcement and Change in that Delay Determine Overall Value: Developmental and Clinical Implications
Sunday, May 25, 2008
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Metra
Area: EAB/CBM; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
CE Instructor: Michael Lamport Commons, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Traditionally, the concept of utility comes from economics. It is the probability of obtaining a reinforcer times its value. In behavior analysis, we use rate of reinforcement and immediate value. Here we discuss a four variable general discounting model that has properties of a number of economic and behavioral theories. The value of reinforcement, Ai, reflects the immediate value of reinforcement. The value varies with the goods and services delivered the individuals interests, drives, ambition and clinical state. Clinically, depression lowers the value. The second variable is delay as found in discounting models. It is a negative power function. Clinically, over discounting is associated with impulsivity and character disorders. Addicts find the short term pain of withdrawal unbearable even considering the cost of addiction. The third variable, change in delay is represented here as changes in the time between reinforcements rather than the change in probabilities that is often characterized as risk. Some people are oversensitive, fearing dying in a plane crash or from terrorist bombing more than the constant risk of smoking or lack of exercise. Clinically, the hording kind of OCD is associated with fear of immediate loss of giving something up rather than benefits of having space and order.

 
General Discounting Model for Overall Value: Clinical and Developmental Implications.
MICHAEL LAMPORT COMMONS (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract: Traditionally, the concept of utility comes from economics. It is the probability of obtaining a reinforcer times its value. In behavior analysis we are more considered with continuous time rather than discrete choice. So the value of a reinforcement schedule has been characterized by the matching law. Here we discuss a general discounting model that has properties of a number of economic and behavioral theories. The value is the sum of the probabilities of individual reinforcing events divided by the delay (raised to some power) and the relative change in delay. Relative change in delay is the change in delay divided by the delay. There are than four parameters, one for each variable. Each variable represents a major function of the organism. There is variability among organisms with respect to these parameters. In people, some of this variation may be benificial and other variations may be associated with behavioral problems.
 
The Role of Immediate Value of Reinforcement on Overall Value: Clinical and Developmental Implications.
ANDREW MICHAEL RICHARDSON (The Dare Institute)
Abstract: The immediate value, Ai, reflects the immediate value for any given reinforcement. This value may vary from individual to individual with respect to the event serving as the reinforcer. The reinforcing or punishing value of the delivery of various goods and services may have different values depending on a number of variables. Therefore the value of Ai is determined by the individuals’ evolutionarily programmed and acquired drives, interests, current drive states, ambition and clinical state. A person with depression may have low values of Ai in general. A person is described as Enterprising if money is a relatively powerful reinforcer. Another person is described as Investigative if discovering new knowledge is a relatively powerful reinforcer. A biological scientist is described as ambitious in pursuing the discovery of a vaccine for HIV/AIDS, so any outcome will only be viewed in light of progress towards that major goal. Thus, a reinforcer will only be seen as valuable if it reflects advances in knowledge towards finding a vaccine. Each local reinforcer will not cause satiation until a vaccine is found, but it will maintain the rate of searching for new insight into the problem, and only in this way it is valuable.
 
The Role of Delay on Overall Value: Clinical and Developmental Implications.
ANDREW MICHAEL RICHARDSON (The Dare Institute)
Abstract: The second variable di, represents traditional delay of reinforcement discounting. It is a negative power function, with k1dk3 in the denominator. When k3 = 1, it reduces to the hyperbolic discounting model. In economics the probability of a reinforcer is replaced by the rate of reinforcement. The time between reinforcers is often represented as delay of reinforcement. Self control literature shows that adults who over discount tend to be impulsive and may have personality disorders whereas for children this is normal. When young children get hurt, they cry as if their pain will last for ever, but the minute the pain leaves them they may act happy and joke. In addiction, the immediate joy swamps the long term pain of the addiction. The short term pain of withdrawal is unbearable even compared to the long term cost of addiction. In spending, the immediate feeling of satisfaction outweighs the troubles of being in debt. In psychosis, people might not even register potential reinforcing stimuli even with zero delay. Whereas these people will have a steeply falling curve, ambitious people will have relatively flat curves for discounting because they are willing to wait for results.
 
The Role of Change in Delay on Overall Value: Clinical and Developmental Implications.
MICHAEL LAMPORT COMMONS (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract: In economics, probability characterizes risk. In behavior analysis, the equivalent is change in delay of reinforcement. Here we track the relative changes in delay, ?di /di as the time between reinforcements divided by the delay rather than the change in probabilities. The value of a reinforcer is lowered when there is an increase in relative delay. When people engage in avoidance of an increase in relative delay, this is equivalent to risk avoidance. The difference is that the value being lowered due to an increase in delay is a direct perception of value, whereas avoidance of risk occurs when people are presented with the future possibility. Consider the risk of dying in a plane crash or terrorist attack. With these events there seems to be a rapid change in the density of punishment. Contrast this with the acceptance of a high rate of death from smoking or inactivity. Many compulsive collectors and hoarders cannot give something up because the immediate loss is too great compared to the long term benefit of not having to store it. They also may have great difficulty in making decisions or even acting on the ones that were decided.
 
 
Symposium #245
Relational Stimulus Control in Human Participants
Sunday, May 25, 2008
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
El
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Rachel Kolb (University of North Carolina, Wilmington)
Discussant: Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract: This symposium will focus on novel research in the area of relational stimulus control with human participants and discuss the data in regards to theories of acquisition of conditional discriminations and origins of equivalence classes. Specifically, Stull’s presentation will focus on two experiments which investigated whether the facilitative effects of naming on the acquisition of conditional discrimination is due to enhancing discrimination of the sample and comparison stimuli or whether naming serves additional functions. Lobo will present data regarding the merger of functional classes and equivalence classes and will discuss these results in relation to Sidman’s observations on the formation of arbitrary emergent classes. Similarly, Veenstra’s talk will describe data from an experiment in which a common class member was arranged for two of three equivalence classes and discuss the implications of these results on Sidman’s (2000) theory of the origins of equivalence classes.
 
Conditional Discrimination Acquisition in Young Children: Are the Facilitative Effects of Naming Due to Stimulus Discrimination?
ANNE K. STULL (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Jason Boye (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Jessica Nimocks (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Amanda Reilly (University of North Carolina, Wilmington)
Abstract: These experiments investigate whether the facilitative effect of naming on the acquisition of conditional discriminations in young children is due to enhancing discrimination of the sample and comparison stimuli or whether naming serves additional functions. Seventeen typically developing children, ages 4 to 6, were presented with a three-choice arbitrary MTS AB conditional discrimination on Macintosh computers. The participants were randomly selected to be in one of two sequences of conditions. The conditions utilized in Experiment 1 were Tacting Condition 1 (naming sample stimuli); Tacting Condition 2 (naming sample and comparison stimuli); Tally Sheet Condition 1 (marking sample stimuli); and Tally Sheet Condition 2 (marking sample and comparison stimuli). The conditions utilized in Experiment 2 were Tacting Condition 1; Tacting Condition 2; Cards Condition 1 (pointing to sample stimuli); and Cards Condition 2 (pointing to sample and comparison stimuli). Five participants acquired the AB conditional discrimination; two did so without exposure to naming and without evidence of common naming, and three did so with the addition of common naming. One participant demonstrated evidence of common naming but did not acquire the AB conditional discrimination. These results demonstrate that although naming can facilitate acquisition, it is neither necessary nor sufficient.
 
An Experimental Analysis of Merging Functional and Equivalence Classes.
HAROLD E. LOBO (West Virginia University), Philip N. Chase (West Virginia University)
Abstract: This presentation addresses merging of independent functional and equivalence classes into larger classes that feature new emergent relations. Training procedures will be discussed in which undergraduate students are taught to successfully demonstrate three two-member emergent functional classes in which arbitrary stimuli control the occurrence of nonsense syllables. In addition, these subjects are provided with baseline training yielding three three-member equivalence classes. The stimulus sets used for demonstrating the functional and equivalence classes allows these classes to remain independent from each other. Merging of pairs of functional and equivalence classes is obtained by linking members of the equivalence classes with responses or stimuli from the functional classes. A number of procedural variations used to produce class merging will be discussed. Further conceptual and methodological observations will be addressed, with particular attention to Sidman’s observations on the formation of arbitrary emergent classes.
 
Analysis of Conditions Impacting Equivalence Class Merger in Young Children.
REBECCA A. VEENSTRA (University of North Carolina, Wilmington, and The Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Rachel Kolb (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Kelly Linville (University of North Carolina, Wilmington)
Abstract: This experiment investigated the effects of introducing a common stimulus into two of three equivalence classes and examined the implications of the results for Sidman’s theory (2000). Participants were two children, ages five and six. In a previous experiment, both participants demonstrated the emergence of three four-member equivalence classes. First, CD conditional discrimination training was conducted in which selecting D1 in the presence of C1 and C2 resulted in class-specific consequences 1 and 2, respectively. Selecting D3 in the presence of C3 resulted in class-specific consequence 3, and selecting D2 resulted in a buzzer sound. Equivalence probes were conducted until stability criteria were achieved. For one participant, revised CD conditional discriminations were trained in which selecting D1, D2, and D3 in the presence of C1, C2, and C3, resulted in class-specific consequences 1, 2, and 3, respectively. Equivalence probes were again administered. Finally, original CD conditional discrimination training was reintroduced and equivalence probes were administered. Participants’ performances indicated that despite training in which a stimulus was common to two equivalence classes, the classes remained independent and the common stimulus dropped out of one of the classes. These results are consistent with Sidman’s (2000) position regarding the origins of equivalence classes.
 
 
Symposium #246
CE Offered: BACB
OBM in Clinics and Academia: Systems Approaches
Sunday, May 25, 2008
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Marquette
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Cloyd Hyten (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Cloyd Hyten, Ph.D.
Abstract:

We will discuss applications of systems-based OBM approaches to improving organizational functioning in 4 different organizations, including profit and nonprofit clinics and in academic instruction.

 
Improving Administrative Operations for Better Client Service in a Medical/Behavioral Services Clinic.
STACEY HACKETT-RODTS (University of North Texas), Cloyd Hyten (University of North Texas)
Abstract: A non-profit health services organization specializing in developmental delays recently experienced turnover in the management of their administrative department, installed new operations software, and hired new clinicians. After multiple client complaints, they requested investigation of their administrative infrastructure. The goal of our consulting collaboration is to improve the quality of appointment intake information, enhance communication with clients, reduce no-shows, decrease wait list times, and continue to provide high-quality client care in accord with the organization’s business priorities. Assessment included investigation of the application process from initial client contact to appointment, direct observation of Client Services, clinician input forms, financial records, and client satisfaction interviews. Data demonstrated the critical need to address no-shows and the negative impact they have on the organization. Intervention included changing appointment reminders, revising some administrative processes, and restructuring of the client base to free up more appointment slots for new patients. Forecasted results include a reduction of no-show appointments allowing the organization to reduce appointment lag time, increased cash flow into the organization, increased administrative employee ownership in daily routines, and improved administrative department management.
 
Systems Approaches to Improve Undergraduate Performance.
ANA BARBARA NEVES (University of North Texas), Cloyd Hyten (University of North Texas), Donnie M. Staff (University of North Texas), Shane D. Isley (FEAT of Washington)
Abstract: Application of system theory to describe and analyze the “Teaching Assistant and Teaching Fellowship System “ - an organization designed to teach undergraduate students in Behavior Analysis introductory courses at University of North Texas. Supersystem and process maps were developed, based on informal assessments, interviews and questionnaires. Results indicated room for improvement on communication of goals, strategies and desired outputs; internal and external feedback; measurement procedures and data analysis. Analysis of interventions derived from this analysis suggested effects such as reduced micromanagement of students, effective use of signs of progress as feedback to students, and facilitation of helpful interactions between consultants, supervisors, staff and students.
 
Systems Analysis to Enhance Client Throughput and Client Outcomes in a Parent Training Clinic.
VALORI N. BERENDS (University of North Texas), Cloyd Hyten (University of North Texas)
Abstract: System analyses emphasize the importance of providing the most valuable services to clients and other receiving systems. In educational environments, this translates to preventing dropouts and advancing student repertoires. Using the principles of systems analysis as a guide, this study compared two class schedule formats used by Behavior Management and Parenting Services (BMAPS) in order to address the following research questions: 1) What effects do 2 different class formats have on student attrition and appointment keeping? 2) What effects do 2 different class formats have on student outcomes on a pre and posttest assessment? BMAPS provides parent education to individuals referred by Child Protective Services. The current research included approximately 200 referred clients with an appointment or class scheduled with BMAPS between January 1, 2006 and September 22, 2007. Data was collected by reviewing client files for class attendance and performance records. Results of this study allow BMAPS to enlist the class format that is correlated with better attrition rates and client outcomes.
 
Avoiding Hourly Pay Traps: Performance Measurement and Pay in a Private Autism Clinic.
CARLA M. SMITH (University of North Texas), Cloyd Hyten (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Companies providing services for children with autism and other developmental disabilities face fast paced growth and high turnover. These factors, when mixed with a tenure based raise system and hourly pay can spell financial trouble for a business—no matter how great their service provision. This paper reports on the process and outcomes of a performance pay system created for a company with 6 regional treatment centers. Information regarding the development of a performance pay package includes measurement and feedback tools, performance scorecards and child progress measures. These measures can be useful to other treatment service providers including managers and owners. This paper will discuss strategic considerations and practical realities in transforming conventional evaluation and pay systems to performance-based systems. Included are critical OBM notions of enhanced focus on outcomes instead of traditional emphasis on staff activity and staff tenure, multi-dimensional measurement, and the impact of pay on staff performance.
 
 
Paper Session #247
Current and Future Issues in Litigation Related to EIBI
Sunday, May 25, 2008
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
International South
Area: AUT
Chair: Gina Green (San Diego State University)
 
Obtaining Health Insurance Coverage of ABA Intervention for Autism.
Domain: Applied Research
GINA GREEN (San Diego State University)
 
Abstract: Health insurance coverage of early intensive ABA intervention for autism could afford tremendous benefits to the field of behavior analysis, children with autism and their families, and other entities that fund autism services. Although some health insurance providers now pay for this intervention, others continue to deny coverage on the grounds that the intervention is unproven, experimental, ineffective, or even harmful. Those contentions are often supported by reviews of research by non-behavior analysts who maintain that there is insufficient evidence of the efficacy of early intensive ABA from randomized clinical trials, and who ignore or dismiss the evidence from studies using within-subject designs while giving credence to methodologically weak studies and anecdotal reports suggesting that the intervention is ineffective. This paper discusses some strategies for countering such positions and for overcoming other obstacles to securing third-party payment for ABA intervention.
 
Forensic ABA: When a Functional Behavior Assessment [FBA] is used in Court Expert Testimony.
Domain: Applied Research
DAVID L. HOLMES (Lifespan Services, LLC)
 
Abstract: When a Behavior Analyst is used as an expert witness in court proceedings it is important to understand the dynamics of what forensic material is useful in persuading the jury and judge. It has been found that a Functional Behavior Assessment [FBA] is a very persuasive document that is readily understood and clearly supportive of the testimony of the behavior analyst's view. This is often compared with testimony that is based upon the testimony of expert witnesses who present their findings solely upon "a high degree of professional certainty". By having quantified, evidence based information the credibility of the expert witness is increased and goes a long way in securing successful rulings in court related matters. This presentation will review cases that have been successfully litigated for children and adults with autism utilizing an FBA as the foundation for the testimony of a behavior analyst.
 
 
 
Paper Session #248
Matching Tasks with Children with Autism
Sunday, May 25, 2008
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Continental C
Area: AUT
Chair: Christian Benavides (Helping Hands)
 
Task Interspersal and Performance of Matching Tasks by Preschoolers with Autism.
Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTIAN BENAVIDES (Helping Hands), Claire L. Poulson (Queens College, The City University of New York)
 
Abstract: The current study examined the effects of task interspersal on the performance of matching-to-sample tasks by three children with autism. A pre-baseline assessed each child’s mastery level of a large body of matching stimuli. These matching tasks included matching identical and non-identical animals, numbers, letters, and shapes. Through this assessment mastered and non-mastered matching-to-sample stimuli were determined empirically. Following a baseline condition that presented only non-mastered stimuli in succession, treatment was introduced in a multiple baseline design across children. During the treatment condition, trials with mastered stimuli were interspersed with trials with non-mastered stimuli. For all three children, the percentage of correct matching responses to the non-mastered stimuli increased systematically with the introduction of the interspersal procedure. Following treatment, a third condition was conducted that reduced the total number of reinforcers available per session to baseline levels. The data demonstrated that all three participants maintained treatment levels of correct responding during this third condition. Thus the increased reinforcement density during treatment was not needed for maintenance of correct responding. The discussion addresses additional control procedures that would be needed to evaluate the role of reinforcement density during treatment.
 
A Comparison of Fluency Based Instruction versus Discrete Trial Teaching of Multiple Exemplars to Assess Retention of Acquired Picture Labels.
Domain: Applied Research
JAIME M. NICKLAS (Brooklyn Autism Center)
 
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to compare retention of picture labels in children with autism that were learned with fluency based instruction versus picture labels learned with discrete trial teaching. Fluency based instruction will be conducted to increase the participant's rate of responding of acquired picture labels and discrete trial teaching (i.e., a three-part teaching unit that is a specific behavioral sequence used to maximize learning) will be used to teach multiple exemplars of picture labels. Both will be examined to determine which promotes retention of the acquired responses across time.
 
 
 
Paper Session #249
International Paper Session - Clinical Concerns and Applications
Sunday, May 25, 2008
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Boulevard A
Area: CBM
Chair: Tanya N. Douleh (Missouri State University)
 
Functional Analysis Of Cognitive-Behavioural Techniques for Anxiety Attenuation.
Domain: Applied Research
JOHN KOSMOPOULOS (JK Behaviour Consultation & Education Services; Humber College & York Central Hospital)
 
Abstract: There has been a renewed momentum in contrasting and determining the efficacy of cognitive behaviour therapies (CBT) in the past decade. The “second wave” of behaviour therapy has garnered clinical interests into component analyses, conceptual clarity, therapeutic consistency, and the behavioural analysis of private events. Research is increasingly showing functional behavioural approaches (e.g., behavior activation and acceptance based therapies) as the more salient or “stand alone” change mechanisms over cognitive restructuring and coping techniques with a host of clinical concerns (i.e., depression and anxiety). In this case study, a subject who utilizes CBT techniques daily for anxiety collects self-monitoring data on pre- and post-anxiety levels, the consistency of CBT implementation, and the motivation, function and effectiveness of these techniques over a five week period. The purpose of this study is to demonstrate that the use of CBT techniques for anxiety attenuation (the target behaviour) are maintained by the intermittent reinforcement effects of variable anxiety level reductions (symptom relief), effectiveness levels and intervention applications in accordance with motivating establishing operations and a negative reinforcement (experiential avoidance) function. A functional approach to the maintenance of CBT for anxiety is considered along with a component analysis.
 
A Behavior Analytic Approach to Clinical Interviewing.
Domain: Applied Research
ANJALI VAN DRIE (Behavior Analysis and Therapy, Inc.), Carlos A. Vazquez (Behavior Analysis, Inc. - Puerto Rico), Lorena Arevalo (Behavior Analysis and Therapy, Inc.), Leah Koehler (Behavior Analysis, Inc.)
 
Abstract: The clinical interview is often used by behavior analysts to gather essential information prior to developing treatment plans regardless of the target population. A large part of the success of the clinical interview rests on the ability of the practitioner to gain the interviewee’s trust, facilitate client disclosure, and use appropriate social skills in the correct context. However, a major criticism of behavior analytic work by other practitioners, as well as within the field itself, is that many behavior analysts do not possess the appropriate social skills required to effectively conduct a fruitful clinical interview. This presentation intends to analyze and showcase the social behaviors essential to effective clinical interviewing and communication with clients and their families. A task analysis of various components used for clinical interviewing will be presented as well as examples to aid in the practical application of clinical skills used to develop rapport and increase client or caregiver compliance.
 
 
 
Paper Session #250
The Association of Professional Behavior Analysts: The Challenges and Responsibilities of Professionalism
Sunday, May 25, 2008
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Boulevard C
Area: OBM
Chair: Janet S. Twyman (Headsprout)
 
The Association of Professional Behavior Analysts: The Challenges and Responsibilities of Professionalism.
Domain: Theory
JAMES M. JOHNSON (Auburn University)
 
Abstract: The professionalization of applied behavior analysis in recent years has emerged from a number of influences. Accumulating knowledge from research has continued to improve the field's capabilities. Other professions, public and private service providers, and the culture at large have become more aware of the capabilities of this science-based technology. A growing demand for effective intervention for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders has driven more consumers and employers to seek behavior analytic services. Colleges and universities have responded to these demands by establishing professional training programs. The formation of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc. (BACB) in 1998 has played a major role in this professionalization movement, greatly increasing demand for credentialed individuals. These events have both highlighted longstanding needs associated with professional practice in this field and created new ones. Assuring the right of credentialed behavior analysts to practice independently of other professions is a central issue. Other needs include increasing recognition and support for BACB credentials, increasing the number of qualified behavior analyst practitioners, monitoring and influencing state, national, and international legislation, influencing actions of regulatory agencies, improving representation of the field in the media, supporting the formation and strengthening of state professional organizations, increasing the number of universities training behavior analyst practitioners, and increasing resources available to practitioners. The Association of Professional Behavior Analysts (APBA) has been formed to meet these challenges. This presentation will introduce APBA in the context of the challenges and responsibilities associated with professionalism.
 
 
 
Symposium #251
CE Offered: BACB
Implementing Behavior Programs and Preference Assessments: How Can we Improve our Practices?
Sunday, May 25, 2008
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Continental B
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Shawn E. Kenyon (The New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Ronnie Detrich (Wing Institute)
CE Instructor: Shawn E. Kenyon, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium discusses the use of different feedback types in order to increase treatment integrity while implementing behavior programs. It further discusses the degree to which the use of a single trial preference assessment would be comparable to the use of a full assessment. The first paper utilizes written quizzes and feedback on quiz performance to increase accuracy in behavior program implementation. Three graduate students performances were evaluated while implementing a behavior plan with a 17-year-old student diagnosed with autism. Data from a multiple baseline intervention across staff members indicate that quizzes and feedback on quiz performance were effective in increasing behavior program implementation. The second paper implements video feedback and self-monitoring for the same purpose. Three graduate students performances were evaluated while implementing a behavior plan with a 15-year-old student diagnosed with autism. Data from a multiple baseline intervention across staff members indicate that self-monitoring via video samples was effective in increasing behavior program implementation. Finally, a third study evaluated the degree to which the results of one-trial multiple-stimulus preference assessments conducted with two individuals diagnosed with autism corresponded with those obtained from full, standard preference assessments. Results indicated that outcomes of one-trial and full preference assessments were comparable. The first two papers provide alternatives to standard feedback while the third paper provides an alternative to full, standard preference assessments. Taken together the three studies suggest methods that could save time and effort on the part of the clinician while not jeopardizing treatment integrity.

 
Evaluating the Effects of Feedback on Procedural Integrity.
UTAH W. NICKEL (The New England Center for Children), Paula Ribeiro Braga-Kenyon (The New England Center for Children), Erin C. McDermott (The New England Center for Children), Shawn E. Kenyon (The New England Center for Children), Bethany L. McNamara (The New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: A high level of procedural integrity, the precision with which the independent variable is applied, is necessary to ascertain the effects of treatment. One method for increasing procedural integrity is providing feedback based on direct observations. The present study evaluates the effectiveness of feedback in the form of weekly quizzes on the implementation of a problem behavior treatment plan for one student diagnosed with autism and that engaged in high rates of severe forms of self-injurious behaviors. Procedural integrity data were collected during a 10 minute observation period. IOA was collected in 55.3% of observations (avg. 93.6%). Weekly quizzes consisted of fill in the blank questions regarding treatment protocol. Quizzes resulted in an increase in procedural integrity for one teacher and no change in a second teacher until verbal feedback on observations was delivered. These data replicate findings of prior research, and also indicate that the type and amount of feedback may vary among teachers. These data, along with suggestions for future research, are discussed.
 
Increasing Procedural Integrity through Video Self-Monitoring.
KELLY A. PELLETIER (The New England Center for Children/Northeastern University), Bethany L. McNamara (The New England Center for Children), Paula Ribeiro Braga-Kenyon (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: We examined the effects of a training program using video self-monitoring on the procedural integrity of staff implementing behavioral guidelines for one child with autism. Three staff members with low or declining scores were asked to be involved in the treatment. Treatment incorporated a mock guideline implementation video that allowed the participant to learn to score with a procedural integrity scoring tool. Each participant then watched one of their own baseline videos and scored it in tandem with the experimenter; a comparison of the scores paired with verbal feedback from the experimenter concluded a training session. IOA was conducted in 33% of sessions and ranged from 98-100%. Data for one participant showed an increase in level from baseline to perfect implementation in the context of three video observations. Treatment for the remaining two participants will begin shortly and a maintenance probe is scheduled to be conducted for all participants.
 
A Comparison of the Outcomes of One-Trial and Full Standard Preference Assessments.
JASON CODERRE (The New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Preference assessments are conducted in order to identify items that will be used as reinforcers for adaptive behavior. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the degree to which the results of one-trial multiple-stimulus preference assessments correspond with those obtained from full, standard preference assessments. Two individuals diagnosed with autism participated in the study. Results showed correlation between the outcomes of one-trial and full preference assessments and a consistent hierarchy in preference over an extended period of time for all assessments for both participants. Findings are discussed in terms of the effects of degrading the number of trials and replications conducted during preference assessments.
 
 
Symposium #252
CE Offered: BACB
Increasing Skills Essential to Social and Vocational Success for Adolescents with Autism
Sunday, May 25, 2008
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Stevens 4
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Peter F. Gerhardt (Organization for Autism Research)
Discussant: Peter F. Gerhardt (Organization for Autism Research)
CE Instructor: Lori E. Bechner, M.A.
Abstract:

As individuals with autism approach adulthood, it becomes increasingly important to focus on skills that will promote social and vocational success. Bathroom and mealtime skills are essential to minimize stigmatization in community and vocational settings. Cooperative activity schedules promote working collaboratively on vocational tasks and allow for decreased instructor supervision.

 
Teaching Teamwork: Using Activity Schedule to Teach Adolescents with Autism to Work Cooperatively.
ERIN B. RICHARD (Alpine Learning Group), Barbara Hoffmann (Alpine Learning Group), Hannah Hoch (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: As learners with autism approach adulthood, an important goal of their programming is for them to work with less supervision. One means of reaching that aim is to teach learners to complete tasks in pairs or groups so that one staff person can supervise many learners simultaneously. The purpose of this study was to investigate the use of prompting and reinforcement to teach three pairs of adolescents to attend to a shared activity schedule and cooperatively complete vocational tasks (e.g., cleaning a kitchen). This study was conducted in a small private school for children with autism. A multiple baseline design was used across three pairs of learners. During the initial baseline, each pair was told to complete a vocational task without an activity schedule present. In the subsequent baseline, the pairs were provided with activity schedules detailing the steps of a vocational task and told to complete the job. During intervention, learners were prompted to complete designated steps of the task and provided reinforcement for independent and accurate responding. Results indicated that after intervention, there was an increase in cooperative responding (i.e., completing the task together by each learner referencing the schedule and performing the next component step). Interobserver agreement data were collected during 30% of the sessions and averaged over 90%. Results are discussed in terms of future research for increasing learners’ ability to work collaboratively in pairs or groups.
 
Reducing Rapid Food Consumption in an Adolescent with Autism.
DIANA M. ZITELLI (EPIC), Lori E. Bechner (EPIC)
Abstract: Individuals with autism may consume meals rapidly, which can be socially stigmatizing. Anglesea et Al. (2006) effectively utilized a time-based vibrating pager to increase latency to consume meals in teenagers with autism. The purpose of the current study was to extend this work. A reversal design (ABAB) was used to assess the effects of the implementation of an audio device (“Mini-me”) to increase the inter-response time (IRT) between bites during mealtime for a 14-year-old male with autism who attends a center-based ABA program. The audio device was then systematically faded. At baseline, the mean IRT between bites was 12.8 seconds, and the mean number of bites per minute was 5.19. When the audio device was introduced, mean IRT increased to 38.5 seconds, and mean bites per minute decreased to 1.68. Mean percent of independent use of the audio device was 97.4%, and mean percent of independent waiting between bites was 86.5%. When the conditions were replicated, results were similar. During the fading procedure, mean IRT and number of bites per minute remained at target levels (mean IRT = 37.6 seconds, mean bites per minute = 1.75). Mean percent of independent use of the audio device and waiting between bites were also maintained at criterion level, and mean percent of counting between bites was 92.2%. Implementation of the audio counter with fading procedure was successful in reducing rapid food consumption for this participant. Future steps include generalization to the home setting, maintenance, and long-term follow-up.
 
Teaching Public Restroom Skills to Individuals with Autism.
LORI E. BECHNER (EPIC), Peter F. Gerhardt (Organization for Autism Research)
Abstract: As individuals with autism enter adolescence, several social subtleties involved with public restroom use become increasingly important. The purpose of the current study was to examine the use of behavioral strategies to teach public restroom skills: selecting the correct restroom door (male vs. female), minimizing exposure while standing at a urinal, and looking straight ahead while standing at a urinal. Three adolescent males with autism participated in this study. A multiple baseline across target components was used for each participant; a multiple baseline across participants was used to measure total acquisition across participants. Interobserver data were collected for 30% of sessions, and were higher than 90%.
 
 
Symposium #253
CE Offered: BACB
Recovery from Autism: Case Studies of Best Outcome from Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention
Sunday, May 25, 2008
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Stevens 5
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Jonathan J. Tarbox, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The overarching consensus within the medical community is that recovery from autism does not exist. However, a significant amount of scientific research has demonstrated that early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) produces functioning in the typical range for some children with autism who receive it. This symposium describes the cases of three children who achieved this outcome. For these cases, we present pre- and post-intervention scores on standardized assessments, school placement outcomes, and describe the dates of program introduction and mastery. It is clearly noted that the case studies take place over several years and are uncontrolled that is, they do not contain experimental designs.

 
Defining Recovery from Autism.
JONATHAN J. TARBOX (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Doreen Granpeesheh (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Fernando Guerrero (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Adel C. Najdowski (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Amy Kenzer (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract: The overarching consensus within the medical community is that there is no cure for autism. More than 20 years of research on applied behavior analytic treatment for autism has consistently demonstrated that a significant proportion of children make dramatic gains via behavioral intervention, including achieving a level of functioning indistinguishable from typically developing children of the same age. In this discussion paper, we propose a position on defining recovery from autism. We describe a provisional definition of recovery and we review relevant scientific research. The concept of recovery from autism is controversial but the tone of this paper is not. We describe the results of both scientific research and common clinical observations from more than 20 years of practice in the behavior analytic community.
 
Catching-Up to Typical Development: Age-Appropriate Functioning Following Behavioral Intervention.
SARAH CHO (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract: This presentation describes the early behavioral intervention program delivered to a young child with autism. The child resided in California and was 3-years-old at intake. After receiving intensive behavioral intervention, he achieved scores in the average range on tests of intelligence, language, and adaptive functioning. In addition, he is succeeding in regular education without support.
 
Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention for a Child with Autism: Another Success Story.
DENISE M. RHINE (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract: This talk describes the course and outcome of behavioral intervention for a toddler with autism. Reggie was 2 years and 4 months old, living in the upstate New York area, and had a diagnosis of autism which he received from an independent developmental pediatrician. Reggie had a moderate to severe delay in language and emitted utterances which were typically one word in length. After just under 3 years of intensive behavioral intervention, Reggie’s pediatrician removed his diagnosis of autism. Post-treatment, Reggie scored in the average range on tests of IQ, language, and adaptive behavior, and did not qualify for autism or autism-spectrum on the Autism Diagnostic Observation Scale (ADOS). Reggie is currently succeeding in a typical kindergarten classroom, without an IEP or special supports of any kind.
 
Complete Remediation of Autism via Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention in a Toddler Diagnosed with Autism.
MARY ANN CASSELL (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Fernando Guerrero (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract: This presentation describes the course and outcome of treatment for a toddler living in Virginia, with a confirmed diagnosis of autism, who received early intensive behavioral intervention. At the end of intervention, the client scored in the typical range on tests of language, IQ, and adaptive behavior, and was succeeding in a regular education placement without support.
 
 
Paper Session #254
Procedures for Managing Problem Behavior
Sunday, May 25, 2008
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
PDR 4
Area: AUT
Chair: Brigitta Ann Petersen (Gonzaga University)
 
The Effects of a Token Economy and a Response Cost Procedure on the Self-Stimulations and Academic Accuracy of a Middle School Student Diagnosed with Autism.
Domain: Applied Research
BRIGITTA ANN PETERSEN (Gonzaga University), Cassandra Lea Green (Gonzaga University), Clare Terese Alexander (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University), Thomas Ford McLaughlin (Gonzaga University)
 
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of a token economy system combined with a response cost procedure to reduce inappropriate self-stimulation and increase academic accuracy. The participant was a 14-year-old, second year eighth grade, female student with autism. An ABCAC single case replication design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of a token economy system and a response cost procedure. A functional relationship was demonstrated between reducing inappropriate self-stimulation and increasing academic accuracy when the token economy system was used in conjunction with a response cost procedure. The participant’s inappropriate self-stimulation was reduced from a high of 57 occurrences to a low of zero during 15-minute sessions. This study showed that a token economy system combined with a response cost procedure was an effective and practical way to reduce inappropriate self-stimulation and to improve academic accuracy. Suggestions for future classroom research were also made.
 
The Development of Instructional Control for a Child with Autism.
Domain: Applied Research
JAMIE HUGHES (Autism Consulting Services), Karen E. Flotkoetter (Marion County Public Schools)
 
Abstract: Some children with autism spectrum disorders display noncompliant behaviors consisting of tantrums, aggression or property destruction which present daily problems at home and in the community. These behaviors can produce a significant amount of stress and embarrassment for families as well as impede language and academic instruction at both home and school. In order for a child to acquire language and other critical learning skills, it is necessary for them to engage in activities controlled by others. The VB-MAPP Barriers Assessment (Sundberg, in press) is a tool that is designed to identify and score 21 different learning and language acquisition barriers that might affect an individual child. This assessment tool was used to identify potential instructional control problems for a young child with autism. Interventions were then selected and implemented, which proved to be successful in arranging for the child to go along and learn from a range of instructor controlled activities.
 
The Effects of a DRO Procedure in Reducing Aggression and Crotch Grabbing Behaviors for a Child with Autism.
Domain: Applied Research
LEAH C. GONGOLA (Kent State University)
 
Abstract: The present study examined the effectiveness of a Differential Reinforcement of Omission of Behaviors (DRO) protocol to reduce aggression and crotch grabbing behaviors in a six year old girl with autism. Using a reversal design, the whole interval DRO procedure was utilized in a public school setting to diminish escape and attention seeking behaviors. The DRO procedure involved calculating the mean interresponse time which signified the length of time that the student did not exhibit any aggression or crotch grabbing behaviors. If the student did not exhibit any behaviors during this interval of time, reinforcement was delivered. However, if a behavior occurred, the timer was reset and a firm verbal reprimand was stated. The results indicated that the DRO procedure significantly decreased aggression and crotch grabbing behaviors in this young student with autism. Further, data suggests that the DRO intervention is able to maintain zero levels of target behaviors for extended periods of time after removal of the intervention.
 
 
 
Symposium #255
CE Offered: BACB
Individuals with Severe Behavioral Issues in the Community: A System for Comprehensive, Behavioral Support
Sunday, May 25, 2008
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
PDR 2
Area: CSE/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Robin Williams (Sierra Regional Center)
Discussant: W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: W. Larry Williams, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Service delivery for individuals with challenging behavior within community settings is often fractured or disjointed given the multiple individuals, organizations and philosophies involved. This symposium will address delivery of comprehensive behavior support for individuals with disabilities and challenging behavior in normal community settings. Encompassed within that will be an overview of three programs which provide critical features and behavioral supports within Nevadas service delivery system. Issues with respect to coordinated services in a statewide initiative to reduce institutionalization to zero and provide wraparound, comprehensive support plans will be presented. In addition, methods for acquiring and maintaining funding, data collection, and current as well as future research initiatives and service coordination will be discussed. It is the intention of this symposium to provide practical strategies for implementing and sustaining integrated community, behavioral supports for challenging individuals.

 
The Process of Change: Renewal of a Service Delivery System.
DONALD A. JACKSON (Nevada Division of Mental Health & Developmental Services), Robin Williams (Sierra Regional Center), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: As in most states, Nevada’s services for people with disabilities and significantly challenging behavior problems was lacking in the methods and procedures necessary to move to a fully community-based, full inclusion model of services. This paper will define the actuarial data, parameters of the existing service delivery system, and starting points for Nevada’s evolution to a comprehensive community support model. Data will be presented on service staff wages and education problems and the lack of adequate supervision and certification processes for providers. Gaps and duplications in services due to the lack of standardized and coordinated service entities and the absence of a functional protocol for minimal therapeutic and training methods and procedures will also be addressed. Based on this assessment, and framed in terms of the existing philosophical, economic, political, and social conditions, a blueprint for change was developed for Nevada’s service delivery system. A description of the resulting intervention protocols and strategies, and the system for ensuring the coordination of the various entities will be presented.
 
Systems Change: Methods and Barriers to Coordinated Service Delivery.
SHARLET D. BUTTERFIELD (University of Nevada, Reno), Donald A. Jackson (Nevada Division of Mental Health & Developmental Services), Jeremy E. Rafacz (Sierra Regional Center)
Abstract: Based on the assessment of the gaps in community-based services in Nevada, it became apparent that new delivery strategies were required to address the need for positive behavioral supports, provider training, and crisis intervention and prevention services within the community. This portion of the symposium will describe the procedures developed to deliver these services and discuss some of the challenges these three programs experienced and continue to experience with respect to funding, organizing and providing wraparound, comprehensive support plans. The initial program is PBS-NV, a grant-funded organization designed to coordinate positive behavior programs for the state of Nevada. The second program is BECS-PBS, which addresses the unique issues involved in implementing behavior programs within provider agencies. The final program is an intensive services system within two regional centers for responding to crisis intervention and prevention services for individuals with disabilities. This presentation will discuss how to avoid overlap in providing services and how to coordinate services and supports for an individual with developmental disabilities. In addition, acquiring funding to support current initiatives and future services and research will be presented.
 
Challenges Associated with Coordinating Data Monitoring Systems for Service Delivery.
JEREMY E. RAFACZ (Sierra Regional Center), Sharlet D. Butterfield (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Human service delivery models are responsible for developing, maintaining, and presenting information regarding the services they provide. Whether these service entities must answer to grant funding sources or governmental bodies results are necessary to validate the continued support of these efforts. Data will be presented on the development of comprehensive data collection systems that seek to capture the services provided in the community. Although each service entity was developed to address a pervasive need, namely individuals with behavioral challenges, the means by which this need was addressed differs. The presentation of data will specifically include demographics of the persons’ receiving services, types of service provided, quality of life measures, and the inclusion of crisis interventions into community settings. Case examples of successes will be provided in order to demonstrate the efficacy of a wraparound, comprehensive approach to service delivery. Additional discussion will consider the complications associated with compiling vast amounts of data, behavioral or not, and the implications for statistical analyses.
 
 
Symposium #256
CE Offered: BACB
Social Skills Instruction across the Lifespan for Persons with Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 25, 2008
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Stevens 1
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Texas at Austin)
Discussant: Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University)
CE Instructor: Wendy A. Machalicek, M.Ed.
Abstract:

In this symposium we present recent research regarding social skills instruction across the lifespan for persons with developmental disabilities. The symposium consists of four papers from major universities conducting research on social skills assessment and intervention. In the first presentation researchers from St. Cloud State University will present findings regarding the use of stimulus control techniques to train social cue discrimination for a 65-year-old woman with developmental disabilities. The second presentation will be from St. Cloud State University and examines the use of social vignettes and role play to teach abuse prevention skills to an adult with developmental disabilities. Finally, researchers from the University of Texas at Austin summarize the use of picture prompts and correspondence training on the playground to increase the on-task, play correspondence, and social behaviors of children with developmental disabilities.

 
Training Appropriate Social Skills through Stimulus Discrimination to an Elderly Woman with Moderate Mental Retardation.
MAY L. BAIRD (St. Cloud State University), Chaturi Edrisinha (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: The effectiveness of training social cue discrimination utilizing stimulus control techniques was evaluated in a 65-year-old woman at a state supported day program facility. Target behavior was identified as excessive talking (near continuous talking). Excessive talking was detrimental to successful social integration with typical peers and resulted in social isolation and peers being annoyed by Margaret’s behavior. We evaluated the effectiveness of two stimulus control conditions using an alternating treatments design. In the SD condition a green card was used to signal a social condition when talking was appropriate while a red card was used in an S-Delta condition to signal the social condition when talking was inappropriate. Ten-second partial interval data were collected across five-minute sessions. Results indicated that clear discrimination between the two conditions was reached. Stimulus generalization was then evaluated across two instructors and two settings. Finally, social validity data were collected to access the efficacy of meaningful treatment. The importance of training an individual to determine appropriate and inappropriate times to attempt engaging in conversations as well as issues of enhancing quality of life for an older, aging population with mental retardation and developmental disabilities are discussed.
 
Social Skills Training to Teach Abuse Prevention for an Adult with Developmental Disabilities.
CHATURI EDRISINHA (St. Cloud State University), Shawn J. Vesel (St. Cloud State University), Jon J. Sargeant (Opportunity Manor Inc.)
Abstract: The purpose of this research was to teach abuse prevention skills to an adult with developmental disabilities. Prior to intervention conditions, the participant repeatedly agreed to go places, give hugs, and divulge personal information including social security and phone numbers to strangers. This behavior resulted in the participant being vulnerable to abuse and prevented him from successful community integration and independent social mobility. Three social vignettes were designed to address the three putative vulnerable scenarios. Persons unknown to the participant agreed to act as strangers and solicited the participant. Following intervention, the participant was able to demonstrate the skills needed to avoid and properly report situations that may result in physical, sexual, and financial abuse. Our research has provided the participant with the skills necessary for increased independence in the community, and therefore, a higher quality of life. Results are discussed as being consistent with the goals of applied behavior analysis to effect meaningful improvement in behaviors that are important to the participant in his/her natural environment.
 
Increasing the On-Task, Play Correspondence and Social Behaviors of Children with Developmental Disabilities using Picture Prompts and Correspondence Training on the Playground.
WENDY A. MACHALICEK (University of Texas at Austin), Karrie Shogren (University of Texas at Austin), Russell Lang (University of Texas at Austin), Jessica Hetlinger Franco (University of Texas at Austin), Mandy J. Rispoli (University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: School age children with developmental disabilities often have limited play skills and fail to participate in typical playground activities. Instead, children with developmental disabilities may spend the majority of their playground time engaged in solitary and sometimes inappropriate activities. Unfortunately, recess is is a typical occasion for interaction with typically developing peers, so children engaged in solitary activities are missing this crucial opportunity to develop social skills. In the first phase of this study, a multiple baseline design across participants was used to determine the effectiveness of using picture prompts and correspondence training to increase the on-task, play correspondence, and social behaviors of three children with developmental disabilities while on the playground. Results indicate that all three participants' on-task, play correspondence, and peer interaction behaviors increased, while challenging behavior decreased.
 
 
Symposium #257
CE Offered: BACB
Staff Training and Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 25, 2008
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Stevens 2
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Peter Sturmey (Queens College, City University of New York)
Discussant: Dennis H. Reid (Carolina Behavior Analysis and Support Center, Ltd.)
CE Instructor: Peter Sturmey, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis (ABA) depends crucially on dissemination of effective behavioral technology to routine caregivers such as parents, staff, teachers and human service supervisors. Thus, ABA must address teaching skills to routine service providers and disseminating effective practices across entire services. This symposium exemplifies this effort. The first paper reports the effects of behavioral skills training which incorporated the use of general case training into role place on parent acquisition and generalization of discrete trial teaching skills and the effects on child responses. The second paper reports the effects of using instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback to teach various staff to use incidental teaching and its effects on the frequency of mands in children with autism. The final paper reports the effects of discontinuing restrictive behavioral procedures at a state facility for adults with intellectual and other developmental disabilities.

 
The Effects of General-Case Training and Behavioral Skills Training on the Generalization of Parents’ Use of Discrete-Trial Teaching.
JOHN CLAUDE WARD-HORNER (Queens College and The Graduate Center, The City University of New York), Peter Sturmey (Queens College, The City University of New York)
Abstract: One concern with training individuals in discrete-trial teaching (DTT) is the generalization of skills to non-trained-teaching situations. This study employed behavioral skills and general-case training to train three parents to conduct DTT. A multiple baseline across participants experimental design was used to assess the effects of parent training on the generalization of parents’ DTT performance to non-trained programs. Following training, all parents generalized DTT. Implications of programming for generalization and the effects of parent training on child performance are discussed.
 
The Effects of a Behavioral Skills Training Package on Teacher Implementation of a Manding Procedure in Children with an Autism Spectrum Disorder.
DARLENE NIGRO (Queens College, The City University of New York), Peter Sturmey (Queens College, The City University of New York)
Abstract: A “mand” may be defined as a verbal operant in which the response is reinforced by a characteristic consequence. Manding is a good first behavior to teach because manding does not depend on social behavior as a secondary reinforcer. It is important that staff receive training using empirically tested procedures to make meaningful changes in children’s language repertoires. Experimenters have shown that a behavioral skills training package is an effective way to train teachers. In the present study, the experimenter used a multiple baseline design to analyze the effects of a on the number of correct steps performed by the teachers and the number of mands and prompt level at which each child’s mands occurred. The training protocol increased the number of correct steps performed by two of the three staff members and increased the children’s unprompted mands for reinforcers. Therapist and child performance generalized across locations. Behavioral skills training is an effective way to train staff to teach children with an autism spectrum disorder to mand.
 
Effects of Discontinuing Negative Punishment Procedures Among Intellectually and Developmentally Disabled Individuals.
JOHN J. POKRZYWINSKI (Woodward Resource Center), Louis Veneziano (Woodward Resource Center), Cynthia Sparrow (Woodward Resource Center), Don Lehman (Woodward Resource Center), William F. Steffen (Woodward Resource Center)
Abstract: Punishment is defined as a consequence following an operant response that decreases the likelihood of that response occurring in the future. A substantial body of research has indicated that the use of punishment procedures can be extremely effective in reducing problematic behaviors displayed by individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. However, the use of punishment procedures is controversial. Some have gone so far as to state that punishment procedures may violate the rights of the person being treated. The general consensus in the fields of applied behavior analysis and developmental disabilities is that punishment procedures are not encouraged. This paper examines the effects of discontinuing response cost and time-out; two commonly used negative punishment procedures, at a state-operated residential treatment facility for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. The practical and theoretical implications of discontinuing these negative punishment procedures, especially as they relate to restraint usage, are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #258
CE Offered: BACB
Early Experience and Language Ability: From Observational Learning to Derived Relational Responding
Sunday, May 25, 2008
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
4D
Area: DEV/VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Timothy M. Weil (University of South Florida)
Discussant: David C. Palmer (Smith College)
CE Instructor: Timothy M. Weil, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will cover basic behavioral repertoires necessary for the acquisition of language as well as the importance of derived relational responding in building flexible use of language. The first paper will discuss the importance of observing responses with respect to the acquisition of over-arching operant classes. The second paper will extend this area to discussion of the importance of joint-attention and social referencing in establishing language repertoires and as necessary prerequisites to derived relational responding. The final paper will present data on the relational ability of children of varying capabilities (typical to moderate autism). Assessment of derived relational responding will be evaluated through comparisons of functional relational networks. Implications for programming with children diagnosed with language deficits will be discussed.

 
Observing Responses as Related to the Foundation of Early Higher-Order Verbal Operants.
DOLLEEN-DAY KEOHANE (Columbia University Teachers College & CABAS), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: Observing responses associated with pre-listener repertoires are the foundation of certain early higher-order verbal operants consisting of visual, auditory, gustatory, olfactory, and tactile modalities. They form the basis of early language acquisition as related to a hierarchy of verbal developmental components suggested by Skinner (1957; 1989) and expanded upon by others (Catania, Mathews, & Shimoff 1990; Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, & Roche 2001; Horne & Lowe 1996). Observing is intrinsic to producing and linked to the emergence of new verbal capabilities or cusps. We propose that the emergence of imitation through observation, conditioned reinforcement for looking at faces, listening to voices, looking at stimuli and print, and matching stimuli across the senses is at the root of early language acquisition across pre-listener, and visual-sensory modalities.
 
Precursors of Derived Relational Responding in Infancy.
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University)
Abstract: The infants' ability to recognize and interpret emotions and cues from adults’ emotional expressions serves important knowledge, emotional, and communicative functions. Joint attention and social referencing appear to be critical features of these exchanges that help the child to gather information about her own thoughts, feelings and behavior in familiar and unfamiliar environments. Joint attention and social referencing also appear to be necessary precursors for the emergence of derived relational responding, which underpins much of higher cognition and language development, including perspective-taking. This presentation first addresses the establishment of infant prerequisite skills for the development of joint attention and social referencing and includes a range of behavioral interventions that appear to be effective in establishing these important capabilities and first frames. The author provides a discussion of the relationship between joint attention and social referencing and the formation of stimulus equivalence and related repertoires of relational frames. The latter part of the presentation contains information and advice to guide practitioners in the establishment of these important repertoires.
 
Assessment of Derived Relational Responding with Children of Varying Language Ability.
TIMOTHY M. WEIL (University of South Florida)
Abstract: The literature to date on Relational Frame Theory supports the role of derived relational responding in language ability. However, most of the studies have involved verbally-able subjects. It is only now that the experimental analysis of relational framing with developmentally disabled individuals is being pursued. Thus far, training of relational responding has shown promise with individuals with developmental disabilities. It is assumed that the establishment of simpler relational frames should permit more complex derived relational responding to occur. This study involves the identification of basic relational ability with children who range from typically developing to moderately autistic. Following training of arbitrarily applicable relations, an assessment of derived mutual and combinatorial entailed relations, which are mapped in a functional relational network allows for the identification of weak relational ability. Data will be discussed with respect to the particular relationships involved, the number of trials to acquisition for each relation, format of training trials and finally, the results of probe trials for derived responding of untrained relations. The relevance of programming language curriculum with a focus on derived relational responding will be considered.
 
 
Symposium #259
CE Offered: BACB
Establishing Generalized Outcomes through Precision Teaching: The Benefits of Standard Measurement Practices
Sunday, May 25, 2008
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Williford A
Area: EDC/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kimberly Nix Berens (Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.)
Discussant: Kimberly Nix Berens (Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Kimberly Nix Berens, Ph.D.
Abstract:

It is a common misconception that Precision Teaching is synonymous with fluency-based instruction, where an already established behavior is built to optimally high frequencies. The three papers included in the current symposium will attempt to clarify this misconception by illustrating the utility of Precision Teaching practices for the establishment of a broad-range of behavioral repertoires. Similarly, each paper will illustrate how, through frequency-based measures and standard charting practices, generalized or emergent effects on untrained repertoires can be easily evaluated. The findings of each paper will be discussed in relation to current behavior analysis research and practice.

 
Using Precision Teaching Methods to Establish Generalized Instructional Control with an Autistic Learner.
TIMOTHY C. FULLER (University of Nevada, Reno & Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.), Kimberly Nix Berens (Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.), Kendra L. Rickard (University of Nevada, Reno & Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.)
Abstract: It is common knowledge that establishing generalized instructional control with autistic learners poses a challenge to educators. Many procedures used for establishing such control involve discrete trials methods, which may limit generalization and require lengthy training times to produce effects. The current paper will describe how Precision Teaching methods were used to effectively and efficiently establish generalized instructional control with an autistic learner. The clinical implications of such findings will be discussed in addition to directions for future research.
 
Rate of Responding as a Generalized Operant.
KENDRA L. RICKARD (University of Nevada, Reno & Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.), Kimberly Nix Berens (Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.)
Abstract: In education, students’ rates on visual discrimination tasks are often used to predict the likelihood of future reading problems. However, these assessments do not generally lead to interventions to improve students’ rates of discriminations. The current presentation will discuss a procedure used to increase students’ rates of responding and the transfer of these effects to other academic tasks that involve visual discriminations. Furthermore, rate of responding as a generalized operant class will be discussed. The clinical implications of such findings will be discussed in addition to directions for future research.
 
Establishing Fluency of Arbitrarily Applicable Derived Relational Responding: An Application of Relational Frame Theory to Vocabulary Building with Children.
NICHOLAS M. BERENS (University of Nevada, Reno & Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Kimberly Nix Berens (Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.)
Abstract: Conventional procedures for strengthening students’ vocabulary often focus on rote memorization or context learning. These procedures typically lack a focus on the core language abilities that allow for novel vocabulary words to be integrated into individuals’ repertoires. With this oversight, conventional procedures also fail to evaluate student improvements in applying new vocabulary to contexts outside of the training situation. The current ongoing investigation has identified procedures that: 1) builds the fluency of a core operant that has been related to language ability, 2) efficiently improves individuals’ vocabulary, and 3) trains novel vocabulary words that are incorporated into individuals’ repertoires in such a way that it generalizes to multiple situations. Data will be presented demonstrating the establishment of fluency in arbitrarily applicable derived relational responding across multiple frames with correlated improvements in analogical reasoning tasks.
 
 
Symposium #260
CE Offered: BACB
Evidence Based Practices Reviews: Secondary Interventions
Sunday, May 25, 2008
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Williford C
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon)
Discussant: Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon)
CE Instructor: Cynthia M. Anderson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium presents 3 evidence-based practice reviews of interventions that can be used at the secondary level within a positive behavior supports model.

 
A Meta-Analysis of the Definition, Features and Effects of Secondary Prevention Interventions.
CAROL ANN DAVIS (University of Washington), Pei-Yu Chen (University of Washington)
Abstract: While the effect of School-Wide Positive Behavior Support has been widely supported by literature in the past ten years, the results of secondary prevention studies have been not as widely documented (Hawken & Horner, 2003). The purpose of this presentation is to summarize and synthesize the existing literature on secondary prevention interventions and to pose discussion questions linking the existing literature to the key components of SWPBS. First, we reviewed the definition of secondary prevention or targeted intervention in the existing literature. Secondly, based on the 10 key features of secondary prevention interventions listed, we reviewed empirical studies to investigate how effective the intervention was and how well each empirical study matched the definition of secondary prevention features. Results showed that the definition of secondary prevention on the PBIS website was consistent with most reviewed studies however, the review revealed some discrepancies in necessary components of secondary interventions. In addition, the literature will be discussed in terms of evidenced-based practices.
 
Just How Good is the Good Behavior Game?
HEATHER STERLING-TURNER (University of Southern Mississippi), Daniel H. Tingstrom (University of Southern Mississippi), Brandy Dickerson (University of Southern Mississippi), Nichole Weakley (University of Southern Mississippi), Katherine Menousek (University of Southern Mississippi)
Abstract: In recent years and driven in part by federal mandates, professional organizations such as APA and CEC have developed systematic procedures for evaluating the effectiveness of various educational and mental health practices. The primary purpose behind such initiatives is to allow relevant consumer groups, including practitioners and researchers, to make determinations of the quality of support for a body of literature focused on a given assessment or intervention procedure. The Good Behavior Game (GBG), a variation of an interdependent group-oriented contingency, is a well-researched intervention for use in classroom settings. First appearing in 1969, the GBG has been adapted for use in a variety of academic settings to manage students’ social and academic behaviors. Although individual studies and summary literature reviews of the GBG generally support the effectiveness of the intervention for producing desired behavior change, to date, the GBG has not be subjected to any of the standards for evidence-based support. In this paper, comparative data for the GBG will be presented using the various professional standards for determining intervention effectiveness. As the overwhelming majority of GBG studies employ time-series designs, discussion will primarily center on standards that allow for the evaluation of these designs.
 
Check-in/ Check-out as a Targeted Intervention at Elementary, Middle and High School.
ROBERT H. HORNER (University of Oregon), Jessica L. Swain-Bradway (University of Oregon), Amy Kauffman (University of Oregon)
Abstract: Check-in/ Check-out is a daily report card intervention designed for implementation as part of a multi-tiered school-wide positive behavior support implementation. This session will share results from applications of the Check-in/ Check-out procedure at elementary, middle and high schools. Emphasis will be given to the role of core behavioral features implemented within varying contexts.
 
 
Symposium #261
Advanced Instruction Based on Stimulus Equivalence (and Other Stimulus Relations): An Evidence-Based Practice?
Sunday, May 25, 2008
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Williford B
Area: EDC/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Daniel Mark Fienup (Illinois State University)
Abstract: This session describes work that deviates from most instructional applications of stimulus equivalence and other stimulus-class technology in two important ways. First, most applications focus on teaching rudimentary skills to impaired learners. By contrast, the papers in this session focus on teaching advanced academic subjects to advanced learners. Second, almost all relevant research examines whether a few learners improve from pretest to posttest, an experimental design strategy that has little relevance within modern conceptions of evidence-based practice. By contrast, the studies to be described employ a range of designs that begin the process of characterizing this type of instruction as an evidence-based practice.
 
Accelerated Acquisition of Mathematical Relations: Construction-Based Responding.
CHRIS NINNESS (Stephen F. Austin State University), Robin Rumph (Stephen F. Austin State University), Glen L. McCuller (Stephen F. Austin State University), David Lawson (Stephen F. Austin State University), Jennifer McGinty (Stephen F. Austin State University), Sharon K. Ninness (Stephen F. Austin State University), James Holland (Stephen F. Austin State University), Shauna Swinney (Stephen F. Austin State University)
Abstract: In the exploration and understanding of mathematical concepts, cognitive psychology has sustained a long and vigorous (if somewhat unproductive) campaign. Recent international assessments (e.g., PISA, 2003), indicate that nearly every developed nation has surpassed U.S. high school students in all areas of quantitative skills. Our ambition is to develop and deploy a series of construction-based, web-interactive architectures that generate relational networks addressing a wide range of math skills including trigonometric identities, inverse trigonometric functions, and conversion of polar coordinates to rectangular coordinates and vice-versa. While some of these topics may appear esoteric and perhaps even beyond the grasp of students with limited mathematical histories, our recent investigations suggest that mathematically inexperienced, but verbally competent individuals are capable of quickly acquiring extremely large, complex, and multifaceted abstract concepts rather efficiently when exposed to these procedures.
 
Teaching Students to Identify Interaction Effects in Factorial-Design Data: An Equivalence-Class Analysis.
LANNY FIELDS (Queens College, City University of New York), Robert Travis (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York), Liliane DeAguiar-Rocha (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City Unive), Eytan David Yadlovker (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: The combined effects of two independent variables can yield any of several effects: no interaction, a cross over interaction, a synergistic interaction, or a divergent interaction. Each form of interaction can be represented by a graph, a table, a textual description, a definitional descriptions, and by one of the labels mentioned above. The present research showed how equivalence classes can be formed among these stimuli. College students first completed a paper/pencil pre-test, after which half (experimental group) were given equivalence class training on a computer that typically took less than 90 minutes. Remaining students comprised a no-intervention control group; they returned to the laboratory 90 minutes later. All students finished with a paper/pencil post-test. The pre-test mean was about 40%. On the post-test the mean for the no-intervention group was unchanged, while the experimental group scored about 85% (the group difference was significant at p < .004). Similar differences were seen for pairs of individuals who were matched for pre-test score. The pre- and post-test differed considerably in format from the computer learning environment, and included questions in which interaction effects were described in novel contexts. Thus, these assessments, which are similar to what is encountered in everyday academic settings, reveal a degree of generality. Given the reliability and ease of implementation of the training procedure, it could readily be applied in a classroom setting, even by instructors who are not conversant with the details of establishing equivalence classes. An obvious future direction is to compare the efficacy of this equivalence-based approach with that of more traditional approaches to teaching the same material.
 
Efficiently Establishing Contextually-controlled Concepts of Inferential Statistics and Hypothesis Decision Making: Lab and Classroom.
DANIEL MARK FIENUP (Illinois State University), Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University), Daniel P. Covey (Illinois State University)
Abstract: In a programmed instructional module, college students learned conditional discriminations that created two equivalence classes, one related to statistical significance and the other related to hypothesis decision-making. As a result of training based on contextually-controlled conditional discriminations, they also learned to apply statistical significance to hypothesis decisions. The module was efficient in that students made few mistakes during training and after being taught a few facts were master of many emergent (untaught) facts. In a small-N design, Study 1 showed these effects under well controlled laboratory conditions (efficacy). In an approximation of a randomized controlled trial, Study 2 explored the generality of effects when the module was employed under classroom contingencies (transportability). Some lessons for bolstering the status of equivalence-based instruction as an empirically-supported practice are considered.
 
Using Stimulus Equivalence to Teach Drug Names: Empirically-Validated Learning Efficiency.
TRACY E. ZINN (James Madison University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Abstract: In the stimulus equivalence literature, there are few applications using non-arbitrary stimuli and even fewer using non-arbitrary stimuli with college students. Here I will discuss two studies that addressed the following goals: (a) to apply a stimulus equivalence procedure to the learning of drug names by college students, (b) to compare a stimulus equivalence training procedure to a more traditional training procedure, and (c) to conduct a component analysis to determine the most efficient and effective way of teaching drug terminology using a stimulus equivalence paradigm. Results of these studies showed that stimulus equivalence was effective in teaching drug names, and required less student time and effort than the alternative approach. Furthermore, the training components participants received affected how well they learned the stimulus-response relations.
 
 
Symposium #262
CE Offered: BACB
An Examination of Variables that Influence Participant Preferences among Varying Reinforcement Arrangements
Sunday, May 25, 2008
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Waldorf
Area: EDC/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Iser Guillermo DeLeon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts have devoted considerable time and research effort towards developing methods to identify reinforcers for use in applied settings, and in validating those methods. Less attention has been paid to optimal arrangements for the use of those reinforcers, particularly from the perspective of the participants in question. The current set of investigations were undertaken to understand childrens preferences for one reinforcement arrangement versus another. Three of the studies used concurrent-chain schedules to identify childrens preferences for specific arrangements that included free vs. contingent reinforcement, choice of reinforcers vs. no choice of reinforcers, and distributed reinforcement vs. massed, delayed reinforcement. A fourth investigation examined how preference among available options interacts with task difficulty. Each study yields meaningful implications for the design of reinforcement programs in applied settings.

 
Evaluating Continuity as a Valuable Dimension of Reinforcement for Children with Developmental Disabilities.
MICHELLE A. FRANK-CRAWFORD CRAWFORD (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Julie Ann Chase (University of Maryland, Baltimore Co.), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa J. Allman (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: The potency of some reinforcers may be enhanced by continuous, rather than interrupted, access even though delivery to reinforcement is delayed. This study used a concurrent-chain schedule to examine the preferences of 3 participants with autism for two kinds of reinforcement arrangements: 1) smaller, temporally distributed amounts immediately following each response, or 2) continuous (uninterrupted) access to reinforcers following the completion of multiple responses. Each session consisted of 5 trials of 10 demands. The participants were given the choice of the reinforcement arrangements prior to each trial. The choice for distributed access resulted in 30s access to the activity or a piece of an edible following each demand. The choice for continuous access resulted in earning tokens for compliance, each redeemable for 30s of reinforcement (300 consecutive seconds) or 1 piece of the edible (10 edibles delivered at once) delivered after the session. When the reinforcer was an activity, all 3 participants preferred uninterrupted access to the reinforcers. When the reinforcer was an edible item, one preferred continuous access and 2 participants showed indifference. For all three participants, the continuous access condition resulted in less time to complete an equivalent amount of work.
 
Preference of Children for Working over Free Reinforcement.
KEVIN C. LUCZYNSKI (The New England Center for Children and Western New England College), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University)
Abstract: The present study sought to determine the boundary conditions for preferring contingent over noncontingent delivery of reinforcement. Two contexts were arranged that involved the delivery of a preferred edible item contingent upon a correct academic response or yoked delivery on a time-based schedule (noncontingent reinforcement [NCR]). The frequency, amount, and temporal distribution of reinforcement in the NCR schedule were yoked to the contingent reinforcement schedule. Interobserver agreement data on child selections and academic performance was collected on 53% of all sessions and averaged above 95%. After observing a preference for contingencies using a modified concurrent-chains arrangement, the fixed ratio response requirement was progressively increased. A shift or disruption in preference among the schedules was observed for 3 out of the 4 children as the schedule was increased to a fixed-ratio 10. Experimental control over the preference shift, as a function of the intermittent schedules, was demonstrated for 2 out of the 3 children. The conditions under which children may prefer to “work” to access reinforcement instead of obtaining it freely will be discussed along with the implications of our results for providing reinforcement to young children.
 
A Further Analysis of Children’s Preferences for Choice.
ANNA C. SCHMIDT (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Stacy A. Layer (University of Kansas)
Abstract: We sought to extend previous research that has evaluated conditions under which children prefer the opportunity to choose. In the initial link of a concurrent chains arrangement, children selected a worksheet correlated with a choice, no choice, or control condition. An array of five identical stimuli was presented in each condition. Correct responses to academic stimuli in the terminal link resulted in (a) one item selected from the array by the child (Choice), (b) one item selected for the child by the experimenter (No Choice), and (c) no access to the stimuli (Control). Interobserver agreement on child selections was collected in 54% of sessions and mean agreement was 100%. In Study 1, in which edible items were presented as consequences for academic responding in the terminal links, five of six children allocated a majority of their responses to the choice condition. To assess the generality of these findings, non-edible stimuli were presented in Study 2. Preference for choice conditions was observed for all but one child. The preference for choice reemerged for this latter child when edible consequences were re-introduced. Implications for designing reinforcement programs will be discussed.
 
Sensitivity and Bias under Conditions of Asymmetrical Effort Requirements in Academic Tasks.
DEREK D. REED (Syracuse University), Brian K. Martens (Syracuse University)
Abstract: We conducted an experimental analysis of children's relative problem completion rates across two workstations under conditions of equal (Experiment 1) and unequal (Experiment 2) problem difficulty. Results are described using the generalized matching equation. Experiment 1 involved a symmetrical-choice arrangement in which the children could earn points exchangeable for rewards contingent on correct math problem completion. Points were delivered according to signaled variable-interval schedules at each workstation. During Experiment 1, both workstations had low effort requirements. For two children, relative rates of problem completion appeared to have been controlled by the schedule requirements in effect and matched relative rates of reinforcement, with sensitivity values near one and bias values near zero. Experiment 2 involved increasing the effort requirement to high effort at one of the workstations. Sensitivity values f0r all three participants were near one, but a substantial increase in bias toward the less effortful alternative was observed.
 
 
Panel #263
Professional Development Series: Research in Non-University Settings
Sunday, May 25, 2008
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
4A
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ruth M. DeBar (The Ohio State University)
DEAN C. WILLIAMS (University of Kansas)
DAVID E. KUHN (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
DANIEL GOULD (The New England Center for Children)
CHRISTINA WHALEN (TeachTown, Inc.)
Abstract: Presenters from four agencies will discuss their research in non-university settings. Attendees will be invited to ask questions and join in the discussion.
 
 
Symposium #264
CE Offered: BACB
Readiness for the Next Level of OBM Supporting our Community by Discussing Needs of the Outside World
Sunday, May 25, 2008
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Joliet
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kelly L. Therrien (Continuous Learning Group)
CE Instructor: Kelly L. Therrien, M.S.
Abstract:

The symposium is aimed at addressing some skill sets being identified as key to successful consulting by practitioners, clients, and faculty of OBM. Fundamental skill areas have been identified in OBM literature to date, and thus the presentations will focus on addressing key areas identified as need based skills for future consultants to be successful as seen by practitioners and clients of an OBM consultancy, enabling discussion of opportunities to ready future practitioners to demonstrate those skills.

 
OBM the Next Generation Revisited.
KELLY L. THERRIEN (Continuous Learning Group)
Abstract: Therrien and Rodriguez (ABA 2006) presented learnings from consultants of CLG on the topic of key skill sets that make for high quality and effective consulting practitioners. Recent developments in the marketplace show a growing need for those skill sets, and evaluations of the readiness levels of potential candidates interested in consulting in OBM are needed. Further investigation has been done comparing the current literature on essential skills with client feedback in regards to those same skill sets and its relevant importance from a client perspective. A review of the 2006 work and recent data will be presented.
 
Evaluating How we’re Doing Preparing our Future – Your Thoughts Captured Here!
AMY LEIGH AYERS (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: CLG prides itself in being an established behavior analysis consultancy, one that wants to support the future of OBM and its next generation. The author gathered data from the current academic community teaching OBM to learn more about the current methods in instructing and preparing students of OBM for the “real world.” Questions were posed to identify current strengths and weakness in preparing students for OBM practice, and barriers and enablers present in current day academic settings. These data will be presented to learn from the academic community similar to how CLG prepares organizations for future state growth.
 
Building on Where We Are: Making the Move to the Next Level of OBM.
TRACY A. THURKOW (Continuous Learning Group)
Abstract: The presenting authors of this symposium illustrate the current state from the perspectives of consultants, clients of OBM services, and academic faculty of OBM courses. The data can support a variety of avenues the OBM community can take to create change in how we consult, prepare, and educate our future state as a field. This presentation will support identifying potential paths and recommended strategies based on the data utilizing similar methods CLG takes with its clientele.
 
 
Symposium #265
CE Offered: BACB
International Symposium - Technology for Technology's Sake: Technical Advances to Increase the Knowledge and Use of Behavioral Principles
Sunday, May 25, 2008
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Astoria
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Patrick S. Williams (University of Houston, Downtown)
CE Instructor: Christine Hoffner Barthold, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts have new and powerful tools by which they can teach and assess behavioral principles and applications through computer-based technologies. This symposium will focus on the forms of innovative use of technology for teaching behavior analysis, such as graphics, multimedia, distance learning, and computer-based assessment of textual behavior. Along with conceptual suggestions for presenting behavior analytic content using technology, data will be presented that show evidence of the effectiveness of using computer-based technology to increase understanding and usage of behavior analytic principles by individuals in higher education as well as practitioners in the community.

 
2D or Not 2D: Is That the question?
MICHAEL KEENAN (University of Ulster)
Abstract: How do you convey to students that sense of wonderment that lies at the heart of doing science? How should we share with students the tremendous achievements of our discipline? Questions like these are an inevitable part of a teacher’s predicament at the frontline in a classroom. In this presentation, I will argue that our scientific community has given little attention to the need for innovative resources that can help the teacher. I will look at the role of the scientific image within science generally and I will show there is a sparcity of scientific images that are the hallmark of behaviour analysis. I suggest constructive ways that the ‘image problem’ of behaviour analysis can be addressed. Using 2D and 3D graphics I will show how to make the notion of the behavioural stream come alive in the form of an interactive diagram for stimulating discussion of applied and philosophical issues.
 
Teaching Students about Behavioral Dynamics with Multimedia.
BRADY J. PHELPS (South Dakota State University), Mandy Orth (South Dakota State University), Brandon Rauch (South Dakota State University)
Abstract: Our subject matter is a dynamic process that leaves a record of its occurrences and of on-going changes. Verbal descriptions are inadequate to illustrate the complexity and richness of the dynamics of even very basic behavioral processes. Multimedia demonstrations will be presented to offer more absorbing means to display behavior and behavior change.
 
Using Distance Learning to Increase Use of Best Practice with Providers Working with Children with Autism.
CHRISTINE HOFFNER BARTHOLD (University of Delaware)
Abstract: With the increase of children with autism spectrum disorders and disabilities in general in childcare settings, providers are requesting more information about effective support techniques. Although distance learning is considered to be a promising, cost-effective option for training, there is little data to support whether distance learning translates into usage of best practice by care providers and positive outcomes for the children with disabilities that they serve. This project examined the impact of distance learning technology on teacher use of best practice training as well as effects on socio-communicative responding on the part of children with autism. Web-based training modules were used to teach basic behavioral principles and applications for children with autism to childcare providers in university-affiliated preschool/after-school programs. Data were collected on providers’ use of behavioral techniques with children with autism as a result of distance learning, and whether use of these techniques resulted in increased social and communication skills for children with autism.
 
Assessing Student Textual Behavior.
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State College)
Abstract: To teach behavior analysis is also to assess student behavior. The interactive nature of computer-based programs allows for ongoing assessment of complex textual behavior, as well as post-assessment for future testable questions related to teaching effectiveness. Data presented will focus on textual behavior generated by students, assessing the complexity of the task and behavior, and on using these tools for effective teaching.
 
 
Symposium #266
CE Offered: BACB
Advancing Functional Analysis Technology Through Innovative Experimental Analysis
Sunday, May 25, 2008
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
PDR 3
Area: TPC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center)
Discussant: F. Charles Mace (University of Southern Maine)
CE Instructor: Michael E. Kelley, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The functional analysis methodology developed by Iwata et al. (1982/1994) advanced the field of behavior analysis in several ways. First, it decreased dependence on arbitrarily selected treatments that functioned by superimposing strong positive/negative reinforcement/punishment operations on unidentified reinforcement contingencies. Second, it linked conceptual systems (first described by Carr, 1977) to problems of social significance. Finally, it produced hundreds of replication and extension studies that have advanced the field of behavior analysis along the dimensions outlined by Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968). The current symposium includes three studies that further advance the field by conceptually extending functional analysis technology. In the first study, LaRue et al. conducted a version of functional analysis methodology that reduced the time required to identify a function and obtained high correspondence between procedures. In the second study, Kelley et al. demonstrated that the symptoms of bi-polar disorder were accounted for by experimental analyses. Finally, Malley et al. showed both experimental evidence of a response-class hierarchy and an innovative way of proactively intervening when access to preferred stimuli was denied. Together, these studies advance the functional analysis technology and provide a foundation for future research on experimental analysis of severe behavior disorders.

 
Comparison of Analogue and Discrete-Trial Methodologies for Conducting Functional Analyses.
ROBERT LARUE (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Karen L. Lenard (Center for Outreach & Services for the Autism Community of New Jersey), Meredith Bamond (Rutgers University), Mark Palmeiri (Rutgers University), Mary Jane Weiss (Rutgers University), Michael E. Kelley (University of Southern Maine)
Abstract: Analogue functional analysis is considered to be the most accurate procedure for determining the function of maladaptive behavior (Hanley et al., 2003). However, the time and expertise required to conduct functional analyses has made their use in public schools prohibitive. As a result, brief models of functional analysis have emerged. One such model was proposed by Sigafoos and Saggers (1995). In their study, the researchers used two minute functional analysis conditions (1 minute test, 1 minute control) to evaluate the function of a maladaptive behavior for two students with autism. The current investigation sought to compare a traditional model of functional analysis (e.g., Iwata et al., 1982/1994) and a brief, discrete-trial model of functional analysis similar to procedures used by Sigafoos and Saggers (1995). Five students, aged 8 to 30, were included in the current evaluation. Students were exposed to traditional functional analyses and to the discrete trial analysis. Results indicate that there was correspondence across models for all students. In addition, the discrete trial procedure took considerably less time than traditional FA procedures (80% reduction in session time). Results are discussed in terms of compliance with the IDEA Amendments of 1997 and the social validity of functional analysis in schools.
 
Experimental Analysis Accounts for the Symptoms of Bi-Polar Disorders.
MICHAEL E. KELLEY (University of Southern Maine), Valerie M. Volkert (The Marcus Institute), Blair Parker Hicks (The Marcus Institute)
Abstract: Indirect assessment techniques (e.g., interviews, rating scales) are often used for intervention selection because they are relatively inexpensive and easy to administer, despite evidence that direct assessment may produce more reliable and valid information. A specific type of indirect assessment, physician interview, often produces diagnoses that lead to medicinal intervention. In the current study, a 7-year-old female was diagnosed with childhood bi-polar disorder. Treatment included a medication regimen that was ineffective in reducing the presenting symptoms that led to the diagnoses. A series of experimental analyses demonstrated the target behaviors were influenced by environmental manipulations. Results support the use of direct, experimental analyses for both confirming structural diagnostic techniques and prescribing intervention.
 
Two Methods of "Saying No" that Avoid an Escalating Response Class Hierarchy.
JAMIE MALLEY (University of Southern Maine), Kevin Lee Prager (MCCD/ASAT), Elaine Carolan (University of Southern Maine), F. Charles Mace (University of Southern Maine)
Abstract: Restricting an individual’s access to preferred stimuli may be interpreted as a motivating operation that increases the value of the restricted stimuli and evokes behaviors that historically have produced access to those stimuli. Among young children and individuals with developmental disabilities, the evoked behaviors may constitute a response class hierarchy of increasingly challenging behaviors. The present study compared the evocative effects of three alternative methods of denying access to a preferred activity by measuring the occurrence and escalation of oppositional, disruptive, and aggressive behaviors in one child with developmental disabilities. Latency to the first occurrence of each target behavior was measured to determine the temporal sequence or hierarchy in which the behaviors comprising the participant’s response class occurred, and the percentage of 10-second intervals in which the target behaviors occurred was measured to evaluate the relative evocative effects of the three methods of restricting access. An analysis of the participant’s response class hierarchy during four baseline sessions was followed by a counterbalanced alternating treatments design, and the replication of this sequence resulted in an ABAB experimental design. During the baseline condition of this functional behavior assessment, the participant was denied access to a preferred activity and offered a brief explanation for the restriction. In each of the baseline sessions, access to the preferred activity was delivered contingent upon a different target behavior or withheld completely. Baseline results revealed the emergence of a stable response class hierarchy under these conditions of restricted access. The second phase of the study presented two alternative approaches to restricting the participant’s access to the preferred activity: (a) denying access, offering a brief explanation for the restriction, and then presenting an alternative activity and (b) denying access until the participant fulfilled a demand requirement. Relative to baseline, both alternative approaches for restricting access to the preferred activity were shown to yield fewer evocative effects on challenging behaviors. Implications of these results are discussed in terms of proactive behavior management practices and novel methodologies for the conduct of functional behavior assessments.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #267

Brain Pathways for Behavioral Variation and Selection in a Vocal-Learning Songbird

Sunday, May 25, 2008
3:30 PM–4:20 PM
Grand Ballroom
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific)
FRANK JOHNSON (Florida State University)
Dr. Frank Johnson is an associate professor of psychology and neuroscience at the Florida State University, where his principal research activities involve the neural and behavioral mechanisms underlying vocal learning. In particular, his lab studies the zebra finch, a songbird that learns a vocal pattern much in the same way that humans acquire language. Songbirds are the preeminent animal model for human vocal learning, and they represent the only model system that allows investigation of vocal learning at cellular and molecular levels. Dr. Johnson earned his Ph.D. at the University of California, Riverside.
Abstract:

Male zebra finches learn a vocal pattern during juvenile life in a manner that bears a striking behavioral resemblance to human vocal learning. Following an early tutoring phase where the song of an adult male is heard, juvenile male zebra finches begin a sensory-motor learning phase where auditory feedback is used to shape initially variable vocal sounds into the sequence of distinct note types heard earlier in life. The neural circuit that controls this learning is composed of two neural pathways that converge on a common vocal/motor output. Here, I will present the view that the interaction between these two pathways is one of ontogenetic variation and selection. Interestingly, the neural pathway responsible for generating vocal variation includes the basal ganglia, a brain region highly conserved in architecture and neurochemistry across birds and mammals. Thus, our findings in songbirds suggest a broader model, where basal ganglia function contributes to the pre-existing behavioral variation necessary for operant learning to occur.

 
 
Symposium #268
CE Offered: BACB
An Analysis of Teaching and Prompting Strategies in Teaching Children with Autism Play and Vocational Skills
Sunday, May 25, 2008
4:00 PM–5:20 PM
Marquette
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Myrna E. Libby (The New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Julie S. Weiss, M.S.
Abstract:

Four presentations analyzing the effectiveness and efficiency of various teaching and prompting strategies on the acquisition of behavior chains will be presented. One presentation compared the use of backward and forward chaining on the acquisition of a play construction model using most-to-least prompting with a fixed delay. The effectiveness of the two chaining strategies was evaluated with an alternating treatments design. The efficiency and effectiveness of the chaining procedures varied across learners. One presentation evaluated the effects of procedural integrity on the acquisition of play skills by varying prompting errors. The rate and type of errors was functionally related to delays in skill acquisition. The third presentation investigated if independently established related repertoires would emerge as a sequential chain of vocational behaviors when an opportunity was provided for them to occur simultaneously. For the participants, the independent repertoires did occur in sequence as a complete chain when the opportunity was provided. The last presentation evaluated the effects of three levels of treatment integrity (100%, 50%, and 10%) of a physical guidance prompting procedure for appropriate play with a preschool age child diagnosed with autism. Results indicate that prompting at 100% integrity was necessary to improve responding beyond baseline levels.

 
A Comparison of Backward and Forward Chaining in the Acquisition of Solitary Play Skills.
JULIE S. WEISS (The New England Center for Children), Myrna E. Libby (The New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children), Emily P. Bennett (The New England Center for Children), Pamela M. Olsen (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: An alternating treatments design was used to compare a forward chaining sequence and a backward chaining sequence using most-to-least with a constant delay prompting procedure. Three participants diagnosed with autism participated and the dependent variable was number of trials to acquisition of two 8-step play construction figures; each session consisted of one probe trial and 10 training trials. Generalization probes across a novel teacher and one new setting were conducted after acquisition. For all participants, both training procedures were effective. Efficiency varied across participants but was consistent across replications with similar play constructs. All participants generalized responding across a new teacher and in a new environment. IOA data were collected in at least 40% of sessions and averaged 95%. Procedural integrity data were taken in at least 40% of sessions and averaged 95%.
 
Generating Novel Vocational Skill Sequences of Responding by Teaching Components: Adduction.
SARA ELLIOT (The New England Center for Children), Myrna E. Libby (The New England Center for Children), Julie S. Weiss (The New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Five individuals diagnosed with autism were taught two separate but related vocational behavior chains. Participants were then given the opportunity to combine the two units into a longer, previously untrained sequential chain of behaviors. All five participants did independently generate a novel chain of behaviors after acquiring four components. Furthermore, this skill generalized across novel materials. All sessions were videotaped and IOA and procedural integrity exceeded 95%.
 
Analysis of Prompting Errors that Result in Delayed Acquisition of Play Skill Chains in Children with Autism.
GREGORY PAQUETTE (The New England Center for Children), Julie S. Weiss (The New England Center for Children), Myrna E. Libby (The New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: This study compared the effects of different types and rate of prompting errors on the acquisition of individual play skills in children with autism. Three participants learned to put together three 12-step play figures in a forward chaining sequence with most-to-least prompting. An alternating treatments design was used to compare the effects of three prompting error conditions: no programmed errors, prompting the wrong response on 50% of the training steps and prompting a correct response out of sequence on 50% of training steps. After acquisition, generalization probes were implemented with a novel teacher and in a different environment. All sessions were videotaped. IOA and procedural integrity data were collected during 40% of sessions and averaged over 90%. All participants achieved independence in building the figures in the no programmed errors condition. The degree of interference with acquisition resulting from the error conditions varied across participants but errors did seriously impact acquisition. All participants generalized performance across teachers and environments for all play skills.
 
Effects of Varying Levels of Treatment Integrity on Appropriate Toy Manipulation in Children with Autism.
NICOLE C. GROSKREUTZ (Utah State University), Mark P. Groskreutz (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract: The effects of three levels of treatment integrity (100%, 50%, and 10%) of a physical guidance prompting procedure for appropriate play were evaluated. Participants were preschool-aged children with autism. A competing items assessment was used to identify toys with high levels of inappropriate play. Baseline data were collected across the three toys with the highest levels of inappropriate play; no prompting was provided for appropriate toy manipulation. The prompting procedure was then implemented at 10, 50, or 100 percent integrity for a given toy, followed by implementation at 100% integrity across all toys. Results indicate that prompting at 100% integrity was necessary to improve responding beyond baseline levels. Implications for designing interventions in applied settings are discussed.
 
 
Panel #269
CE Offered: BACB
Developing a Training and Supervision Protocol for Early Intervention Programs
Sunday, May 25, 2008
4:00 PM–5:20 PM
Continental C
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Mary Ellen McDonald, Ph.D.
Chair: Mary Ellen McDonald (Eden II Programs/The Genesis School)
CATHERINE E. FALLEO (Director, Personal -Touch Early Intervention Program)
CHRISTOPHER E. SMITH (Rutgers University)
EILEEN CRISTIANO (Bilinguals, Inc.)
JOANN FIESEL (Marion K Salomon & Associates)
Abstract:

Intervention utilizing the principles of applied behavior analysis has been shown to be the one intervention that is effective for children with autism spectrum disorders. The efficacy of behavioral intervention has been demonstrated through years of research and has specifically been shown to be effective for young learners with autism. Dr. Lovaas early research (Lovaas, 1973, 1987) demonstrated the effectiveness of such intervention with children with autism. It is also known that this intervention when begun at the earliest age will have the greatest impact on the students learning. We may know what needs to be done to provide optimal behavioral intervention in early intervention, nonetheless, it is often difficult to provide young learners with the quality of staff that are needed in early intervention programs. The purpose of the panel is to discuss the development of training and supervision protocols for agencies providing early intervention to children with autism spectrum disorders.

 
 
Symposium #270
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating Preference for Instructional and Treatment Approaches in Individuals with Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 25, 2008
4:00 PM–5:20 PM
International South
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Richard B. Graff (The New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Richard B. Graff, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium presents research on evaluating preferences for instructional practices and treatment approaches in individuals with developmental disabilities. In the first study, preference for participant-selected versus experimenter-delivered reinforcers was evaluated, using a concurrent chains procedure. All three participants preferred thparticipant-selected condition; two of three preferred the participant-selected condition even when response requirements were three times that of thexperimenter-delivered condition. In the second study, preference assessme technology was used to identify variables maintaining problem behavior. Children with autism chose between three concurrently availabl consequences (attention, tangibles, escape), and the results were compared to those obtained in a multielement functional analysis. The concurrent assessment was able to identify a reinforcer that effectively suppressed problem behavior. In the third study, preference for and reinforcer efficacy of gluten- and casein-free foods (GFCF) were evaluated. Results suggested that GFCF foods were less preferred, and were less effective reinforcers than typical foods. The final study evaluated preference for two instructional approaches for children diagnosed with autism: ABA and TEACCH. Participants did not show a clear preference for one training procedure over the other, and data on time on task, problem behaviors, and positive affect did not show any clear differences between the procedures.

 
Measuring Preference for Participant-Selected versus Experimenter-Delivered Reinforcers.
AUDREY HARHOOD (The New England Center for Children), Richard B. Graff (The New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: The effects of choice of reinforcer were evaluated in three participants diagnosed with developmental disabilities, using a concurrent chains procedure. Responses to the initial link resulted in access to terminal links during which work on vocational tasks resulted in either the participant selecting one of three high-preference edible items (participant-selected condition), or the experimenter delivering an edible (experimenter-selected condition), with the schedule o reinforcer delivery yoked to the participants’ selections in the previous participant-selected condition. All three participants selected the link that allowed access to participant- selected reinforcers on 100% of opportunities. Then, the response requirements for the terminal link in the participant-selected condition were increase systematically, while the response requirements for the experimenter-delivered reinforcer remained constant. Two of three participants continued to select the participant-selected link even when the response requirement to access the reinforcer was three times that of the experimenter-delivered condition. Interobserver agreement data were collected during 33% of sessions, and was 100%.
 
Using Children’s Choice to Identify Functional Reinforcers.
SHARI MARIE WINTERS (West Virginia University), Claire C St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Functional analysis procedures can identify reinforcers maintaining problem behavior in individuals with developmental disabilities, but the amount of time or training required to conduct these analyses can be impractical. As an alternative to traditional preference assessments, it may be possible to identify functional reinforcers based on children’s preferences. This study used a concurrent schedule to identify preferences for reinforcers by allowing children with autism to choose between three simultaneously available consequences: attention, tangibles, and escape. The results of the concurrent assessment were compared to those obtained in a multielement functional analysis, and a treatment was developed using the reinforcers identified in the assessments. In general, the concurrent assessment was able to identify a reinforcer that effectively suppressed problem behavior during the treatment phase.
 
Examining Preference for and Reinforcing Efficacy of Gluten- and Casein-Free Foods.
MAUREEN KELLY (The New England Center for Children), Dominique Maribett (The New England Center for Children), Richard B. Graff (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Although proponents of diet therapies suggest that eliminating gluten and casein may improve behavior in individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASD), there is no empirical evidence to support this assertion. Two individuals with ASD participated in this study to evaluate preference for and reinforcing efficacy of gluten- and casein-free (GFCF) foods versus “typical” foods (i.e., similar foods that did contain gluten/casein). Five matched food dyads (e.g., brand name pretzels and GFCF pretzels) were used. To ensure familiarity with the edibles, paired-stimulus preference assessment trials were conducted. Then, a concurrent chains procedure was used, in which responses to the initial link resulted in access to terminal links during which work on math worksheets led to receiving access to GFCF edibles or the typical matched counterpart. For the first participant, across 5 GFCF/typical dyads, the mean percentage of responses to the initial link associated with typical foods was 76%, suggesting a preference for typical foods over GFCF foods. During the terminal links, the participant emitted a mean of 7.7 RPM for the typical foods, but only 5.2 RPM for the GFCF foods, suggesting that the GFCF foods were less effective reinforcers. Data for a second participant will also be presented.
 
Use of Concurrent Chains Preference Assessment Procedure to Evaluate Children’s Preference for ABA versus TEACCH.
CARRIE M. BROWER-BREITWIESER (Idaho State University), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Amy Gross (Western Michigan University), Justin Breitwieser (Idaho State University), Krystyna A. Orizondo-Korotko (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The present study used a concurrent-chains operant preference assessment to evaluate preference for two instructional approaches commonly used with children diagnosed with autism: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and the Treatment and Education of Autistic and Communication Handicapped Children (Project TEACCH). It was hypothesized that the participants would demonstrate a preference for ABA. It was also hypothesized that the participants engaged in the ABA training program would engage in a higher percentage of on-task behavior, and would also engage in more behaviors related to positive affect, such as smiling and laughing. Overall the results showed that the participants did not show a clear preference for one training procedure over the other, although the percentage of ABA choices was slightly higher than the percentage of TEACCH choices (53.6% vs. 46.4%). Data on time on task, problem behaviors, and positive affect did not show any clear differences between the two procedures. Implications and suggestions for future research are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #271
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluation of Parent and Caregiver Delivered Interventions for Young Children
Sunday, May 25, 2008
4:00 PM–5:20 PM
Continental A
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Rachel H. Thompson (The New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: David A. Wilder, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Three presentations will be delivered. In the first presentation, a parent training package consisting of didactic, video, and self-management components was used to teach three parents of children with autism to conduct picture activity schedules. In the second presentation, the effectiveness of a behavioral skills training package consisting of modeling, rehearsal, and feedback was evaluated to increase proper implementation of a guidance compliance procedure by caregivers of three children exhibiting noncompliance. The third presentation consists of an evaluation of "reasoning" as an antecedent intervention to increase compliance among young children.

 
Teaching Parents to Conduct Picture Activity Schedules.
SUSAN N. LANGER (The New England Center for Children), Linsey M. Sabielny (The New England Center for Children), Cammarie Johnson (The New England Center for Children), Daniel Gould (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: A parent training package consisting of didactic, video, and self-management components was used to teach three parents of children with autism to conduct picture activity schedules. The didactic component utilized a 30 minute PowerPoint presentation in paper format, outlining a graduated guidance procedure and picture activity schedules. The 30 minute video component served as visual examples of the correct and incorrect use of graduated guidance in the context of picture activity schedules. The final component consisted of the completion of a behavior checklist in which the trainer taught the parent to evaluate the implementation of a video example of the teaching procedure. This training component lasted between 20 and 40 minutes. A multiple probe design across participants, which included baseline, training, and maintenance phases, evaluated the effect of this training package on both parent and child behavior. The results indicated that the training package was effective in increasing the accuracy with which the parent participants accurately implemented picture activity schedules, and was also effective in increasing on-task/on-schedule behavior for the child participants.
 
The Effects of Behavioral Skills Training on Caregiver Implementation of a Guided Compliance Procedure.
NICHOLAS I. MILES (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The effectiveness of a behavioral skills training package consisting of modeling, rehearsal, and feedback was evaluated to increase proper implementation of a guidance compliance procedure by caregivers of three children exhibiting noncompliance. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to evaluate the effects of the training package. Results show that the training package improved performance of the procedure, with mean percent-correct performance increasing from 29 to 37% during baseline to 95 to 99% during the post-training phase for all participants. Generalization probes indicated that the skills learned were exhibited in different settings three to six weeks after training ended.
 
An Evaluation of "Reasoning" as an Antecedent Intervention to Increase Compliance among Preschool Children.
ONEINA E. ABELLON (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Renee Saulnier (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: "Reasoning" refers to statements regarding why a child should comply with an instruction delivered by a caregiver and is a frequently used strategy to increase compliance among young children. In this study, the effectiveness of reasoning as an antecedent intervention to increase compliance among three preschool children was evaluated. Results suggest that the intervention was only marginally effective.
 
 
Paper Session #272
Topics in Autism Service Delivery
Sunday, May 25, 2008
4:00 PM–5:20 PM
PDR 1
Area: AUT
Chair: Barbara Haas-Givler (Elwyn)
 
ABA Professionals' Knowledge and Utilization of Resources About Fragile X Syndrome.
Domain: Applied Research
BARBARA HAAS-GIVLER (Elwyn), Brenda Finucane (Elwyn), Elliott Simon (Elwyn)
 
Abstract: Fragile X syndrome (FXS) is the most common known hereditary cause of developmental disabilities in all populations. A majority of children with this condition meet criteria for an autism spectrum disorder. FXS is associated with a specific cognitive and behavioral profile which has direct clinical relevance for treatment. We assessed awareness and utilization of fragile X-specific resources among ABA professionals, as well as their overall attitudes and knowledge about genetic causes of developmental disabilities. We surveyed over 300 ABA therapists and related professionals working with children who have autism spectrum disorders. Participants were ascertained through voluntary recruitment at conferences sponsored by ABA International and NATTAP (Network of Autism Training and Technical Assistance Programs) in 2007. Our results support the hypothesis that ABA professionals lack specific knowledge about FXS and have a limited understanding of the practical implications of this diagnosis for ABA treatment approaches. These professionals rarely access widely-available FXS resources which could directly effect intervention. Survey participants also had a relatively poor understanding of the contribution of genetic factors in developmental disabilities, and they generally lacked formal training in this area. Results will be discussed in terms of relevance to ABA therapeutic practices and future training.
 
Prevention of Autism: A Case Presentation.
Domain: Applied Research
KRISTIN MILLER (F.A.C.E.S.), Monica Miyahara (F.A.C.E.S.)
 
Abstract: Three recent studies (Drash & Tutor 2006, 2004, 2004a) reported on an ABA intervention as a prevention for autism for at-risk children. Specifically, a six-step sequence based on Sundberg's verbal behavior was used to target language acquisition and to teach typical social behavior. This paper will describe an attempt to replicate the results of Drash and Tutor, and the additions that were made to further increase expressive language, decrease stereotypical behavior and remediate social deficits in an 18-month-old child who was diagnosed at-risk for autism at age 6-months. The child's outcome data will be presented and program discussed.
 
Diagnosis and Treatment for Unusual Autism Spectrum Disorder Cases in a Private Practice.
Domain: Applied Research
PATRICIA M. MEINHOLD (Private Practice)
 
Abstract: People with Autism Spectrum Disorders present a range of symptoms and needs which sometimes may include medical, movement or psychiatric problems. Behavior analysts may be challenged by the inter-disciplinary nature of such atypical cases. This presentation will review the diagnostic and treatment implications of unexpected co-morbidities in three youngsters seen in a clinical-behavior analytic private practice. Details about the unique features and progress of each will be discussed. Suggestions are made for how behavioral clinicians might improve our attention to differences among people with Autistic symptoms to improve client-treatment matching and outcomes.
 
 
 
Symposium #273
CE Offered: BACB
Contingency Management in the Treatment of Drug Abuse
Sunday, May 25, 2008
4:00 PM–5:20 PM
Boulevard B
Area: CBM/BPH; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jeffrey J. Everly (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: James S. MacDonall (Fordham University)
CE Instructor: Mary Louise E. Kerwin, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Contingency management (CM) is the differential reinforcement of clinically relevant behaviors. This symposium will include several data-based presentations of how CM is successfully used in the treatment of substance abuse. Among the issues addressed will be how varying reinforcement contingencies affects multiple target behaviors in an employment-based treatment setting, the use of group CM to reinforce behaviors necessary for cocaine abstinence and methadone treatment, and the use of individual CM to reduce cigarette smoking in pregnant and recently post-partum women.

 
Reinforcing Attendance and Skills Training in Employment-Based Substance Abuse Treatment.
JEFFREY J. EVERLY (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University)
Abstract: Research in our laboratory has focused on using a therapeutic workplace to treat substance abuse. Access to the therapeutic workplace is used as a reinforcer for clinically relevant behaviors. While in the workplace, participants work on typing training programs. Participants are paid a combination of base pay for attending the workplace, and productivity pay for work on the training programs. Although a flat hourly wage may be sufficient to maintain all relevant workplace behaviors, it may be necessary to selectively reinforce each target behavior to ensure regular attendance and efficient completion of the training programs. This issue is addressed in the present study by paying participants in one of two ways that will be alternated across experimental conditions. In one condition, participants will be paid the standard combination of base and productivity pay. In the other condition, participants will be paid a flat wage based on the average hourly base and productivity pay from previous conditions. Next, participants’ preference for the two payment methods will be assessed. The presented results will focus on how various measures of training performance and attendance are affected by the two payment methods, and which method, if any, the participants prefer.
 
Group Contingency Management for Cocaine Abstinence with Methadone Maintenance Clients.
MARY LOUISE E. KERWIN (Rowan University), Kimberly C. Kirby (Treatment Research Institute), Carolyn M. Carpenedo (Treatment Research Institute), Beth J. Rossenwasser (Treatment Research Institute), Molly Coyle (Temple University)
Abstract: Individual contingency management (CM) is among the most effective methods for initiating and maintaining drug abstinence; however, it is inconsistent with group therapy, the most common mode of treatment delivery in community drug treatment settings. Group CM, which has been used effectively in other settings with natural groups (e.g., classrooms, workplaces, hospital wards), has both a positive effect on target behaviors and is associated with corollary or “nontargeted” cooperative and supportive behaviors among group members. This paper describes the development and application of group CM interventions for drug abstinence and other behaviors among clients in methadone maintenance. The intervention consisted of a dependent subgroup CM contingency in which the behavior of a single, randomly selected, anonymous individual would determine reinforcement delivery for the entire group. Using a prize bowl method to determine the schedule of reinforcement; the group contingency was placed on a single behavior (cocaine abstinence) or one of four therapeutic behaviors (abstinence, outpatient attendance, group CM attendance, and medication compliance) selected randomly. Results indicate that a dependent subgroup CM intervention increased targeted behaviors. A preliminary analysis of direct observation of positive and negative behaviors of group members during group CM meetings is also provided.
 
Voucher-Based Reinforcement Therapy for Cigarette Smoking Cessation in Pregnant and Recently Postpartum Women.
RANDALL E. ROGERS (University of Vermont), Sarah H. Heil (University of Vermont), Stephen T. Higgins (University of Vermont), Ira M. Bernstein (University of Vermont), Laura J. Solomon (University of Vermont), Colleen S. Thomas (University of Vermont)
Abstract: Smoking during pregnancy is a leading preventable cause of poor pregnancy outcomes in the U. S. Effective interventions exist for promoting smoking abstinence during pregnancy, but cessation rates are often low (< 20%). The following results are from a study of voucher-based reinforcement therapy (VBRT) for smoking cessation during pregnancy and postpartum. Fifty-eight female smokers entering prenatal care were recruited to participate and assigned to either contingent or non-contingent voucher conditions. In the contingent condition, vouchers were earned for biochemically-verified smoking abstinence; in the non-contingent condition, vouchers were earned independent of smoking status. Vouchers were available during pregnancy and for 12 weeks postpartum. Contingent vouchers significantly increased 7-day point-prevalence abstinence at the end-of-pregnancy (37% vs. 9%), 12-week postpartum (33% vs. 0%), and 24-week postpartum (27% vs. 0%) assessments. The magnitude of the treatment effects exceeded levels usually observed with this population. Furthermore, the effects were sustained 12 weeks after discontinuation of the vouchers. These results provide evidence that VBRT has a contribution to make to efforts to decrease smoking. Additional controlled studies should be conducted to determine how to optimize this treatment with this population and to examine treatment effects on fetal health.
 
 
Symposium #274
School-based Behavioral Interventions for Children: Application to Anger, Reading and Depression
Sunday, May 25, 2008
4:00 PM–5:20 PM
Boulevard A
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Amy E. Naugle (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: A significant proportion of children struggling with educational and emotional problems do not receive developmentally appropriate and empirically tested interventions. This is especially true for children who come from families with limited financial means or who live in communities (poverty-stricken urban or semi-rural/rural areas) where needed services may not be readily available, affordable, or accessible. The talks in this symposium describe attempts to target youth in need who may otherwise fail to receive (or receive much less comprehensive) interventions and to evaluate the efficacy of the interventions provided. To do this we have partnered with a number of public schools to provide services on-site. In the first talk, Cotter, Dillon, and Gaynor will present data from a small comparative efficacy study of two interventions (a cognitive-behavioral intervention compared to a collection of anger control games) for angry/aggressive behavior in elementary schoolers. Arvans, Steinert-Otto, and Gaynor will then present data on the efficacy of a fluency-based reading intervention, compared to a wait-list control condition, for elementary school students struggling with reading. In the third talk, Eckshtain and Gaynor present outcome data from children, who received behavior therapy, and a caregiver, who received behavioral parent training, targeting child depressive symptoms.
 
School-Based Treatment of Anger: A Comparison of the Anger Coping Program and the Anger Solutions Collection.
DAVID DENHAM COTTER (Western Michigan University), Courtney Dillon (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: This study examined two approaches to school-based anger management, using a randomized between-groups design. One intervention, the Anger Coping Program (ACP; Larson & Lochman, 2002), is a group-based cognitive-behavioral treatment that has some empirical support, having been found to outperform waitlist and minimal control conditions in several studies. The comparison condition involves provision of a collection of commercially marketed games/activities-the Anger Solutions Collection (ASC). The ASC condition included a board game, card game, and a workbook of activities. Both interventions were provided to groups of 4-8 same gender students using two therapists per group. Session length was 45 minutes and sessions were held twice weekly for 9 weeks. Currently 2 groups of boys (1 receiving ACP and 1 ASC) have completed treatment. Two groups comprised of girls are set to begin treatment and recruitment is underway for 2 more groups of boys. Primary dependent measures include child self-reported anger, parent and teacher ratings of behavior, and changes in the number and type of office referrals for poor conduct taken from the school’s computerized database. When complete, this data will constitute a rigorous evaluation of ACP, assessing whether it appears to outperform another active intervention that includes the same amount of contact with participants and is also focused on anger.
 
Improving Reading Fluency and Comprehension: A Comparison of Read Naturally to Education as Usual.
REBECCA K. ARVANS-FEENEY (Western Michigan University), Patricia Steinert-Otto (Portage Public Schools), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Difficulty learning how to read is not only an educational problem, but is also a risk factor for current and long-term behavior problems. This is especially troubling because reading difficulties are common, afflicting anywhere from 20-40% of elementary school students. Read Naturally is a fluency-based computer program designed to increase reading abilities and overall reading comprehension. The current study assesses the efficacy of daily 30-45 minute sessions of Read Naturally provided over a two-month period compared to an Education as Usual control condition. Twenty elementary students will receive Read Naturally while twenty matched peers will receive Education as Usual. Currently 28 children are enrolled at some point in the protocol. Weekly repeated measures and global pre-post standardized measures of reading are the main dependent variables. Teacher ratings of classroom behavior problems will also be gathered. The results will provide information about the efficacy of Read Naturally for increasing reading abilities in elementary students and whether improving reading skills results in a decrease in behavior problems at school.
 
School-Based Treatment of Child Depression: Child-Focused Behavior Therapy Plus Conjoint Behavioral Parent Training.
DIKLA ECKSHTAIN (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: In the present study children were provided 16 sessions of individual cognitive-behavioral therapy delivered at their elementary or middle school located in a semi-rural community (situated at the fringe of a mid-sized city) in southwest Michigan. In most studies of school-based CBT, caregivers have played only a minor role in their child’s treatment. Thus, to directly target the family context and caregiver-child relations, caregivers received 7 sessions of behavioral parent training, also provided at the child’s school. Fifteen children with at least moderate symptoms of depression participated. The depression data (collected at pre-, mid-, and post-treatment and at 1-month and 6-months follow up) were benchmarked against those from existing randomized (psychosocial and pharmacotherapy) clinical trials that used similar measures, inclusion criteria, age ranges, and sample sizes. The observed changes were comparable or better to those obtained in other studies evaluating CBT or fluoxetine and markedly better than no treatment or placebo comparison conditions drawn from the literature. In addition, positive changes in psychosocial functioning were noted from the perspective of the child’s caregivers and teachers as well, providing some social validity for the results.
 
 
Symposium #275
ACT Outside the Clinic: Application of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy to Non-clinical Populations
Sunday, May 25, 2008
4:00 PM–5:20 PM
Boulevard C
Area: CBM/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Regan M. Slater (University of Mississippi)
Discussant: Akihiko Masuda (Georgia State University)
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) has been shown to be effective in the treatment of a wide range of clinical disorders and presentations (Hayes, Luoma, Bond, Masuda, & Lillis, 2006). In this symposium, we will discuss the application of ACT to three diverse non-clinical populations.
 
Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) for Academic Success.
REGAN M. SLATER (University of Mississippi), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Mississippi), Laura Ely (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: This study will address the viability of an ACT-related intervention with university students who are either on academic probation or in danger of failing. Assessment of ACT-related components as well as study skills and psychological distress were used over the course of the study. Effects of the intervention on academic success were considered and will be discussed.
 
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in the Police Force: Evaluating its Efficacy and Mechanisms for Change.
LINDA BILICH (University of Wollongong), Joseph Ciarrochi (University of Wollongong), Virginia Bayliss (New South Wales Police Service), Frank Deane (Illawarra Institute for Mental Health)
Abstract: Recent research has revealed that police officers experience a high level of stress that appears to relate to administrative and organisational pressure rather than from operational work experiences (Hart and Cotton, 2002). The aim of this study is to investigate the efficacy of a Mindfulness-Based Emotional Intelligence Training (MBEIT) intervention that is designed to promote emotional well-being and workplace effectiveness amongst New South Wales police officers. The intervention is heavily based on Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) (Hayes, Strosahl and Wilson, 1999). ACT promotes emotionally intelligent behaviour in line with meaningful values by increasing people’s ability to utilise emotions as information, and to act effectively in the context of emotions and emotionally charged thoughts through mechanisms such as acceptance and defusion.One hundred twenty-three police officers volunteered to participate in the study, and were assigned to either the “intervention” or the “control” condition. Preliminary analysis suggests that over the course of the intervention, police officers’ general mental health improved significantly in comparison to the control group. In addition, success with family values increased over time. Acting consistently with one’s values is proposed to be essential for the improvement in mental health and well-being. It is expected that the project will benefit the NSW police directly in the prevention of stress and sickness, and improvement in workplace effectiveness.
 
Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) to Address Burnout in Staff Caring for Clients with Intellectual Disabilities (ID).
SCOTT BETHAY (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: This paper will describe the factors that have been posited as determinants of burnout in ID staff, and will briefly discuss current theories that attempt to correlate these factors. Next, a brief overview of a behavior-analytic account of burnout and associated behaviors will be provided. Finally, the development and implementation of a burnout intervention which combines ACT with practical training in the principles of applied behavior analysis will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #276
Analyses of Children's Problem Behavior, Manding, and Task Completion during Communication-Based Interventions
Sunday, May 25, 2008
4:00 PM–5:20 PM
Stevens 3
Area: DDA/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jay W. Harding (University of Iowa)
Discussant: Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: Interventions that include manding as a treatment component, such as functional communication training (FCT), have been used to reduce the occurrence of problem behavior by providing the individual with an alternative response to gain reinforcement. This approach may also produce positive effects on task completion. Three studies will be presented in which the participants were provided with opportunities to control schedules of reinforcement via manding during work tasks. In the first study, results showed that different mands differentially affected young children’s problem behavior and task completion. In the second study, investigators evaluated whether compliance and mands could compete effectively with elementary-aged students’ problem behavior, even if extinction was not implemented for problem behavior. The final study evaluated the effects of choice during demand fading across two tasks. Results showed that choice had no effect on problem behavior, and the child’s response allocation appeared to be controlled by the schedule of reinforcement associated with concurrent choice options. The results of these studies will be discussed with respect to the practical implications of communication components within intervention programs.
 
Mand Selection in Functional Communication Training.
DAVID P. WACKER (The University of Iowa), Jay W. Harding (The University of Iowa), John F. Lee (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: As part of a long-term NIH-supported project, we conducted functional analyses and functional communication training (FCT) in home settings. The participants were children, 6 years of age or younger, who had diagnosed developmental and behavioral disorders. In this presentation, we briefly describe our project and provide two case examples showing that the mand selected for intervention can impact the results achieved with FCT. All functional analyses were conducted within multielement designs, and FCT was conducted within reversal designs. In this study, reversal designs were constructed to show the effects of two mands on destructive, manding, and work completion behavior. Data were obtained via video recording of sessions, and IOA was conducted on approximately 20% of the sessions. The results for both participants showed that different mands differentially affected at least one of the dependent variables. These results support previous research in showing that the mands selected for intervention warrant careful consideration.
 
The Effects of Varying Qualities of Reinforcement on Work, Break, and Problem Behavior Choices.
STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Idaho State University), Jessica E. Frieder (Idaho State University), Shilo L. Smith Ruiz (Idaho State University)
Abstract: Researchers have suggested that intervention for problem behavior can be viewed as a competition between concurrently available response alternatives, such as compliance, mands, and/or inappropriate behavior (Mace & Roberts, 1993). Several applied researchers (e.g., Harding et al., 1999; Horner & Day, 1991, Peck et al., 1996; Piazza et al., 1997; Richman et al., 2001) have used a concurrent-schedules paradigm to evaluate the effects of concurrent schedules of reinforcement on the choice-making behavior of individuals who display challenging behavior. To date, most research on concurrent schedules of reinforcement with humans has been conducted with only two concurrently available response options. This presentation will consist of data for participants in an Institute of Education Sciences grant designed to evaluate the effects of concurrent schedules of reinforcement on three concurrently available response options: compliance, mands, and problem behavior. Specifically, we evaluated whether compliance and mands could effectively complete with problem behavior, even if extinction was not implemented for problem behavior (i.e., it continued to receive reinforcement). Results will be discussed in terms of the practical importance of developing interventions that do not require the use of extinction and avoid the occurrence of extinction bursts.
 
The Effect of Choice during Demand Fading.
ANJALI BARRETTO (Gonzaga University), Kaisa L. Weathers (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of choice during demand fading across two tasks. We also compared the effects of choice between an impulsive option (i.e., less reinforcement provided more frequently) and the self-control option (i.e., more reinforcement provided less frequently). The goal was to increase task-completion across both tasks from an FR 2 to an FR 30 schedule of reinforcement. During the first task, we gradually increased the demand from an FR 2 to FR 30 schedule across 8 phases. During the second task, we provided a choice between an FR 2 and a gradually increasing FR schedule to FR 30. Two independent observers achieved 90% agreement on over 33% of the sessions. The results of this study showed that choice had no effect on aberrant behavior. However during the choice condition the participant chose the self-control option until this option was at FR 10 or higher, after which he switched to the impulsive (FR 2) option. Results will be discussed in terms of classroom and clinical applications for increasing demand requirements for individuals whose behaviors are maintained by negative reinforcement.
 
 
Paper Session #277
International Paper Session - Behavioral Variability and Stereotypy
Sunday, May 25, 2008
4:00 PM–5:20 PM
Barbershop
Area: EAB
Chair: Lewis A. Bizo (Southern Cross University)
 
Reinforced Behavioral Variability in Humans.
Domain: Basic Research
LEWIS A. BIZO (Southern Cross University), Kathleen Elizabeth Doolan (Southern Cross University)
 
Abstract: The concurrent reinforcement of behavioral variability has previously been shown to facilitate learning of a specific target sequence in non-human animals (e.g., Neuringer et al., 2001), but attempts with human participants have produced contrary results (e.g., Maes & van der Goot, 2006). In a series of experiments human participants were required to produce a specific target sequence of responses. In three conditions positive feedback was always presented after production of the target sequence. Positive feedback was contingent on a variability criterion in one condition, was delivered according to a variable interval 60 s schedule in a second condition, and not delivered at all in another (the control condition). Participants in the control condition learned the target sequence faster than the other two groups; however, participants in the variability condition where more variable in the pattern of sequences they produced. The length of the target sequence differentially affected the learning of the target sequence for participants in the variability condition but not in the other conditions. The experiments are discussed in relation to the previously published accounts of human and animal studies of behavioral variability.
 
Rats Respond at Higher Rates when Narrow Band of Response Durations is Reinforced.
Domain: Basic Research
JAMES KOPP (University of Texas, Arlington), Denise Lott Arellano (University of Texas, Arlington)
 
Abstract: Leverpressing was reinforced in six rats during 30-minute sessions. An FR1 (baseline) schedule was in effect for the first 10 sessions. During the next 40 sessions, a differential reinforcement of response duration (DRRD) schedule selectively reinforced response durations between 600 and 700 ms. During the final 25 sessions, responses were reinforced in the same sequential order as the DRRD schedule, but without regard to duration (a yoked variable ratio reinforcement schedule). Interresponse time distributions were typically platykurtic during FR1 reinforcement. During the DRRD schedule, as response durations became differentiated, interresponse times became appreciably shorter and their distribution noticeably leptokurtic. During the Yoked VR schedule, interresponse time distributions tended toward platykurtosis once again. It is suggested that changes in response duration controlled by the DRRD schedule induced changes in the distribution of IRTs over and above those usually controlled by the temporal density and spacing of VR reinforcement per se. That is, all else being equal, VR reinforcement during response differentiation may control response rates different from rates controlled by VR reinforcement alone.
 
Behavioral Correlates of Equine Stereotypy Phenotype.
Domain: Basic Research
MATTHEW PARKER (University of Southampton), Edward Redhead (University of Southampton), Deborah Goodwin (University of Southampton), Sebastian McBride (Royal Agricultural College)
 
Abstract: Horses that display stereotypic (repetitive, idiosyncratic and invariant response patterns) behavior have been shown to have differences in central nervous system physiology. Specifically, they have been found to have sensitized striatal dopaminergic pathways. Pharmacological sensitization of the striatum has been shown to lead to an accelerated shift from planned behaviour (response-outcome) to habital responding (stimulus-response), in the context of US devaluation and place-response paradigms. Therefore, theoretically, endogenously produced sensitization would be expected to lead to a similar accelerated shift. In the present study, matched pairs of stereotypic and non-stereotypic horses were trained to locate food in a standard cross-maze. After training, subjects were challenged with a probe trial, in which they were placed in an immediately adjacent mirror image maze. Stereotypic subjects were found to develop habitual responding (i.e., adopt a motor response strategy) at a faster rate than non-stereotypic counterparts. Results are discussed in the context of the equine stereotypy phenotype.
 
 
 
Paper Session #278
International Paper Session - Special Topics in EAB
Sunday, May 25, 2008
4:00 PM–5:20 PM
El
Area: EAB
Chair: Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University)
 
A Missing Link in the Evolution of the Cumulative Recorder?
Domain: Basic Research
TOSHIO ASANO (Aichi University), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University)
 
Abstract: In the course of researching a cumulative recorder that was manufactured in Japan in the early 1970s, the first author found in a storeroom at Keio University in Tokyo what is believed to be a precursor to the highly successful series of models manufactured by the Ralph Gerbrands company between the early 1950s and 1994. This recorder was sent to Japan from Harvard University in the early 1950s. A recorder similar to this one was described in general terms by Lattal in his 2004 history of the cumulative recorder (JEAB, 82, 329-355), but no actual instrument was known to still exist. This presentation will present photographs of the actual device, describe it in detail, and place it in historical context, both as a scientific instrument and in terms of its role in the history of the experimental analysis of behavior.
 
What Behavior Analysts Can Learn from Neuroscience.
Domain: Basic Research
FRANCIS MECHNER (The Mechner Foundation)
 
Abstract: B.F. Skinner wrote, “The physiologist of the future will tell us all that can be known about what is happening inside the behaving organism. His account will be an advance over a behavioral analysis.” How can behavior analysis continue to move forward as an empirical science? Eric Kandel suggests that answers to such questions lie at a field’s boundaries with neighboring disciplines, where the knowledge, questions, and conceptual frameworks of one are brought into interplay with those of the other. We now know that habituation, sensitization, and classical conditioning involve the release of glutamate into a synapse. Modulatory interneurons regulate the amount released and thereby the duration of synaptic transmission. The conversion of a short-term into a long-term memory involves new growth at the same synapses. Also discussed will be the roles of certain mammalian brain structures and some of the important biochemical mechanisms and neurotransmitters. Empirical evidence will be cited for the neurological, anatomical, and biochemical reality of such measurable behavioral phenomena as short-term and long-term memory, working memory, imagery, and attention, and the neurological underpinnings of the various types of visual perception, visualization, hearing, sensory perception, perception of space, reinforcement, and fear.
 
Effect Size Indices for Single-Subject Experimental Designs: An Overview and Comparison.
Domain: Basic Research
OLIVER WENDT (Purdue University)
 
Abstract: This presentation will address current methodological issues related to effect size estimates in single-subject experimental designs (SSEDs). Controversy exists as to which techniques are most appropriate to analyze between-phase differences in SSEDs and derive meaningful effect size estimates for synthesizing studies. Two general types of statistical-summary strategies have been proposed for assessing the magnitude of effect, non-regression approaches (e.g., Olive & Smith, 2005) and regression approaches (e.g., Parker & Bossart, 2003). This paper will focus on the applicability of non-regression based techniques including Mean Baseline Reduction (MBLR) (Lundervold & Bourland, 1988), Percentage of All Non-Overlapping Data (PAND) (Parker et al., 2007), Percentage of Data Points Exceeding the Median (PEM) (Ma, 2006), Percentage of Non-Overlapping Data (PND) (Scruggs, Mastropieri, & Casto, 1987), Percentage of Zero Data (Scotti et al., 1991), and Standard Mean Difference (Busk & Serlin, 1992). These metrics will be compared relative to their performance in detecting treatment effects in behavior increase studies versus behavior reduction studies. Data sets from recent meta-analyses of single-subject research related to augmentative and alternative communication (behavior increase) and Functional Communication Training (behavior reduction) will be used to illustrate performance differences, advantages and disadvantages of each technique and the relationship among the different metrics.
 
 
 
Symposium #279
CE Offered: BACB
International Symposium - Derive that!: New Procedures and Approaches to the Study of Derived Relational Responding
Sunday, May 25, 2008
4:00 PM–5:20 PM
Metra
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Simon Dymond (Swansea University)
CE Instructor: Simon Dymond, Ph.D.
Abstract:

New procedures and approaches to the study of derived relational responding are presented. Multiple stimulus relations of same, opposite, more-than, and less-than, as well as equivalence (coordination) relations were studied using novel procedures with a range of human participants, ranging from young children to adults. The effectiveness of the different procedures will be assessed in terms of (i) overall yields on tests for derived relations, (ii) facilitative effects on other domains (e.g., IQ), and (iii) suitability for use in neuroscience-based research.

 
The Relational Completion Procedure: A New Way of Training and Testing Same and Opposite Relational Frames.
SIMON DYMOND (Swansea University), Robert Whelan (University College Dublin)
Abstract: Match-to-sample (MTS) is the preferred procedure for training and testing for derived relations. There are, however, several limitations to MTS procedures, which are particularly pertinent to researchers studying multiple stimulus relations. In the present paper, a new type of experimental procedure is described, called the Relational Completion Procedure (RCP). The RCP employs drag-and-drop responding, the stimuli are displayed from left to right, and five comparisons are presented, among other features. In order to test the efficacy of the RCP for training and testing same and opposite relational frames, a direct comparison with MTS was undertaken. Across two experiments with a total of 48 participants, number of trials to criterion was lower, and probability of successful emergence of combinatorially entailed same and opposite relations was far greater, for participants who were exposed to the RCP.
 
Training and Assessment of Relational Precursors and Abilities (TARPA): An RFT Protocol for Training and Assessment of Language Skills.
IAN T. STEWART (National University of Ireland, Galway), John D. McElwee (HASD), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: This paper describes the TARPA (Training & Assessment of Relational Precursors and Abilities). This is a computer-based protocol, based on the theoretical and empirical insights of Relational Frame Theory (RFT), which has been designed to enable the systematic assessment and training of the key skills involved in flexible relational framing, which RFT sees as the critical ability underlying language and cognition. This paper will provide a detailed description of each of the stages of the TARPA and will then briefly discuss issues relevant to the use of and future development of this protocol.
 
Rapid Acquisition and Generalization of Relational Skills among School Children Using an Innovative Combination of the REP and Yes/No Procedures.
SARAH N. O'CONNOR (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: The current paper will outline the findings of an experiment designed to test the utility of a combined REP and Yes/No procedure for delivering multiple exemplar relational training to school children. Five experimental subjects were exposed to intensive multiple exemplar training for Same/Opposite and More/Less responding using a series of novel stimulus sets and a combination of the REP and a Yes/No procedure. All subjects showed improvements in Same/Opposite responding across novel stimulus sets. Subsequently, subjects rapidly met a pre-determined response accuracy criterion for More/Less responding using novel stimuli. A control group required more blocks to reach the mastery criterion on novel stimulus sets for both Same/Opposite and More/Less tasks. These findings suggest that relational skills can be established and generalized across novel stimulus sets using this novel relational training procedure.
 
A One-comparison: Same/different Procedure with a Difference.
DAVID W. DICKINS (University of Liverpool)
Abstract: This behavioral camel was designed by a committee of behavior analysts and cognitive neuropsychologists as part of an fMRI study of stimulus equivalence. In the first of twelve study phases 3 groups of 8 subjects simply watched 12 pairs of stimuli presented successively. In the following response phase a SAME or a DIFFERENT response was required to each of the pairs, with half the pairs remaining correct (=same as the study phase) and the other half randomly reassorted amongst themselves. There was no feedback after individual trials. If one or more responses had been incorrect subjects were returned to a reiteration of the preceding study phase. After a response phase without error they went to the next study phase with twelve new pairs of stimuli. Then the whole cycle was repeated twice, starting with response phases each time, enabling subjects to bypass some study phases. The groups were then given slightly different instructions before receiving repeated cycles of equivalence test trials with no feedback or programmed consequences. Consistent behaviour under demonstrably strong control emerged, the ‘yield’ of subjects showing choices consistent with equivalence increasing with increasing degrees of explicitness in the instructions.
 
 
Symposium #280
Gambling, Pigeons, Smokers, College Students, and the Elderly
Sunday, May 25, 2008
4:00 PM–5:20 PM
Chicago & Alton
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Amber Waterman (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale)
Abstract: The study of gambling behavior has drawn more interest in recent years, and experimental analyses with different populations could help provide information about how different individuals exhibit gambling behavior and the maintaining variables behind that behavior. The current symposium presents discussions of gambling behavior in basic animal research, among older individuals in a nursing home, among smokers and nonsmokers, and the effects of accurate information on gambling behavior.
 
Risky Choice in a Token-Reinforcement Context: Implications for an Animal Model of Gambling.
CARLA H. LAGORIO (University of Florida), Timothy D. Hackenberg (University of Florida)
Abstract: Animal models of gambling lack a realistic currency akin to money in human gambling systems. In the present line of research, we made use of a token-reinforcement system to more closely approximate human economic systems. In our initial experiment along these lines, pigeons were given repeated choices between variable and fixed numbers of tokens (stimulus lamps arrayed above the response keys), with each earned token later exchangeable for food. The average number of tokens provided by the variable option was systematically manipulated across conditions, while the fixed option was held constant. the number of tokens for the variable option comprised an exponential distribution, with a range of possible payoffs between 0 and 12 tokens. This distribution-type provides many zero and small-amount payoffs, common to gambling situations, but also provides the possibility of a big win. Initial results indicate preference for the variable option when both alternatives provide the same average number of tokens. When the alternatives provide different numbers of tokens, preferences are largely biased towards the option providing greater average payoff. These results indicate that risk sensitivity with respect to reinforcer amount can be attained with a token-reinforcement paradigm, a finding with implications for the development of an animal model of gambling.
 
Assessing Indices of Happiness of Slot Machine Gamblers Residing in a Nursing Home.
AMBER WATERMAN (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The present study explored the application of assessment of happiness in persons with various developmental disabilities to the elderly living in nursing homes. Initially a group of residents were screened for a history of gambling, and then completed a preference assessment between gambling and non-gambling related stimuli. Upon demonstrating a preference for gambling stimuli, each resident was exposed to a simulated slot machine that paid jackpots approximately 33% of the time. Upon the completion of each trial the physical characteristics of the resident were assessed (i.e. facial expressions of happiness, unhappiness, or neutral). Additionally, pre-gambling, post-gambling, and 1 hour follow up assessments were conducted to compare the gambling experience to other times of the day for each resident. Results indicate that brief exposure to a simulated gambling game can improve the relative happiness of individuals in long term care facilities who enjoy gambling.
 
The Effect of Nicotine when Smokers and Nonsmokers Gamble on a Slot Machine.
ELLEN MEIER (University of North Dakota), Jeffrey N. Weatherly (University of North Dakota)
Abstract: The present study was designed to determine if smokers and nonsmokers would gamble differently when given small doses of nicotine. Nicotine has been shown to have an effect on several different types of behavior. Furthermore, research has shown that an unusually high number of pathological gamblers are also smokers. Participants were non-pathological males and females 21 years of age or older. Participants were randomly assigned to either chew a 2 mg piece of Nicorette® or the control gum. After participants had begun chewing the gum, they completed several surveys designed to assess their gambling behavior and level of nicotine dependency. Participants then gambled money they had been staked on a slot machine. Results indicated that participants given nicotine gambled significantly less than those not given nicotine. Females also gambled significantly less than males. Participants’ smoking history did not significantly influence gambling. Implications of these results are discussed.
 
Can Accurate Information Alter Gambling on a Slot Machine?
JEFFREY N. WEATHERLY (University of North Dakota), Ellen Meier (University of North Dakota)
Abstract: Behavior-analytic research has demonstrated that gambling behavior can be controlled by verbal instructions, sometimes even overpowering the contingencies programmed by the game itself. Outside of behavior analysis, many researchers have proposed that pathological gambling is linked to certain cognitive fallacies held by gamblers. The present experiment investigated whether providing participants with accurate information about slot machines would alter how those individuals would gamble when playing the slot machine. Participants were staked with $5 to play a slot machine. All participants played in two baseline sessions. The participants were then given accurate information about the independence of plays on a slot machine, the diminishing rate of return programmed by games of chance, or both. Participants were then given the opportunity to gamble in two additional sessions. Results demonstrated that the accurate information hand only a modest influence on gambling behavior. Thus, these results suggest that, if gamblers’ behavior is largely rule governed, the information alone is not enough to greatly alter those rules.
 
 
Invited Symposium #281
CE Offered: BACB
International Invited Symposium - Total Contingency Integration: Behavioral Systems in OBM
Sunday, May 25, 2008
4:00 PM–5:20 PM
International North
Area: OBM/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
Discussant: Dale M. Brethower (Instituto Tecnológico de Sonora)
CE Instructor: Timothy D. Ludwig, Ph.D.
Abstract:

OBM could be criticized for being dominated by micro-level analyses focused on employee behaviors and local interventions such as goals and feedback. While this approach may demonstrate the effectiveness of ABC's to impact important behavioral indicators of performance, OBM often does not take into account the fact that these behaviors occur in the context of greater organizational systems. Indeed, OBM interventions end up being demonstrations that are not often integrated into the overall system. Thus, many die out as soon as the researchers or consultants leave. We miss the bigger picture. Deming and Skinner were speaking the same language. Deming said that 80% of employee performance is due to the system. Its time for OBM to better integrate the entire organizational system into its performance solutions. This invited symposium features three distinguished systems thinkers within behavior analysis who will address how OBM and other specialties of ABA can benefit from a systems approach.

 
Survival Contingencies for Organizational Behavior Management
MARIA E. MALOTT (ABAI)
Abstract: Where are we, OBM practitioners in large-scale, sustainable change in the corporate world? Even though several behavior analysts have been successful at large scale interventions, why as a group, haven’t we been noticed or haven’t had a significant impact in the business community? Why does the demand for OBM practitioners remain low or almost non-existent in the market? Why hasn’t the accelerated growth in the treatment of autism driven the demand for OBM practitioners? We are too few and progressing too slowly to be noticed and to make a difference. Although, the OBM network membership has grown 2.6 times since 2000, it remains with about 250 members. The OBM submissions to the ABA annual convention have averaged 51 in the last 14 years, remaining comparatively lower to other areas. Specialized degree programs in OBM are a hand full at the most. I believe these issues are not due to lack of marketing but rather to substance and systems design. Although we are very good at behavior change, altering the behavior of a relatively small number of individuals typically does not have an impact in the larger system where the target behaviors take place. Although we know about behavioral maintenance, designing systems that focus on the long-term adaptation of our interventions to the evolution of the greater systems has not been our primary interest. We need more than a tool kit of behavioral contingencies; we ought to understand and manage metacontingencies of the larger systems to distinguish ourselves. Furthermore, the application of behavioral systems can help OBM survive, grow and compete in the business world as an area of application of our discipline.
Dr. Maria E. Malott earned a Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis from Western Michigan University in 1987. Since 1993 to the present, she has served as Executive Director and Secretary Treasurer of the Association of Behavior Analysis International (ABA International), as well as Secretary Treasurer of the Society for the Advancement for Behavior Analysis. She is a fellow of ABA International and received the 2003 Award for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis and the 2004 Award for Outstanding Achievement in Organizational Behavior Management. She is an adjunct faculty member at five universities and has collaborated with 33 universities around the world. She has authored and coauthored numerous articles and two books, including Paradox of Organizational Change (2003) and presented nearly 200 papers and workshops in 17 countries throughout North America, Latin America, Asia, Australia, and Europe. Past experiences include her role as Vice President of Manufacturing for a plastic production company in the Midwest and managing her consulting company dedicated to process improvement and organizational management for nearly two decades in a variety of industries, including service, manufacturing, retail, education, and government. She has done organizational management work in public administration, the private sector and for educational systems.
 
The Vulnerability and Robustness of Systems Properties
INGUNN SANDAKER (Akershus University College)
Abstract: Individual behaviour may have great impact on the organizational level of performance. This is however not necessarily so, since one common feature of what we may refer to as systems, is that its properties will be maintained over time, even though individuals may be replaced by new members of the system. The interdependencies both within and between systems calls for analysis of both the functional relations and the structures (within and between systems) that maintain behaviours described as distinct properties of a system. The process of selection within and between systems may be described in terms of vulnerability and robustness of systems properties. This calls for another level of analysis. Even though we may say that systems are “made up of” behaviour, the complex relations of contingencies maintaining systems behaviour may not be captured within the framework of individual behaviour alone. Organizations may be viewed as complex adaptive systems. The unit of analysis is an observed functional entity - interacting with the ”bigger system” of which it is a part. The unit is defined both by its function and its structure, which calls for an analysis both with respect to its functional match with the complexity of the “bigger system” and to the character of the relations between the interacting agents. Measuring the impact of the structure in systems in terms as density, connectivity and centrality may help us understand the vulnerability (extinction) as opposed to robustness (maintenance) of systems, independent of its changing members and taking the systems level into account.
Dr. Ingunn Sandaker is professor and director of the research programme “Learning in Complex Systems” at Akershus University College, Norway. She received her Ph.D in 1997 at the University of Oslo with a grant from The Foundation for Research in Business and Society (SNF) at The Norwegian School of Economics and Business Administration (NHH). The thesis was a study on the systemic approach to major changes in two large companies; one pharmaceutical company and one petroleum company. During The Norwegian Olympic Committee’s preparations for the games in Sydney and Nagano, she was head of evaluation of a programme aiming at extending female participation in management and coaching. Serving as a consultant on top level management programmes in Norwegian energy companies, her interest has been focused on management performance within a systems framework. Trying to combine the approaches from micro-level behaviour analysis with the perspective of learning in complex systems, she is managing a post-graduate masters program in behaviour analysis.
 
OBM Redux: The Need for a Systems Perspective
WILLIAM B. ABERNATHY (Aubrey Daniels International)
Abstract: The traditional OBM intervention model was derived from experimental research and early clinical applications. The experimenter-subject and later the therapist-patient interaction translated into the supervisor-subordinate interaction in organizational applications. The underlying assumption has been that improving this interaction is the ultimate goal of OBM. This model, if successfully applied, creates a paternalistic management group that overlooks and often underutilizes the individual employee’s creative capacity or ability to respond effectively to contingencies without close supervisor guidance. Putting aside this issue, most practitioners would agree that improving and sustaining critical employee behaviors is, or should be, the test of the effectiveness of an OBM intervention. For this objective, the dyadic ‘ABC’ model isn’t so much technically incorrect as it is woefully incomplete and insufficient. The presenter will describe a systems view of OBM that addresses a results focused process for selecting which behaviors to manage and when; a balanced measurement tool; an expanded view of improvement strategies that includes Industrial/Organizational Psychology and Industrial Engineering; an integration of OBM with conventional human resource functions including job definition, selection, training, evaluation, promotion, and compensation; and a transition strategy designed to replace traditional bureaucratic management with a free operant, open system workplace.
Dr. William B. Abernathy taught psychology at Ohio University and received his doctorate in I/O Psychology from the Ohio State University. He then joined Edward J. Feeney and Associates as a consultant where he worked in performance improvement with Victoria Stations Restaurants, Sovran Bank, and the Franklin Mint. In 1981 Bill founded Abernathy & Associates, which specialized in assisting client organizations with performance measurement and feedback, performance pay, and performance improvement. Over its twenty-five year history, Abernathy & Associates consulted with over 160 organizations of all types and sizes. In 2005 Bill sold his company to Aubrey Daniels International where he is the Vice President of Performance Systems. Bill also joined the psychology faculty at Southeastern Louisiana University where he will coordinate a new masters degree in I/O Psychology with an emphasis on performance systems. He is the author of two books - The Sin of Wages and Managing Without Supervising.
 
 
Paper Session #282
International Paper Session - Autism, Reading, and Math Fluency
Sunday, May 25, 2008
4:30 PM–5:20 PM
Continental B
Area: AUT
Chair: Jennifer A. Loncola Walberg (DePaul University)
 
Autism and Reading: Implications For the Use of Visual Phonics.
Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER A. LONCOLA WALBERG (DePaul University), Beverly J. Trezek (DePaul University)
 
Abstract: Since its discovery by Leo Kanner (1943; Donnellan, 1985), autism has both fascinated and puzzled those it affects. Scholars struggle to validate the myriad of treatments that arise to help “cure” the disorder, but most of these treatments focus on improving attention and behavior rather than on the development of specific academic skills like reading (Simpson, 2005). In light of the findings of the National Reading Panel (2000), this paper examines the specific research that has been conducted in the area of reading and autism. Further, this paper addresses the need for future research, in particular describing and proposing Visual Phonics as a viable method for children with autism. Visual Phonics has well documented success with other low incidence populations (Trezek & Malmgren, 2005; Trezek & Wang, 2006; Trezek, Wang, Woods, Gampp & Paul, 2007) and, given the specific areas of need in autism, is well suited as an intervention for this population of learners (American Psychological Association, 2000). Attendees will leave this presentation able to describe current reading research and how Visual Phonics may be applied to improve reading instructional practices for children with autism.
 
Achieving Math Fluency for Children with Autism Using a Diagnostic and Prescriptive Approach.
Domain: Applied Research
KEVIN S. CAULEY (Step By Step Learning Group), Elizabeth Benedetto-Nasho (Step By Step Learning Group), Emily K. Foster (Step By Step Learning Group)
 
Abstract: The central role fluency plays in learning is frequently stressed by Precision Teachers. These skilled educators have argued that the accumulation of dysfluent component skills is a significant barrier to acquiring compound skills and often leads to student academic failure (Binder, 1996). One of the hallmarks of Precision Teaching methodology is that it promotes the building of fluent component skills in order to influence subsequent performance on higher level or compound skills (Smyth & Keenan, 2002). Research has indicated that building fluent component skills can have a significant impact on both the acquisition and fluency level of subsequent instructional targets (McDowell, 2001). This presentation will describe the benefits of Morningside Academy’s Diagnostic and Prescriptive Math program for students with autism. Morningside’s Diagnostic and Prescriptive Mathematics program was designed to meet the specific needs of individual students who require intervention in a few areas. However, for some students with autism, intervention is required for all aspects of math computation rather than for just a few areas. This program was used as a stand alone computational program for teaching more complicated math skills. Student performance data will highlight the impact of building fluent component skills on higher order computational tasks.
 
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #283
CE Offered: BACB

Neurobiology of Cocaine Self-administration: Some Findings in Monkeys and Rats

Sunday, May 25, 2008
4:30 PM–5:20 PM
Grand Ballroom
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
CE Instructor: Drake Morgan, Ph.D.
Chair: Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
DRAKE MORGAN (University of Florida)
Dr. Drake Morgan obtained a Ph.D. degree in Experimental and Biological Psychology from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill in 1998 under the direction of Mitchell Picker, where he was trained as a behavioral pharmacologist studying the effects of opioids. He spent several years in a post-doctoral position in the laboratory of Michael Nader at Wake Forest University in the Department of Physiology and Pharmacology. Most studies here explored the role of social influences on cocaine self-administration in group-housed monkeys. Following this experience, he remained at Wake Forest University to study drug self-administration in rats, with a major focus on the influences of various self-administration histories on subsequent self-administration. Two years ago, he joined the Department of Psychiatry (Division of Addiction Medicine) at the University of Florida where he’s had the pleasure to interact with the behavior analysts in the Department of Psychology. Current lines of research include studying of effects of potential pharmacotherapies for cocaine use and the long-term effects of chronic opioid administration in rats of varying ages.
Abstract:

Advances in neurobiological techniques are occurring at an astonishing rate. In many respects, study of drug self-administration happens in a similar manner to the initial studies nearly 40 years ago. If the sophisticated techniques available to neuroscience are to be used to help understand drug self-administration (and potentially drug use in humans), help explain some of the interesting findings, or find biological correlates of behavioral changes, then the behavioral models used need to be equally as sophisticated, interesting and dynamic. Data from two series of experiments will be presented and discussed with reference to neurobiological correlates of the behavioral differences. In monkeys, social housing and the establishment of dominance hierarchies was used to induce neurobiological changes that were then associated with differences in cocaine self-administration. In rats, various histories of self-administration result in animals that, for example, respond to considerably higher breakpoints maintained by cocaine on a progressive ratio schedule, relative to control animals. Neurobiological investigation of these groups of rats can help find biological correlates related to changes in the reinforcing efficacy of cocaine (which might be related to the development of addiction in humans). The overall focus of the presentation will be to strengthen the idea the behavioral scientists need to continue developing interesting behavioral models if we are going to try to use some of the neurobiological and molecular biological techniques that are being developed in other fields of science.

 
 
Panel #284
CE Offered: BACB
Issues and Suggestions for Establishing a Quality ABA Community-Based Residence
Sunday, May 25, 2008
4:30 PM–5:20 PM
Stevens 1
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Frank R. Cicero, Ph.D.
Chair: Frank R. Cicero (Eden II Programs)
EILEEN HOPKINS (Eden II Programs)
SHARI L. SCHATZMAN (Eden II Programs)
FRANK R. CICERO (Eden II Programs)
NIALL JAMES TONER (Eden II Programs)
Abstract:

As a large number of individuals who had been receiving ABA services since early childhood grow into adulthood, the need for quality ABA services extends to the residential area. Unfortunately, there are many obstacles in establishing and maintaining a solid ABA residential program that school and day programs might not encounter. The following panel discussion will introduce the audience to potential issues in opening and running a community- based ABA group home. The presenters will provide the audience with helpful suggestions for overcoming some of these issues. All four presenters are administrative-level employees with an agency that has over 30 years experience in providing ABA services to individuals with autism and over 15 years experience maintaining a quality ABA residential program. Some issues discussed will include staff training, philosophical differences between educational and residential programs, accuracy of behavioral data collection, maintaining treatment integrity, securing staffing ratios, accessing funding streams, acculturating parents, developing instructional goals, and conducting functional assessments. Audience participation and open discussion will be encouraged throughout the presentation. Objective data will be presented to the audience where applicable.

 
 
Paper Session #285
International Paper Session - Parametric Analysis of Fluency Practices
Sunday, May 25, 2008
4:30 PM–5:20 PM
Williford A
Area: EDC
Chair: Mecca Chiesa (University of Kent)
 
Unpacking Precision Teaching: Comparing the Effectiveness of Composite and Component Practice.
Domain: Applied Research
MECCA CHIESA (University of Kent), Ailie Robertson (University of Paisley)
 
Abstract: The precision teaching literature advocates practice in component skills prior to engagement with more complex composite tasks as a means of enhancing the performance of composites. We were unable to locate experimental articles that systematically compared the effectiveness of component and composite practice. Here we compared the impact of composite and component practice on measures of speed and accuracy in completing composite math problems. Results of composite practice showed no discernible benefit after ten sessions (thirty minutes). In contrast, three sessions, one minute each, of practice on each component resulted in clearly increased rates and an impressive reduction in errors in the completion of composites. Implications for persuading teachers to adopt at least this aspect of precision teaching are discussed.
 
Does Fluency Matter? A Comparison of Different Rate Criteria for Children Learning Multiplication Tables.
Domain: Applied Research
DENNIS ROSE (University of Auckland), Teresa Clark (University of Auckland)
 
Abstract: Darvell and Rose (2007) reported on an investigation of the relative effects of fluent performance as opposed to accurate performance when adults with developmental disabilities were learning to recognise words. This study was inconclusive and had some confounds. The present study used an alternating treatments design to assess the effects of 8-year-old children's practice of multiplication tables at two different rates. The number of trials and the amount of reinforcement were held constant in both conditions. Accuracy and rate measures were made at the end of sessions. Once the practice sessions ended, maintenance, endurance, stability and application were assessed at 2, 4, 8 and 12 weeks. The results showed that both rates were effective in producing acquisition, maintenance, endurance, stability and application.
 
 
 
Panel #286
CE Offered: BACB
Increasing the Acceptance of Behavioral Interventions in Applied Settings: Lessons from the Field
Sunday, May 25, 2008
4:30 PM–5:20 PM
Williford C
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Deirdre Lee Fitzgerald, Ph.D.
Chair: Deirdre Lee Fitzgerald (Eastern Connecticut State University)
SHAWN DAVID BRYANT (The Spectrum Center)
APRIL HEIMLICH STRETZ (Headsprout)
TIMOTHY PISKURA (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

A primary challenge that behavior analysts face is facilitating the implementation of effective programming in applied settings. Direct care staff, teachers, paraprofessionals, parents and professionals from parallel fields are the primary change agents in many intervention contexts. Thus, the importance of providing effective instructional materials, staff training, and ongoing supervision is paramount to ensuring treatment fidelity and learner success. Strategies and tactics that increase the acceptance and utilization of behavioral interventions will be discussed. Differing approaches for internal and external consultants will also be identified.

 
 
Panel #287
Professional Development Series: Applying for Post-Doctoral Positions
Sunday, May 25, 2008
4:30 PM–5:20 PM
4A
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Aaron D. Lesser (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
TIFFANY KODAK (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
MELISSA M. MOWER (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
JENNIFER LYNNE BRUZEK (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: For many students, the next step after obtaining a Ph.D. is a post-doctoral position. Presenters will speak from several perspectives on preparing for and completing post-doctoral fellowships.
 
 
Paper Session #288
Contingency Management in the College Classroom
Sunday, May 25, 2008
4:30 PM–5:20 PM
Astoria
Area: TBA
Chair: Philip L. Gunter (Valdosta State University)
 
Analysis of ABA Project Data to Demonstrate Impact on P-12 Achievement in Educator Preparation Programs.
Domain: Applied Research
PHILIP L. GUNTER (Valdosta State University)
 
Abstract: Data from single subject design projects conducted by 50 teachers-in-training across two years are summarized to produce effect size descriptions. All projects were conducted as a requirement for completion of a course in applied behavior analysis as part of the candidates' educator preparation programs. All projects used rate of words read correctly as the dependent variable, and all field and analysis procedures were monitored by the course instructor to ensure project fidelity and data reliability. The findings are discussed in terms of the appropriateness of such practices to produce data to demonstrate the positive impact of educator preparation programs on the academic achievement of P-12 learners, given that such information is imperative to ongoing program accreditation.
 
Contingency Management in the Classroom.
Domain: Applied Research
ALEXANDER ZINICOLA (James Madison University), Alex N. Byland (James Madison University), Amanda N. Sorg (James Madison University), Allyson Vasi (James Madison University), Jessica Greta Marie Irons (James Madison University), Bryan K. Saville (James Madison University)
 
Abstract: The purpose of this research is to investigate the utility of contingency management (CM) procedures for effecting behavior change in the college classroom. This study is intended to be a feasibility study for the use of CM for increasing “good student behaviors” (e.g., no cell phone interruptions, on-time assignments, on-time attendance, and studying during class study sessions) so that if target behaviors are emitted, conditions will be optimal for knowledge acquisition. Using a quasi-experimental, between-groups, counter-balanced design, students were assigned (according to course section) to one of 3 groups. Each group was assigned to each of three conditions once: Cheat Sheet Condition in which students gained access to professor-prepared concept sheets, in exchange for “good student behaviors,” a Monetary Reinforcer condition in which students gained access to monetary reinforcers (maximum $10) contingent upon “good student behaviors,” and a Yoked-Control Condition in which students gained access to concept sheets contingent upon the point gains in the Cheat Sheet conditions. The yoked-control group received concept sheets that included the average number of concepts earned by the Cheat Sheet condition. Preliminary analyses suggest differences in good student behaviors across conditions and differential effectiveness of CM on various target behaviors.
 
 
 
Paper Session #289
International Paper Session - Perspectives on the Future of Behavior-Analytic Science
Sunday, May 25, 2008
4:30 PM–5:20 PM
PDR 3
Area: TPC
Chair: Richard E. Laitinen (Palm Springs Unified School District)
 
Experimental and Applied Research on Derived Conditional Relations: Converting a Subject Matter of Great Promise Into a Discipline that Transforms the Structure of Behavior Analysis.
Domain: Theory
RICHARD E. LAITINEN (Palm Springs Unified School District)
 
Abstract: The Kantian dictum, "percepts without concepts are blind, concepts without percepts are empty." Skinner's Verbal Behavior, self-admitted as being heavily weighted on the latter side of Kant's dictum, represents an inductive simulacrum lacking the interpenetrative effect of the "pure" data which arises from a transaction of related concepts and percepts. Recent research on derived conditional responding provides this missing transaction of concepts and percepts and provides a data-base suggesting a reformulation of the precision, scope and breadth of basic and applied behavior analysis.
 
Inside the Black Box: Reflections on the Future of Behavior Analysis in the XXI Century.
Domain: Theory
ANDREE FLEMING-HOLLAND (Universidad Veracruzana)
 
Abstract: The experimental analysis of behavior is based upon the concept of operational definition and measurement. This came about as an historical necessity due to the prevalent mentalism of the 1930´s and 1940´s reflected in the increasing popularity of psychoanalysis. Today´s technology permits us an increasing ability to measure inside the "black box", which calls for new paradigms in the experimental analysis of behavior. It also implies a need for broadening our horizons both in research and teaching in order to keep behavior analysis in the vanguard of scientific psychological research. There are two lines of current research pertinent to this "black box" discussion: neurobiological research on how neural pathways are formed, and research in positive psychology. The experimental analysis of behavior could be an active collaborator in both these complementary research areas, which share the common goal of understanding how positive behaviors become neural pathways. We should reflect on what behavior analysis has to offer and what these lines of research can offer us as behavioral scientists to keep our discipline vibrant in the XXI century.
 
 
 
Special Event #290
CE Offered: BACB
Celebrating and Expanding our Scientific Foundations: State of the Science Addresses
Sunday, May 25, 2008
4:30 PM–7:30 PM
Stevens 5
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Timothy D. Hackenberg (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Timothy D. Hackenberg, Ph.D.
Abstract:

From its inception and through to the present day, progress in all areas of behavior analysis has been fueled by advances in basic science. With the successful application of behavioral principles to an ever-widening array of practical problems, however, the science behind the application is sometimes overlooked. To underscore the vital importance of science to our discipline, this years convention will highlight and amplify the good science that has and continues to infuse the various branches of behavior analysis. The theme of this years convention, Celebrating and Expanding our Scientific Foundations, weaves together a broad array of topics that speak to our scientific roots and to extensions to new areas of science and application. The keynote event in this track is a session that brings together luminaries in the field to give State of the Science lecturespresentations that trace the development of key ideas and concepts in a specific area of research and theory. The speakers have each made pioneering and enduring contributions to our science; at the same time, each remains active and well-positioned to comment on key developments for the future. The event promises to provide fascinating perspectives on the historical roots as well as the future directions of important scientific problems.

 
Choice and Conditioned Reinforcement.
EDMUND J. FANTINO (California State University, San Diego)
Abstract: Psychologists have always been intrigued with the rationales underlying our decisions. Similarly, the concept of conditioned reinforcement has a venerable history, particularly in explaining behavior not tied to obvious primary reinforcers. The studies of choice and conditioned reinforcement have often developed in lockstep. Over the past decades their study has become increasingly quantitative (even complex). Yet many contemporary approaches to these fundamental topics share an emphasis on context and relative value. We trace the evolution of thinking about the potency of conditioned reinforcers from stimuli that acquire their value by pairing with more fundamental reinforcers to stimuli that acquire their value by being differentially correlated with these more fundamental reinforcers. We discuss some seminal experiments that have propelled us to the conclusion that the strength of conditioned reinforcers, as measured in choice settings, is determined by their signaling a relative improvement in the organism’s relation to reinforcement.
 
Stimuli, Reinforcers, and Private Events.
JOHN A. NEVIN (University of New Hampshire)
Abstract: Radical behaviorism asserts that private events are like public behavior in that they enter into similar lawful relations with similar variables. Therefore, private stimuli can enter into the control of overt behavior, and private activities can be affected by external reinforcers. Recent models of conditional discrimination propose that the private activities involved in attending to stimuli depend on reinforcement in the same way as overt responses, and that remembering involves attending to private stimuli derived from conditional cues. The same approach can be applied to the private events involved in expecting future reinforcers. In some cases, public behavior corresponding to attending, remembering, and expecting can be identified, measured, and invoked to explain aspects of discriminative performance. When public concomitants of private events cannot be identified, however, explanation can be achieved through quantitative models which assume that reinforcement affects private activities in the same way as public behavior.
 
Reflections on Stimulus Control.
MURRAY SIDMAN (Retired)
Abstract: The topic of stimulus control is too broad and complex to be traceable within the time allowed here -- less than an hour. It would probably take a two-semester course to cover just the highlights of that field’s evolution. The more restricted topic of equivalence relations has itself become so broad that even an introductory summary requires more time than we have available. An examination of relations between equivalence and the more general topic of stimulus control, however, may reveal characteristics of both the larger and the more limited field that have not been generally discussed. Consideration of these features may in turn foster future developments within each area. I speak, of course, about features of stimulus control that my own experiences have made salient to me; others would surely emphasize other characteristics of the field and it is my hope that cooperative interactions among researchers and theorists who approach stimulus control from different directions will become more usual than is currently the case.
 
Behavioral and Brain Mechanisms in Self-Awareness.
TRAVIS THOMPSON (Department of Pediatrics, University of Minnesota School of Medicine)
Abstract: Self-awareness refers to intraverbal responses based on the speaker’s previous verbal behavior and discriminative responding based on the state of strength of one’s own dispositions, i.e. autoclitic responding. According to cognitive and developmental theorists, a central feature of autism is lack of the ability to attribute mental states—beliefs, intents, desires, pretending, knowledge, etc.—to oneself and others, and to understand that others have beliefs, desires and intentions that are different from one's own. This has been called theory of mind. The lack of such ability has been called “mind blindness” by Utta Frith and Simon Baron Cohen. While a colorful metaphor, it does not lend itself to amelioration of the hypothesized deficit. Intensive early behavior therapy ameliorates this deficit to a significant degree in at least half of children with autism spectrum disorders (Lovaas, 1987; Sallows and Graupner, 2005). Children with ASDs who have shown the greatest social gains are those who exhibited motor and/or vocal imitation at baseline. Imitation requires that specific structures in the Mirror Neuron System are at least partially functional. Wise et.al. (2001) has shown Wernicke’s speech area is divided into several distinct functional components. The posterior superior temporal cortex is necessary for mimicry of sounds, including being able to transiently represent phonetic sequences, whether heard or internally generated and rehearsed. Iacoboni et.al. (2005) studied brain activation of typical volunteers in response to brief video vignettes of an action without a context (reaching to pick up a cup), an action with an intended consequence (drinking tea from the cup) and a context without an intended consequence (cleaning up after having tea). Activation of the superior temporal sulcus occurs to seeing a cup grasped with or without a context, much as if the person had actually been grasping a cup, i.e. it is a brain area involved in responding to biological motion. In other words, the STS plays a role in both verbal and non-verbal imitation. Observing another person engaging in a movement produces sensations in the child doing the observing, that resemble those that occur had the child made the same movement her/himself (i.e. proprioceptive feedback). Teaching the child with an ASD to verbally tact those events, become components of self-awareness and other-awareness. These data, together with the foregoing IEBT findings suggest children...
 
 
Poster Session #291
#294 Poster Session (AUT)
Sunday, May 25, 2008
5:30 PM–7:00 PM
South Exhibit Hall
1. Effects of Visual Feedback on Parents' Completion of Clinically Recommended Hours—IEIBT and Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ADRIENNE STADLER (The Lovaas Institute Midwest), Steffani N. Falardeaux (The Lovaas Institute Midwest), Melissa J. Gard (The Lovaas Institute Midwest), Kristy L. Oldham (The Lovaas Institute Midwest)
Abstract: In Intensive Early Intervention Behavior Therapy (IEIBT) for treating children with autism, it is imperative that parents are involved at the clinically recommended level to support skill generalization and outcome success. As each child’s treatment objectives are determined, a specific number of parent hours are recommended in order to support successful mastery and generalization of the treatment objectives. A variety of procedures have been used to provide feedback to parents regarding the completion of their recommended hours. The frequency of the feedback and the outcome of the feedback vary as some parents complete 100% of the recommended hours while others complete less than 50% of the recommended hours. The current study evaluated the effects of regular visual feedback using cumulative line graphs on parent’s completion of the clinically recommended hours in a six-month interval. Furthermore, the research investigated whether providing parents with a comparison to other parents would affect the completion of their recommended hours. The outcomes provide further information in regards to developing consistent feedback procedures to ensure parents are involved at the level necessary for their child to meet treatment goals.
 
2. Support Behaviors Demonstrated by Four Paraeducators to Help Children with ASD during Academic Work.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ANNIE PAQUET (Université du Québec à Montréal), Celine Clement (Louis Pasteur University, Strasbourg, France), Jacques Forget (Université du Québec à Montréal), Melina Rivard (Université du Québec à Montréal)
Abstract: An increasing number of paraeducators are employed to support students with disabilities in inclusive settings. Some authors note th paraeducators are asked to assist children with academic tasks without being prepared to offer that kind of support. Only a few studies have attempted to describe precisely what they do in the classrooms. The aim of the present study is to describe the behavior of four paraeducators supporting children with autism during academic work in an inclusive classroom. A grid for direct observation is used. Five categories of support behaviors are defined: (1) social integration support, (2) behavior management (3) academic support, (4) care and support for personal autonomy, and (5) interpersonal communication. Academic support includes four behaviors: (1) material adaptation, (2) environment adaptation, (3) support for academic tasks and (4) evaluation. Behaviors are recorded using a 5s/5s interval procedure, for a total of 12,054 intervals. Results show that academic support is the category of behaviors most often displayed by all participants. Within this category, support for academic tasks is more frequent than other behaviors. Support for academic tasks represents 14.69% (SD = 2.99) of intervals and 39.62% (SD = 7.73) of total support behaviors. Implications of the results are discussed.
 
3. Using Feedback with Paraeducators to Increase Contrived Teaching Opportunities for Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CANDICE A. GIZEWSKI (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Rachel S. F. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Traci M. Cihon (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Kerry O'Connor (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Little research is available to demonstrate how to train paraeducators in the public school setting. Schepis, Reid, Ownbey, and Parsons (2001) conducted a study which showed a treatment package consisting of verbal instruction, role-play, on-the-job training, on-the-job monitoring, and feedback to be successful in an inclusive preschool setting. The multiple components in this study make it difficult to replicate in a public school setting. We expanded on this study with 3 paraeducators by using only feedback once a week as the crucial component to the treatment package. Results suggest that a treatment package, which consists of several components, may not be necessary for increasing correct contrived teaching opportunities and independent student responding. Implications for practitioners in the school setting are discussed.
 
4. Increasing the Fluency of Paraprofessional Teaching Skills through Self Monitoring.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JANICE R. BOLTON (HMEA), Michele D. Mayer (HMEA)
Abstract: The use of intensive behavioral intervention as an effective strategy in the treatment of children with autism is well established. Typically these interventions rely upon paraprofessional instructors to provide direct teaching sessions under the direction of a supervising clinician. As paraprofessional instructors often have limited formal education in the use of behavioral interventions, it is important that they receive training in order that they are able to accurately and fluently present teaching trials. While in-service training programs offered in an analogue setting have been effective in developing accurate generalized teaching skills (Bolton & Mayer, in press), there is less research investigating the fluency of teaching skills. A previous study conducted by the authors demonstrated that fluency of teaching skills could be improved through a brief training and self-monitoring intervention. The purpose of this study is to further investigate the use of the self-monitoring intervention through the use of a multiple baseline across subjects design.
 
5. A Review of Naturalistic Teaching Models.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KEVIN J. SCHLICHENMEYER (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Matthew Newquist (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Kevin P. Klatt (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire)
Abstract: Several different naturalistic teaching models have been used to teach skills to children with autism. These models include Incidental Teaching, Natural Language Paradigm, Multiple Incidental Teaching Sessions, Pivotal Response Training, Milieu Teaching, Enhanced Milieu Teaching, and Speak. The procedures within these models vary, and some overlap. The purpose of the current study was to provide a review of these models and the procedures used to aid in the discrimination of their similarities and differences. The review of the naturalistic teaching models revealed that between all of the models there were 22 different procedures. Sixty-eight percent of those procedures were used by at least two of the models, fifty percent of the procedures were used by at least three of the models, and thirty-two percent of the procedures were used by all of the models. These results suggest that while there are several different naturalistic teaching models that have been used to teach skills to children with autism, these models are not as distinct from each other as one might expect. Future research should compare the efficacy of the individual procedures and the different combinations of the procedures (i.e. the models) in order to determine which are most effective.
 
6. Staff Members’ Say-Do Correspondence in Autism Support Classrooms: Verbally Stated Expertise vs. Procedural Competence.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER A. WADE (Temple University), Emily B. Bisen-Hersh (Temple University), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University), Saul Axelrod (Temple University)
Abstract: As part of an ongoing three-year project, staff expertise (verbal report on behavior analytic techniques) and staff competence (implementation of behavior analytic techniques) are assessed in autism support classrooms receiving public education funding. Measures based upon direct observation as well as upon verbal reports have been developed to address various behavior-analytic approaches, examining staff expertise, competence, background factors, and training. Preliminary analyses during the first year of data collection have revealed a relatively low correlation between what staff members say (expertise) and what they do (competence). This lack of correspondence appears most pronounced for individuals who perform poorly on expertise measurers and strongly on competence measures. The stability of initial findings over an extended period will be considered along with the use of an additional staff-training checklist that addresses the role of direct feedback in strengthening say-do correspondence. It is suggested that say-do correspondence may be stronger for staff members who receive more regular feedback from supervisors and who are implementing highly structured procedures. The implications of these results for the development of effective staff training regimens, and for likely relationships between types of curriculum and child outcome are also considered.
 
7. The Effects of Public Posting on Increased Productivity of Classroom Staff Working with Children Diagnosed with ASD.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
GILI P. RECHANY (Shema Kolainu - Hear our Voices)
Abstract: The current investigation focuses on increasing teachers’ productivity through public posting. Three preschool classrooms and four school age classrooms each with six students diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) participated in the study. Data were collected by the classroom teachers and teacher assistants daily and combined on weekly basis for review. The effects of public posting on increased teacher productivity were measured. The effects of school-wide data posting versus classroom data posting were compared.
 
8. BAAM Website Behavioral Video Clips for Teaching ABA Techniques: Preliminary Effectiveness Data.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HEATHER M. ANSON (Eastern Michigan University), Jennifer D. Kowalkowski (Eastern Michigan University), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Professionals worldwide are actively establishing behaviorally-based treatment programming for children with autism spectrum disorders. Unfortunately, due to lack of staff in many areas, services cannot meet demand. In response, professionals have implemented parent-training models ranging from 8-hour parent-training workshops to directive parent-training programs lasting several months. Parents, then, substitute for the missing staff or psychologists. Varied levels of success have resulted from these approaches. Uncertainty about effectiveness calls for research on best training practices for parents. We have created a Web page providing video clips and other information to teach skills using applied behavior analysis techniques. Each video is accompanied by a caption explaining the background of the child in the video, the teaching sequence of the skills shown, specific techniques within the video to look for, and the current status of the child. The researchers plan to collect feedback from site users to provide preliminary data on the usefulness of the Web page.
 
9. An Analysis of Instructor Errors in Discrete-Trial Teaching of Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DANIEL W. MRUZEK (University of Rochester Medical Center), Tristram Smith (University of Rochester Medical Center), Rafael Klorman (University of Rochester), Jennifer M. Wick (University of Rochester Medical Center), Michael Williams (University of Rochester Medical Center)
Abstract: In this study, the procedural fidelity of discrete-trial teaching (DTT) of children with autism by instructors in five community-based programs was analyzed to investigate (a) overall rate of instructor errors; (b) the relative frequency of instructor errors across key discrete trial steps; and (c) variables that moderate the occurrence of instructor errors (e.g., type of task, extraneous behaviors demonstrated by child). Forty-five videotaped instructional sessions in intensive intervention programs were coded for instructor errors using objective criteria established through review of best practice literature. Inter-rater reliability of coding was established. Results indicate that, although there is significant variability in types of instructor errors, the highest percentage of errors occur during the delivery of consequence of the child’s response, particularly the teacher’s response to the child’s error. Results of this study are discussed in light of current research on best practices and staff training in DTT.
 
10. The Effect of Staff Training on the Implementation of Behavioral Techniques for the Management of Attention-Maintained Behavior of Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JAMES W. JACKSON (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale), Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Susan Szekely (Illinois Center for Autism)
Abstract: Staff training is a vital component to the management of problem behavior. A training module consisting of pre-test, lecture, model, role play, post-test and in-vivo feedback was assessed in order to determine if staff could consistently manage attention-maintained behavior. Baseline data suggested that staff inconsistently applied appropriate techniques to attention-maintained behavior. After meeting criteria for successful completion of training, on average, staff demonstrated improved performance on identifying situations in which the problem behavior was maintained.. In addition, staff demonstrated improved behavioral techniques for said behavior. Implications will be discussed.
 
11. Instructing Students to Conduct Discrete-Trials Teaching with Confederates Simulating Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LINDSAY MAUREEN ARNAL (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Center), Daniela Fazzio (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Center), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba), Dickie C. T. Yu (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Center), Lukas Keilback (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Center), Mandy Starke (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: An essential component of applied behavior analysis programs for teaching children with autism is discrete-trials teaching. Experiment 1 investigated the effectiveness of a self-instructional manual for teaching university students to correctly apply discrete-trials teaching to teach three tasks to confederates role-playing children with autism. Experiment 2 investigated a training package consisting of the self-instructional manual combined with accurate scoring of a videotape of an experienced tutor conducting discrete-trials teaching with a confederate role-playing a child with autism. The results suggest that self-instructional strategies have considerable potential for instructing participants to conduct discrete-trials teaching.
 
12. Measuring Indices of Happiness in a Parent Training Program.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH A. EWING (University of North Texas), Jessica Leslie Broome (University of North Texas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas), Jaime Goettl (University of North Texas)
Abstract: This study was designed to replicate and extend the research on indices of happiness programs for people with disabilities (e.g. Green & Reid, 1996; Favell, Realon, & Sutton, 1996; Green, Gardener, & Reid, 1997; Ivancic et al., 1997, Logan et al. 1998; Green & Reid, 1999a; Green & Reid, 1999b; Lancioni et al. 2002; Realon et al. 2002; Yu et al., 2002; Lancioni et al.,2003; Davis et al., 2004; Lancioni et al., 2004; Singh et al., 2004; Green et al., 2005; Broome, 2007). Behaviors associated with happiness were defined and counted during baseline and training conditions of a parent-training program for parents of toddlers with autism. Indices of parent happiness are analyzed with respect to changes in child-happiness indices, child progress, and overall parent child engagement. The results suggest that effective parent training can increase those behaviors commonly associated with happiness.
 
13. Instructing University Students to Conduct Discrete-Trials Teaching with Confederates Simulating Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CARLY E. THIESSEN (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Center), Daniela Fazzio (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Center), Lindsay Maureen Arnal (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Center), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba), Dickie C. T. Yu (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Center), Lukas Keilback (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Center)
Abstract: Early intensive behavioral intervention based on applied behavioral analysis (ABA) is the most effective treatment for children with autism. An essential component of ABA programs is discrete-trials teaching (DTT). Fazzio, Arnal, Martin, Yu, and Starke (2007) evaluated a training package with self-instruction (self-instructional manual), and feedback plus demonstration to train instructors to conduct DTT with children with autism. Based on results of their evaluation, the self-instructional manual was improved to enhance participants’ performance in post-manual teaching sessions of 3 tasks. This present study evaluated the new self-instructional manual’s (Fazzio & Martin, 2007) effects on performance of participants’ discrete-trials teaching of 3 tasks to a confederate role-playing a child with autism, and generalization to a child with autism. Results indicate that the improvements in the self-instructional manual resulted in marked improvement in participants’ post-manual DTT performance, compared to Fazzio et al. (2007), with good interobserver agreement, treatment integrity, and social validity results.
 
14. Discrete Trial Training: A Consultation Approach to Teacher Implementation.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DANIEL J. KRENZER (Mississippi State University), Jennifer S. Kazmerski (Mississippi State University), Melanie DuBard (Children's Hospital of Philadelphia), Kristin N. Johnson-Gros (Mississippi State University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to examine treatment integrity and acceptability levels among teachers receiving either verbal or written feedback after implementing discrete trial training intervention. The teacher is given information about the accuracy of their administration of the intervention and data will be taken to identify which method of feedback leads to greater treatment integrity and acceptance. A secondary purpose of this study is to increase the range of appropriate behavior with the implementation of discrete trial training. Three dependent variables, percentage of correct responses during DTT, treatments acceptability, and treatment integrity were assessed. Results, limitations, future research and practitioner use will be discussed.
 
15. Teacher Training and Consultation Program using Internet for Children with Developmental Disabilities.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MASAHIKO INOUE (Tottori University Faculty of Medicine)
Abstract: The effects of the teacher training and consultation program using the Internet are assessed. 11 preschool teachers participated. GETA ver.4.11 e-learning software was used. 7 lectures and homework targeted learning of the ABA basics. Then some teachers, with staff support, designed and carried out their child's training program on their own. The teachers had acquired knowledge of ABA and functional analysis. The problem behaviors of the children decreased.
 
16. The Effects of Video Modeling on Teaching Students with Autism to Offer Assistance to Others.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HILLARY WHITESIDE (The Institute for Effective Education), Alicia Ritter Smirallotis (The Institute for Effective Education)
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to evaluate the effects of using video modeling to teach students with autism to recognize when others need assistance and the skills to determine how and when to offer to help. Acquisition of social skills that are beneficial to others may additionally broaden and enhance participation in the community and inclusive settings. A multiple baseline design across three subjects is currently being conducted in a school setting. All participants display reduced awareness of environmental and social cues which are necessary for offering help to others when it is needed. The video models used in this study show an array of situations in order to facilitate generalization of these skills. In the classroom setting, similar situations in which assistance is needed are contrived and offering help is measured on a per-opportunity basis.
 
17. Increasing Food Consumption Using Simultaneous Presentation and Stimulus Fading in the Absence of Escape Extinction.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TAIRA LANAGAN (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Adel C. Najdowski (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Katharine Gutshall (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract: Simultaneous presentation has been demonstrated to increase food consumption without escape extinction (EE; Ahearn, 2003; Buckley & Newchok, 2005; Piazza et al., 2002) and stimulus fading with EE has been used to fade out the presence of preferred foods used during simultaneous presentation (Kern & Marder, 1996; Mueller, Piazza, Patel, Kelley, & Pruett, 2004). No studies have evaluated whether stimulus fading without EE can be used to fade out the presence of preferred foods. The purpose of this treatment evaluation protocol was to increase one child’s food consumption of nonpreferred foods using simultaneous presentation and determine if we could use stimulus fading to remove the presence of preferred foods, all in the absence of EE, using a multiple baseline across foods design. Results demonstrated that the child began consuming foods during simultaneous presentation and that stimulus fading successfully resulted in the child eating nonpreferred foods alone.
 
18. Using Video Simulation of Self-Help Skills for Children with ASD.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JEONGIL KIM (Lotus Flowers Children Center & Daegu Cyber University), Kyong Bong Kim (Lotus Flowers Children Center, KOREA), Yoon Hee Lee (Lotus Flowers Children Center, KOREA), Soo Ok Song (Lotus Flowers Children Center, KOREA), Ok Ja Lee (Lotus Flowers Children Center, KOREA), Min Jeong Lee (Lotus Flowers Children Center, KOREA), Jee Hyun Shon (Lotus Flowers Children Center, KOREA), Hyun Eu Kim (Lotus Flowers Children Center, KOREA)
Abstract: The present study examined the effect of utilizing a video simulation of daily-life skills to improve independent self-help skills for children with autism. Three boys with autism, in the range of 6–7 years old, who were reported as showing qualitative deficits in self-help skills. Using a mixed experimental design of a multiple baseline design and an alternative-treatments design, self-help skills for each subject were simulated and modeled on a video for the subject. The study had outcomes that the intervention improved self-help skills with all the subjects. Also, the intervention was a cost-effective and time-saving tool compared with other interventions for children with autism.
 
19. The Use of Video-Modeling to Teach Socio-Dramatic, Reciprocal Play to Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARISSA R. MARTINEZ (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Sebastien Bosch (California Unified Service Providers), Veronica Oneto (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: Children with autism are known to have deficits in social behavior (Pierce & Schreibman, 1995). Socio-dramatic and reciprocal play with peers helps to teach children language, objects manipulation, imitation, and other important skills necessary for socialization. Due to the deficits in social behavior, children with autism do not have the chance to learn such skills in the context of play. The purpose of the present study was to teach children with autism to engage in reciprocal pretend play with a peer with autism (i.e., to teach two children with autism to interact together in socio-dramatic, reciprocal play) through the use of video modeling. Three dyads of children, all diagnosed with autism, participated. A multiple baseline across activities with multiple participants was used to evaluate the effects of video modeling. Results are discussed with respect to the implications of using video modeling to teach socio-dramatic, reciprocal play with children with autism.
 
20. A Comparison of the Effect of Self- And Other-Video Modeling on the Task Completion of a Girl with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
COURTNEY MICHELLE MOODY (Florida Institute of Technology), Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute), Lindsay Robertson (McMaster University)
Abstract: Video self-monitoring is a promising and relatively new approach for teaching a variety of skills to children with autism. It consists of developing and editing a video of a child with autism him or herself performing a target skill (e.g., playing with a peer). A child with autism then would observe the video just before an opportunity to practice the target skill. Although video self-monitoring holds promise, variables that contribute to its effectiveness have not been identified. This poster will present results of a study comparing the effects of video self- versus other-modeling on the acquisition of daily routines by a 12-year-old girl with autism. Using an alternating treatment design, the skill involved in vacuuming and washing dishes were taught using video self-monitoring and video other-modeling. The results indicated that there was no difference in the acquisition or generalization of skills learned under each of the two conditions.
 
22. Teaching Social Behaviors to Children with Autism - Independent Play.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANNA BUDZINSKA (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk), Marta Wojcik (Institute for Child Development)
Abstract: The study shows using the video modeling method in teaching social behaviors - independent play in three boys with autism. Social behaviors were defined as correct manipulation of toys in accordance with their function and the verbal component. Multiple baseline across children was used to assess the effectiveness of the videomodeling method.
 
23. Comparing the Effectiveness of Two Social Skills Interventions in Teaching Social Skills to Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SARA J. GERSHFELD (Scripps College), Debra Berry Malmberg (Claremont McKenna College)
Abstract: Video Modeling has a great deal of research validating its use in behavioral treatment of children with autism (e.g., Charlop-Christy, Le & Freeman, 2002), whereas sound research studies on Social Stories are lacking. In the current study, an alternating treatment design with the additional control of a multiple baseline design was used to compare the two interventions in teaching social skills to children with autism. The study assessed each child’s individual needs and targeted specific social skills using the Video Modeling or Social Stories intervention. Video Modeling, which is based on the visual strengths of children, consisted of sessions where the child watched the video, then was observed to see if they engaged in the target behavior displayed in the video. The effectiveness of social stories was assessed after the child listened to the story, then was observed in a natural play setting to see if they engaged in the behavior described by the story. Results showed that Video Modeling resulted in faster acquisition of social skills than Social Stories and also showed positive findings of maintenance and generalization. Interobserver agreement was greater than 80%. Results discuss the importance of using empirical-validated procedures with children with autism.
 
24. The Use Of Video Modeling To Teach Team Sports To Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ERIN BURKE (BEACON Services), David Robert Dilley (BEACON Services), Joseph M. Vedora (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services)
Abstract: Video modeling has been used to teach children with autism various skills including self-help, play and social skills. This study assessed the effects of video modeling used to teach a team sport and socialization within the sport with a child with autism. This experiment consisted of two phases. During Phase 1, ten steps needed to play wiffle ball were taught through the use of video modeling. In Phase 2, a video model was used to teach socialization (comments) during a game of wiffle ball. The videos depicted the participant’s father, educators, and friend playing waffle ball or making social comments during a game of wiffle ball. Results indicated that the use of video modeling was effective in teaching wiffle ball skills and also had a collateral benefit of increasing social commenting.
 
25. The Effects of Session Probes before Discrete Trial Teaching on the Acquisition of Receptive Labels in a Child with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LYSIANNE D. KOLT (St. Cloud State University), Lara Derksen (Lovaas Institute Midwest), Marci Gorman (Lovaas Institute Midwest), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: Researchers examined the acquisition of receptive character labels from popular children’s T.V. shows and movies using discrete trial teaching (DTT). The participant was a 4-and-a-half-year-old girl diagnosed with microcephaly and autism receiving 35 hours per week of Intensive Early Behavioral Intervention services for approximately two years. Baseline probes revealed correct identification of three characters with 80% or greater accuracy from the 25 characters probed. Each teaching session began with a probe of the current receptive character to determine if the participant could independently and correctly identify the target character before DTT. Following the implementation of intervention, there was a steady increase in the number of character labels acquired; moreover, there was an increase in the number of characters the participant mastered on probes before any teaching for that target occurred. In addition, responding generalized from receptive to expressive labels in the natural environment, suspending the need for an expressive labeling program for the 25 characters’ labels. Future research could examine how probing targets each session affects an individual’s acquisition rate of receptive and expressive labels in other programs.
 
26. Teaching Daily Living Skills to Individuals with Autism: A Comparison of Picture and Video Prompts.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ERIKA KRAUS (Northern Illinois University), Toni R. Van Laarhoven (Northern Illinois University), Jesse W. Johnson (Northern Illinois University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of video prompting and picture prompting for teaching daily living skills to two young men with autism. Participants were taught two different skills that were identified as instructional priorities in their educational programs. Each task was taught with either video prompts presented on a laptop or picture prompts presented in a booklet and the effects of the instructional conditions were evaluated and compared using an adapted alternating treatments design. Results indicated that video prompting was slightly more effective in terms of independent correct responding and number of prompts to use instructional materials. In addition, when efficiency scores were calculated by considering the ratio of each participant's growth (from pre-test to post-test) to the measured "cost" of minutes required to create instructional materials, video prompting was considerably more efficient than picture prompting. Instructional implications and future research will be discussed.
 
27. Using Video Modeling to Increase Social Interactions during Play for Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELLE OSTROWSKY (The New England Center for Children), Nicole S. Fouts (The New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Video modeling has been shown to be an effective procedure for increasing cooperative play between children with autism and their typically developing peers. The purpose of the present study was to teach two children with autism to engage in reciprocal pretend play using video modeling. Scripted play scenarios involving various verbalizations and play actions with adults as models were videotaped. Two children with autism were paired and a multiple-probe design across three play sets was used to evaluate the effects of the video modeling procedure. Results indicated that both children with autism acquired the sequences of scripted verbalizations and play actions quickly and maintained this performance during follow up probes. In addition, social interactions between children increased in all three play sets. Interobserver agreement for verbalizations ranged between 88.8% and 100% and interobserver agreement for play actions was 100%. These findings will be discussed as they relate to the development of reciprocal pretend play repertoires in young children with autism.
 
28. The Use of Adaptive Equipment to Teach Daily Living Skills.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MICHELLE HARRINGTON (Judge Rotenberg Center), Jill Hunt (Judge Rotenberg Center), Matthew L. Israel (Judge Rotenberg Center)
Abstract: In this study, we will discuss the use of specially created adaptive equipment in teaching daily living skills. These skills include buttoning, unbuttoning, tying and untying shoes. We developed models with large scale representations of the final product, such as a shirt or a shoe. Students became fluent on the skills, using these large items, and using small, pre-determined steps, are taught to complete the skills with a regular shirt or shoe. Data will be plotted on a standard celeration chart. We will examine the generalization and long term retention of the skills taught using this adaptive equipment.
 
29. The Effects of Social Skills Instruction and Video Self-Monitoring on a Young Child with Autism Spectrum Disorder.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATIE M. KREIMER (Missouri State University), Linda G. Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University), Jane E. Doelling (Missouri State University), David Wayne Mitchell (Missouri State University), David Goodwin (Missouri State University)
Abstract: This study examined the effectiveness of teaching social skills through direct instruction, video and self-monitoring on a preschooler diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The dependent variables of initiation, response, turn-taking, and eye contact were assessed with a multielement reversal design. Formal and informal assessments specific to children with autism were administered to assess the types of communication deficits that the participant exhibited. (A) Baseline data was collected to assess the occurrence of initiating, responding, turn-taking and eye contact with adults and peer within his classroom environment. The first treatment phase (B) involved direct instruction of social behaviors using a social skills curriculum developed by Juniper Gardens Research Project. The second treatment phase (C) employed the same social skills curriculum employed in phase two (B) with the addition of video modeling using an iMac laptop. The third treatment phase (D) combined video modeling and self-monitoring of the dependent variables. A final reversal phase (A2) was implemented to assess the possible generalization of the independent variables on the dependent variables. All treatment phases showed increases in all dependent variables with greater increases in the treatment phases of direct instruction with video modeling and direct instruction with video modeling and self-monitoring.
 
30. Effects of Video Feedback on Reducing Problem Behavior in Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHARLIE CHEN (SEEK Education Inc. Taipei, Taiwan), Hui Hung Chen (SEEK Education Inc. Taipei, Taiwan), Chia-Yu Chou (SEEK Education Inc. Taipei, Taiwan)
Abstract: This study is to investigate the effects of video feedback on reducing problem behavior in children with autism. This study is conducted in an institute setting in Taipei, Taiwan. One single-participant experiments with multiple baselines and withdrawals across problem behaviors is used in this study. The collected data is mostly analyzed by using the visual analysis. The results are discussed with previous research and implication of practice.
 
31. Teaching Reading Comprehension to an 8-Year-Old Deaf Boy with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
GILAH HABER (BEACON Services), Joseph M. Vedora (BEACON Services)
Abstract: Many children with autism learn to read isolated words but struggle to demonstrate reading comprehension. The present study examined the effectiveness of directly teaching reading comprehension and then assessing emergent reading performances in a deaf boy with autism. The participant entered the study proficient at naming objects (signing) and matching objects to their signed name. He was directly taught to match printed words to objects. Results indicated that reading (signing) printed words emerged without explicit instruction and suggested the formation of an equivalence class of stimuli.
 
32. Establishing Creativity in Coloring in a 3-Year-Old with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
STEVEN RIVERS (BEACON Services), Trisha D. Ripton (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services)
Abstract: A common criticism of Applied Behavior Analytic (ABA) programming for children with autism is that it may result in rote or robotic responding. One strategy that has been shown to increase variability in responding is through directly reinforcing the occurrence of novel responses (Goetz & Baer 1973). The current expands on this strategy by demonstrating how a sequence of instruction was used to establish basic coloring skills. Once the basic coloring skills were established, a reinforcement procedure that only reinforced novel coloring performances was implemented. The results demonstrate that the student was able to vary from the rote routine and color using new colors, and to color in ways that were not directly taught.
 
33. Using Tactile Reinforcement to Increase Appropriate Marker Use in a 3-Year-Old with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHARA SECUNDO (BEACON Services), Mary Beth Weston (BEACON Services), Steven Rivers (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services)
Abstract: The incorrect use of markers or crayons (e.g., writing on oneself, coloring inappropriate items) is a commonly observed behavior in young children when learning how to color. Procedures used to address this problem often focus on interrupting and correcting the behavior(s) in question. The current study began by identifying the functional reinforcer for incorrect marker use (tactile reinforcement), and then using this reinforcer as a consequence for correct marker use. An errorless instructional procedure was implemented to establish the Stimulus- Response- Consequence sequence where the instruction to color was provided along with the motor support to use the marker correctly (color) and then tactile reinforcement (in the form of the child’s father picking up the child and swinging him) was immediately delivered. The results show that correct marker use increased significantly over baseline levels and incorrect marker use dropped to near zero rates and maintained these levels over time.
 
34. Teaching a Child with Autism to Color Using a Visual Supports Fading Procedure.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TRISHA D. RIPTON (BEACON Services), Steven Rivers (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services)
Abstract: Teaching children how to color is a common task for many pre-school children. In many cases, children begin to color by selecting a crayon and scribbling on paper without regard to the form on the page. In this study, a 3-and-½-year-old child with autism was taught to select a specific colored crayon, color inside a shape, and repeat this process until an entire picture was completed. The student was first taught to select the correct color by visual cues on the page (if the shape had a yellow border, the child must select the yellow crayon). The child was then taught to color inside of that shape, with minimal coloring outside the borders of the shape. A new shape was then presented and each time a different colored crayon was required to complete the task. After each step was taught, then all shapes and crayons were presented and the children colored the entire picture using multiple crayons. Data demonstrate that the procedure was successful in acquiring the desired responses and that the child was able to learn to generalize the color selection without the additional visual cues (colored borders).
 
35. Teaching Quantity Concepts without Naming.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CAMMARIE JOHNSON (The New England Center for Children), Hannorah Thurman (The New England Center for Children), Susan N. Langer (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Conditional discriminations related to quantities were taught to an 8-year-old boy with autism. Although pretests showed intact conditional identity matching of printed numerals and quantities 4, 5, and 6, arbitrary sample/S+ relations among these stimuli and their spoken names were not demonstrated. Arbitrary matching of quantities was taught with match-to-sample procedures using a progressive time delay procedure and differential reinforcement. A correct trial was recorded when the comparison stimulus with the same quantity (but different arrangement) of dots as the sample was selected. After each relation was learned (e.g., Arrangement 1 to Arrangement 2), probes were conducted for the symmetrical relation (e.g., Arrangement 2 to Arrangement 1) and generalization to novel arrangements (e.g., Arrangement 1 to Arrangement X). Accuracy on symmetry probes was at or close to 100%. Emergent relations with novel arrangements were only observed after the direct teaching of 3 arrangements. Concepts of quantities 4-6 were established without directly teaching spoken number name-to-quantity relations and despite inconsistent and often incorrect tacts by the participant in the presence of same-quantity exemplars.
 
36. The Effect of Frequency of Embedded Instruction Trials on the Skill Acquisition and Generalization of a Boy with Autism in a Full Inclusion Educational Program.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
DONNA C. CHANEY (Behaviour Institute), Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute), Karen Edwards (Behaviour Institute)
Abstract: Unless we find practical and effective ways of teaching students with autism within the routines of general education classrooms, efforts to include these students may fail. One promising approach is to teach selected individualized objectives to a student with autism embedding into the general education class instructional day. Embedded instruction has been successfully used by general education classroom teachers and paraprofessionals to teach students with autism a variety of academic skills within inclusive settings. However, there have been no studies indicating whether faster skill acquisition and better generalization of skills to new settings would occur with an increase in the number of embedded instructional trials. This poster will present data from a study conducted with a 11-year-old boy attending a full-inclusion general education classroom. Using an alternating treatment design, a random half of a set of 20 vocabulary words were taught using a total of 30 embedded instruction trials daily and the other half taught using 60 embedded instructional trials daily. Quicker skill acquisition was associated with higher frequency of embedded instruction trials but there was no difference in the generalization of trained items to a different instructor between high and low frequency of embedded instructional trials.
 
37. Educational Trial Applications of Applied Behavior Analysis.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTOPHER MUSTAKAS (Wagner College/New York Center for Autism Charter School), Elizabeth Peckenham (New York Center for Autism Charter School), Jessica R. DeLia (New York Center for Autism Charter School), Mapy Chavez-Brown (Wagner College)
Abstract: The study being presented looks at the effectiveness of Applied Behavior Analysis practices in implementing a program with a student who is diagnosed with Autism. The participant in this study is seven years old and attends a charter school located in a major metropolitan area. The instructional program targeted seeks to teach the participant to identify objects within a specific environment. His non-contextual vocalizations, crying, and laughing which are listed in his Behavior Intervention Plan prove to be a challenge in instruction; more details are outlined within the study. Results will be discussed in regards to the effectiveness of teaching strategies.
 
38. Comparison of Traditional Flashcard and Computer-Based Instruction for Improving Receptive Vocabulary of Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
E. AMANDA BOUTOT (Texas State University), Amanda Marriott (Eanes Independent School District)
Abstract: This poster session will present results from a single-subject study comparing the effectiveness of traditional flashcard instruction and a computer-based system for increasing the receptive vocabulary of four children with autism. Subjects are ages 3–7 with a diagnosis of autism; one student has Fragile X. All subjects were taught using a discrete trial training in a public school once per day for four weeks using either flashcards or a computer- based program. Selection vocabulary words unknown to the students resulted in a total of eight words each; these were randomly assigned to either the flashcard or the computer-based treatment so that four words were taught in each. An alternating treatments design was used to obtain 20 data points per child. Subjects were randomly assigned to each treatment on day one, and treatments were counter-balanced daily thereafter. A discrimination probe was done each day following intervention and frequency data as well as level of prompt data were taken on each vocabulary word. A full description of both treatments, graphed data depicting outcomes of the study, and anecdotal generalization information will be provided at this poster presentation.
 
39. An Innovative Computer Game to Study Attention to Linguistic and Other Stimuli in Low Functioning Autistic Children.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BERTRAM O. PLOOG (College of Staten Island, City University of New York), Jessica Winder (College of Staten Island, City University of New York), Snigdha Banerjee (College of Staten Island, City University of New York), Daniel Gelardi (College of Staten Island, City University of New York), Patricia Brooks (College of Staten Island, City University of New York)
Abstract: Our main goal has been to establish a paradigm for the systematic evaluation of selective attention to the various components of multi-dimensional stimuli in individuals with autism. The video game was designed to allow for many manipulations (e.g., stimuli could be varied in modality, intensity, affect, and complexity). Time parameters and reinforcement types and rates can be changed. Our initial study using this paradigm presented speech stimuli varying with respect to prosody and content. In the game, the child observes a bird flying through a forest and controls the bird’s movement using the computer mouse. Periodically, two nuts appear. The child orients the bird towards the nut on that side, and one of two prerecorded sentences is played. If the child selects the target sentence (S+), a reward (movie clip) is presented. Selection of the other sentence (S–) is unrewarded. At testing, children hear re-combinations of the content and prosodic features of the training stimuli. Typically developing children showed a bias toward content whereas autistic children showed equal preference toward prosody and content. We suspect that children with autism will display a variety of atypical patterns of attention to stimuli that potentially can be remedied using our video-game paradigm.
 
40. A Comparison of Two Procedures to Train Functional Conditional Discriminations in Individuals with a Pervasive Developmental Disability.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JOSLYN N. CYNKUS (Louisiana State University), Michael E. Kelley (University of Southern Maine), Laura D. Fredrick (Georgia State University), Crystal N. Bowen (Marcus Autism Center), George H. Noell (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: Conditional discriminations are an important part of human behavior. Thus, it is crucial to identify an efficient methodology for teaching conditional discriminations to individuals who do not naturally acquire such discriminations, such as children diagnosed with autism. Previous research looking at conditional discriminations has tended to be basic in nature and has used arbitrary stimuli. The current investigation extends basic research by focusing on functional discriminations and compared the use differential reinforcement alone with a procedure that included error correction contingent on an incorrect response and differential reinforcement. The results of the current investigation were idiosyncratic across participants. Nevertheless, stimulus generalization was observed for each participant. Overall, the results were not as clear as previous studies that found error correction with differential reinforcement to be highly effective ( e.g., Linton & Singh, 1984; Ollendick et al., 1980; Singh & Singh, 1986; Stewart & Singh, 1986). Results are discussed in terms of clinical significance and related to previous research.
 
41. The Effects of Interspersing Tasks on Skill Acquisition and Competing Behaviors for Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KERRY O'CONNOR (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Rachel S. F. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Traci M. Cihon (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Candice A. Gizewski (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Research has demonstrated that manipulating task presentation affects the attending behaviors and skill acquisition of individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. Interspersing mastered and target tasks has been shown to be beneficial in both increasing the number of target items learned as well as in decreasing aberrant behaviors. It has been suggested that increases in reinforcement density and decreases in task difficulty contribute to these results. However, no study has been conducted in which both skill acquisition and attending behaviors were objectively measured. Furthermore, limitations in the measurement tools used in the studies may have influenced the results obtained. The purpose of the current investigation is to objectively evaluate the effectiveness of interspersing tasks on skill acquisition and competing behaviors for children with autism.
 
43. Using NLP to Teach Action Words to Young Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MIKE CARPENTER (Nyansa Learning Corporation), Tesa T. Dahl (Nyansa Learning Corporation), Hsiaoying Chen (Nyansa Learning Corporation)
Abstract: The Natural Language Teaching Paradigm (NLP) is a naturalistic teaching procedure that has been used to promote vocalizations (Koegel, O’Dell, & Koegel, 1987; Laski, Charlop, & Schreibman, 1988), and articulation (Koegel et al., 1998) in children with autism. NLP has also been described as a procedure that can promote the action words (Charlop-Christy & Kelso, 1997). The present study examined the use of NLP to promote the display of action words during play in three children with autism. In study one, a multiple baseline design across and within children was used to assess the acquisition and generalization of the target responses. Results indicated that both children acquired their target responses. In study two, a multiple baseline design across behaviors (actions) with one child was used to assess the acquisition of multiple action words. Results indicated that the child was able to acquire multiple action words using NLP. Generalization was assessed by children’s ability to label actions depicted in pictures and actions of others. Variations in the display of generalization, rate of acquisition, and task variation will be discussed in terms of best practice for teaching and assessing children’s acquisition and generalization of verbs.
 
 
 
Poster Session #292
#295 Poster Session (CBM)
Sunday, May 25, 2008
5:30 PM–7:00 PM
South Exhibit Hall
44. ACT for Chronic Pain: Using Multiple Types of Measurement Modalities.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
STACEY FILERMAN (Illinois Institute of Technology), Kent D. Smallwood (Trinity Health Services), Daniel J. Moran (Trinity Health Services)
Abstract: As of 2005, in the U.S., approximately 25% of the population experience some form of chronic pain. Economic reports estimate that $100 billion per year in medical costs can be attributed to chronic pain as well as 515 million lost workdays and 40 million medical visits (Neurostimulator approved, 2005). In addition, chronic pain patients show strong resistance to treatment for a variety of reasons (Monsen & Monsen, 2000). Recently, ACT-based treatments have shown fairly consistent gains in functioning, despite little or no corresponding decrease in symptomology (Hayes et al., 1999; Dahl et al., 2005). These are still preliminary results which require more work concerning optimal ways to detect clinically significant change. Therefore, assuming ACT is a viable treatment for chronic pain, research is still needed on how to best detect and measure its effectiveness. This case-study concerns a client suffering from chronic pain, exhibiting pain-consistent clinically relevant behaviors consisting of fusion to the supposed veracity of disability-related thoughts, and a significant avoidance repertoire of any pain causing stimuli. ACT therapy served as the independent measure. Three categories of dependent measures were used to determine the presence of a clinically significant treatment effect along various dimensions.
 
45. The Permanent Solution: Parasuicidality and Experiential Avoidance.
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
RACHAEL C. HOWARD (University of Mississippi), Regan M. Slater (University of Mississippi), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Mississippi), Crystal N. Armstrong (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: In a society that places great emphasis on living well, individuals will go to great lengths to avoid experiencing pain. Pain can be conceptualized in many ways: physical injury to the body, unrelenting intrusive thoughts, and fear of a real or perceived experience that could hurt physically or emotionally. Individuals experiencing periods of intense and unrelenting psychological distress sometime look to suicide and parasuicide as a permanent solution. The current study examines the relationship between experiential avoidance and parasuicidality.
 
46. Behavioral Congruence with Personal Values as a Predictor of Undergraduates Adjustment, Success and Retention.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
CHARLES GILPIN (Missouri State University), Ann Branstetter-Rost (Missouri State University), Cara Britton (Missouri State University)
Abstract: Based upon the theory of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, behavioral congruence with one's states values is likely related to psychological adjustment. The current study examines this relationship, as well as the relationship between congruence and academic success among first-semester freshmen. Two hundred students completed questionnaires within the first month of the Fall semester. Questionnaires included measures of valued living, distress, and psychological adjustment. At the end of the semester, these data were collected again, along with grade averages. Results indicate that behavioral congruence is predictive of adjustment and academic success.
 
47. Contextual Variations of Mindfulness: A Behavioral Model and Preliminary Results.
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
JEREMY WING-HEI LUK (University of Washington), Gareth I. Holman (University of Washington), Robert J. Kohlenberg (University of Washington)
Abstract: Just as mindfulness can be practiced anywhere, questionnaires such as the KIMS (Kentucky Inventory of Mindfulness Skills; Baer, Smith, & Allen, 2004) tend to evaluate mindfulness across a variety of contexts. Such questionnaires thus produce a "global index" of mindfulness, rather than an assessment based on contextual variations in behavior. A behavioral perspective suggests that different learning histories in, for instance, interpersonal and work contexts may produce corresponding variations in context-specific mindfulness. We present a behavioral model of mindfulness which focuses on distinguishing mindfulness in intimate-interpersonal and work-related contexts. We then present preliminary results of a study in which we evaluated contextual variations in mindfulness by administering alternate versions of the KIMS, which specified either no-context, interpersonal context, or work context, to a sample of undergraduate research participants. Observed contextual variations in mindfulness related to gender and race/ethnicity are discussed. Findings about the potential relationships between mindfulness, social support, attachment style, self-construal, and mood are also explored. Despite the limitation of the self-report method, this study is one of the first systematic empirical evaluations of contextual variations in mindfulness. Finally, we evaluate clinical implications of contextual variations of mindfulness from a behavioral analytic perspective.
 
48. Contingencies in a Cognitive-Behavioral Protocol for Treating Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
CRISTINA BELOTTO DA SILVA (University of São Paulo), Juliana Diniz (University of São Paulo), Roseli Shavitt (University of São Paulo), Marcia Motta (University of São Paulo), Euripedes Miguel (University of São Paulo)
Abstract: A group cognitive-behavioral therapy protocol for obsessive-compulsive behavior has been applied with inclusion criteria wider than in literature of this area, including treatment of patients with psychiatric comorbidities usually excluded in first evaluations. Instead of the literature, which has acquired reduction of 60% of the symptoms in 70% of the population, the response rate to treatment has been 30% in this study. So, it should be interesting to evaluate if the contingencies have been successful in identifying which contingencies in this protocol may promote changes in behavior. Data about the improvement with this treatment and the contingencies analyses of this protocol (identifying behavioral process and concepts like extinction, discriminative train and social arbitrary reinforcement) will be presented. In the future, it may be possible to include other contingencies that better guarantee improvement in the treatment for the OCD population who looks for treatment.
 
49. Effects of the Family History of Alcohol Problems on the Efficacy of a Stepped-Care Cognitive-Behavioral Motivational Model for College Students with Alcohol Problems.
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
HORACIO QUIROGA ANAYA (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Juan Jose Sanchez Sosa (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Maria Elena Teresa Medina-Mora Icaza (Instituto Nacional de Psiquiatría)
Abstract: This poster describes the results obtained in the investigation of the effects of a family history of alcohol problems on the treatment outcomes of a stepped-care cognitive-behavioral motivational model for college students with alcohol problems. The results indicated that a family history of alcohol problems had significant statistical effects on the general and specific results obtained at the one year follow-up, but only in two of the three alcohol consumption measures investigated, that is frequency of alcohol week consumption ( = 2.62; DE = 0.51) > ( = 2.42; DE = 0.52), t(484) = - 4.10, p = .00 and quantity of alcohol week consumption ( = 9.07; DE = 2.65) > ( = 8.44; DE = 2.57), t(484) = - 2.67, p = .00, but not in the measure of quantity of alcohol consumption per occasion ( = 3.45; DE = 0.61) < ( = 3.48; DE = 0.55), t(1209) = .86, p = .38, that jointly with the first two measures conform the consumption pattern, neither in the problems related with the consumption (3.4 vs. 4.0) and (3.0 vs. 3.2), being concluded this way that this variable affected only partially the general results of the model.
 
50. An Analysis of the Effectiveness and Mechanisms of Action in ACT for Substance Abuse and Dependence.
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
KATHERINE A. PETERSON (Utah State University), Mike P. Twohig (Utah State University), Jesse M. Crosby (Utah State University)
Abstract: Substance abuse and dependence has continually been reported as a national problem. As reported by the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) in 2005, nearly 2 million individuals received treatment for substance abuse. This results in enormous costs in terms of treatment, prevention, and management procedures (NIDA, 2006). Many psychological treatments have been employed for substance abuse and dependency including cognitive behavioral therapy, 12-step processes and other behavioral approaches, but none are a panacea. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy has recently demonstrated effectiveness in treating substance abuse as well. The unique processes involved in ACT therapy appear to not only be effective in facilitating effective change in substance abuse clients while in treatment, but also appear to have lasting effects at follow up as well. This poster will review the current effectiveness of this treatment for substance abuse and dependence, analyze the mechanisms of action, and offer a discussion on the strengths and limitations of these data.
 
51. The Mothering of Child Abuse and Behavior Disorders: Authoritarian and Permissive Asynchrony.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ARIEL VITE SIERRA (Universidad Nacional de México), Florente López (Universidad Nacional de México)
Abstract: The aim of this study was to compare two forms of mother-child asynchrony: Authoritarian and permissive in abusive families in relation to families of children with behavior disorders. Authoritarian asynchrony was defined as a mother’s indiscriminate use of aversive reactions to her child, whereas the permissive form entailed indiscriminate positive reactions. The study was conducted with a group of seven mother-child dyads that presented episodes of physical abuse and a group of seven clinic-referred dyads considered troubled because of behavior disorders. The ages of the children oscillated between four and nine years, with an average age of 6.8. The dyads were observed at the clinic in three sessions of 20 minutes in an academic activity for a total of 14 hours, by a group of trained observers using System of Capture of Observational Data SOI-I (Vite, Garcia & Rosas, 2006). Results showed the clinic-referred dyads were inclined authoritarian and permissive asynchrony that the physical child abuse dyads. Discussion is centered on salience of aversive as opposed to positive maternal attention, and differences between characteristics of both groups that might have accounted for the unlike parenting.
 
52. ACHIEVE — A Full Inclusion Behavioral Analytic Day Treatment Model.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ADAM GOLONKA (University of Southern Maine), Bryan Adams (University of Southern Maine), Alexis Berry (University of Southern Maine), Elaine Carolan (University of Southern Maine), Nicole DeRosa (University of Southern Maine), Jamie Malley (University of Southern Maine), Iride Piechocki (University of Southern Maine), Caroline Wallace (University of Southern Maine)
Abstract: ACHIEVE is a comprehensive day treatment program for students needing behavioral and academic supports to succeed in regular education. Students range in from 13 to 18. All have special education needs and various DSM-IV-TR diagnoses requiring behavior management, academic intervention, individual psychotherapy, and in-home family support. ACHIEVE is jointly operated by Providence of Maine, Bath Public Schools, and the University of Southern Maine. The program is specifically designed to reward students’ efforts to improve their social skills, academic performance, and self-regulation of their emotions to enable them to participate fully and successfully in regular education classes. ACHIEVE employs an Applied Behavior Analysis Treatment program to aid children in their efforts to improve social skills and academic performance. The core structure of the program is a token economy and a level system that is supplemented by individual behavioral interventions based on a behavior analysis and child-centered counseling. Many children will have comorbid academic difficulties that require curriculum-based assessment, alteration of the curriculum, and academic interventions to allow them to succeed in the regular education curriculum. ACHIEVE staff implement the behavior management program and academic interventions while collecting data on each student’s social and academic behavior on a period-by-period basis throughout each school day. These data are graphed and used to make treatment decisions by the team of professionals working at ACHIEVE. As a university-affiliated program, most ACHIEVE staff are USM graduate students or faculty. A primary mission of the program is to conduct field-based research aimed at developing and evaluating new behavior management and academic instructional methods that are effective with children at risk for failure in regular education. This poster will present data on the first year of operation of the program.
 
53. Treatment of Choking Phobia.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
MATTHEW R. TYSON (Penn State, Harrisburg), Keith E. Williams (Penn State Hershey Medical Center)
Abstract: Repeated taste exposure with escape prevention was used to successfully treat a child with choking phobia. This poster describes how this treatment was able to reduce child-reported anxiety, increased acceptance of both volume and variety of foods, and decrease the time required for food consumption.
 
54. The Effects of Contingent Reinforcement on Smoking Reduction and Cessation in a Changing Criterion Design.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER KLAPATCH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Within a changing criterion design, the effects of contingent monetary reinforcement during peak smoking times were assessed to determine its effectiveness in promoting reduction and/or cessation of smoking. Four participants delivered three samples of expired breath carbon monoxide (CO) per day for five weekdays during the morning, afternoon, and evening to determine their “peak” time period of smoking. For the following 2 weeks, participants delivered CO samples during their peak time and received $0-$10 depending on how much they reduced their CO, with the criterion for reinforcement being based on the CO level in the previous week. The four final weekdays of testing required each participant to deliver three samples during the above-mentioned time periods for which each participant could receive a total of $25. A 1-day follow-up occurred 3 weeks following the final treatment phase. All four participants decreased their peak time CO readings from baseline to follow-up, with three of four participants having follow-up CO readings of 10ppm or lower, suggestive of smoking abstinence. These data show that utilization of a changing criterion design with monetary contingencies effectively promotes reduction and/or cessation of smoking.
 
55. The Use of a Multiple Baseline Design and Nicotine Gum in Achieving Smoking Cessation.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHEN RAY FLORA (Youngstown State University), Lindsey Hardie (Youngstown State University)
Abstract: A multiple baseline across situations design was used to eliminate cigarette smoking in a moderate smoker. Smoking was terminated sequentially in specific locations, and replaced with nicotine gum as needed. The frequency of cigarettes smoked per day was gradually reduced by ceasing to smoke across successive environments. Nicotine Polarcrilex gum served as an effective treatment in the cessation of cigarette smoking by providing an alternative nicotine source. Once smoking had been eliminated, chewing nicotine gum was gradually reduced until it too was no longer needed. These interventions helped to control and eliminate cravings of nicotine withdrawal. Use of a multiple baseline across situations design may serve as a useful alternative to the usually suggested “cold-turkey” quitting approach.
 
56. Predictors of Compliance to Health Habits Vary Across Cultures.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ELAINE M. HEIBY (University of Hawaii), Maxwell R. Frank (Boston Medical Center), Carrie L. Lukens (University of Hawaii at Manoa), Harald Barkhoff (University of Hawaii at Hilo), Sungkun Cho (University of Hawaii at Manoa)
Abstract: Forty-five situational and behavioral competency factors that have been shown to be predictive of compliance to health habits were evaluated in three culturally and geographically different samples of college students. Health habits assessed were as follows: (1) performing breast self-exams; (2) obtaining pap smear screens; (3) taking medication as prescribed; (4) not smoking cigarettes; (5) wearing a bike safety helmet (if applicable); (6) protecting skin from sun; (7) flossing teeth daily; (8) wearing a seat-belt; (9) limiting alcohol consumption; (10) practicing safe sex; (11) exercising regularly; and (12) eating a healthy diet. Predictors and compliance were measured by the Health Behavior Schedule-II, which is a 209-item questionnaire. Two samples were mono- ethnic (Stuttgart, Germany and Seoul, Korea), and one sample was multi-ethnic (Honolulu, U.S.A.) that included those who self-identify as Asian-, Pacific Islander-, Hawaiian-, and Caucasian-American. Variance accounted for compliance to the 12 health habits across samples ranged from zero to 100%. No predictor generalized across all 12 health behaviors for all three cultural groups. Each predictor is modifiable by cognitive- behavioral interventions. Health promotion and disease prevention implications are discussed in terms of how the targeted health behavior and the cultural context may influence reinforcement contingencies.
 
 
 
Poster Session #293
#296 Poster Session (DDA)
Sunday, May 25, 2008
5:30 PM–7:00 PM
South Exhibit Hall
57. How “Applied” is Applied Research on Derived Stimulus Relations? A Literature Review.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JACQUELYN M. MACDONALD (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale), Rocio Rosales (Southern Illinois University), Yors A. Garcia (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The research program on derived stimulus relations has had important implications for the behavior analytic study of language and cognition. It also has important implications for behavior analytic educational curricula for persons with developmental disabilities and language and communication delays. Despite this, very little applied research has been conducted on derived stimulus relations, and that which has may be of questionable applied relevance. To this end, we operationally defined “applied” in accordance with Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968/1987). We then analyzed all existing studies on derived stimulus relations and determined which ones actually met the various criteria established by Baer et al. (1968/1987) as “applied.” Preliminary results suggest that very little applied research on derived stimulus relations actually meets this criteria.
 
58. Effectiveness of Emotion Recognition Training for Young Children with Developmental Delay.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ANDREW M. DOWNS (Central Washington University), Paul Strand (Washington State University)
Abstract: Emotion recognition is a basic skill that is thought to facilitate development of social and emotional competence. There is little research available examining whether interventions can improve the emotion recognition skill of young children with developmental disabilities. Sixteen preschool children with developmental delay were randomly assigned to experimental and control groups. After baseline testing, the experimental group received behaviorally-based instruction in emotion recognition throughout the academic year and showed significant growth in emotion recognition skill and higher scores on a more comprehensive measure of emotion understanding ability. The control group showed no such gains. Significant individual variability in response to the intervention was noted. Results suggested that emotion recognition training delivered within a behaviorally based assessment and intervention program can lead to significant gains in emotion recognition skill for children at a wide range of ability levels. Implications and suggestions for future research and interventions are discussed.
 
59. Teaching Conversational Skills: Using Data-Based Decision Making in Goal Selection.
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
DANA BATTAGLIA (Eden II/Genesis School), Lewis Mazzone (Illinois State University), Mary Ellen McDonald (Eden II/Genesis School)
Abstract: True conversational skills extend significantly beyond the number of reciprocations between two people (i.e. eye contact, commenting, elaborating, topic shifts, etc) and include a myriad of variables making operationally defining target behaviors for data collection difficult. Data collection occurring in the natural environment of general education lead to the need for modifications to treatment objectives and required regular analysis of data collection procedures. From a peer perspective, when individuals with ASD are taught reciprocation skills, these skills are typically rote, and give no benefit to the communicatively unchallenged partner. Assessment of the intervention was conducted using unstructured interview in the form of peer reports to guide intervention, and examples with adults will also be provided. One case study will be presented, discussing how both initiations and responses in conversational contexts were elaborated. Results on this case scenario will demonstrate a greater “social effect” of communicative training from multiple standpoints (participant, peer, and family).
 
60. Singing Module to Promote Expressive Communication for Children with Intellectual Challenges.
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
JUNG YEON CHO (Daegu Cyber University), Mi Kyong Kim (Daebul University, Korea)
Abstract: This study researched the effect of vocal training using singing modules for children with intellectual challenges to promote their adequate communication skills. Three children with intellectual challenges, attending special school, participated in the study. Using a multiple baseline design across subjects, singing instruction was given with rhythmic consideration on the rate and verbal intelligibility of the subjects, specifically, vocal exercise on the musical instruments, rhythmic music activity, and singing specific songs with the contents and words in daily life. The results showed as follows: first, pitch through singing songs with rhythmical body movements and cues from the piano, second, the rate of vocalizing words and phrases improved as the intervention was implemented with all the subjects.
 
61. A Rapid Assessment Procedure to Identify the Functions of Verbal Operants in Children with Autism.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER BROCK (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tiffany Kodak (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Skinner's theory of verbal behavior (1957) identified several functions of verbal behavior. Previous research has used Skinner's theory of verbal behavior to develop assessment and teaching procedures for children with developmental disabilities. In a recent study, Lerman and colleagues (2006) developed an assessment procedure to identify the function(s) of emerging vocal speech in children diagnosed with autism. One benefit of identifying the function of vocal speech is to develop an individualized language training program to teach specific functions that are not already in the child's repertoire. However, a disadvantage of the assessment procedure developed by Lerman et al. is that it requires a considerable amount of time to complete, and therefore, may be less useful in a classroom environment. The current study extended the findings of Lerman and colleagues by modifying the assessment to a trial-based procedure, which greatly decreased the length of time required to administer the assessment. Results of the modified assessment procedure indicated the brief, trial-based method was effective for identifying the functions of vocal speech in children with autism.
 
62. Teaching the Functions of Verbal Operants to Children with Autism.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KYLE PORTER (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tiffany Kodak (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Children with autism typically exhibit significant language deficits. While some children with autism may have a small repertoire of words in their vocabulary, these words may only function to gain access to preferred items (i.e., mands). To participate in social activities or educational tasks in a natural environment, children must learn to label items, answer questions, and request items from others. Thus, the present study examined a procedure for teaching the functions of verbal operants. Initially, children failed to acquire mands or tacts when each function was targeted individually during training trials. However, when echoic training was introduced, and echoic teaching sessions were interspersed with mand and tact training, unprompted manding and tacting emerged. Results are discussed in terms of their implications for teaching functional language to children with autism.
 
63. Generalization Between Receptive Identification and Tacting: A More Efficient Teaching Strategy?
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CAITLIN V. HERZINGER (Marcus Autism Center), April N. Kisamore (Western Michigan University), Andrew A. Fulton (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: In a review of the existing literature, Goldstein (1993) noted the need to better understand the relationships that exist between language modalities in order to better facilitate learning across these modalities, which is important for efficient teaching. Most previous research on generalization across verbal operants has focused on the tact-mand relationship (e.g., Lamarre et al., 1985, Wallace et al., 2006) and to a lesser extent, tact-intraverbal (e.g., Goldsmith et al., 2006). The current study is an assessment of cross-modal generalization from receptive to expressive and the reverse, similar to that of Wynn and Smith (2003). The acquisition of receptive identification and tact targets, through either direct instruction or generalization, was evaluated in a multiple baseline design across language modalities. Concurrently, data were collected on all response topographies to determine if additional responding moderates generalization. Implications for clinicians and educators, as well as areas of future research, are also included.
 
64. Language Facilitating Strategies During Natural Routines.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SEKHAR PINDIPROLU (The University of Toledo)
Abstract: Previous literature indicates that natural routines such as story book reading and television viewing can serve as contexts for parents to expose their children to new vocabulary, language usage, and other pre-literacy skills. Lemish and Rice (1986) compared the categories of parent and child talk during television viewing with that of the parent-child interactions during joint book reading and concluded that television has the potential to serve as a facilitator of children’s language acquisition. In this presentation, data from a research study that employed television as a medium to facilitate language skills of five children with language delays will be examined. Parents of children with language delays were taught language facilitation strategies and were asked to implement the strategies during joint TV viewing routines over a four month period. Using single subject research design, the effectiveness of parent’s implementation of the strategies and the effectiveness of the strategies on the child’s language skills was examined. Further, social validity measures were administered with the parents. The effectiveness of the intervention and parents’ acceptability of the procedures will be discussed.
 
65. Improving Conversational Skills Among Adults with Acquired Brain Injuries.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JULIE FLYNN (Southern Illinois University), Erica Welch (Southern Illinois University), Gerald D. Faw (Center for Comprehensive Services, Inc.), Paula K. Davis (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of a social skills training program designed to teach two adult males with acquired brain injury how to converse with females. A female assessor (trainer) conducted conversation skill assessments in a classroom during baseline and training under the guise of the subject having a conversation with an unfamiliar female in the community. During training, both subjects received individualized printed material and instruction on what comprised appropriate conversation with unknown females while one of the subjects also received instruction on topic initiation, asking questions and giving approval. Training then continued by engaging the subject in a contrived conversation and stopping the interchange every 20–30 seconds and having the subject recall what they had said during the interval and use the printed material to evaluate the appropriateness of their verbiage. Prior to restarting the conversation, a brief dialogue ensued wherein the subject was given positive and corrective feedback on the accuracy of their recall and evaluation along with suggestions for improvement. Two separate A-B designs and generalization probes revealed that appropriate conversation increased for both subjects and that the subjects used their skills when conversing with a different female confederate. The results are discussed within the context of utilizing memory strategies and self-regulatory processes to improve social skills in persons with acquired brain injury.
 
66. Treating Individuals Diagnosed with Language Delay and Disorder in a Preschool Setting.
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
TRIONA TAMMEMAGI (Early Language Intervention Ltd.), Deirdre M. Muldoon (Early Language Intervention Ltd.), Kristen A. Maglieri (Early Language Intervention Ltd.), Adele Lakin (Early Language Intervention Ltd.), Ronda Barron (Early Language Intervention Ltd.), Saioa Elosua (Early Language Intervention Ltd.), Claire Crowley (Early Language Intervention Ltd.)
Abstract: Speech and language delay affects 5 to 8 percent of preschool children (Nelson et al., 2006). Typically, such children are provided with speech and language therapy (SLT) in a 1:1 session for 1 hour per week. Early Language Intervention Ireland, Ltd. (ELI) has combined SLT with applied behaviour analysis teaching methods to provide effective treatment in a more efficient manner. ELI has developed a treatment package aimed at preschool children aged 2 to 6 diagnosed with a variety of language and communicative disorders. Our treatment differs from traditional SLT approaches in that the students are taught in group settings with higher student-staff ratios (12:3 or 4:1) for 2 ½ hours per day, 5 days per week. These group sessions facilitate the learning of social and play behaviours, which is not possible in traditional SLT sessions. Further, daily contact with students ensures the maintenance of complex social repertoires. Student progress is monitored through daily data collection and standardized assessment. The current poster will provide outcome data from the past 2 years of ELI service. In particular, we will present data on the average number of skills mastered per hour of instruction and the average increase in age equivalent language.
 
67. Evaluating Parental Adherence to Behavioral Intervention for Children with Developmental Disabilities.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CAROLYN LEIGH ZEMLICK (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Anki Sjolund (Behavioral Building Blocks, Inc. (B3))
Abstract: This study looked at the effects of contextualized treatment on parental adherence to behavior protocols with children diagnosed with developmental disabilities, and the collateral effects on the child’s behavior. The contextualized treatment included an emphasis on collaborative goal setting within a family-chosen routine. Parental adherence is a primary component of behavioral interventions in the home setting if the positive behavior changes of the child are to occur and be sustained over time. Thus, this study evaluated parental adherence to specific behavior protocols within a contextualized treatment and a non-contextualized treatment protocol. Three dependent variables were measured: (a) frequency of the child’s challenging behaviors, (b) frequency of the child’s target response (i.e., functional communication and/or compliance), and (c) percentage of parental adherence (number of steps implemented appropriately over the total number of steps). Results are discussed with respect to the benefits of contextualized parent training approaches.
 
68. Descriptive Assessments of Caregiver-Child Interactions as an Adjunct to Functional Analyses and Function Based Treatments of Problem Behavior.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER K. VALENTINE (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Blair Parker Hicks (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Descriptive assessments (DAs) have demonstrated clinical utility in the assessment of problem behavior. In the past, they have primarily been used to identify consequences maintaining an individual’s problem behavior (Vollmer et al., 2001). This study investigated the potential extension of DAs to the evaluation of caregiver procedural integrity when implementing behavioral treatments for problem behavior. Descriptive assessments of caregiver-child interactions were conducted utilizing procedures described by Vollmer et al., (2001) prior to and following treatment development for participants who attended a day treatment program for children with developmental disabilities who engaged in severe problem behaviors. Following treatment development each caregiver was trained to implement treatment with at least 90% procedural integrity. A second DA was conducted following parent training to evaluate changes in caregiver behavior as a result of training in the treatment procedures. Interobserver agreement data were collected on at least 20% of all sessions and always exceeded 80% agreement. Results demonstrated the clinical utility of DAs for evaluating caregiver procedural integrity when implementing function based treatments for problem behavior.
 
69. Risk Factors for Persistent Self-Injury: Preliminary Results from a Longitudinal Study.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELLE L. GUREGHIAN (University of Maryland, Baltimore County/Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John M. Huete (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle D. Chin (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: While self-injurious behavior (SIB) is a serious problem affecting individuals with intellectual disabilities, little is known about its early childhood course. A clear understanding of why SIB persists in some children and not others is needed to develop prevention and early intervention strategies. Initial findings from a longitudinal study designed to identify risk factors for persistent SIB in children ages birth to 5 years with developmental delay will be presented. Via developmental testing, parent report, and direct observation, variables hypothesized to contribute to the emergence and maintenance of SIB were examined. Specifically, persistence of SIB is hypothesized to be associated with child communication deficits and increased parent responding to SIB. Preliminary results (e.g.,. age of SIB onset, number of SIB topographies, child communication scores, and scores on parent measure) for 25 children with early-onset SIB will be presented. Additionally, data for a sub-sample of participants indicated that persistence of SIB 12 months into the study was associated with lower child communication scores and higher parent stress and depression scores. In contrast, absence of reported SIB at 12 months was associated with child communication scores in the normal range, and lower scores on parent measures of stress and depression.
 
70. Positive Collateral Social Effects During Function-Based Treatment of Severe Behavior Problems.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TORY J. CHRISTENSEN (The University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (The University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), Jeffrey R. Luke (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: Green and Reid (1996) identified indices of happiness that were observed to increase during behavioral treatment. In this poster, we present data on the indices of happiness exhibited by a child with autism who engaged in severe behavior problems including aggression and self-injurious behavior (SIB). Results suggested that when a function-based treatment was in place, a reduction in severe problem behavior was observed. In addition, participant’s prosocial behavior and other indices of happiness were assessed. Interobserver agreement was collected for at least 20% of all sessions and averaged over 80%.
 
71. Predicting Preference for Items During Periods of Extended Access Based on Early Response Allocation.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
NAIRIM C. ROJAS RAMIREZ (St. Cloud State University), Amanda M. Colby (St. Cloud State University), Gregory J. Swanson (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: Top-ranked items were identified during 30-min free-operant multiple-stimulus preference assessment sessions for nine individuals. To determine whether early allocation within each session predicted the top-ranked item, sessions were reanalyzed to identify the item (a) that was selected first and (b) with the highest percentage of response allocation after 5 min, 10 min, and 15 min. The results indicate that the first-selected item and the 15-min high-allocation item predicted the top-ranked item in approximately half and two-thirds of the sessions, respectively. The implications of the results for brief stimulus preference assessments are discussed.
 
72. Integrity, Efficiency, and Reinforcer Quality as Criteria for Selecting Preference Assessments.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER DAWN MAGNUSON (The May Institute), Shawn F. Vieira (The May Institute), Stefanie Fillers (The May Institute), Natalie Baron (Northeastern University), Hanna C. Rue (The May Institute)
Abstract: Researchers conducted four different activity preference assessments (response restriction, competing stimulus, multiple stimulus without replacement, and paired stimulus) with a 13-year-old girl diagnosed with autism. Data was also collected on the integrity and duration of each assessment. Following the four assessments, a test of reinforcer quality was conducted with the activities identified as high preference and low preference. Using assessment integrity and duration, as well as the results of the reinforcer quality test, researchers determined that a paired stimulus activity preference assessment was the most effective assessment for the individual.
 
73. Does Teaching Object-Picture Matching Help Persons with Developmental Disabilities to Indicate Preferences Using Pictures?
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
PAMELA JANE FREGEAU (St. Amant Research Centre/University of Manitoba), Duong Nguyen (St. Amant Research Centre/University of Manitoba), Dickie C. T. Yu (St. Amant Research Centre/University of Manitoba), Toby L. Martin (St. Amant Research Centre/University of Manitoba), Cheryl Pogorzelec (St. Amant Research Centre/University of Manitoba)
Abstract: Preference assessments are used to identify reinforcers for persons with developmental disabilities who are unable to communicate. Choices are typically presented in tangible, pictorial, or spoken form during preference assessments. Several studies have shown that being able to respond to pictures during preference assessment is associated with the presence of quasi-identity visual matching-to-sample discriminations. This study investigated whether teaching this conditional discrimination would help individuals to respond to pictures during preference assessments. Three individuals with developmental disabilities were taught to perform partial identity matching-to-sample discriminations in a multiple probe baseline design across tasks. The results showed that a within-stimulus prompt-fading procedure and positive reinforcement for correct responses were effective in teaching 7 of 8 object-picture matching discriminations attempted across participants. However, acquisition of the discriminations did not influence performance during picture preference assessments following training.
 
74. Preference Assessments: A Comparison.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
STEFANIE FILLERS (The May Institute), Natalie Baron (Northeastern University), Jennifer Dawn Magnuson (The May Institute), Shawn F. Vieira (The May Institute), Hanna C. Rue (The May Institute)
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to compare efficiency and integrity across four commonly used preference assessments: paired stimulus, multiple stimulus without replacement, response restriction, and competing stimuli. Participants in the study were 10 teaching staff unfamiliar with preference assessment procedures. Additionally, all assessments were conducted on 4 students attending a private school specializing in developmental disabilities. Sessions took place within the student’s classroom, 2-3 times per day. Assessments were conducted in an alternating treatments design. Data were collected on interobserver agreement, procedural integrity, and duration. Results indicate that all assessments were conducted with high procedural integrity and interobserver agreement, however, multiple stimulus without replacement assessments were significantly shorter in duration. The present data suggest that all assessments were easy for staff to implement with integrity, and as a result, staff may want to consider time-efficiency when planning a preference assessment.
 
75. Evaluation of Relative Reinforcer Efficacy as Predicted by Reinforcer Preference.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
DAWN DEATON (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Nicole M. Trosclair-Lasserre (Louisiana State University), Karen Rader (Louisiana State University), Amanda M. Dahir (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: Several assessments have been evaluated to identify preferences for stimuli among individuals with developmental disabilities (e.g., DeLeon, 1996). However, these preference assessments are limited in that they only produce ordinal data. In addition, reinforcer value may shift with increasing work requirements. In contrast, a progressive ratio analysis allows for differences in reinforcer efficacy to be observed under dense and lean schedule requirements. It also has the benefit of producing interval data to determine the magnitude of any differences in preference based on the amount of work completed to access that stimulus. In the study a paired stimulus and daily multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessments were conducted with between 6 to 8 stimuli. Results from both preference assessments were compared to those of progressive ratio reinforcer assessments in which each stimulus was delivered contingent upon completing an arbitrary response under increasing schedule requirements. In addition, interobserver agreement data were collected for at least 20% of sessions and always exceeded 80% agreement. Results of the preference assessments and reinforcer assessments suggested that some differences in reinforcing effectiveness may not emerge until higher schedule requirements are reached.
 
76. Use of Progressive Ratio Schedules to Evaluate Social Reinforcers for the Treatment of Problem Behavior.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
RICHARD K. MCCRANIE (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas (Marcus Autism Center), Jonathan P. Key (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Previous research has shown the utility of progressive ratio schedules and behavioral economic conceptualizations of reinforcer value for predicting the effectiveness of preferred stimuli for treating aberrant behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement (Roane et al., 2001). There have not as yet been any applications of this methodology to identifying the relative reinforcing value of social reinforcers. In the present study, the relative value of attention, preferred items, and escape from demands were evaluated for participants whose problem behavior had been shown to be maintained by social reinforcers. Participants were taught an alternative communication response and the response was then placed on a progressive ratio schedule, with each social reinforcer being made contingent upon emitting the communication response at increasing schedule requirements. Function-based treatments for problem behavior were subsequently implemented for each social reinforcer. Findings suggest that treatments based on the social reinforcer identified as most valuable were most effective at reducing problem behavior. Interobserver agreement data were collected for at least 20% of all sessions and exceeded 80% for all sessions.
 
77. The Effect of Noncontingent Reinforcement on Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior During Schedule Fading.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SUSAN E. FONTENOT (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Robert-Ryan S. Pabico (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) is a relatively common treatment for reducing problem behaviors. Following acquisition of an alternative behavior and initial reduction in problem behavior, the schedule of reinforcement for the alternative behavior is typically faded to more clinically acceptable levels (e.g., Fisher et al., 1993, Hagopian et al., 1998). One challenge of DRA schedule fading is that it is frequently accompanied by a concomitant return of problem behavior and decrease in the alternative behavior. This study examined whether adding noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) during DRA schedule fading would allow fading to occur without the return of problem behavior. A functional analysis (FA) was conducted with the participant and DRA treatments were developed based on FA outcome. Following successful implementation of DRA, problem behavior reemerged for the participant with the introduction of fading. The addition of NCR was demonstrated to be effective at maintaining reductions in problem behavior during fading, resulting in successfully reaching a schedule of reinforcement that was clinically acceptable. Interobserver agreement data were collected on at least 20% of sessions and always exceeded 80% agreement.
 
78. Comparison of Fixed, Escalating and Variable DRO in Eliminating Responding Using a Human Operant Preparation.
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research
AMY DAWN BLACKSHIRE (West Virginia University), Claire C St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Previous research has indicated that an escalating differential reinforcement of other behavior schedule of reinforcement (eDRO) is more effective in quickly eliminating previously reinforced behavior than a fixed DRO (fDRO). Not much research has examined the comparisons among an fDRO, a variable DRO (vDRO) and an eDRO in eliminating responding within individual subjects. We examined the efficacy of an fDRO, an eDRO, and a vDRO, using a human operant preparation with undergraduate students as participants. Two arbitrary responses (clicking on moving circles) were available throughout the study. The eDRO and the vDRO eliminated responding faster than the fDRO, although condition sequence played a role.
 
79. The Effect of Task Choice on Task Compliance and Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER RUSAK (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle Frank (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: This study examined the effects of choice of academic tasks on the problem behavior and task compliance of a boy with moderate mental retardation. The study used a reversal design consisting of baseline phases and intervention phases in which choice and yoked no-choice sessions were compared for high-probability task, low-probability task and mixed high- and low-probability task conditions. During yoked sessions, tasks were presented in an order identical to that previously chosen by the participant in the immediately preceding choice session. Results indicate that when choice was available, problem behaviors decreased and compliance increased in all conditions compared to no-choice sessions (even when yoked) with larger differences being observed in the high-probability and mixed conditions. These results extend previous work that suggests that choice itself may be an active component of treatments targeting undesirable behavior in academic and other settings.
 
80. The Cognitive Level of Children with Down’s Syndrome (DS), Before and After Psychological Treatment.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MILAGROS DAMIÁN DÍAZ (Universidad Autonoma de México; Campus Iztacala)
Abstract: Cognitive area is one of the most important of psychological development, including sensorial and perceptual capacities, problems solution, and acquisition of concepts such as: identifying different persons, objects, food, smells, animals, sounds, places, colors, matching to a model, actions, puzzles, numerals, size, spices or position, and pre-academic and academic skills. Method: Participants: Two cases of DS were described. The first case was a boy, 68 ms age before the treatment; and 85 ms after the treatment. The second case is a girl, 28 ms age at the beginning, and when the treatment concluded she was 73 ms old. Socioeconomic level is medium-low for both cases. They had never attended to any psychological treatment. Instruments: Checklist on Psychological Development (Damián, 2003) and Table of obtained scores of this instrument. Material: mirror, balls, puzzles, stories, numerals, letters, colors, drawings, etc. Location: Work spaces at the Clinic in the Campus. Treatment: a) First Evaluation Phase: the Checklist of psychological development in cognitive area was applied. b) Intervention Phase: consisted of training cognitive skills through games and activities with physical, verbal, sensorial, and tactile aids, based on imitation and performing tasks from easy to difficult complexity. c) Second Evaluation Phase: same Checklist of psychological development in cognitive area was re-applied. Results and Conclusions: Data showed important quantitative and qualitative advances in the cognitive abilities in both cases, after the intervention. Thus, procedure used was effective due the improvement of their psychological development levels: in the first case, it was improved to 24-48 Ms. In the second case, the girl reached level 12-24 Ms.
 
 
 
Poster Session #294
#297 Poster Session (EAB)
Sunday, May 25, 2008
5:30 PM–7:00 PM
South Exhibit Hall
1. Differential Reinforcement of Behavioral Variability by Frequency-Dependent Selection of Two Interresponse Times in Rats.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
YOSUKE HACHIGA (Keio University), Takayuki Sakagami (Keio University)
Abstract: Research of reinforced variability is partly a matter of the control of response occurrences with reference to both equiprobability and sequential independence as indices. Previous studies have demonstrated response occurrences with equal probability among response alternatives were produced by frequent-dependent selection procedure, in which the more frequent response was, the lower probability was that it would be reinforced. Moreover, they hypothesized sequential pattern formed in the procedure depended on the ability of memory for prior responses to satisfy the contingency. We reinforced variability of concurrent discrete interresponse times (IRTs) with discriminated stimuli (say, 1.0 to 2.0 sec as short and 5.5 to 6.5 sec as long IRT), using four male Wister rats. On the prediction, if the differential reinforcement had generality, responses for both IRT would occur with equal probability. Furthermore, if the hypothesis was correct, simple response alternation between IRT intervals or otherwise sequential independent pattern would occur. We will discuss the implications for the processes of reinforced variability.
 
2. Correspondence between Morphological and Conventional Relations.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARIA ISABEL MUNOZ BLANCO (University of Nevada)
Abstract: In the study line of intelligent behavior derived from the theory of Ribes (1990), the current study is designed to evaluate the effect of four types of trained morphologic relationships (identity, similarity, difference and opposition), on the performance in a semantic extra dimensional test with synonyms and antonyms. Thirty college students were assigned to six experimental groups, differing in couples of trained relationships. Subsequently all groups passed to an extradimensional semantic test with the same trained relationships. The results showed that the subjects chose generally one option (synonym) in the first relationship and antonym in the other relationship, in every group. Logical analyses by Ribes and colleagues suggested that in this circumstance subjects’ responding would reflect the one-to-one correspondence between the morphological and conventional relations involved in the test. The results of the present study do not support this analysis. Instead, the subjects’ responses were based on the context established by the relationship between the contextual stimuli. The present study raises a question about the utility of the extra-dimensional task for the assessment of intelligent behavior.
 
3. Maladaptive Behaviors Following Rich-to-Lean Transitions on Multiple Schedules.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JEFF S. STEIN (University of Kansas), Adam T. Brewer (University of Kansas), Dean C. Williams (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Developmentally disabled individuals responded on a touch-sensitive computer screen on a signaled two-component multiple schedule. In the rich component, a small number of responses (e.g. 10) produced a high-preferred reinforcer, and in the lean component, a relatively large number of responses (e.g., 100) produced a low-preferred reinforcer. Four types of transitions between components were arranged: lean-to-rich, lean-to-lean, rich-to-rich, and rich-to-lean. The data show the conditional probability that a transition will occasion a bout of maladaptive behavior (e.g. SIB, self-stimulation) was the highest following a rich-to-lean transition
 
4. Wheel Running as a Reinforcer in Obese (fa/fa) and Lean Zucker Rats.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
SHILO L. SMITH RUIZ (Idaho State University), Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University), Megan Roberto (Idaho State University), Becky Lynn Hansis-O'Neill (Idaho State University)
Abstract: The extant literature shows that low levels of physical activity are one of several behaviors linked to obesity. The Zucker rat (fa/fa) is a genetic rat model of obesity that has been developed to allow specific factors related to obesity, including physical activity, to be examined. The degree to which activity functions as a reinforcer, however, has not yet been established in this rat strain. The current study examined differences in the reinforcing properties of exercise in female obese and lean Zucker rats. Twenty rats (n=10 in each group) were required to press a guillotine door under a progressive ratio schedule to gain entry to a running wheel for a 2-min reinforcer interval. The last ratio completed (breakpoint), response rate, and number of revolutions were compared between groups. Results indicate that obese rats had significantly lower break points and lower door-press response rates for wheel-running access compared to lean rats. Moreover, they made significantly fewer revolutions in the 2-sec reinforcer intervals. These results indicate preliminary support that obese Zucker rats may find exercise less reinforcing than lean rats.
 
5. Initial Food Bolus Placement as a Treatment for Food Packing in Children With Feeding Disorders.
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JANELLE A ALLISON (Marcus Autism Center), David Jacquess (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Food redistribution procedures have resulted in successfully decreasing packing and latency to clean mouth in children with severe feeding disorders. Redistribution procedures involve collecting food from inside the child’s mouth (i.e., from the cheek and from under the tongue) and redepositing it on the tongue (Sevin, Gulotta, Sierp, Rosica, and Miller, 2002). In previous studies, using redistribution to strategically reposition food in the mouth following the occurrence of packing resulted in faster swallowing of the bite (Gulotta, Piazza, Patel, and Layer, 2005; Sevin et al., 2002.) We evaluated the effects on packing, expelling and latency to clean mouth of strategically depositing food on the middle and back of the tongue or on the side of the cheek sooner in the feeding sequence--during the initial presentation. Out of four children, two showed improvement in latency to clean mouth and packing when food was strategically deposited during the initial presentation. One child showed improvement in expelling while expels were variable with another and two children showed no difference in expelling when food was strategically deposited. Implications for understanding behavioral contingencies in treatment of food refusal and individualized treatment planning will also be discussed.
 
6. Instructional Programming: Facilitating the Emergence of Letter Naming.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JANNA N. SKINNER (University of Kansas), Tanya Baynham (University of Kansas), Anna C. Schmidt (University of Kansas), Kathryn Saunders (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Research shows that letter naming is a critical prerequisite for early reading skills (Adams, 1990). This study was part of a research program to develop computerized instruction of early reading skills. The present study examined whether expressive naming emerged after teaching receptive letter naming. The alphabet was divided into halves. An expressive probe was given after each half was taught. Naming was accurate for the first half, but data demonstrate that earlier letters taught interfered with the acquisition of naming for the latter letters. A follow-up was run to test whether separating difficult-to-discriminate letters will help letter naming acquisition.
 
7. Using Palm Pilots®, iPods®, and iPhones® as Data Collection Devices.
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
BRANDON F. GREENE (Integrated Behavioral Services, Inc.), Joey Coonce (Integrated Behavioral Services, Inc.)
Abstract: This poster will describe and illustrate how hand-held platforms, including the Palm Pilot® and various iMac® devices, have been programmed to record frequency, duration and interval data in field settings with a variety of populations. These devices have been programmed to allow the researcher or clinician to select one or numerous target behaviors and subjects. The presentation will also describe how they allow a researcher or clinician either to sync the device on a desktop computer or to transmit the data wirelessly through a web portal where it is instantly summarized, graphed and/or scatter-plotted for review.
 
8. The Effects of Jackpot Size on the Physiology of Gamblers.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JEFFREY E. DILLEN (Our Lady of Peace), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The present study explored the use of a variety of physiological responses as supplemental dependent measures to operant responding of slot machine gamblers. Thirty participants completed a 2-hour study in which they were exposed to both money and no-money jackpot conditions. Results revealed that while most subjects displayed orderly operant data, physiology was not related to experimental conditions. In summary, a dependence on physiology to explain causes of gambling is incorrect and more operant approaches are needed.
 
9. Using a Brief Experimental Analysis to Inform Fluency Intervention for a Struggling Reader.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MIMI L. MCDONNELL (University of Minnesota), Dana Wagner (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Emily R. Monn (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: The response to intervention model, which focuses on identifying and offering supplementary academic assistance to students who are struggling, has gained popularity in the public schools in recent years. Brief experimental analyses, in which different interventions are tested using a multielement brief experimental design, offer a way for practitioners to determine appropriate individualized interventions for these struggling students (Jones & Wickerstrom, 2002). In the current study, a brief experimental analysis of reading fluency was used to help inform intervention for an elementary aged student. Two conditions were compared: sentence-level modeling with repeated readings and an incentive for tracking, and paragraph-level modeling with repeated readings and an incentive for tracking. The sentence-level modeling with repeated readings and incentive for tracking resulted in the largest increase in fluency, and was implemented as a supplementary reading intervention. Progress was monitored both with passages that had a high degree of content overlap and general outcome measures. Results indicate that BEA can be an efficient way to identify effective instructional strategies for reading fluency intervention.
 
10. Decreasing Daily Caloric Intake with Self-Management.
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA M. PREUSCH (Florida State University), Marco D. Tomasi (Florida State University)
Abstract: The number of adults who are overweight or obese is continually increasing. Of the adults age twenty and over in the United States, 64.5% are overweight and 30.5% are obese. Calories are the measure of energy you get from the food you eat. If the amount of calories consumed is greater than the number of calories burned an individual will gain weight. In this study the low frequency of healthy meals eaten was due to ineffective natural contingencies that were less reinforcing than several competing contingencies. An AB changing criterion design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of an intervention package designed to decrease the amount of calories consumed daily. During baseline an average of approximately 2000 calories daily was recorded. During intervention the number gradually decreased until it reached an average of 1500 calories daily.
 
11. Short Term Remembering in the Pigeon.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CALEB D. HUDGINS (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Prior research using delayed matching-to-sample procedures has shown that accuracy of comparison selection is an exponential decay function of the length of the retention interval. Further, this research has shown that the initial discriminability (log d0) and the rate at which stimulus discriminability decays (b) can be differentially affected by procedural manipulations. These two facts might allow DMTS procedures to serve as baselines for a host of manipulations thought to effect short-term remembering in pigeons. One problem, however, is the number of sessions necessary to generate discounting functions. In this study, we sought to use rapid daily cycling of observing response requirements in a titrating delay matching-to-sample procedure in order to generate forgetting functions more rapidly. The ability to generate forgetting functions in a short span of time will allow them to be used as effective baselines in a host of experiments in which the effects of a large variety of variables may be investigated.
 
12. Transfer of Respondent Elicitation Through Intersecting Equivalence Classes.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BENIGNO ALONSO ÁLVAREZ (University of Oviedo, Spain), Hector Martinez Sanchez (Universidad de Guadalajara - Mexico), Juanpablo Saracho Vargas (Universidad de Guadalajara - Mexico), Luis Antonio Perez-Gonzalez (Universidad de Oviedo, Spain)
Abstract: Transfer of respondent elicitation through four intersecting equivalence classes was evaluated with college students. First, a matching-to-sample procedure was used to train conditional relations P-A (P1-A1, P2-A2) and P-B (P1-B1, P2-B2) and test for symmetry (A1-P1, A2-P2 and B1-P1, B2-P2) and equivalence (A1-B1, B1-A1 and A2-B2, B2-A2). The establishment of two equivalence classes A1-P1-B1 and A2-P2-B2 was predicted. Secondly, four new conditional relations Q-1 (Q1-A1, Q2-B1) and Q-2 (Q1-A2, Q2-B2) were trained and symmetry (A1-Q1, B1-Q2 and A2-Q1, B2-Q2) and equivalence (A1-A2, A2-A1 and B1-B2, B2-B1) were tested. Again, the establishment of two new equivalence classes (A1-Q1-A2 and B1-Q2-B2) was predicted. At this point, A and B stimuli would participate simultaneously in two intersecting equivalence classes. Finally, a skin conductance response was conditioned to A1 (CS+) by pairing this stimulus with a loud noise, while A2 (for half of participants) and B1 (for the rest of participants) served as CS-. For those participants exposed to A2 as CS-, it was expected that respondent elicitation would be transfer to P1 and B1 stimuli, but not to P2 and B2 stimuli. For those participants exposed to B1 as CS-, it was expected that respondent elicitation would be transferred to Q1 and A2 stimuli, but not to Q2 and B2 stimuli. These results would suggest that respondent elicitation can be transferred through complex stimulus relations.
 
13. Establishing Equivalence Classes in Children with OTM and MTO Training Protocols.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TORE VIGNES (Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College)
Abstract: Some earlier studies have found that the use of pictures as nodes in different training structures have resulted in a higher yields of responding in accord with equivalence (e.g., Arntzen, 2004; Holth & Arntzen, 1998). Contrary to these findings Smeets and Barnes-Holmes found that the use of pictures did not have such an effect, rather the opposite effect. We wanted to replicate the findings from Smeets and Barnes-Holmes (2005) and to expand the study by introducing more classes and other types of stimuli, both as abstract stimuli and pictures. Experiment 1 and 2 would be a direct replication except that we exclude the specific instruction used in Smeets and Barnes-Holmes (2005). Experiment 3 and 4 would be done with three 3-member classes and different types of stimuli.
 
14. Advances in Untangling the Neurocircuitry of Derived Relational Responding.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MICHAEL W. SCHLUND (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins SOM), Michael F. Cataldo (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins SOM)
Abstract: Investigations of spatial and non-spatial memory and classic transitive inference suggest derived relational responding should recruit “binding”-related processes within the hippocampal complex. To explore this issue, twenty human subjects learned prior to neuroimaging two equivalence classes: (A1<>B1<>C1 and A2<>B2<> C2). During functional neuroimaging, within- and cross-class stimulus pairs were presented (e.g., A1 C1) and subjects judged whether stimuli were conditionally related, without corrective feedback. Our hypothesis, in which derived relational responding recruits the hippocampus, was assessed by contrasting activations elicited by each derived relation to cross-class stimulus pairs (e.g., A1 B2). Our hypothesis was partially confirmed with results showing greater activation to transitive and equivalence relations in the hippocampus, but activation to the symmetry relation in the parahippocampus. Also, relative to each derived relation, cross-class relations activated only the parahippocampus. Two unexpected findings, (a) greater activation in frontal and parietal regions for cross- class relations compared to each derived relation and (b) increasing reaction times and activation in frontal and parietal regions across transitive, equivalence, symmetry and cross class relations, suggest these regions are foundational to “relational responding”. Collectively, our findings demonstrate hippocampal involvement when nodes exist and frontal-parietal involvement when discriminating stimulus-stimulus relations.
 
15. The Emergence of Approval as Conditioned Reinforcement as a Function of Observation.
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTINA LOPEZ MARTIN (Columbia University Teachers College), Michelle L. Zrinzo (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: This study was conducted in order to determine if teacher vocal approvals can be conditioned as a reinforcer as a function of observation. A multiple baseline across participants design was implemented for the conditioning procedure. A performance task was implemented as a pre-baseline and post-conditioning to show the students rate of correct responding during two edible and approval phases. In the pre-baseline and baseline learning tasks both student's emitted low rates of correct responses during the approval phases and had difficulty acquiring all three of the learning tasks; demonstrating that teacher vocal approvals did not function as a reinforcer. The conditioning procedure was then implemented where the students observed a peer being reinforced while they both completed a performance task. Following completion of the conditioning procedure a return to the pre-baseline conditions was implemented and the students returned to the learning tasks. The results showed an increase in the number of correct responses to the learning tasks for both students and a higher amount of correct responses per minute for the approval phases. Therefore teacher vocal approvals were conditioned as reinforcers for both participants. This study was a systematic replication of Greer and Siner-Dudek (in press).
 
16. Compound Stimuli in Emergent Stimulus Relations and Equivalence.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
VINCA RIVIERE (Development - Autism), Jean-Claude Darcheville (University of Lille), Nora Giezek (Universitie Charles De Gaulle)
Abstract: Two experiments were conducted with normal developed adults. In Experiment 1, two procedures were randomly implemented. The matching-to-sample served to learn the classical A-B and B-C relations. During the simple discrimination, some stimuli became SD; on the others, the responses were extinguished. In Experiment 2, only simple discrimination procedure was presented with two types of stimuli. The first were compound stimuli and matched the classical relations A-B and B-C. The second were simple stimuli and a previously seen, some became SD the others became S-. The results are similar for the two experiments. Transitivity (A-C) and reflexivity (C-A) appeared only for th stimuli SD on the simple discrimination training. These findings suggest that the apparition of the logical properties of equivalence is dependent of the subject's behaviors and that the stimuli are spontaneously separable.
 
17. A Schedule of Mutual Reinforcement between Individuals.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
HIROTO OKOUCHI (Osaka Kyoiku University)
Abstract: Pressing a key by one undergraduate produced points exchangeable for money for another undergraduate, and vice versa. Obtained relations between responses and points in this condition were different from response-reinforcer relations generally obtained from usual reinforcement schedules. That is, points often were delivered with a delay from occurrence of the last response and/or independent of the responses. In most pairs, amount of points given was unequal. In general, one subject of each pair often was given many points with almost no responses, whereas another was given few points with a large number of responses. When a contingency that responses lost points (response-cost or punishment) was added for the latter subjects, their rates of responses decreased, then the rates of their partners increased for almost all pairs. When a contingency that responses produced points (response-dependent reinforcement) was added for the former subjects, their rates of responses increased, then the rates of their partners decreased for some of the pairs.
 
18. EAHB 2008 Student Paper Competition Winner: Effects of Stimulus Discriminability on the Acquisition of Conditional Discriminations in Adult Humans.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
YUSUKE HAYASHI (West Virginia University), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The current study attempted to investigate the effects of the discriminability of sample and comparison stimuli on the acquisition of conditional discriminations in adult humans. In an arbitrary matching-to-sample procedure, five university students were trained on four types of conditional discriminations between simple (one-element) and complex (two-element) stimuli. Subjects learned simple-simple, simple-complex, complex-simple, and complex-complex conditional discriminations, where the first term designates the type of sample and the second term the type of comparison stimuli. The results are in general agreement with prior findings showing that, in a matching-to-sample procedure, the rate of acquisition of conditional discriminations is a function of the discriminability of the sample and comparison stimuli and that the former is a more important variable with respect to the rate of acquisition than the latter.
 
19. Human Matching Performance in a Rock/Paper/Scissors Game: Response Allocation in a Three-Alternative Choice Situation.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
RACHEL N. CASSIDY (University of Florida), Brian D. Kangas (University of Florida), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida), Timothy D. Hackenberg (University of Florida)
Abstract: The generalized matching law has proven useful in describing the relationship between response allocation and reinforcement rates with both human and nonhuman subjects. There is, however, a paucity of studies examining matching performance under conditions in which there are more than two concurrent response alternatives. In an effort to more fully understand how humans allocate their responses in a three-concurrent choice situation, the present study had college students play the childhood game Rock/Paper/Scissors against a computer opponent. The probability of the computer's allocation of moves across the three alternatives (i.e., computer game play) was manipulated across 100-trial blocks within a session. A variation of the generalized matching law was derived to deal with the concurrent trio. The model predicts that human choice allocation across the three moves (i.e., human game play) should equal the appropriate counter-moves of the respective programmed computer's programmed game play probabilities. Results indicate that this variation of the generalized matching law adequately describes human response allocation under this three concurrent choice situation.
 
20. A Hairy Situation: Decreasing Maladaptive Behavior with Applied Behavior Analysis.
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
CATALINA REY (Florida State University), Marco D. Tomasi (Florida State University)
Abstract: The present study looked to apply the principles of behavior analysis to decrease the frequency of hair playing. A modified changing criterion design was used to evaluate the effects of the treatment package, which included daily and weekly contingencies. Every time hair was played with, the participant placed a tally mark on the right forearm with a black permanent marker visible to the public, leading to secondary aversive social consequences. If the weekly goal was met by the set deadline, the opportunity to go out to any bars, clubs, or parties that weekend was earned. Hair playing decreased from an average of 350 per week to 200.
 
21. Behavior Analysis of Reciprocity: Three Studies, One Implication.
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory
CARLOS SANTOYO (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Abstract: Reciprocity as a behavioral mechanism implies the regulation of social interchanges in different situations. As a quantitative model, reciprocity analysis describes the symmetry of interchanges, such as the ratio of initiating acts between partners, the ratio of successful initiating acts between dyads, or the ratio of time allocation between partners, in social interchanges. Such a model is used to analyze social interchanges of coercive children and children of different ages, both in field research and in school settings. Also reciprocity is a useful concept to analyze social interchanges in cooperation and equity laboratory studies with children and college students. Finally, reciprocity analysis is a functional strategy to understand coercive patterns in risk marital relations. Quantitative analyses of the reciprocity model are exposed on each different situation and each analysis discriminates between different classes of participants (i.e., risk and comparison groups) and distinctive social strategies (i.e., cooperation or free-riding).
 
22. Response Acquisition under Signaled Delay of Reinforcement in Temporally Defined Schedules.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CARLOS FLORES (Universidad de Guadalajara), Rebeca Mateos Morfín (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Abstract: A temporally defined schedule of delayed reinforcement was used to establish lever pressing by rats. A constant 8 s Td subinterval was introduced at different temporal locations into reinforcement cycle (64 s). The first response during Td produced reinforcement at the end of the cycle. Varying the temporal location of Td generated reinforcement delays of either 8 s, 24 s or 56 s. Three rats each were assigned to different delay duration. Response rates were considerably lower when Td was at the beginning of the cycle (56 s) than when the opportunity to respond was at the middle (24 s) and its end (8 s). The results are discussed focusing in the response rates and the convenience of responses per reinforcement proportion as an effectiveness acquisition measure.
 
 
 
Poster Session #295
#298 Poster Session (EDC)
Sunday, May 25, 2008
5:30 PM–7:00 PM
South Exhibit Hall
103. The Effects of Cross-Age Tutoring Program on the Social Skills of Tutors with Emotional Disorders and the Acquisition of English Vocabulary of Tutees.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
YU-MING HSIEH (National Changhua University of Education), Hua Feng (National Changhua University of Education)
Abstract: The study was to investigate the effects of a cross-age tutoring program on the social skills of tutors with emotional disorders and the acquisition of English vocabulary of tutees. The multiple probe across behaviors design and A-B-A' design was used in this study. Two 9th-grade students with severe emotional disorders in Kaohsiung Junior High School were trained as tutors. They were paired with two 8th-grade students with learning disabilities for eleven weeks. The independent variable of the study was the cross-age tutoring program. Prior to the tutoring program, two tutors were trained during ten sessions to be a part of the cross-age tutoring program. The tutor training program included social skills, prompting skills, and helping skills. The dependent variables were the percentage change in targeted positive social skills and self-concept of the tutors, and the percentage of correct English spelling or writing of the tutees. Interviews were conducted for tutors, tutees, resource room teachers, and regular class teachers. Major results of this study were as follows: (a) the tutors did well in each training session and expressed good teaching techniques and attitudes, (b) the cross-age tutoring program showed positive improvement on social skills of the tutors with severely emotional disorders, (c) the program showed positive improvement on the self-concept of the tutors, and (d) the cross-age tutoring program resulted in great improvement on the tutees’ ability to learn English. The interviews of tutors, tutees, resource room teachers, and regular class teachers showed positive comments on this program.
 
105. The Learning of Basic Mathematical Concepts as a Function of the Method of Programmed Learning.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MARCO WILFREDO SALAS-MARTINEZ (Universidad Veracruzana), María Eugenia Prado Figueroa (Universidad Veracruzana), Enrique Zepeta Garcia (Universidad Veracruzana), Esperanza Ferrant Jimenez (Universidad Veracruzana)
Abstract: Teachers do not always have adequate strategies, methods, or techniques for teaching mathematics, often resulting in high frequencies of failing, dropping out, low attention levels, and dislike or aversion shown by the students, especially in primary schools. Thus, the objective of the present study was to evaluate the effectiveness of learning basic mathematical concepts (addition, subtraction, multiplication and division) by means of programmed instruction in the following five conditions: conference, programmed material, programmed material then conference, conference then programmed material, and programmed material plus mentoring as a principal condition and as a complementary activity. The participants were forty students distributed in two second grade groups of an underprivileged primary school in the Xalapa, Veracruz school district, randomly assigned to different sequences of the five experimental conditions. A counter balanced design (Jacobs & Razavieh, 1989) was used. The results permitted the identification of: (a) the experimental condition of conference as the principal treatment condition followed by programmed instruction as a complementary learning was the most effective for learning mathematical concepts and (b) teaching tools and materials were generated in the study to ensure an optimum performance both by teachers and students.
 
106. The Effects of a Taped-Numbers Intervention on Kindergarten English Language Learners’ Acquisition of Numbers.
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
KATHERINE R. KROHN (University of Tennessee), Emily J. Fuller (University of Tennessee), Christopher Skinner (University of Tennessee)
Abstract: Taped-interventions can increase students’ sight-word reading ability and basic math fact fluency. In this study, the intervention was modified to target the emerging abilities of four Kindergarten students, including three English Language Learners. Specifically, the primary objective was to increase the four struggling students’ ability to recognize and name numbers (0 through 9). On each day of the intervention, the students would attempt to name each number before it was identified on the tape using a constant time-delay of 2 seconds between numbers. Results from the multiple baseline design across participants showed the students quickly learned to identify the numbers and maintained this enhanced performance. One student demonstrated highly variable performance. When additional components were added to address maintenance and motivation problems (i.e., feedback and overcorrection), this student increased his accuracy to 100%. Discussion focuses on efficient remediation procedures and altering interventions based on responsiveness.
 
107. Comparing the Effects of the Observational System of Instruction to Peer Tutoring on Two Eighth Grade Students’ Acquisition of Social Studies Concepts.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTA CANON (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College), Meghan E. Nienstedt (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to test the effects of two behaviorally based tactics of instruction. The effectiveness of the observational system of instruction was compared to that of peer tutoring on students’ abilities to acquire eighth grade social studies concepts. Two participants were used in the study and were taught concepts from two different sections of the eighth grade social studies curriculum. They were first taught concepts of a specific section of the eighth grade social studies textbook using the observational system of instruction (OSI). The students played the game until each met a criterion of 90% correct answers from both direct and observed instruction. The results of the OSI were then compared to the students’ abilities to acquire social studies concepts of a different section of the text using only peer tutoring.
 
108. The Effects of Contingency Contracting on Increasing the Numbers of Correct Learn Units in Middle School Students.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ILANA GARCIA (Columbia University Teachers College), Meghan E. Nienstedt (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: The present study examined the effects of two separate contingency contracts on increasing the correct and total numbers of learn units completed by 8th grade middle school students with emotional and behavioral disabilities. Two males, 13 to 14 years of age, were selected as participants for this study. An ABABA design was used to evaluate the effects of contingency contracting on the numbers of correct learn units completed. During each treatment phase the participants were assigned a correct learn unit goal and point goal. The participants had to meet their goals in order to obtain the reinforcers – a bowling trip and lunch in town. The results showed that the implementation of each contingency contract significantly increased the participants’ correct and total numbers of learn units and decreased their learn units to criterion. When the contingency contracts were not in place the participants’ numbers of correct and total learn units decreased substantially. These results illustrate promising results for classroom teachers interested in increasing their students’ correct numbers of learn units and decreasing learn units to criterion.
 
109. Effects of a Peer Tutoring Procedure on the Tutor for Social Studies Tacts and Spelling Words.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH GOLDSTEIN (Columbia University Teachers College), Tsambika Fas (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: This study examined the effects of a peer tutoring procedure on the tutor’s acquisition of social studies tacts. Two students from a self-contained middle school classroom for children with emotional disabilities rotated roles as the tutor and the tutee for two different sets of stimuli in a delayed multiple probe counter balance design. Following successful results with the social studies tacts, the participants participated in a second delayed multiple probe counter balance design, this time targeting grade level spelling words. The data indicated that the students acquired both tacts and spelling words in both the tutor and tutee roles. A functional relationship was demonstrated between peer tutoring and the acquisition of tacts and spelling words for both the tutor and the tutee.
 
110. Teaching Discrimination of Common Errors in Writing.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JILL HUNT (Judge Rotenberg Center), Michelle Harrington (Judge Rotenberg Center)
Abstract: In this study we examine the use of using discrimination activities on a computer, to teach twenty common errors found in writing. Students will complete lessons on the computer, working to a preset level of fluency for correct and incorrect answers. Material will be broken down into different concepts, using multiple examples for each individual concept. Data will be plotted on a standard celeration chart. Using pre-test and posttest data, we will look at generalization of the material.
 
111. The Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction and Repetitive Writing on the Acquisition of Spelling Words.
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
IRENE CHAN (Columbia University Teachers College), Darcy M. Walsh (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: Multiple exemplar instruction and repetitive writing were tested in this study for their effects on teaching and acquisition of new spelling words. Using a multiple probe design, participants of this study received a pre-probe on the Dolch Sight Words List Three after which treatment was implemented. Pre-probes showed all four participants could spell less than 50% of the Dolch Word List. Two participants used positive practice repetitive writing while two participants were given MEI worksheets. The two participants who began with repetitive writing showed no improvements in spelling. After one probe session following the repetitive writing, MEI was implemented for these participants. Following the implementation of MEI, Participants A met criterion after 3 sessions, B met after 6 sessions and C met after 7 sessions. Participant D was dropped from the study after prerequisites were determined to be missing. The use of MEI also resulted in the emergence of novel untaught responses in all participants. By the last post-probe, all participants spelled at least 17 untaught words correctly.
 
112. Comparison of the Copy, Cover, and Compare Strategy to a Structured Worksheet at Increasing Spelling Outcomes.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MEGAN J. THOMPSON (Gonzaga University), Shelby R. Walsh (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: This study examined the effectiveness of the copy, cover, and compare (CCC) strategy and a structured worksheet format for spelling words. The participant was a 12-year-old student with learning disabilities. An alternating treatments design was used to compare progress between the two types of interventions. Results indicated that both methods were initially effective at increasing spelling accuracy. The data suggest that consistently higher spelling rates occurred with CCC strategy although the student did not prefer it. The trend also indicated that over time the structured worksheet strategy was less effective for the student. Discussion and implications will be discussed.
 
113. Using an Activity Schedule to Increase Social Behavior of a Child with ADHD.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
BETHANNE MILES (CCEC)
Abstract: Many school age children with ADHD display social deficits. They exhibit more inappropriate social behavior than typical peers. In addition the frequency of spontaneous pro-social behaviors demonstrated by these children is significantly decreased as compared to same age peers. In an effort to increase pro-social behaviors, clinicians frequently train teachers to increase the density of reinforcement for demonstration of social behavior. Given the low occurrence of spontaneous displays of socially appropriate behavior within this group there is little opportunity for this behavior to meet with reinforcement. In this study a 9-year-old girl with ADHD was taught to follow an activity schedule (Krantz & McClannahan, 1993) that prompted her to engage in an appropriate social interaction in the presence of her teacher every 20 minutes and to ask the teacher for reinforcement. The results of the study indicated the schedule served as a prompt for the child to demonstrate appropriate social behavior therefore allowing the teacher to reinforce the behavior more frequently. Rates of pro-social behavior increased and rates of inappropriate social behavior decreased. The teacher reported preference for this intervention over the previous plan that required the teacher to contrive social situations.
 
114. Increasing the On-Task Behavior of Secondary Students with ADHD Through Self Monitoring.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTALL J. GRAHAM (The Ohio State University), Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University), Yi-Wei Hsin (Yu Da College of Business)
Abstract: Adolescents with mild disabilities often have high rates of off-task behavior during school hours. The fact is these students may be capable of successfully doing the academic work required in their classes; however, off-task behavior often prevents them from demonstrating their abilities. The result is that adolescents with mild disabilities who are placed in general education classrooms are at increased risk for school failure. One strategy designed to increase students’ opportunity for success in school is self-monitoring. This study used audiotaped chimes and a student checklist for on-task/off-task behavior. The study took place in a high school study hall specifically for students with disabilities. The three participants were tenth graders and had the diagnosis of ADHD. The observers used a 10-second whole interval recording system to record on-task/off-task behavior within an alternating treatment design. The conditions included: baseline, self-monitoring, and self-monitoring with reinforcement. Results indicate self-monitoring alone was effective enough to significantly increase the on-task behavior of two participants. Additional reinforcement was needed to increase the on-task behavior of the third student. All of the students demonstrated improved on-task behavior that more closely resembled their typical peers.
 
115. Improving Student Writing Skills Through Classroom Functional Assessment.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA ROSA (Anna Reynolds Elementary School, Newington, CT), Deirdre Lee Fitzgerald (Eastern Connecticut State University), Holley Duffy (Anna Reynolds Elementary School, Newington, CT)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to increase writing output of a second grade student during Writer’s Workshop time in a regular education classroom. Functional assessment data were collected through teacher interviews, student interviews, and videotaped ABC recording. Assessments revealed multiple functions maintaining the student’s off-task behavior, including task avoidance and peer/teacher attention seeking. Baseline data were collected through videotaped partial-interval recording, latency recording, and permanent products. Data were analyzed for latency, rate, and quality as well as the percentage of intervals engaged in writing behaviors. Latency, rate, and quality data were also collected on peers for comparison to the subject’s performance levels at baseline. Baseline data indicated that the subject’s latency and rate of writing were much lower than the peer comparison students, as was the quality. The percentage of intervals in which the subject engaged in on-task writing behaviors was also quite low. The results of the classroom based functional assessment will be presented with links to appropriate intervention planning.
 
116. The Effects of Listener Emersion Protocol on Increasing Students Following Directions.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JANET C. SOLORZANO-CORREIA (Columbia University Teachers College), Melody Ann Messina (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: This study was a replication of the listener emersion protocol, a program to teach students to respond to vocal stimuli: it was a multiple probe design across settings. The dependent variable for the pre-probe was the number of directions followed across three non-instructional settings. The dependent variable during training was measured across accuracy, rate, and audio stimuli. After meeting criterion for the three different treatment phases a post probe was conducted, which showed an increase in the number of directions followed. The same results were reflected in a sixty-day maintenance probe.
 
117. A Comparison of Three Types of Opportunities to Respond on Student Behavior and Active Student Responding.
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
TODD F. HAYDON (University of Florida)
Abstract: The purpose of this presentation is to provide information on an experimental study that compared two types of teacher questioning procedures (choral responding and a mixture of choral and individual responding) on the academic and social behavior of students at-risk for emotional or behavioral disorders. Information will be shared about the research design, findings, and implications for large group instruction. Four students identified as having chronic disruptive behaviors that placed them at risk for emotional or behavioral disorders (EBD) participated in this study. This study took place during a large group teacher-directed content vocabulary lesson. The dependent measures for this study included the following student behaviors: (1) correct responses and incorrect responses, (2) on-task and off-task behavior, and (3) disruption. Included in this study are three phases: (1) baseline condition, (2) teacher training, and (3) comparison of two interventions (i.e., choral responding only vs. mixed choral and individual responding). Using an alternating treatments design the results of the study will be discussed and graphs of the data provided.
 
118. Effects of Two Response Card Review Procedures on Participation, Academic Achievement, and Off-Task Behavior of Fifth Grade Students in an Inclusive Classroom.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CHARLES L. WOOD (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Ya-yu Lo (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Anne M. Hedrick (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Abstract: This study used an alternating treatments design embedded within an ABAB design to evaluate the effects of three review procedures following math lessons: single student response, response cards, and response cards with a game. Participants included 22 students, nine of whom were students with disabilities, in a math inclusion class in a suburban setting. Data were collected on four target students' participation, next day quiz scores, and off-task behavior. Results showed that target students’ participation increased and off-task behavior decreased when response cards were used during review. Students’ responses on a social validity questionnaire favored response cards as a method for review.
 
119. The Effects of a Variable Momentary DRA on Toddler Location Prior to Meals.
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
NICOLE M. RODRIGUEZ (New England Center for Children), Rachel H. Thompson (New England Center for Children), Jessica L. Haremza (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Child engagement is a primary indicator of quality in early education programs (National Association for the Education of Young Children, 2002) and is considered foundational to the social and cognitive development of young children (Bredekamp & Copple, 1997). In the present study, we evaluated a differential reinforcement procedure designed to increase child engagement during a classroom transition to meals. Six typically developing toddlers, aged 12 to 30 months participated. In the intervention condition, teachers transitioned each child to meals only when he was seated on the mat where a teacher-led play activity was conducted. In the reversal condition, teachers selected each child to transition when he was by the barrier to the meal area (a practice commonly observed under natural conditions). Interobserver agreement was collected for a minimum of 40% of sessions, with equal distribution across conditions, and averaged 96.6%. When the data for all children were aggregated, the intervention increased the mean percentage of intervals during which the children were on the play mat and decreased the percentage of intervals during which children were by the barrier to the meal area. In addition, an examination of individual child data showed positive outcomes for 5 of the 6 children.
 
120. Increasing On-Task Behavior & Assignment Completion of High School Students with Emotional and Behavioral Disorders.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
PATTI R. WARD-MAGUIRE (The University of South Dakota), William J. Sweeney (The University of South Dakota), Paul Malanga (Arlington Developmental Center)
Abstract: According to Higgins et al. (2001), “the token economy strategy is the most effective way to improve classroom behavior” (p. 100). Token economies are used with individual students or a group of students. “Token economies have been used with an astonishing wide range of populations and age groups and in numerous educational treatment settings” (Kerr & Nelson, 1998, p. 113). The behaviors (i.e., being out of seat, inappropriate talking, being off-task, and any other behavior requiring teacher redirection) displayed by student with E/BD, interfere with the learning process. These behaviors do not lead to success in or out of school (Higgins et al., 2001; Jolivette, Stichter, Nelson, Scott, & Liaupsin, 2000). Unfortunately, limited research is available in the area of token economy systems and response cost procedures when used with high school students. Ward (2004) conducted a similar research study and determined that a token economy with embedded response cost is an effective intervention procedure. The proposed study is a systematic replication of the research conducted in 2004. According to Johnston and Pennypacker (1993) systematic replication is “when the repetition is conducted under conditions that are nearly identical to the original conditions. This requires exposing subjects to conditions that are somewhat different from those that produced the original effects” (p. 247). The purpose of this study was to determine the effectiveness of a token economy when used with high school students diagnosed with emotional/behavioral disorders. The intervention, i.e., token economy, was expected to decrease classroom disruptions (off-task behavior) while increasing on-task behavior and work completion. The experimental designed used was an ABAB reversal design with follow-up probes to evaluate the effectiveness of the token economy with participants. The token economy appeared successful at both dramatically improving the on-task behavior of the participants as well as improving their subsequent work completion. The participants, teachers, and other service providers also believed that the introduction of the token economy was both effective at improving performance in the research setting as well as in other classes not included as part of this systematic replication. The implications of the intervention are also discussed and indicated that the intervention was successful in increasing time on-task and work completion.
 
121. The Effects of Response Cards on Off-Task Behaviors and Academic Performance of African American Boys with EBD.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KAREN B. PATTERSON (University of North Florida), Susan Syverud (University of North Florida), Janice Seabrooks-Blackmore (University of North Florida)
Abstract: The use of appropriate interventions is a critical component of educating students, particularly African Americans in special education. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of response cards on the off-tasks and academic performance of eight African American boys identified as having emotional or behavioral disorders (EBD) and learning disabilities (LD) in special education. Findings indicate that the use of response cards could be an effective intervention strategy for decreasing off-task behaviors while improving academic performance and positive outcomes for students with EBD. This study supported earlier findings in which response cards were used during class instruction.
 
123. Establishing Experimental Functional Analysis Skills with a Brief Training Procedure.
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
JON A. LOKKE (University College of Ostfold, Norway), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College)
Abstract: Systematic training and acquisition of experimental functional analysis skills are documented in several published studies. However, the total number of behavior analysts trained in experimental functional analysis skills is low. Our study from 2007 (Lokke, Lokke, & Arntzen) included 14 participants. All participants reached a success criterion of 95 % in less than a day of training. Since the demand condition is the most complex condition, we wanted to expand the knowledge of acquisition of functional analysis skills by investigating a brief functional analysis skills training with only the demand condition and using the play condition and attention condition as generalization tests. Twelve students at the Master's program in Behavior Analysis at Akershus University College participated in the current study. The training was integrated in an ordinary course using feedback in class and video modeling, with a variety of exemplars created by the participants (see Moore et al., 2007). We present data from baseline, intervention and generalization tests. A cost and time efficient program for training experimental functional analysis is important due to increased interest in the technology in society at large.
 
 
 
Poster Session #296
#299 Poster Session (OBM)
Sunday, May 25, 2008
5:30 PM–7:00 PM
South Exhibit Hall
124. Generalization of a Treatment Package to a Residential Setting.
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
KYONG-MEE CHUNG (Yonsei University), Yoo Na Kim (The Catholic University of Korea's Graduate School), Joo-hee Kim (Yonsei University), Hyun-sook Jang (Seoul Metropolitan Municipal Children's Hospital)
Abstract: Although applied behavior analysis has been successfully applied for the treatment of self-injurious behaviors, it has been rarely used in a residential setting due to its great demand for financial support and limited staff. The purpose of this study was to successfully implement the effective function-based treatment in a residential setting with limited staff and resources. A participant was a 12-year-old boy with cerebral palsy and severe mental retardation, who was referred for severe self-injurious behaviors(e.g., head-banging, hitting his jaw with his fist, biting his hand and pinching his body parts) and aggression(e.g., biting and pinching others). FA revealed that his SIB and aggression were maintained by social attention and the pursuit of sensory stimuli. His treatment program consisted of removal of social attention and use of arm restraints and helmet along with functional communication training and improving play skills. Once his problem behaviors were stabilized in a manageable level, staff education and training was conducted. He was successfully placed in a residential setting after 6 months of intensive treatment. Several suggestions and practical issues to implement the program in a residential setting were discussed.
 
125. A Function-Based Treatment for a Child in a Residential Setting.
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
HYUN-SOOK JANG (Private Practice), Joo-hee Kim (Private Practice), Yoo Na Kim (Private Practice), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Abstract: A function-based behavior treatment used for a 3-year-old boy with cerebral palsy, who exhibited self-injurious behaviors (e.g., hitting head to hard surface, hands to head, head-banging, scratching his jaw), pica, biting, and aggression. He was an orphan and resided at a residential hospital with 15 other children at the time of referr. Functional behavior analysis results revealed that his pica was maintained by sensory stimulus and social attention and his SIB and aggression was maintained by social attention and divided attention. Upon this result, a treatment package (e.g., blocking, withdrawal of social attention, extinction, and positive reinforcement for compliance) was developed at a treatment setting and administered directly to his living environment by the treatment team. During the 3 month treatment periods, staff members were educated and trained for successful implementation of the treatment program. The results suggested the effectiveness of the function-based treatment program. Several suggestions were made to develop a treatment program for a residential setting where limited resources are available. Also, related practical difficulties were also discussed.
 
126. Data-Based Decision Making: A Proactive Measure to Staffing an Inpatient Unit.
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
SAMANTHA HARDESTY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (JHUSOM), Melissa M. Schulleeta (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Pamela Flamer (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Direct care personnel are critical for the care and safety of patients within hospital settings. However, turnover is a chronic problem, often leading to increased costs associated with recruitment and training of qualified staff (Konetzka et al, 2005; Developmental Disabilities Task Force, 1983). The current study describes the use of an Access database in monitoring the turnover and recruitment of direct care staff. Specifically, data are presented regarding how this database has been instrumental in proactively changing the method of recruitment. Data from 2006 indicated that the overall cost associated with recruitment of direct care staff significantly impacted the budget, with 89% of the cost delegated towards newspaper advertisements. In addition, applicants from newspapers often failed to progress through the application process. Based on these data, recruitment efforts were altered to target college students during job fairs, and newspaper advertising was reduced. Following these efforts, most applicants successfully progressed through the hiring process and 50% of newly hired staff were recruited from job fairs. The costs associated with recruitment decreased by 48%. Future applications include monitoring the retention and performance of direct care staff recruited from various modalities so that future recruitment efforts and expenditures can be allocated most effectively.
 
127. Reported Obstacles for Staff Use of Computer Software in an Agency Serving Individuals with Autism.
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
AMOS EL-ROY (Eden II Programs), Frank R. Cicero (Eden II Programs), Daphna El-Roy (Eden II Programs)
Abstract: In today's age of technological advances, the education and treatment of individuals with autism is seeing an increased use of directly and indirectly associated computer software packages. Unfortunately, teachers and therapists are sometimes reluctant to use this technology within their classrooms. The current study was run by the Information Technology Department of a large ABA program that serves individuals with autism. A baseline of computer program usage was first collected for several pertinent target programs within the classrooms. A survey was then sent out to teachers, and support staff, regarding their reported use of these programs. The survey asked questions related to why certain programs are not frequently used so that the function of the staff's reluctance to use computer technology could be assessed. The current poster will present and discuss these functional assessment data. The current data will serve as the basis for a future study, investigating function-based treatments to increase computer usage of staff within the organization.
 
128. Improving Occurrence Agreement in an Inpatient Feeding Unit Setting.
Area: OBM; Domain: Basic Research
MELANIE H. REIS (Search Consulting, LLC.), Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute), James H. Boscoe (Columbus Organization)
Abstract: Few research studies in applied behavior analysis have explicitly investigated methods for improving interobserver agreement in applied settings. Many new employees had recently been hired on a specialized hospital unit, which resulted in low levels of interobserver agreement in data collection. A training package consisting of clarification of operational definitions, practice through scoring pre-recorded feeding sessions, and feedback on scoring was designed to increase levels of interobserver agreement. Pre- and post-test questionnaires were also administered. The current investigation utilized a multiple baseline across behaviors design for three behaviors that had been determined to be difficult to score. Results indicated a significant improvement in interobserver agreement for all three behaviors. Implications for future research are that using methods such as those employed in this study may help to increase interobserver agreement in applied settings, and may also aid in training new employees in the future.
 
129. Recording Data on Recording Data: A Plan That Increases Data Collection through Applied Behavior Analysis.
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
CHRIS PERSEL (Centre for Neuro Skills), Mary H. Halford (Centre for Neuro Skills), Heather A. Moore (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Accurate, efficient data collection is essential to support the efficacy of behavior programs and is at the heart of all applied behavior analysis. Without such objective measures, true representations cannot be made. Therapeutic and direct care staffs are often responsible for a variety of client related tasks in addition to the accurate recording of behavior data. Occasionally, behavioral data collection can become a low level priority by direct care staff. However, by providing reinforcement it is anticipated that the amount of missing data will decrease. This study was conducted over a 5-year period and included randomized immediate, tangible reinforcement daily (ie: money, edibles, gift certificates) and during the control measures staff were rewarded with verbal praise or ignored. Data was collected using a 15-minute interval data sheet during the entire therapy day with each client who received behavioral services. Providing incentives increased data collection to as high as 87% and without incentives to as low as 50% over the five year period. It is suggested that because of the utility of this program, it could be implemented in settings outside of Brain Injury Rehabilitation.
 
130. Recording Accuracy in the Use of Momentary Time-Sampling and Whole Interval.
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE P. SANCHEZ (Queens College, City University of New York), Matthew A. Taylor (Queens College, City University of New York), Andreas C. Skourides (Queens College, City University of New York), Alicia M. Alvero (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: Interval and momentary-time sampling procedures are among the most common data sampling procedures within behavior analytic research. This study explored the accuracy of direct observation data collection of safety behavior with two different data sampling procedures: momentary-time sampling and whole interval. The study used a mixed design (between and within subject factors) by exposing each subject to both sampling procedures. The order of data sampling procedure was counterbalanced in randomized blocks of two subjects. The subjects observed a thighs/lower legs response. The results show that subjects score significantly more accurate with momentary-time sampling than whole interval.
 
131. Testing Prospect Theory in a Simulated Business Environment.
Area: OBM; Domain: Basic Research
JASON VAN DER HORST (Brigham Young University), Harold L. Miller Jr. (Brigham Young University)
Abstract: We will report the results of a study that utilized a laboratory-based business simulation to study the risk aversion component of Tversky and Kahneman’s prospect theory as it relates to stimulus control. Multiple subjects participated in a simultaneous bidding procedure across a series of hypothetical transactions. In one condition, subjects had access to two successive descriptions of the transaction. The first description was a partial version of the second. In the other condition, only the second description was presented. Subjects received feedback about the success of their bids in the form of dollars added to a hypothetical personal account that appeared on the same screen where the transaction descriptions appeared. According to prospect theory, the two-description condition should produce higher bids than the single-description condition. Our analysis of the results will provide a behavior analytic interpretation as well.
 
 
 
Poster Session #297
#300 Poster Session (VRB)
Sunday, May 25, 2008
5:30 PM–7:00 PM
South Exhibit Hall
132. Comparing Transfer of Stimulus Control Procedures Across Learners with Autism.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTOPHER BLOH (Kutztown University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of two procedures for transfer of stimulus control across people with autism who possessed varying verbal abilities. The objective was targeted at acquiring the correct label or tact for 36 previously unknown items. Five subjects were recruited who possessed different communicative abilities and were exposed to two methods: receptive-echoic-tact and echoic-tact. Their verbal abilities were assessed by a subset of the ABLLS prior to intervention. All but one of the subjects learned the 36 targeted tacts utilizing each of the transfer methods for a subset of the targeted stimuli. While some subjects appeared to have a preference regarding transfer method, neither procedure emerged as more efficient with learners with a higher or lower verbal ability. The results suggest that both transfer methods could promote the acquisition of a tacting repertoire for a learner with autism, provided that s/he possesses minimal communicative ability.
 
133. A Demonstration of the Effects of Echoic Behavior on the Emergence of Tacts in a Foreign Language.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA J. BEVER (Southern Illinois University), Rocio Rosales (Southern Illinois University), Sarah M. Dunkel-Jackson (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The purpose of this investigation was to demonstrate the effects of requiring adolescents with a traumatic brain injury to engage in echoic verbal behavior on the emergence of tacts in a foreign language. The participants were presented with pictures on a computer screen on a white background, immediately followed by a red or green screen. They were instructed to look at the computer screen and listen to the auditory stimulus for each picture. However, they were only required to repeat those words that were followed by a green screen. Preliminary results indicate the emergence of more tacts during post-test probes for stimuli that required an echoic response when compared to those that did not require an echoic response. The emergence of extended tacts was also tested following training. Suggestions for future research in verbal behavior and implications for second language learning are discussed.
 
134. The Effects of the Peer Tutoring and Peer Monitoring Components of the Observational System of Instruction on the Tutors and Monitors Acquisition of Tacts.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
MARIA RYKLIN (Columbia University Teachers College), Darcy M. Walsh (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: A study was conducted to test the effects of peer tutoring and peer monitoring as part of an observational system of instruction on the acquisition of a new tacts. The study implemented a multiple probe design across participants. The participants were six male students diagnosed with emotional disabilities who attended a suburban middle school. The four students who served as peer tutors/tutees had been trained and met criterion in peer tutoring prior to this study. There were three students who served as the peer monitors during the study and were probed on the acquisition of all tacts that were taught in the peer tutoring sessions. The results showed that the peer tutoring tactic was successful in teaching new tacts to the students as well as the tutors acquiring the tacts that they presented as learn units. Two of the peer monitor were also successful in acquiring the tacts through observational learning and monitoring the correct and incorrect responses.
 
135. The Verbal Summator Speaks Again.
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
GAIL B. PETERSON (University of Minnesota), Jeffrey Michael Engelmann (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: B. F. Skinner’s only actual experimental investigation of verbal behavior was his 1936 report titled, “The Verbal Summator and a Method for the Study of Latent Speech”. Subjects listened to barely audible 3-5 syllable utterances played from a nearby phonograph, with each one repeated until the listener said what he/she thought was being said. The speech samples were pseudo-words constructed entirely of vowel sounds, e.g., ah-ah-ee-oo, but they regularly evoked coherent, albeit idiosyncratic, speech phrases from the listeners, e.g., how do you do. Allusions to this study appear frequently in behavior analysis literature, but details of what was done or found are seldom given. One reason for this is that the phonograph records Skinner used no longer exist–or, at least, that is what has long been believed. Recently, several verbal summator records were discovered literally buried in storage deep in the bowels of the psychology building at the University of Minnesota. This poster presentation includes a display of these historic relics, together with an interactive simulation of the original experiment, using the original sounds, in which convention attendees can actively take part. Skinner’s interesting findings and his interpretations of them are also summarized and clarified.
 
136. Using Stimulus Equivalence and Observational Learning to Teach Spanish Vocabulary.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
JOLINE MARIE RAMIREZ (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Second language learning has been an area of interest in many fields including psychology, education, and linguistics. Until recently behavior analysis has had little research in this area. Behavior analysis has many methods that can be used as efficient teaching tools for language acquisition. Some of these techniques include arranging for observational learning and the emergence of stimulus equivalence. Many studies utilizing these methods for language development have been done with non-typically developing participants with limited or absent verbal skills in their native language. In this study, observational learning and the stimulus equivalence paradigm were used to teach Spanish skills in the form of object-name relations to two participants. We evaluated the degree to which directly trained and untrained relations would emerge across three stimulus sets in a typically developing child who observed a sibling receive training on the baseline relations. Each participant was then separately tested on all stimuli sets in a similar manner to training as well as a naming task. Maintenance probes were conducted two months after the completion of training. Preliminary results suggest that observational learning may be efficient and effective in teaching a second language.
 
137. The Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction using Three-Dimensional Stimuli on the Emergence of the Speaker Component of Naming for Three-Dimensional and Two-Dimensional Stimuli.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
MARISA SAVARD (Columbia University Teachers College), Yasmin J. Helou-Care (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: We tested the effects of multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) using three-dimensional stimuli to induce the verbal capability of the speaker component of naming for three-dimensional and two-dimensional stimuli. Two students, diagnosed with emotional disabilities, were chosen to participate from a self-contained CABAS® classroom in a public school outside a large metropolitan city. Participant A was chosen after initial pre-experimental probes showed that he lacked the capability of naming for three-dimensional stimuli and the speaker component of naming for two-dimensional stimuli. Participant B was chosen after pre-experimental probes showed that he lacked the speaker component of naming for both three- and two-dimensional stimuli. The dependent variable was the untaught listener and speaker responses for both two- and three-dimensional objects. The independent variable was the MEI with three-dimensional stimuli. After meeting criterion on MEI for three-dimensional stimuli, full naming emerged for Participant A with three-dimensional stimuli and the speaker component of naming for two-dimensional stimuli. Participant B required four sets of MEI with three-dimensional stimuli. After MEI with three-dimensional stimuli, the speaker component of naming emerged for both three-dimensional stimuli and two-dimensional stimuli. For both participants, full naming for two-dimensional stimuli emerged without any direct instruction after MEI with three-dimensional stimuli.
 
138. The Effects of Daily Intensive Tact Instruction on the Pure Mands, Tacts, and Palilalias in Non-Instructional Settings by Two Preschool Children with Developmental Disabilities.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
JINHYEOK CHOI (Columbia University Teachers College), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Columbia University Teachers College), Heysuk Lee Park (The Fred S. Keller School)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to test effects of daily intensive tact instruction on the emission of the pure tacts and mands, and palilalia in non-instructional settings by two preschool students with developmental disabilities. Two 4-year-old males served as participants who attended a publicly funded, private preschool outside a large metropolitan area. A delayed multiple probe design across participants was used to compare the number of dependent variables prior to and after the mastery of each set of the intensive tact instruction. The dependent variable was the number of pure mands, tacts, and palilalia emitted during probes in the non-instructional settings pre- and post-mastery of each set of tacts. The independent variable was the daily intensive tact instruction, in which the tact instructions were increased to 100-tact learn units above the daily learn units students were receiving daily. The results of this data show that the daily intensive tact instruction increased the number of pure mands and tacts, and decreased the number of palilalia emitted in the non-instructional settings by the participants in the study.
 
139. The Effects of the Conditioning Listening to Voices Protocol on Learn Units to Criterion of Two Pre-Listeners with Developmental Delays.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
PEI-FANG WU (Columbia University Teachers College), Jiwon Kang (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: This study tested the effects of the conditioning listening to voices protocol on the learn units to criterion of two males diagnosed with developmental delays, who were missing the capabilities of adult voices functioning as a conditioned reinforcer. The participants in this study were pre-speakers and pre-listeners at the onset of the study, who did not orient toward adult voices, or listen to adults speaking. The dependent variables in this study were the probe trials and the participant holding down the button. The independent variable in this study was the conditioning listening to voices pair/test procedure. A delayed multiple baseline design across participants was used in this study. The results of this study showed that the conditioning listening to voices protocol was effective on increasing both participants’ capabilities to orient towards adult voices. Both participants’ learn units to criterion decreased after the treatment, and their correct responses increased during the post-probe trials.
 
140. The Effects of Daily Intensive Tact Instruction on the Pure Mands and Tacts in Non-Instructional Settings by Two Preschoolers with Disabilities.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
LIN DU (Columbia University Teachers College), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (The Fred S. Keller School), Mara Katra Oblak (Columbia University)
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to test the effects of intensive tact instruction on numbers of mands and tacts emitted in non-instructional settings by two participants. The participants were one 3-year-old male and one 4-year-old male preschoolers diagnosed with disabilities. The dependent variables were the pure mands and pure tacts emitted during the 15-min probes in the non-instructional settings and the independent variable was the intensive tact instruction procedure. A multiple probe design across participants was employed in this study to test the effects of intensive tact instruction. The two participants received 100 additional tact learn units daily during the intensive tact treatment sessions. The results showed a functional relationship between the intensive tact instruction and the two participants’ pure mands and pure tacts emitted in the non-instructional settings.
 
141. Effect of Speaker Immersion Procedure on Independent Mands and Tact of Children with Developmental Disabilities.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
HYE-SUK LEE PARK (Fred S. Keller School), Jinhyeok Choi (Columbia University Teachers College), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Fred S. Keller School)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to test effects of speaker immersion on the emission of the independent mands and tacts by two preschool students with developmental disabilities. Two 4-year-old males served as participants who attended a publicly funded private preschool outside a large metropolitan area. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to test the effects of speaker immersion on independent mands for both participants. The dependent variable was the number of independent mands and tacts in both non-instructional and instructional settings. The independent variable was the speaker immersion training procedure, in which multiple establishing operations was arranged to require participants to emit a verbal response in order to perform everyday routines (e.g., going in the classroom, using the bathroom, getting off the bus, etc.). The results of this data showed that speaker immersion increased the number of independent mands in non-instructional setting as well as instructional setting by both participants in the study.
 
142. Tact and Mand Acquisition through Conditional Discriminations.
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
NASSIM CHAMEL ELIAS (Federal University of São Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Federal University of São Carlos)
Abstract: The conditions under which new behaviors occur have been the focus of investigation in verbal behavior research. This study taught selection-based tacts through conditional discrimination tasks to a mentally retarded adolescent, and verified the emergence of topography-based tacts and mands. Stimuli were sign videos (set A), their corresponding pictures (set B), and objects (set C). Prior to the conditional discrimination training, participants were taught to use three sets of paired objects: safe box and key, bottle and opener, and juice and straw. Next, conditional discriminations between stimuli from sets A and B were taught. After criterion, tests for relations BA’ and CA’ were introduced. Response set A’ consisted of signs emitted by the participant. Finally, tests foemergence of mand were presented. Participants showed emergence of three signs, as topography-based tacts, in the presence of the corresponding pictures after acquisition of relations AB, and emitted the other signs after protracted training. Generalization of all signs as topography-based tacts in the presence of the objects and emergence of mands was also shown. Results suggested that selection-based tacts, though acquired via conditional discriminations, can yield topography-based tacts and mands. Controlling variables for mands should still be clarified by further research.
 
143. Acquisition of the Observational Learning Repertoire through Peer Yoked Contingency.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
TRISHNA PATEL (Columbia University Teachers College), Jeannine E. Schmelzkopf (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: In the following study, the effects of a peer yoked contingency and peer monitoring game were tested for two participants. The two participants, Participant A and Participant B, both attended a publicly funded private school for children with and without developmental disabilities. Observational learning probes were conducted prior to the implementation of the game to show that the repertoire was not present for either participant. During Stage 1 of the game (played against the teacher), the students advanced on the game board when a correct response was emitted by the participant on the stimulus that was previously presented to his/her peer. Peer monitoring responses were also recorded during the game. During Stage 2 of the game (played against the teacher), the students advanced on the game board when correct responses were emitted by both students (the participant’s response to the observed learn unit was correct and the participant’s monitoring response was correct). Following mastery of the predetermined criterion of 90% correct responding across two consecutive sessions, post probes were conducted which showed an increase in the number of correct responses from baseline emitted by each participant.
 
144. Assessing the Function of Immediate Echolalia.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL MCSWEENEY (The New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children), Kathleen M. Clark (The New England Center for Children), Jason Coderre (The New England Center for Children), Mariah Amsden (The New England Center for Children), Justin Bashaw (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Past research has speculated that immediate echolalia (IE) functions to postpone or escape the answering of questions the individual does not know how to answer. However, no systematic assessment has been conducted to validate this assertion. Functional analysis procedures developed to identify relations between problem behavior, antecedent and consequent variables were adapted to assess the function of IEs in children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. Several children who emitted IEs of the speech of others had their IEs examined across a variety of social and nonsocial conditions. In one comparison, escape from demands was tested. The participant was allowed to escape from questions when echoed in one condition and not allowed to escape in the other. The effects of social attention were also tested in this analysis in the context of the speaker making specific comments across three conditions. Attention in the form of contingent and non-contingent verbal statements were tested, along with a planned, ignored condition that tested for escape from attention. The third comparison was designed to examine the IE relative to the presence of sound with and without another individual present. Results were idiosyncratic, suggesting that previous assumptions about a common function are inaccurate and future research is warranted.
 
145. Acquisition of Intraverbal Behavior: Recalling Past Events.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
DIANA GARCIA (Marcus Autism Center), Addie Jane Findley (Louisiana State University), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: A deficit in the development of social communication functioning is a significant characteristic of children diagnosed with autism. Increasingly, Skinner’s (1957) analysis of verbal behavior is being applied to intervention programming to increase communication skills. Although numerous studies have investigated acquisition of mand and tact repertoires, relatively little research has investigated intraverbal behavior (Sautter & LeBlanc, 2006). Intraverbal behavior may include answering “wh-” questions, filling in a list of items, and engaging in reciprocal conversation. The purpose of this study was to examine acquisition of intraverbal behavior in the form of recalling a list of past events. The participant was a 7-year-old male diagnosed with autism. After a 5-minute walk with a therapist, the participant was asked to recall events that occurred during that time. The teaching procedure consisted of presenting visual depictions of events experienced during the 5-minute walk using a digital camera. Previous research by Reeve (2007) established the importance of video models and other visual aids in teaching children with autism. A multiple baseline across responses (i.e., number of items recalled) was used. Results indicated that the use of a visual prompting aid assisted the participant in recalling up to three activities independently.
 
146. Expanding Tact Repertoires Through the Use of Descriptive Autoclitic Carrier Phrases.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA DANCHETZ (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center), Crystal N. Bowen (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: The principles of Skinner’s Verbal Behavior (1957) are often applied in skill acquisition programs for children with autism through the breakdown of language into verbal operants. While many programs target single word mands, tacts, and intraverbals as well as increasing the mean length of utterance (Yoder et al., 1995), few directly address the use of descriptive autoclitics as a verbal operant. Research has shown that children interpret target words more quickly when presented in a sentence frame rather than single word isolation (Fernald & Hurtado, 2006). The current study considers response differentiation through the use of several sentence frames. Four children were trained to use carrier phrases to complete a previously mastered tact response. Carrier phrases were taught using echoic prompts and reinforcement procedures in response to a discriminative stimulus in the form of a question (e.g., “What is it?”). In a multiple baseline across phrases design all four participants acquired each of the carrier phrases presented in tacting sessions. Two participants responding showed generalization in baseline for the final phrase presented. Response differentiation in the form of autoclitic phrases was acquired effectively in training sessions. Further research should consider generalization and maintenance of these skills in the natural environment.
 
147. Examination of Intellectual Capacities with an Ability to Derive Stimulus Relations.
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
CHRISTOPHER S. LORANCE (Missouri State University), William P. Deal (Missouri State University)
Abstract: Recent directions in behavioral science have examined the human ability to find stimulus equivalence among stimuli (Barnes-Holmes, Hayes, Dymond, & O’Hara, 2001; Sidman, 1994; Sidman 2000). Relational Frame Theory (RFT) posits that humans have a unique ability to derive relations among stimuli that go above and beyond stimulus equivalence. According to one theory of intelligence proposed by Horn and Cattell (1966), humans develop two distinct forms of intelligence; fluid intelligence is typically viewed as nonverbal, problem solving, especially with the presentation of a novel problem, whereas crystallized intelligence is actual knowledge and facts. The purpose of this poster is to examine the relationship between intelligence, as measured by the WASI, academic performance, as measured by grade point average (GPA), ACT scores, credit hours completed, and the ability to relationally respond to stimuli in a given verbal task and nonverbal task. It is hypothesized that individuals who score higher on the measures of intelligence will perform better on the relational framing task. This research is a partial replication and extension of O’Hara, Pelaez, and Barnes-Holmes (2005). An implication of this would be that using intelligence tests can identify individuals who may be lacking in relational repertoires, and, consequently, need more reinforcement and skill building in schools and homes (Strand, Barnes-Holmes, & Barnes-Holmes, 2003).
 
149. Improving Generalization and Maintenance of Functional Communication Training (FCT) with the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills (ABLLS).
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN LLOYD WITHHART (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is designed to teach an alternative form of communication to replace problem behavior (Carr & Durand, 1985). Research has found that long-term treatment success for FCT is correlated with substantial response generalization (Derby et al, 1997). The Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills-Revised (ABLLS-R) is a tool to assess and identify markers for language development, learner readiness, and social skills for children with developmental disabilities (Partington & Sundberg, 1998). This tool has been used in the development of individualized education plans and to set educational objectives. Little research is available on its empirical use as an assessment tool in treatment development for aberrant behaviors. The purpose of this investigation was to expand the use of the ABLLS-R to identify the prerequisite skills necessary to acquire FCT. After being assessed at mastery levels on the prerequisite skills, the client demonstrated a faster rate of acquisition of FCT for generalized responses and improved maintenance over time. Further examination across subjects and responses is needed to confirm the utility of specified ABLLS skills as prerequisite for generalizing and maintaining FCT. Reliability data was 80% across 100% of the FCT training sessions.
 
 
 
Business Meeting #298
Behavior Analyst Certification Board: Status and New Developments
Sunday, May 25, 2008
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Waldorf
Chair: Gerald A Shook (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Presenting Authors:
The meeting will address important developments within the Behavior Analyst Certification Board® (BACB®) relating to growth and changes in the BACB. Topics will include: new continuing education and recertification ethics and professional requirements, new update on proposed specialty credentials, and new disciplinary standards for BACB certificants. The presentation also will focus on future goals and action of the BACB.
 
 
Business Meeting #299
Behavior Analyst Online SIG
Sunday, May 25, 2008
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Astoria
Chair: Michael Weinberg (Professional Education Resources and Conference Services)
Presenting Authors:
This is the annual meeting of the Governing Board and general membership of the Behavior Analyst Online SIG. During the meeting, we will vote for new Board Members, present a status report on the journals regarding publication activity, discuss fund raising activity to support the journals, identify editorial board slots and any new appointments needed for the journals operated by the BAO, as well as discussion of other topics regarding our mission and future directions and actions by the BAO Board.
 
 
Business Meeting #300
Behaviorists Interested in Gambling SIG
Sunday, May 25, 2008
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
PDR 4
Chair: Jeffrey N. Weatherly (University of North Dakota)
Presenting Authors:
This meeting represents the annual business meeting of the BIG SIG. Discussion will focus on developing upcoming efforts and events.
 
 
Business Meeting #301
Mid-American Association for Behavior Analysis Business Meeting
Sunday, May 25, 2008
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Williford B
Chair: Adam Derenne (University of North Dakota)
Presenting Authors:
The Mid-American Association for Behavior Analysis (MABA) will be holding the semi-annual business meeting to discuss the 2008 convention.
 
 
Business Meeting #302
Parents and Professionals Sharing the Convention Experience
Sunday, May 25, 2008
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
PDR 3
Chair: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University)
Presenting Authors:
This meeting provides an opportunity for parents of children receiving behavior analytic services and professionals to gather in an informal setting to discuss the convention and common issues. Autism is expected to be a major topic. Pam Gorski, executive director of Reaching Potentials, an ABA parent support agency, will co-host this meeting. Refreshments will be provided.
 
 
Business Meeting #303
Pilates & Yoga Workout
Sunday, May 25, 2008
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Williford A
Chair: Kim D. Lucker Greene (Behavior Mgmt. Consultants)
Presenting Authors:
This workout session, sponsored by the Health, Sport, and Fitness SIG group, is open to all levels. The class will be half Pilates and half Yoga. Great to invigorate tired muscles and get the rejuvenation you need to continue through the conference with rigor. Please wear comfortable clothing.
 
 
Business Meeting #304
Technology SIG
Sunday, May 25, 2008
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
PDR 1
Chair: Christina Whalen (TeachTown, Inc.)
Presenting Authors:
The Technology SIG will meet to discuss the development of an online ABA blog, collaboration of technologies, promotion of technology within ABA, educating others about ABA through technology, webcasting ABA presentations, characteristics and traits of ABA technology, goals and objectives of Technology SIG for 2008-2009, and creation of officers and responsibilities. All who are interested in this topic are welcome to join the SIG or just attend the meeting.
 
 
Business Meeting #305
Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 25, 2008
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
PDR 2
Chair: William F. Potter (California State University, Stanislaus)
Presenting Authors:
The VB SIG is dedicated to promoting research, teaching and general dissemination of news related to Verbal Behavior. The purpose of the meeting is to network people involved or interested in VB, as well as establish projects and activities related to VB. Everyone is invited to attend.
 
 
Business Meeting #306
Dissemination of Behavior Analysis SIG
Sunday, May 25, 2008
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Boulevard B
Chair: Joshua K. Pritchard (University of Nevada, Reno)
Presenting Authors:
A review of the formative 6 months of this SIG whose mission is to disseminate the science of human behavior to the public at large through the promulgation of easy to understand explanations of what exactly this science is, and help society realize the potential of this science as well as dispel myths which detract from its positive image.
 
 
Business Meeting #307
Evidence-Based Practices SIG Business Meeting
Sunday, May 25, 2008
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Williford C
Chair: Teri Lewis (None)
Presenting Authors:
The meeting will begin with an update on first year EBP-SIG activities followed by planning for our second year activities. Specific topics covered will include determining officers for the second year, newsletter and student paper competition.
 
 
Business Meeting #308
Indiana Association for Behavior Analysis: Hoosier ABA
Sunday, May 25, 2008
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Boulevard A
Chair: Bridget Harrison (Innovations In Learning, PC)
Presenting Authors:
The Indiana ABA would like to welcome all interested participants to learn a little more about behavior analysis in the state of Indiana. Indiana ABA more casually referred to as Hoosier ABA is excited to have achieved its first year as an affiliated chapter of ABAI and is looking forward to continued growth. Please join us and meet the members of Hoosier ABA and who are making a difference in Indiana.
 
 
Panel #309
Professional Development Series: Introduction to the Behavioral Pharmacology of Drugs that Act on Opioid and Dopamine Receptors
Sunday, May 25, 2008
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marquette
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Utah State University)
JAMES H. WOODS (University of Michigan)
GAIL WINGER (University of Michigan)
Abstract:

Four opioid receptors and five dopamine receptors have been described thus far. Drugs that act on the individual receptors within each class have sometimes similar and sometimes different behavioral effects. The underlying principles of drug-receptor interactions are clearly supported in both of these systems, but agonist-antagonist interactions are interestingly different in these two systemsor are they? Attendees will learn something of the history of behavioral pharmacology using drugs that act on these receptors, how behavioral pharmacology can support drug-classification schemes, what can be learned about agonist and antagonist interactions using behavior as an endpoint, how drugs that act on these receptors compare as stimuli, and what is necessary for better understanding of drug-behavior interactions in the future.

 
 
Business Meeting #310
Interbehaviorists in ABA (SIG)
Sunday, May 25, 2008
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
Joliet
Chair: Yukiko Washio (University of Nevada, Reno)
Presenting Authors:
Re-organize the SIG for interbehaviorists. Plans for recruiting members, dissemination of Kantor's philosophy.
 
 
Panel #311
Professional Development Series: Bridging the Gap between Basic and Applied Research–The Matching Law
Sunday, May 25, 2008
8:00 PM–8:50 PM
Marquette
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Utah State University)
THOMAS S. CRITCHFIELD (Illinois State University)
MICHAEL C. DAVISON (University of Auckland)
NANCY A. NEEF (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Although ABA members share a common interest in understanding behavior, we have a wide range of backgrounds. Therefore, we often find ourselves disconnected from current developments within our field. The purpose of this event is to explore current research in an area of behavior analysis from basic and applied perspectives and provide a venue for attendees to learn about research they typically may not contact. In this year’s “Bridging the Gap” event, presenters will discuss applications of the matching law.
 
 
Reunion #312
ACBS Gathering
Sunday, May 25, 2008
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Stevens 3
Chair: Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Founded in 2005, the Association for Contextual Behavioral Science (ACBS) is dedicated to the advancement of functional contextual cognitive and behavioral science and practice so as to alleviate human suffering and advance human well being. Composed primarily of students, practitioners, and researchers interested in ACT and RFT, ACBS encourages its members (about 700 strong) to attend ABA and will have its fifth annual conference in Chicago immediately following ABA.
 
 
Reunion #313
B. F. Skinner Foundation Reception
Sunday, May 25, 2008
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Stevens 4
Chair: Julie S. Vargas (B. F. Skinner Foundation)
To provide a meeting place for supporters of B. F. Skinner's work and heritage.
 
 
Reunion #314
Behavior Analysis Services Program BASP
Sunday, May 25, 2008
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Continental A
Chair: Catherine E. Williams (Behavior Analysis Services Program)
To meet with current and former members of and partners with the Behavior Analysis Services Program.
 
 
Reunion #315
Cambridge Center Reunion
Sunday, May 25, 2008
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Stevens 1
Chair: Dwight Harshbarger (Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies)
A reunion of trustees, advisors, members and friends of the Cambridge Center; a time to reflect on the past and look to the futre of our science and the mission of the Center
 
 
Reunion #316
The May Institute Reception
Sunday, May 25, 2008
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Stevens 2
Chair: Dennis C. Russo (The May Institute)
.
 
 
Reunion #317
The Ogden R. Lindsley Standard Celeration Chart Share
Sunday, May 25, 2008
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Continental B
Chair: Malcolm D. Neely (Standard Celeration Society)
The Ogden R. Lindsley Standard Celeration Chart Share provides ALL to see, hear, and share data across the behavior spectrum using daily, weekly, monthly, and yearly Standard Celeration Charts presented rapidly on overhead transparences in spirited friendship.
 
 
Reunion #318
FSU ABA Masters Program Reunion
Sunday, May 25, 2008
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Continental C
Chair: H. Allen Murphy (Florida State University, Panama City)
.
 
 
Reunion #319
Auburn University Reunion
Sunday, May 25, 2008
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Joliet
Chair: James M. Johnston (Auburn University)
Reunion of all faculty, graduates, and current students from Auburn University.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #320
ABAI Expo - ABAI Accredited Graduate Training Programs
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:00 PM–12:00 AM
South Exhibit Hall
1. ABA MA Program at UMBC in Collaboration with the Kennedy Krieger Institute.
SIGURDUR OLI SIGURDSSON (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis includes accountability in its service delivery. The UMBC M.A. Program is responsive to the increasing call for such services and fills a gap in the availability of such programs in the mid-Atlantic region. The UMBC Department of Psychology together with the Kennedy Krieger Institute's Department of Behavioral Psychology are uniquely suited to developing and maintaining such a program. The program is accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis and is included in the list of programs approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board, so that students who have earned our M.A. degree and have completed their supervision requirements are qualified and well-prepared to sit for the BACB certification examination. Students complete course work in basic and applied analysis of behavior, behavioral treatment design and data evaluation, the ethics of behavioral interventions, and practicum placement for hands-on experience with relevant behavioral procedures.
 
2. Behavior Analysis at California State University, Stanislaus.
WILLIAM F. POTTER (California State University, Stanislaus), Jane S. Howard (California State University, Stanislaus), Bruce E. Hesse (California State University, Stanislaus), Gary D. Novak (California State University, Stanislaus), Gina M. Pallotta (California State University, Stanislaus), Carrie M. Dempsey (California State University, Stanislaus)
Abstract: The Master's program at CSUS offers a unique combination of behavior analytic training, while also preparing students to be a licensed Marriage and Family Therapist (MFT). We have five BCBA faculty on staff and several licensed psychologists. Visit our website at psyc.csustan.edu for more information.
 
3. Behavior Analysis at the University of Nevada, Reno.
PATRICK M. GHEZZI (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The aim of the UNR BA Program is to provide comprehensive training in behavior analysis, out of which more specialized basic, applied, and theoretical interests may be developed. A balance of basic, applied, and theoretical training is sought.
 
4. California State University, Los Angeles.
RANDY V. CAMPBELL (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Henry D. Schlinger (California State University, Los Angeles), George Roy Mayer (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: A description of both the Counseling M. S. in Applied Behavior Analysis and the Psychology M. S. in Applied Behavior Analysis will be provided along with a summary of faculty and their interests. Program plans will be included to inform students of the specific course work required to obtain a masters degree in Applied Behavior Analysis from CSULA. Moreover, admission deadlines and requirements will be provided. In addition, various certificate programs that students may wish to obtain while receiving thier masters will be highlighted (e.g., Certificate in Autism, PPS Crediental within School Counseling).
 
5. Department of Applied Behavioral Science at the University of Kansas.
GREGORY J. MADDEN (University of Kansas)
Abstract: This poster will describe the graduate training program at the University of Kansas
 
6. Florida State University at Panama City Master's Program in Applied Behavior Analysis.
H. ALLEN MURPHY (Florida State University, Panama City), Jon S. Bailey (FSU, BMC, FABA)
Abstract: Potential students and others will be given a description of the features of the master's program.
 
7. Graduate Programs in Special Education at The Ohio State University.
SHEILA R. ALBER-MORGAN (The Ohio State University), Gwendolyn Cartledge (The Ohio State University), Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University), Terri Hessler (The Ohio State University, Newark), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University), Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: The M.A. program in Applied Behavior Analysis emphasizes the development, implementation, and evaluation of behavioral interventions for improving socially significant behavior. Full- and part-time M.A. students fulfill their practicum and research program requirements in a wide variety of school, residential, employment, and other community settings. The Ph.D. program prepares full-time students for leadership positions in special education whose research and teaching are guided by the philosophical, scientific, and technological principles of applied behavior analysis. The curriculum develops each student's knowledge and skills in six competency areas: (a) conceptual analysis, (b) research and scholarship, (c) design and application of educational interventions, (d) professional communication, (e) administration and collegial relations, and (f) teaching and advising. The M.A. and Ph.D. programs are accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis through 2012. Each program includes a course sequence pre-approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board as meeting the coursework requirements to sit for the BCBA examination.
 
8. Learning Processes and Behavior Analysis at Queens College and the Graduate Center, CUNY.
MICHELLE C. GARRUTO (Graduate School and University Center, City University of New York), Patricia A. Moss-Lourenco (The Graduate Center, City University of New York)
Abstract: An overview of graduate studies in behavior analysis at Queens College and the Graduate Center of CUNY is presented. Opportunities are described for Doctoral study in the Learning Processes and Behavior Analysis Program, for Masters studies at Queens College in the Clinical Behavioral Applications in Mental Health Settings and in the General Psychology Program, and for the Advanced Certificate Program in Applied Behavior Analysis (a post-baccalaureate non-degree program offering in-depth training in applied behavior analysis and preparation for New York state or national certification exams). Faculty interests at the Doctoral level in applied behavior analysis research, learning theory, stimulus control, equivalence class formation, organizational behavior management, contingencies of reinforcement, developmental disabilities, and neural mechanisms of learning offers the student intensive training in a broad range of areas in basic and applied behavior analysis. The Doctoral program offers a specialization in Developmental Disabilities. For students with applied interests, practica experiences in applied behavior analysis are available at a wide range of public and private institutions.
 
9. Masters and Doctoral Training in Behavior Analysis at Southern Illinois University.
MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: This exposition poster will showcase the growing opportunities for graduate training at SIU.
 
10. Simmons College, Boston, Massachusetts: Graduate Studies in Applied Behavior Analysis.
MICHAEL J. CAMERON (Simmons College), Susan Ainsleigh (Simmons College), Katherine A. Johnson (Advances Learning Center), Russell W. Maguire (Evergreen Center), Ron F. Allen (Ivy Street School)
Abstract: The mission of the Programs in Behavioral Education is to: (1) make the philosophy and science of behavior analysis accessible to people in a position to affect meaningful educational, social and behavioral changes, (2) to generate and publish innovative research by fusing behavior analysis with other scientific fields, and (3) to demonstrate how behavior analysis can impact the general education curriculum and typically developing children. We offer an M.S.Ed, Ed.S., and Ph.D degrees in applied behavior analysis.
 
11. St. Cloud State University Applied Behavior Analysis Program.
ERIC RUDRUD (St. Cloud State University), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University), Chaturi Edrisinha (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: St. Cloud State University provides a M.S. program and BCBA courses in Applied Behavior Analysis in an on-campus and distance format.
 
12. West Virginia University Behavior Analysis Program.
ANNE M. FOREMAN (West Virginia University), Natalie Rose Bruner (West Virginia University), Claire C St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract: West Virginia University’s behavior analysis graduate program exists to train students in basic research, theory, and applications of behavior principles. Through research, course work, and practica, students develop skills in the experimental analysis of animal and human behavior, as well as a strong methodological and conceptual background for developing behavioral technologies. The basic, conceptual, and applied areas are integrated in the curriculum; however a student may emphasize either basic or applied research. The goal of the program is to produce a psychologist who is qualified to teach a variety of courses in psychology, who can function effectively in either an academic or an applied setting, and who can use the principles and findings of the science of behavior in solving significant problems of human behavior. Over the years, our faculty members have been recognized for their teaching, research, and professional service through their receipt of external research grants, major teaching and research awards given by both the university and by professional societies, service on boards of national and international organizations and journals, and editorships and associate editorships of major behavior analytic journals.
 
14. Graduate Program in the Department of Behavior Analysis, University of North Texas.
SHAHLA S. ALA'I-ROSALES (University of North Texas), Cloyd Hyten (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Description of the M.S. degree program in Behavior Analysis
 
15. Western Michigan University: Graduate Programs in Behavior Analysis.
JAMES E. CARR (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: This poster describes the Master and Doctoral level training programs in Behavior Analysis at Western Michigan University. Both programs are ABA accredited.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #321
ABAI Expo - Graduate Training Programs
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:00 PM–12:00 AM
South Exhibit Hall
1.

Graduate Internet Coursework in Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas.

LESLIE S. BURKETT (University of North Texas), Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas), Janet Ellis (University of North Texas), Brook B. Wheetley (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

The Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas offers a distance program in behavior analysis. This internet program is a sequence of five self-paced courses, designed by full-time faculty, to meet the needs of individuals who cannot obtain coursework in behavior analysis locally. The courses are multimedia, high interactive, and cover the academic content required by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB). Students may also earn a 15-SCH academic Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis for completing the 5-course sequence.

 
2.

Western Michigan University: APA-Accredited Clinical Psychology Program.

LINDA A. LEBLANC (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University), Amy E. Naugle (Western Michigan University), C. Richard Spates (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

This poster describes the APA-accredited Doctoral Program in Clinical Psychology at Western Michigan University.

 
3.

Western Michigan University: Industrial Organizational Psychology Program.

JOHN AUSTIN (Western Michigan University), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University), Eric J. Fox (Western Michigan University), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

This poster describes the master program in IO Psychology at Western Michigan University.

 
4.

ABA Master's Program at California State University Fresno.

AMANDA N. ADAMS (California State University, Fresno), Criss Wilhite (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

California State University, Fresno has grown tremendously over the past several years with a BACB approved course of study at the Master's and Bachelor's level. Students are placed at practicum sites and have many opportuntinies including expereince in the new on-site autism clinic; The Central California Autism Center. Student engage in course work, applied expereince and ample opportuntiny for research in many areas of ABA.

 
5.

ABA Training Opportunities at the New England Center for Children.

RACHEL H. THOMPSON (New England Center for Children), Daniel Gould (New England Center for Children - Abu Dhabi)
Abstract:

This poster will present the graduate and undergraduate training programs, post-masters degree program in behavior analysis, graduate assistantships, internships, field placements, research opportunities, and financial support for graduate study available at the New England Center for Children (NECC). Two on-site masters degree programs, one in applied behavior analysis (Northeastern University), and one in special education: severe special needs (Simmons College) and a PhD program in ABA (Western New England College) are offered at NECC. A post-masters degree training program in behavior analysis is also offered. An undergraduate training program, modeled after semester abroad programs, provides full academic credit plus extensive practical experience. NECC provides internships for numerous Boston-area graduate training programs in a variety of health-care disciplines. An active research program includes nationally and internationally recognized experts in autism and behavior analysis. In collaboration with senior program staff, the research department provides opportunities for research experience and supervision of theses and dissertations. Financial support for all students who are employees of NECC is provided, and ranges from partial tuition reimbursement to full support (including full tuition, housing, stipend, plus regular employee benefits).

 
6.

Advanced Training at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine.

KYLE W. BOERKE (The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Jennifer Abraham (The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Jennifer L. Crockett (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michael F. Cataldo (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

The Kennedy Krieger Institutes training program in behavioral psychology has been a leader in the field of behavioral and pediatric psychology for nearly three decades. Since its inception in 1977, it has become one of the most prominent training programs in psychology as it relates to developmental disabilities and pediatric problems. Kennedy Kriegers Department of Behavioral Psychology is committed to providing a training environment that facilitates the development of future leaders in the field. The predoctoral internship and postdoctoral fellowship programs provide training in applied behavior analysis, developmental disabilities, and behavioral pediatrics.

 
7.

Applied Behavior Analysis at The University of Houston, Clear Lake.

JOHN PUGH (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Jennifer L. Austin (University of Houston, Clear Lake)
Abstract:

The Applied Behavior Analysis program at UHCL is housed within the M.A. General Psychology Program. The goal of the program is to provide students with a well-rounded foundation in psychology and applied behavior analysis through an integrated sequence of coursework, practicum, and research activities. Students obtain competency in the basic principles of learning and the application of these principles with particular emphasis on interventions for children with developmental disabilities or emotional/behavioral disorders. Practicum and research experiences are provided in home, school and clinic settings. All students complete a major research project prior to graduation. The program includes a course sequence and practicum that has been approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc as meeting the requirements for eligibility to take the BCBA exam. Graduate assistantships, paid internships, and other forms of assistance are available to students.

 
8.

Applied Behavior Analysis Masters Program at the University of South Florida.

KIMBERLY V. WEISS (University of South Florida), Jessica Thompson (University of South Florida), Betsy M. Zamora (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This poster describes the ABA masters program at the University of South Florida. Information is provided on the BACB-approved course sequence, the faculty and their research interests, the practicum experience, and how to contact the program for more information.

 
9.

Behavior Analysis and Behavior Therapy Graduate Training at Eastern Michigan University.

JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Eastern Michigan University offers graduate education in clinical behavior analysis and behavior therapy at the masters (2 years, thesis optional) and doctoral levels (APA accredited; 5 years with 4 years of tuition and stipend support). The program is supported by seven behavioral faculty members with specialties in anxiety disorders, autism, basic behavior analysis, child and family therapy, sexual deviance treatment, and developmental disabilities. An on-campus psychology clinic and various laboratory facilities are available. The graduate course of study is BACB-certified and prepares the graduate for licensure at the masters and doctoral levels. A masters in experimental psychology (thesis required) is available.

 
10.

Behavior Analysis at Auburn University.

JAMES M. JOHNSTON (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Abstract:

The Department of Psychology at Auburn University offers a one year, non-thesis masters program in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Students are trained to provide ABA services to diverse consumers, including individuals with autism spectrum disorder, adults with mental retardation, children with academic and behavioral challenges, and other individuals in need of behavioral services. Behavior analytic training at the doctoral level is available through programs in either Experimental Psychology or Clinical Psychology. Faculty members and graduate students in each of these programs are active in both basic and applied research, as well as research linking these two areas and other areas closely related in experimental psychology.

 
11.

Behavior Analysis at California State University, Sacramento.

BECKY PENROD (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Helene Burgess (California State University, Sacramento), Robert G. Jensen (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

The Behavior Analysis Program at Sacramento State has three goals. The first is to teach students to think critically and scientifically about behavioral processes. The second is to enable students to enter doctoral programs in behavior analysis. The third is to prepare students for careers in applied behavior analysis by passing the national certification examination (BCBA). Clinical training is an integral part of our program. There are numerous internships and job opportunities for behavior analysis students in the Sacramento region. The Behavior Analysis course sequence at Sacramento State has been approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB).

 
12.

Behavior Analysis at Jacksonville State University.

WILLIAM L. PALYA (Jacksonville State University), Steven I. Dworkin (Jacksonville State University), Heidi L. Eyre (Jacksonville State University), Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University), Paige M. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University), Steven C. Stout (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract:

An interactive session with the entirely behavior analytic Psychology Department at Jacksonville State University. A Master's program with a broadly-based program in applied analysis and a sophisticated animal research facility.

 
13.

Behavior Analysis at James Madison University.

SHERRY L. SERDIKOFF (James Madison University)
Abstract:

This program will describe the Behavior Analysis Concentration in the James Madison University Psychological Sciences Program.

 
14.

Behavior Analysis at Temple University.

EMILY B. BISEN-HERSH (Temple University), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University), Jennifer A. Wade (Temple University), Derek Wilkinson (Temple University), Betsy Wurstner (Temple University), Saul Axelrod (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Ralph Spiga (Temple University)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts at Temple University work within several programs in the College of Liberal Arts and College of Education. Students can acquire behavior analytic expertise through programs identified as Brain, Behavior, and Cognition; Special Education; Social Psychology; and School Psychology. Both Masters and Ph.D. degrees are available, including a specialized Masters degree in Applied Behavior Analysis. Additional behavior analytic research opportunities are available in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences located within the School of Medicine.

 
15.

Behavior Analysis at the Florida Institute of Technology.

JOSE A. MARTINEZ-DIAZ (Florida Institute of Technology & ABA Tech), Elbert Blakely (Florida Institute of Technology), Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Mark T. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Patrick E. McGreevy (Florida Institute of Technology), Pamela L. Neidert (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

The Behavior Analysis Programs at the Florida Institute of Technology in Melbourne and Orlando, Florida will be presented.

 
16.

Behavior Analysis at UNC Wilmington.

CAROL PILGRIM (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Ruth M. Hurst (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina, Wilmington)
Abstract:

This poster will present information about the behavior-analytic graduate training available at UNC Wilmington. Program philosophy, admission procedures, opportunities and requirements, and faculty will be described.

 
17.

Behavior Analysis in Norway; Post Graduate Education "Master's in Learning in Complex Systems".

BRITT ANDERSEN (Akershus University College, Norway), Arne Terje Gulbrandsen (Akershus University College, Norway)
Abstract:

Norway may have one of the worlds largest behavior analysts communities - per capita. It is however traditionally a non-academic community. At Akershus University College we have been offering a post graduate education in behavior analysis since 2004. We offer a two-strand program; one with the emphasis on individual behavior (accredited programme) and one in depth study of behavior in systems (OBM).

 
18.

Centre of Applied Disability Studies At Brock University, St. Catharines, Ontario.

MAURICE FELDMAN (Brock University), Rosemary A. Condillac (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Dorothy Griffiths (Brock University), Frances Owen (Brock University), Maureen Connolly (Brock University)
Abstract:

The Masters Program in Applied Disability Study and Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA) at Brock University, is the first in Ontario. The Masters program allows for full-time study (2 years) and part-time study (3 years). The course sequence is BACB approved. Students can choose between two Masters degrees: (a) a Masters of Arts (MA) which requires a thesis and is geared towards students interested in reserach careers and/or pursuing a PhD.; and (b) Masters in Applied Disability Study (and Applied Behaviour Analysis) (MADS) and is a professional Masters degree. MADS is geared towards students already working in the field (e.g., employment in IBI programs). For students who take the MA degree, stipends and bursaries are typically awarded. To accommodate students, courses are offered in the Greater Toronto area, as well as other Ontario cities. Eligibility requirements for admission to the Masters program include a 4 year Bachelors degree.

 
19.

Clinical Health Psychology Doctoral Program with Specialty in Applied Behavior Analysis at East Carolina University.

JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

East Carolina University has a clinical psychology program of study that leads to a Ph.D. in health psychology and eligibility for licensure in North Carolina as a Licensed Psychologist. Students are admitted to one of two concentrations within the program: Behavior Medicine or Pediatric School Psychology. Students can elect to specialize in Applied Behavior Analysis and take a series of courses that will make them eligible for certification as a nationally Board Certified Behavior Analyst. The program is a five-year, full-time, post-baccalaureate program. The 105 semester hour curriculum includes the following components: a core curriculum focusing on the biological, social, and cognitive-affective bases of behavior, health psychology and behavioral medicine, and research (statistics and research design); courses specific to the students chosen concentration, including courses on health assessment and intervention and applied behavior analysis; a series of research experiences culminating in an empirical dissertation and completion of a one-year pre-doctoral internship meeting the requirements of the APA and/or the Association of Psychology Pre-doctoral and Internship Centers.

 
20.

Graduate Programs at the University of Minnesota.

MIMI L. MCDONNELL (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

The University of Minnesota offers masters and doctorate level programs in Educational Psychology. Students at the University of Minnesota can access faculty specializing in the behavioral sciences, school psychology, and special education in order to receive a well-rounded, research based graduate education.

 
21.

Graduate Training in Applied Behavior Analysis at George Mason University.

THEODORE A. HOCH (Northern Virginia Training Center), Michael M. Behrmann (George Mason University), Johannes Rojahn (George Mason University)
Abstract:

George Mason University offers a Behavior Analyst Certification Board approved program of study in Applied Behavior Analysis that can be taken as a Graduate Certificate Program, or as part of a Master's Degree in Special Education, Clinical Psychology, School Psychology, or Applied Developmental Psychology, or as part of a Doctoral Degree in Clinical Psychology. This poster describes the program, its course offerings, and its faculty. Contact information is provided.

 
22.

Graduate Training in Behavior Analysis at Stephen F. Austin State University.

ROBIN RUMPH (Stephen F. Austin State University), Chris Ninness (Stephen F. Austin State University), Glen L. McCuller (Stephen F. Austin State University), Jill Bonner (Stephen F. Austin State University), April Echols (Stephen F. Austin State University), Jennifer McGinty (Stephen F. Austin State University), Shauna Swinney (Stephen F. Austin State University), James Holland (Stephen F. Austin State University)
Abstract:

Stephen F. Austin State University is located in Nacogdoches, Texas in the heart of the East Texas Piney Woods. It is two hours from the Houston metroplex, three hours from Dallas, and one hour from Shreveport, Lousianna. Graduate Training in behavior analysis is available in our School and Behavioral Psycholgy program and our Special Education Program. The School and Behavioral Psychology program is designed to meet BCBA requirements. It also leads to licensure as a specialist in school psychology. Planning authority from the state is expected for a doctoral program in School and Behavioral Psychology. Students for this program will likely be accepted as soon as Fall 2009. The program is designed to meet ABA accreditation standards. Faculty and students publish regularly in prestigious behavior analytic journals including, the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Behavior and Social Issues, and The Psychological Record.

 
23.

Graduate Training in Special Education at Gonzaga University.

KIMBERLY P. WEBER (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University), Thomas Ford McLaughlin (Gonzaga University), Randy Lee Williams (Gonzaga University)
Abstract:

Gonzaga University offers graduate training in 1) Functional Analysis, 2) Early Childhood Special Education, 3) general special education content, and 4) a Masters of Initial Teaching (MIT) in special education. The functional analysis program focuses on clinical procedures and training of candidates. Individuals completing this program have taken content required for BCBA certification. The early childhood special education program provides instruction and application in working with young children with disabilities. The general special education program is designed for students who wish to extend their teaching area or are looking to work in non-certified positions. The MIT in Special education is designed for candidates who are seeking teacher certification to work with students with disabilities.

 
24.

Masters Programme in Applied Behaviour Analysis at the University of Wales, Bangor, UK.

J. CARL HUGHES (University of Wales), Stephen Noone (Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis, School of Psychology, University of Wales, Bangor), Sandy Toogood (Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis, School of Psychology, University of Wales, Bangor), Marguerite L. Hoerger (University of Wales, Bangor), Richard P. Hastings (University of Wales, Bangor), Pauline Horne (University of Wales, Bangor), Corinna F. Grindle (University of Wales, Bangor)
Abstract:

In 2003 we developed the first Masters course in Applied Behaviour Analysis in Europe. The course is designed and taught by Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) and has been approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) as providing content eligibility for students to sit the full BCBA exam (3rd Task List). In line with the British University system, the course is offered at three levels: Post-graduate Certificate, Post-graduate Diploma, and Masters. In the design and running of the course we have attempted to use behavioural principles in the instructional materials, learning environments, and in the assessment of students learning. We utilise computer based instructional packages, direct instruction, and, Precision Teaching approaches, such as SAFMEDS and Standard Celeration Charting. The course can be taken in one year or on a part-time basis (either two or three years in duration). Each year we enroll approximately 30 students from a wide range of backgrounds: early autism intervention projects, challenging behaviour units, social services, special education, and new graduates. Our main aim is to make a significant contribution to training competent behaviour analysts in Europe.

 
25.

Rowan University ABA Programs.

MARY LOUISE E. KERWIN (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University)
Abstract:

Information on Rowan University's undergradaute and graduate programs in applied behavior analysis will be presented.

 
26.

The Chicago School of Professional Psychology.

CHARLES T. MERBITZ (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Traci M. Cihon (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Katherine Sandra MacLeod (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), David A. Pyles (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Denise E. Ross (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

The Chicago School of Professional Psychology is a not-for-profit graduate school located in Chicagos beautiful downtown. The Department of Applied Behavior Analysis currently enrolls 100 students in our two-year full time Masters in ABA, and our PsyD starts in Fall, 2008. Our aim is to produce graduates with outstanding ABA and clinical skills. The MA course sequence is BACB approved, so that graduates are eligible for the BCBA Exam and credential. Supervised field placements in local and out-of-town settings are available. We use behavioral approaches to education, such as the Keller Plan aka the Personalized System of Instruction (PSI), and Precision Teaching. Our faculty members Traci Cihon, Ph.D., BCBA; ?John Eshleman, Ed.D., BCBA;?Sandy MacLeod, MA, BCBA; David Pyles, Ph.D., BCBA; ?Denise Ross, Ph.D.; ?Diana Walker, Ph.D., BCBA; and the Department Chair, Charles Merbitz, Ph.D., BCBA, welcome you to Chicago and ABA and invite your questions. We are also very pleased to offer courses and/or supervision by Michael Fabrizio, MA, BCBA; Paul Holmes, Ph.D.; Janice Pellecchia, MA, BCBA; Yemonja Smalls, Ph.D., BCBA; John Smagner, Ph.D.; Rachel Tarbox, Ph.D., BCBA; and other talented behavior analysts. Further information is available at www.thechicagoschool.edu.

 
27.

The Low Incidence Disabilities and Autism Program at Sam Houston State University.

VALERIE ANDERSON-GRIGG (Sam Houston State University), Sarah J. Holmes (Sam Houston State University), Patricia R. Hitt (Sam Houston State University), Barbara A. Metzger (Sam Houston State University)
Abstract:

The Department of Language, Literacy and Special Populations in the College of Education at Sam Houston State University offers a MA in Special Education with a focus in Low Incidence DIsabilities and Autism (LIDA). The LIDA program emphasizes Applied Behavior Analysis in the teaching methodology and philosophy. Upon completion of the program, Students will be qualified to take the examination for Board Certification in Behavior Analysis. The 2-year program is designed for working professionals across a variety of fields, including psychology and special education. Courses are offered in the evenings and during the summer.

 
28.

The Special Education Program at Penn State.

DAVID L. LEE (Pennsylvania State University), Richard M. Kubina Jr. (Pennsylvania State University), Youjia Hua (Pennsylvania State University)
Abstract:

Information about the graduate program in special education with an emphasis in applied behavior analysis will be presented.

 
29.

University of North Florida.

SARAH ROBINSON (Agency for Persons with Disabilities), Karen B. Patterson (University of North Florida)
Abstract:

The Exceptional Student and Deaf Education Department at the University of Florida offers an Applied Behavior Analysis track within their graduate training program leading to a Masters degree.

 
30.

University of the Pacific Masters Program in Applied Behavior Analysis.

HOLLY AYN WHITE (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific), Cris T. Clay (University of the Pacific)
Abstract:

The University of the Pacific offers a Master of Arts degree in Psychology with an optional emphasis in Applied Behavior Analysis. The curriculum for the 30-unit MA program is approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board, typically requires 2 years and includes an empirical thesis. All students are given opportunities to participate in a wide range of clinical settings (e.g., schools, community programs) in order to develop assessment and intervention skills. Five Board Certified Behavior Analysts are members of the Faculty and Staff and can provide the necessary supervision for those interested in sitting for the Behavior Analysis Certification Board examination. Nearly all graduate-students receive substantial tuition and stipend support through university teaching and other assistantships.

 
31.

Utah State University Doctoral Program in Disability Disciplines: Applied Behavior Analysis Specialization.

THOMAS S. HIGBEE (Utah State University), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University), Robert L. Morgan (Utah State University), Charles L. Salzberg (Utah State University), Benjamin Lignugaris/Kraft (Utah State University)
Abstract:

The doctoral program in Disability Disciplines: Applied Behavior Analysis specialization at Utah State University prepares graduates to be highly effective university faculty and behavior analytic practitioners who significantly improve the lives of children with disabilities through research, intervention, and teaching. This poster will highlight critical elements of the program and provide potential students with information about program admission requirements, financial supports available, and opportunities for research and training.

 
32.

Training and Professional Development at The May Institute.

DENNIS C. RUSSO (The May Institute), Ethan S. Long (The May Institute), William A. Flood (The May Institute)
Abstract:

The May Institute will discuss The Center for Advanced Studies which provides professional development through a wide array of educational programs designed to meet your needs at every stage of your education and career.

 
33.

Behavior Analysis at Central Washington University.

RYAN M. ZAYAC (Central Washington University), Wendy A. Williams (Central Washington University), Libby M. Street (Central Washington University)
Abstract:

The Department of Psychology at Central Washington University offers a two year, Masters program in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Students are trained to provide ABA services to diverse consumers, including individuals with autism spectrum disorder, adults with mental retardation, children with academic and behavioral challenges, and other individuals in need of behavioral services.

 
 
Expo Poster Session #322
ABAI Expo - ABAI Boards
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:00 PM–12:00 AM
South Exhibit Hall
1. Update on ABAI's Education Board Activities.
CHARLES T. MERBITZ (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer L. Austin (University of Houston, Clear Lake), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract: This poster will describe progress on the Education Board's goals for 2007-2008, including activities of the Council of Directors of Graduate Training Programs and the Accreditation Board. Data from selected goal areas will be presented.
 
2.

Membership Board.

RACHEL S. F. TARBOX (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

N/a

 
 
Expo Poster Session #323
ABAI Expo - ABAI Committees
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:00 PM–12:00 AM
South Exhibit Hall
46. ABAI Student Committee.
CORINA JIMENEZ-GOMEZ (Utah State University), Marianne L. Jackson (University of Nevada, Reno), Erick M. Dubuque (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: This poster summarizes the activities and accomplishments of the ABA Student Committee over the past year and future goals for the upcoming year. We also will provide information for ABA student members to become involved.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #324
International ABAI Expo - Chapters
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:00 PM–12:00 AM
South Exhibit Hall
1. ABA Spain: Training Oportunities in Behavior Analsys in Spain and Latin America.
JAVIER VIRUES ORTEGA (Instituto de Salud Carlos III), Tomas Jesus Carrasco-Gimenez (Universidad de Granada), Luis Antonio Pérez González (Universidad de Oviedo), Jose Julio Carnerero (Centro Almudaris), Maria Angeles Rebollar (ABA Spain)
Abstract: The poster and the presenters will help attendants to learn about the training oportunities that ABA offers for Spanish-speaking students and professionals. ABA Spain is the only organization that assists students from Spain and other Spanish-speaking countries to access to BACB credentials.
 
2. Affiliated Chapters Information.
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School), Darcy M. Walsh (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: An overview of the ABA chapters around the world and data on membership and trends in membership will be presented.
 
3. Alabama ABA.
KENNETH W. ATKINS (Auburn University)
Abstract: This poster will provide an overview of the Alabama ABA Chapter, as well as, upcoming events, membership information, and upcoming 2008 convention highlights.
 
4. Be Yourself No Matter What They Say: Spreading the Vocabulary of BA Inside and Outside the Field of Psychology in Italy.
PAOLO MODERATO (IESCUM, ABA Italian Chapter), Giovambattista Presti (IESCUM, ABA Italian Chapter), Renato Gentile (Universita di Parma), Giovanni Miselli (IESCUM, ABA Italian Chapter), Francesco Pozzi (IESCUM, ABA Italian Chapter), Cristina Copelli (IESCUM, ABA Italian Chapter)
Abstract: IESCUM was established to translate into specific actions a vision of science in Italy, both on the educational and on the research side. In these years it has organized courses for psychologists and the first BACB certified ABA course, which welcomed the participation of parents of autistic children as attendants. The favorable climate towards ABA approach to autism has set the occasion to positively promote the values of a scientific approach to the science of behavior to audiences that are usually alien to the field. In addition the group of authors, all psychologists, moved from a Psychology to a Communication and Public Relations Academic Program. The authors experience in integrating the principles of BA to the core of a new program and the chances for interacting with a larger community using the Internet tools, will be discussed. Communicating BA and its applications will be a major focus and opportunity in the next years for IESCUM, since the humanistic roots of Psychology in Italy have not faded at all. Internet is undoubtedly the tool that will help in reaching both a specialized and non-specialized audiences, with initiatives that vary from information rich web sites, distance teaching and an electronic scientific journal.
 
5. Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan (BAAM).
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Heather M. Anson (Eastern Michigan University), Jennifer D. Kowalkowski (Eastern Michigan University), Nicole Hendriksen (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan (BAAM) has been organized to support and promote scientific research on the basic principles of behavior and the extension of those principles to create demonstrably effective and humane outcome-based therapies with the primary goal of establishing and enhancing functional independent living skills. The Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan conducts an annual convention supporting all aspects of behavior analysis in Michigan and the surrounding region. BAAM's growing website offers a variety of resources for behavior analysts and all those interested in behavior analysis.
 
6. Behavior Analysis in Brazil.
MARTHA HÜBNER (USP Sao Paulo, Brazil)
Abstract: The Brazilian Association of Behavioral Psychology and Medicine is the Brazilian ABA chapter. It currently has 4,000 names registered in its mailing list. An average of 1,000 people have attended its annual convention, which typically occurs in the months of August/September. In 2004, ABPMC organized the second international meeting of ABA, in which 2,420 people attended. The Brazilian Association of Psychotherapy and Behavioral Medicine (ABPMC) was founded on November, 4th, 1991. Its objective is to congregate psychologists, researchers, professors, and students that are interested in the scientific and technological development in Behavior Analysis. The ABPMC's members come from all over Brazil. Many regional meetings have been held over the past six years. If we consider the annual meeting and the regional ones, every year we have approximately 3500 Behavior Analysts having meetings and exchanging their researches and practices. ABPMC also publishes a regular journal which is nationally recognized by the academic community. The Brazilian ABA chapter published an article in this journal describing the relationship among scientific associations in Brazil and ABA and the foundation of our chapter. Besides this, behavior analysts have been discussing better political ways of representation of the area.
 
7. California Association for Behavior Analysis.
CHRISTINA WHALEN (TeachTown, Inc.), R. Gregory Nunn (UHS-Keystone Schools)
Abstract: The California Association for Behavior Analysis is * dedicated to the science of behavior analysis. * committed to promoting research, education, and practice based on the principles of behavior analysis. We sponsor the top regional conference on behavior analysis in the United States and regularly feature well known researchers and clinicians from throughout the United States. We are the primary clearinghouse for research and training in behavior analysis in the Western Region of the United States. The California Association for Behavior Analysis was formed in 1998 when two organizations joined together: The Northern California Association for Behavior Analysis (NCABA) and the Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy/Southern California (ABAT/SC). The mission of CalABA, as stated in its bylaws, is the advancement of the profession and practices of behavior analysis. In order to fulfill this mission, CalABA commits to the following activities: 1. Support a certification process for behavior analysts and associate behavior analysts; 2. Advocate for behavior analysis services and the profession; 3. Promote quality assurance in behavior analysis; 4. Provide resources and information related to behavior analysis; 5. Advance behavior analysis via professional development activities.
 
8. Chicago Association for Behavior Analysis.
CHARLES T. MERBITZ (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Janet Radcliffe (Molloy Education Center/The Chicago School of Prof), Kerin Ann Weingarten (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), David A. Pyles (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: This Expo Poster marks another year for the Chicago Association for Behavior Analysis (CABA). Serving Chicago and northern Illinois, CABA is one of the oldest ABA organizations in the USA. The CABA President, Charles Merbitz, PhD, BCBA, CABA officers, and CABA members welcome you to Chicago and to the CABA Poster. We invite your questions and comments.
 
9. The Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis.
JOHN D. MOLTENI (The Center for Children with Special Needs)
Abstract: Learn about the current offerings of CTABA and opportunities to help grow behavior analysis within the state of Connecticut.
 
10. The Experimental Analysis of Behaviour Group (EABG) - UK and Europe.
JOHN HUGHES (University of Wales, Bangor), Michael Beverley (University of Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis)
Abstract: The Experimental Analysis of Behaviour Group (EABG) is the UK’s leading behaviour analysis organisation. With over 400 members we have organised international meetings for over four decades. In the recent past our meetings have been held in the University College London and continue to provide an exciting forum for the dissemination and discussion of high quality behaviour analytic research from across Europe. The EABG now works in collaboration with the European Association for Behaviour Analysis (EABA) and holds biennial meetings. The next meeting of the EABG will be in held in London Easter, 2009. Recently we published the first peer reviewed special edition of the European Journal of Behavior Analysis (EJOBA) that was devoted to the April 2007 meeting of the EABG. The evidence from the EABG meetings suggests that behaviour analysis in Europe is faring well. The European Association for Behaviour Analysis, and its allied Journal the European Journal of Behaviour Analysis, mark exciting endeavours in the continuing development of behaviour analysis across Europe.
 
11. Florida Association for Behavior Analysis.
ANTONIO R. GELABERT (Florida Agency for Persons with Disabilities), Mary M. Riordan (Behavior Management Consultants), Karen R. Wagner (Behavior Services of Brevard, Inc./University of Central Florida)
Abstract: FABA's activities over the course of the past year will be presented along with a preview of the 2008 conference.
 
12. Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis.
JEFF KUPFER (Jeff Kupfer, PA), Nicole L. Bank (Developmental Behavioral Health, Inc.), Christina Hanson (Developmental Disabilities Resource Center), Anne S. Kupfer (Arizona State University), Riki L. Towle (Denver Options, Inc.), Travis Blevins (Behavioral Services of the Rockies)
Abstract: The Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis (4C-ABA) is an independent, non-profit, professional organization affiliated with the Association for Behavior Analysis International dedicated to promoting the experimental, theoretical, and applied analyses of behavior. Our members reside, teach, conduct research and practice primarily in Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico and Utah. The purpose of 4-Corners ABA is to promote the science of behavior and evidence-based technologies derived from the basic science. The organization objectives are: A. Serve as a scientific and professional reference group for all in the states of Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico and Utah who identify themselves as scientists or practitioners in disciplines and activities that utilizes the principles and practices of behavior analysis; B. Promote basic and applied research that will advance understanding of human and other animal behavior; C. Identify and promote the use of effective treatment procedures in the educational, therapeutic and habilitation needs of persons in Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico and Utah within the ethical guidelines set forth by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board®, Inc.; D. Organize and sponsor an annual conference that will serve as a forum for presentation of scientific research, technological achievements and demonstrations of successful transfer of technologies. Presentations bridging animal and human research are particularly welcome; E. Promote the development and expansion of education, training, and employment in the field of behavior analysis; and F. Support efforts of allied organizations in providing evidence-based behavior analytic services.
 
13. Georgia ABA.
JESSICA PUGH (North Georgia Autism Center, Inc.)
Abstract: The Georgia Association for Behavior Analysis (GABA) was founded in 2001 to provide: (1) a professional network and resource for behavior analysts in Georgia; (2) a forum for members to collaborate, disseminate recent research, share ideas, and discuss needs; (3) a voice to promote the ethical and effective use of behavior analysis; (4) a resource for those seeking ABA services in Georgia; (5) the organization of an annual regional ABA conference; and (6) a provider of continuing education for professionals in Georgia.
 
14. Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis.
KIM MEYER (Hawaii State Hospital), Christine Kim-Walton (Behavior Analysis No Ka Oi), Jessie Mitchell (Behavioral Counseling and Research Center)
Abstract: The Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis recently held its third annual conference and is looking to expand its membership. It is seeking to establish contacts with the college and university systems within Hawaii as well as state and private providers. We are currently seeking non-profit status with the federal government. We are also looking for potential speakers at our upcoming conferences. Aloha.
 
15. Heartland ABA.
TAMI L. MCDOWELL (Glenwood Resource Center), Anney R. Fahrenholz (Columbus Organization), Lera Joyce Johnson (Columbus Organization at Glenwood Resource Center), Henry S. Roane (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: The Heartland Association for Behavior Analysis (HLABA) is in its second year and had another successful conference! HLABA was formed to promote applied behavior analysis in Nebraska, Iowa, and surrounding states. Stop by and learn more about our chapter and its activities.
 
16. IABA-Israel ABA Chapter.
MICHAEL BEN-ZVI (IABA Secretary)
Abstract: The IABA was established on 2003 and held it's 5th annual conference on January 2008. IABA have over 50 Behavior Analysts, of whom more than 25 are Board approved BCBA & BCABA, all cooperating to advance ABA in every possible field of practice. There are about 100 more taking part in IABA activities, and over 100 students are enrolled in two graduate certification programs. Approved programs are offered by the University of Tel Aviv, led by Dr. Amos Rolider, and Zineman College for physical education at Wingate Institute, led by Dr. Eitan Eldar. IABA is a certified CE provider, giving opportunities for CE credits to the certified behavior analysts who participate and present in conferences held in both institutes throughout the year. IABA published the Hebrew version of ABA terms and ethical principles. Most of the students who have graduated from the Wingate and Uni. of Tel Aviv programs found positions in a variety of educational and clinical agencies. Goals for the IABA will be presented.
 
17. Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis.
ATLI F. MAGNUSSON (The Diagnostic and Counselling Center), Jon Gretar Sigurjonsson (National University of Ireland, Galway), Gudridur Adda Ragnarsdottir (Atferlisgreining og Kennslurádgjöf), Thorhallur O. Flosason (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis (ICEABA) was founded August 15, 2004. ICEABA is a forum for people interested in the growth and development of behavior analysis in Iceland. ICEABA's goals are to disseminate and promote behavior analysis, support behavior analytic research, communicate with and support students interested in the field, correspond with behavior analytic associations around the world, and to support the establishment of a union of behavior analysts. Currently ICEABA has 30 members, consisting of students, teachers, social facilitators, psychologists, parents, and behavior analysts. The members have access to a discussion board http://groups.yahoo.com/group/isabar/ that has generated 4,341 messages since its foundation in October 1999. ICEABA’s Web site, www.atferli.is, was launched on May 10, 2006.
 
18. Kansas Association for Behavior Analysis.
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Florida), Carl Conklin (University of Kansas), Kimberly K. Bessette (University of Kansas), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (University of Kansas), Nanette L. Perrin (Early Childhood Autism Program, Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Jessica A. Royer (Partners in Behavioral Milestones)
Abstract: This year's KansABA poster will describe its mission and governance and its activities in the preceding year (e.g., gaining tax-exempt status), current activities (e.g., sponsoring workshops), and future plans (e.g., improve our website).
 
19. Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis (MABA).
DANIELA FAZZIO (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Center), Kirsten M. Wirth (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: The Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis' mission and purpose is to develop and disseminate knowledge about behaviour analysis as a science. MABA’s interests are in the experimental analysis of behaviour, the applied analysis of behaviour science, dissemination to stimulate interest in and correct misunderstandings of behaviour analysis.
 
20. The Mexican Society for Behavior Analysis.
CARLOS A. BRUNER (National University of Mexico)
Abstract: The mission of the MABA is to disseminate our discipline across the country. To accomplish this mission the Society organizes biannual conventions and publishes the Mexican Journal of Bahavior Analysis. On November 22-24 the Society will hold its XVIII convention in the city of Xalapa, in the Mexican State of Veracruz. We are presently preparing the convention program with excellent perspectives. So far we have received more than 250 submissions for paper sessions and symposia. In addition, we will have nine keynote address' by prominent Mexican and American behavior analysts. We will also have nine invited presentations by equally prominent academics. For the second time, our next convention will feature tutorials and workshops. In sum, we expect to receive about 600 attendees. By continuing the tradition of organizing biannual conventions, we hope to maintain the vitality of behavior analysis in Mexico.
 
21. Mid-American Association for Behavior Analysis.
ADAM DERENNE (University of North Dakota), Kathryn A. Flannery (University of North Dakota), James E. Carr (Western Michigan University), Kevin P. Klatt (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire)
Abstract: This poster describes the Mid-American Association for Behavior Analysis (or MABA), an organization that holds an annual convention for students and professionals with an interest in behavior analysis.
 
22. The New Jersey Association for Behavior Analysis.
MARLENE COHEN (Rutgers University), Lori E. Bechner (EPIC), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University)
Abstract: NJABA will share updates about our chapter's accomplishments over the past year. Information about our conference in August 2008 will also be provided.
 
23. New York State Association for Behavior Analysis.
HELEN BLOOMER (H Bloomer Consulting)
Abstract: The activities of the New York State Association for Behavior Analysis.
 
24. North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis.
R. M. (DUKE) SCHELL (J. Iverson Riddle Developmental Center), Ruth M. Hurst (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Jennifer Deacon (North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis), Beth Schmitt (Murdoch Developmental Center), Ya-yu Lo (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), James Clark (J. Iverson Riddle Developmental Center), Pamela Mims (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Fred Spooner (University of North Carolina, Charlotte)
Abstract: The North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis celebrates its 20th anniversary in 2008! The annual NCABA conference continues to provide NC with the premier forum for the exchange of behavior analysis research and practice. Come see the impact of behavior analysis in NC at www.nc-aba.com!
 
25. Norwegian ABA.
TERJE GUNDHUS (Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College)
Abstract: The Norwegian ABA is a registered non-profit organization. Membership is open to anyone interested in behavior analysis and its application. At present it has 900 members, and its steadily growing. The organization is run by a Board of eight members with full executive powers, chaired by a president. There are several regional affiliated chapters and two special interest groups. The Board is elected at the annual General Assembly. The Norwegian Association is an affiliated chapter of ABA International and the ABAI International Conference is going to be held in Norway in 2009.
 
26. Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis (ONTABA).
JAMES C. K. PORTER (Brock University), Carobeth Zorzos (Surrey Place Centre), Amy J. Barker Deptuch (West Park ABI Services)
Abstract: The Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis (ONTABA) is a professional organization with the goals of promoting and supporting an interest in behaviour analysis through demonstration of leadership, knowledge, training, and research for the ethical and effective application of behaviour analysis in Ontario. ONTABA was founded in 1992 and has over 300 members from many fields, including psychology, education, developmental services, and corrections, acquired brain injury, and health care.
 
27. Polish Association for Behavior Analysis (PABA).
MONIKA M. SUCHOWIERSKA (Warsaw School of Social Psychology), Agnieszka Aksamit-Ramotowska (Center for Early Intervention Step by Step, Warsaw, Poland)
Abstract: The poster presents the mission, structure and history of the Polish Association for Behavior Analysis (PABA). Selected events and accomplishments in the years 2000-2008 are listed. The poster also includes a list of topics covered in lectures organized by PABA on behavior analysis. The first specialization in ABA (in Poland) is described. Lastly, future plans are listed.
 
28.

The PSTB Activity in 2007.

HALINA DZIEWOLSKA (Private Practice/Behavior Analyst Online), Kornela Grzegorczyk- Duciak (Polish Association of Behavioral Therapy)
Abstract:

1.Realized and planned courses of the PSTB activity in 2007 2.Achievements 3.Members 4.Co-operating centres

 
29. SEABA: The Science of Behavior Analysis.
DEAN C. WILLIAMS (University of Kansas), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University), Adam H. Doughty (College of Charleston), P. Scott Lawrence (University of North Carolina, Greensboro), Sherry L. Serdikoff (James Madison University)
Abstract: The Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis (SEABA) is a regional affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). Like its parent organization, SEABA seeks to promote scholarly discourse within and about Behavior Analysis. A guiding philosophy of SEABA is that students are junior colleagues, with an emphasis on the latter portion of the term. Consequently, SEABA strives to keep membership and convention registration fees low to facilitate student attendance. By SEABA tradition, students typically assist in the planning and orchestration of the annual meeting, introduce the invited speakers, and contribute to its scholarly well being through numerous poster presentations. SEABA membership is open to anyone with a scholarly interest in Behavior Analysis. Current members include applied, basic, and conceptual scholars; psychologists and persons in related disciplines such as education, psychopharmacology, and social work; established scholars and students. Most members reside in the Southeast, although an increasing number of members participate from other parts of the US. For further information see our website: SEABA.ORG
 
30. Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis (SWABA).
NED CARTER (SALAR, Stockholm, Sweden)
Abstract: The poster will present the Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis and it´s current and planned activities.
 
31. Taiwan Association of Behavior Analysis.
HUA FENG (National Chang-hua University of Education), Jonathan Chien (SEEK Education, Inc.), Sharon Chien Chien (SEEK Education, Inc), Yachen Terri Peng (SEEK Education, Inc.), Yi-feng Huang (Taichung Autism Education Association), Hsiang-liang Hsu (Central Taiwan University of Science and Technology), Shu-Hwei Ke (ABA Learning Center)
Abstract: The objective of this poster is to present the organization and development of Taiwan ABA. The contents will include the way to disseminate information about applied behavior analysis, the certification program, the scholarship and future conference plan and training programs. The history of ABA development in Taiwan will also be presented. Besides, two institutes that emphasized on ABA principles will introduce their institutes in this session, too.
 
32. Texas Association for Behavior Analysis.
MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The poster will present information on the activities of the Texas Association for Behavior Analysis. The chapter hosts an annual convention as well as a series of workshops and other events throughout the year. The poster will describe these activities. TxABA also provides an opportunity for leadership training and networking. The poster will provide information on the current leadership in the organization as well as describing opportunities to get involved in the organization.
 
33. Vermont Association for Behavior Analysis.
MEGHAN L. MCGEE (The Baird Center for Children and Families), David L. Powsner (Sd Associates LLC, Behavioral Consultation)
Abstract: The Vermont ABA poster will articulate activities in Vermont to advance applications of applied behavior analysis, to increase capacity for such applications and to formalize the credentialing of behavior analysts.
 
34. Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis.
SHERRY L. SERDIKOFF (James Madison University)
Abstract: This poster will summarize the mission and goals of VABA and highlight our activities over the past year.
 
35. WisABA-Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis.
ROGER FRANK BASS (Carthage College), Matthew E. Andrzejewski (University of Wisconsin, Madison), William J. Murray (Wisconsin DHFS), Corrine R. Donley (University of Wisconsin, Oshkosh, Retired)
Abstract: WisABA is the state organization for ABA. In August of 2008, WisABA will host a large state conference at Carthage College where notables from Wisconsin and the US will present the best BA has to offer in numerous areas. Come see the progress WisABA has made in just a few years and become part of this exciting organization.
 
36.

Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis.

W. LARRY WILLIAMS (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno), Timothy C. Fuller (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

The Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis is one of the many chapters of the Association for Behavior Analysis. The mission of NABA is to promote intellectual exchange and professional development in the field of behavior analysis. The chapter serves its members studying or working in public and private sectors. In addition, NABA provides opportunities for training, research, information dissemination, networking, and problem solving as they relate to conceptual, experimental and applied topics in behavior analysis. The purpose of this poster is to maintain the visibility of the NABA an active chapter at ABA and allow the opportunity for recruitment of members by a way of providing the information regarding the membership benefits and chapters activities at ABA.

 
37.

Indiana Association for Behavior Analysis: Hoosier ABA.

BRIDGET HARRISON (Innovations In Learning, PC)
Abstract:

The Indiana ABA would like to welcome all interested participants to learn a little more about behavior analysis in the state of Indiana. Indiana ABA more casually referred to as Hoosier ABA is excited to have achieved its first year as an affiliated chapter of ABAI and is looking forward to continued growth. Please join us and meet the members of Hoosier ABA and who are making a difference in Indiana.

 
38.

Tennessee Association for Behavior Analysis.

NEALETTA HOUCHINS-JUAREZ (Vanderbilt Kennedy Center Behavior Analysis Clinic)
Abstract:

The Tennessee Association for Behavior Analysis is an affiliate chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis. The mission of TABA is to: encourage the understanding of behavior analysis in academic, research, and the natural environments within the state; support the design and application of effective behavioral procedures to improve the quality of life of the citizens of Tennessee; serve as a professional reference group for those who identify themselves as scientists or practitioners in disciplines that embrace the principles and practices of behavior analysis; advise political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis; organize an annual conference that shall serve as a forum for the presentation of scientific and technological achievements, clinical practice, as well as for discussion of the affairs of the organization; and to publish and distribute information on behavior analysis. The purpose of this poster is to disseminate information on membership and TABA activities to the ABA audience.

 
 
Expo Poster Session #325
ABAI Expo - Special Interest Groups
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:00 PM–12:00 AM
South Exhibit Hall
93. Autism SIG and Parent Professional Partnership SIG.
RUTH M. DONLIN (Private Practice)
Abstract: The Autism and Parent-Professional Partnership SIGs invite all conference attendees to learn more about the SIGs activities and obtain free autism-related publications of interest to the behavioral community.
 
94. Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group.
JENNIFER L. SOBIE (American Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals)
Abstract: The Applied Animal Behavior (AAB) Special Interest Group (SIG) of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) was created to promote research and application of behavior analytic principles to the field of animal management. Members of the AAB SIG are interested in or involved in animal handling across a wide range of animals, both domestic (e.g., dogs, horses) and exotic (e.g., zoo animals). The AAB SIG also takes an active role in support and advancement of behavior analytic research in applied animal behavior, providing members and non-members research tools to aid in the design, implementation and dissemination of results of studies in the area. The SIG also supports data-based and theoretical AAB papers and posters at the annual ABA convention. This support includes dissemination of the titles, presentation times, locations, authors and abstracts all AAB related presentations, and annual presentation of the Marion Breland Bailey Award for Student Research and Scholarship (MMBA). This poster will display SIG member activities and photos of animal facility tours from past conferences, and will include the compellation of animal related and MMBA nominated presentations scheduled for the 2008 conference. Officers from the Applied Animal Behavior SIG will be available during the poster session to discuss the SIG's activities and goals with interested ABAI members.
 
95. Behavior Analyst Online SIG.
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Orlando Behavior Health Services, LLC)
Abstract: The BAO is publisher of the Behavior Analyst Today, JEIBI, ICBCT, BDB, SLP-ABA, JBAHSFM, JOBA-OVTP, Analysis of Gambling Behavior, Behavioral Development Bulleting. The BAO is operated by a governing board and also offers a forum for discussion of issues for practitioners and researchers in the field of behavior analysis.
 
96. Behavioral Gerontology Special Intrest Group.
JONATHAN C. BAKER (Western Michigan University), Paige Raetz (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: This poster decribes the purpose and benefits of participation in the Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group.
 
97. Behavioral Medicine SiG.
CRAIG A. THOMAS (New Beginning Therapeutic Services, LLC.), Joseph D. Cautilli (Children Crisis Treatment Center/St. Joseph's University)
Abstract: A review of the changes that Behavior Analysis has created in treatment of patients believed to be purely medical conditions. A summary of the implications that behavior analysis has in the future of medicine and a review of the important work ahead.
 
98. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility.
SARAH K. MOORE (National Development and Research Institutes, Inc.), Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work, UIC), Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University)
Abstract: Many behavior analysts entered the field because they wished to act to contribute to their world, and in particular to further social justice, human rights, and environmental action, and to challenge oppression. If you are one of those people, join us to further those interests.
 
99. Clinical Behavior Analysis SIG.
THOMAS J. WALTZ (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: We will be presenting information on where to receive training in Clinical behavior Analysis, and on the types of training available in this field. Please stop by and learn about all of the exciting opportunities in this exciting field.
 
100. The Special Interest Group for Behavior Analysis in Crime & Delinquency.
JOSEPH D. CAUTILLI (Children Crisis Treatment Center/St. Joseph's University)
Abstract: Behavior analysis has a long and proud tradition in reducing recividism. Many at ABA do not know of the vast opportunities that this area presents for research and treatment. This poster will focus on the contribution of behavior analysis and behavior therapy to reducing recividism.
 
101. The Developmental Behavior Analysis SIG.
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University)
Abstract: The activities of the Development SIG and the Behavior Developent Bulletin are outlined.
 
102. Dissemination of Behavior Analysis SIG.
JOSHUA K. PRITCHARD (University of Nevada, Reno), Melissa Nosik (TEAM Centers), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: A review of the formative 6 months of this SIG whose mission is to disseminate the science of human behavior to the public at large through the promulgation of easy to understand explanations of what exactly this science is, and help society realize the potential of this science as well as dispel myths which detract from its positive image.
 
103. Evidence-Based Practices SIG Business.
TERI LEWIS (None), Randy Keyworth (The Wing Institute)
Abstract: The Evidence-Based Practice SIG was formed to increase understanding within behavior analysis of the multi-disciplinary evidence-based practice movement, and to expand the role of behavior analysis in this movement. Foci include fundamental questions about both evidence (e.g., what kinds of?research qualify as persuasive evidence of intervention effectiveness?) and evidence-to-practice translation (dissemination, implementation, and?sustainability of effective interventions). The founding of the EBP-SIG?rests on three assumptions: (a) that evidence too often is divorced from practice, (b) that behavior-analytic data too infrequently drive discussions of evidence, and (c) that the historical approach to evidence within behavior analysis, however laudable, is incomplete and worthy of systematic updating.
 
104. Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior SIG.
CYNTHIA J. PIETRAS (Western Michigan University), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas), Christy A. Alligood (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The EAHB-SIG aims to promote the development of the experimental analysis of behavior with human subjects. The SIG maintains an online journal fo the publication of human research, sponsors a yearly student paper competition, and at ABA delivers an EAHB Distinguished Career Award.
 
105. Instructional Design SIG Anyone?
GUY S. BRUCE (Appealing Solutions, LLC)
Abstract: Instructional design is a tool for solving "know-how" problems. It can be used to design more efficient teaching and training programs for staff and clients, so that organizations and individuals achieve desired results. For example, an effective behavior management plan should include an efficient training program for those language, social, work, and daily living skills that persons with learning difficulties need to achieve their personal goals. In the same way, staff need efficient training programs so that they will quickly learn the skills they need to help clients achieve their goals. Teachers and trainers at any level can use instructional design to help their students rapidly acquire the skills they need to be effective in their careers, whether these careers are in behavior analysis or in other fields. Those interested in learning more about instructional design are invited to attend our symposium, “What’s New in Instructional Design."
 
106. Interbehaviorists in ABA.
YUKIKO WASHIO (University of Nevada, Reno), Mitch Fryling (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: We will encourage members to participate in this SIG and present introductory knowledge of interbehaviorism.
 
107. NeuroSIG: Neuroscience Special Interest Group.
SIMON DYMOND (Swansea University), Michael W. Schlund (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: The Neuroscience SIG brings together researchers, academics, clinicians and students interested in the intersection of behavior analysis and neuroscience as it relates to basic research, clinical interventions or general neurological dysfunction. The Neuroscience SIG has three primary missions: 1) To introduce behavior analytic research to the neurosciences and introduce neuroscience research to behavior analysis; 2) To serve as both a meeting place and training environment for students and professionals alike interested in basic and applied neuroscience research; 3) To serve as a forum for collaborative relationships, funding applications, and the sharing of best-practice; 4) advocate for and promote high standards in the application of behavior analytic treatments for individuals with neurological dysfunction.
 
108. The Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Network.
JOHN AUSTIN (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The poster will describe OBM Network activities over the past year, and encourage membership in the organization.
 
109. Positive Behavior Support SIG.
ROBERT F. PUTNAM (The May Institute, Inc.)
Abstract: The Association for Behavior Analysis’ Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group is dedicated to promoting research-based strategies that combine applied behavior analysis and biomedical science with person-centered values and systems change to increase quality of life and decrease problem behaviors. The goal of the PBS SIG to promote the use of positive behavior support interventions in schools, communities, agencies and in homes and support practitioners in its use.
 
110. Practitioner Issues in Behavior Analysis SIG: Building a Profession for Behavior Analysts.
JOSEPH D. CAUTILLI (Children Crisis Treatment Center/St. Joseph's University)
Abstract: N/a
 
111. Rehabilitation and Independent Living SIG.
MICHAEL P. MOZZONI (Learning Services Corporation)
Abstract: The Rehabilitation and Independent Living SIG is designed to encourage behavior analysts working in this area or interested in this area to learn about behavioral applications in mulit-disciplinary environments. Our aim is to review the literature and make recommendations for practice guidelines in the treatment of persons with acquired brain injury. A secondary, but equally important goal is to exchange treatment ideas and interest students in internship opportunities at neurorehabilitation facilities around the country. Come, visit, learn and contribute.
 
112. Sex Therapy and Educational Programming SIG (STEPSIG).
BOBBY NEWMAN (Room to Grow)
Abstract: This will be a poster describing the Sex Therapy and Educational Programming Special Interest Group (STEPSIG). Descriptions of our past year's activities, and sample articles from our newsletter, will be displayed.
 
113. The Standard Celeration Society (SCS).
NICHOLAS M. BERENS (University of Nevada, Reno/Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.), Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center), Katherine Sandra MacLeod (Standard Celeration Society), Charles T. Merbitz (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Richard M. Kubina Jr. (Pennsylvania State University)
Abstract: Since 1990 the Standard Celeration Society has comprised a collegial organization for all persons who use Standard Celeration Charts to monitor and change human behavior frequencies. The Society's members come from a diverse background. They apply the Chart to all levels of education, including pre-school, elementary and middle school, high school, and college, as well as to all types special education. Additionally, members have used the Chart in human services organizations, business and industrial applications, performance management and improvement consulting, parenting and child rearing, self-management projects and general scientific analysis of national and world economic and social problems. The Society encourages the development and growth of a science of human behavior and learning, and promotes using the Standard Celeration Chart to further that objective. Moreover, the Society seeks research to create data-based functional applications derived from the science of behavior and learning. Ultimately, we have a society to create a more loving, less fearful world. Mission Statement: The basic mission of the Standard Celeration Society is to promote standard measurement and monitoring of behavior frequencies and their celerations.
 
114. Technology SIG.
CHRISTINA WHALEN (TeachTown, Inc.)
Abstract: The Technology SIG was created to bring together companies, researchers, service providers, and consumers who are interested in the use of technology for conducting research or providing ABA services. The primary goals of the Technology SIG are: 1) To share ideas and educate others about how technology can be used to promote ABA practices; 2) To support consumers of technology products by developing a set of best practices; 3) To set a path for research in technology for ABA; and 4) To promote ABA and exchange information through technology.
 
115. Speech Pathology Special Interest Group (SPABA).
JAMIE M. SEVERTSON (Western Michigan University), Barbara E. Esch (ESCH Behavior Consultants, Inc.)
Abstract: SPABA will present information on professional activities of SIG members related to our mission of promoting a behavioral approach to the analysis and treatment of speech/language/swallowing disorders.
 
116. Verbal Behavior - Special Interest Group
SARAH A. LECHAGO (Western Michigan University), Season Almason (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The verbal behavior special interest group is an ABA affiliated organization. This SIG is dedicated to the study of language from a behavior analytic perspective. Members of the SIG are devoted to the advancement of verbal behavior research and treatment approaches. The SIG is in a critical and exciting period of growth and we are eager to recruit a variety of interested students and professionals into the SIG to contribute to its advancement.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #326
ABAI Expo - Other Organizations
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:00 PM–12:00 AM
South Exhibit Hall
82. ACES Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention.
JAMES A. HOKO (Area Cooperative Educational Services - EIBI), Donn Sottolano (Area Cooperative Educational Services - EIBI), Jill G. Emmerich (Area Cooperative Educational Services - EIBI), Caryn Mello-Kennedy (Area Cooperative Educational Services - EIBI), Cara M. Cappalli (Area Cooperative Educational Services - EIBI), Coral E. Lee (Area Cooperative Educational Services - EIBI), Krystl Giordano-Padilla (Area Cooperative Educational Services - EIBI), Lisa Tereshko (Area Cooperative Educational Services - EIBI)
Abstract: ACES is one of five Regional Educational Service Centers serving public school districts in CT. Its ABA-based Autism program ACES-EIBI-- has grown seven times its original size since its inception in the fall of 2002. Our program provides a carefully designed, highly structured approach to teaching based on well-studied principals of human learning. It is designed primarily for children ranging in age from three to fourteen whose clinical diagnoses fall along the autism spectrum. ACES EIBI is staffed by qualified, certified professionals in the areas of behavior analysis, education, occupational therapy, speech, and other related services. The trans-disciplinary team works together to assess individual student needs, develop optimal individualized instructional programming, and implement empirically-validated techniques. In keeping with the latest national and state recommendations, ACES-EIBI provides more than 25 hours of intensive, ABA-based, early intervention across a variety of instructional contexts. Additionally, the program incorporates ecological modifications, functional behavioral assessments peer integration planning, parent training, and other intensive educational experiences. Proud of its growth in size and proficiency, ACES-EIBI continues to search for skilled, motivated individuals to help us in providing quality educational services to Connecticut children and families.
 
83. AdvoServ Residential Programs.
JAMES F. MCGIMSEY (AdvoServ), Terry J. Page (AdvoServ), Gretchen S. Thwing (AdvoServ), Cheryl L. Ecott (AdvoServ), David M. Wilson (AdvoServ)
Abstract: AdvoServ offers a variety of clinical, educational and administrative roles for B.A., M.A., and Ph.D. professionals with interest, training and experience in Behavior Analysis in their residential programs in Delaware, Florida and New Jersey. AdvoServ provides nationally recognized services for children through adults with a range of developmental disabilities, mental health issues, and challenging behaviors such as aggression, conduct disorders, property destruction, and self-injury. We specialize in behavioral services designed to effectively treat these problems and teach skills in order to return individuals to their communities and families. Our programs demonstrate significant success in behavioral, educational and adaptive domains for individuals who often have not benefited from previous attempts at programming. To achieve these successes, we depend upon motivated staff who wish to learn and work in the field of behavior analysis and developmental disabilities. Excellent salaries with substantial increases for advancing skills, experience and responsibilities, comprehensive medical and dental insurance, 401(k) plan, tuition reimbursement, opportunities for continued education and professional development, and much more. Gain unique skills and invaluable credentials joining a top-notch team of Behavior Analysts.
 
84. Behavioral Intervention in Autism: An Online BCBA Curriculum.
RICHARD K. FLEMING (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center), Charles Hamad (University of Massachusetts Medical School), Richard Siegel (University of Massachusetts, Lowell), Charlotte Mandell (University Of Massachusetts), Cheryl Gray (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center), Leslie A. Morrison (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center)
Abstract: Behavioral Intervention in Autism is a five-course, online curriculum offered through a collaboration between the E. K. Shriver Center at UMASS Medical School and UMASS Lowell. The curriculum is approved by BACB to meet the coursework requirement at the BCBA and BCABA levels. Nationally recognized doctoral level experts in behavior analysis and autism teach the courses.
 
85. Clinic 4 Kidz: Intensive Home-Based Pediatric Feeding Disorders Program.
ANGELA PRUETT (Clinic4Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic4Kidz), Jennifer Leigh King (Clinic4Kidz)
Abstract: Clinic 4 Kidz is a home-based pediatric feeding disorders program and a small percentage of our practice also provides intensive treatment to children with autism. We provide services for children birth to 12 years of age. We treat children with a variety of feeding problems such as tube dependence, food refusal, texture and type selectivity, bottle dependence, ritualistic eating patterns etc. Diagnoses include (but are not limited to) failure to thrive, developmental disabilities (e.g., autism, down syndrome etc.), prematurity, gastroesophageal reflux, and other gastrointestinal problems. Treatment is provided in the childs natural environment (e.g., home, school, restaurants etc.). Our clinicians travel all over the country to provide state of the art feeding therapy to children with a variety of difficulties. Clinic 4 Kidz strives to provide quality clinical services as well as conduct clinically significant research. The clinical research that is conducted focus on the assessment and treatment of feeding problems in children. We also have a long-term outcome measures research project that all clinicians are involved in. We are always looking to hire behavior analysts who have both clinical and research interest in the area of pediatric feeding disorders and/or autism.
 
86. Division 25 of the American Psychological Association.
ERIC A. JACOBS (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale)
Abstract: Division 25 was founded in 1964 to promote basic research in the experimental analysis of behavior, to encourage applications of such research to human affairs, and to cooperate with other divisions whose interests overlap with the Division. Division 25 is also the voice of behavior analysis within the APA. If behavior analysts are not strongly represented in APA, then APA is unlikely to advocate for us when they speak with government officials, funding agencies, and to the general public. The stronger our numbers, the louder our voice. Stop by the poster at this year's expo to learn more about Division and about how you can help simply by joining. With annual dues as low as $22 the time to join Division 25 is now.
 
87. Early Language Intervention Ltd.
DEIRDRE M. MULDOON (Early Language Intervention Ltd.), Kristen A. Maglieri (Early Language Intervention Ltd.), Triona Tammemagi (Early Language Intervention Ltd.), Joel Nudi (Early Language Intervention Ltd.)
Abstract: Early Language Intervention Ltd (ELI) serves children diagnosed with speech and language delay or disorder. ELI was established in 2001 by Deirdre Muldoon and Joel Nudi to meet the growing demand for language therapy services in the Dublin area. Since 2001, ELI has grown from serving several children to over one hundred children in five locations across Ireland. ELI is based on a developmental sequence of language acquisition. Our programs are driven by evidence-based teaching strategies that help children acquire language in a developmentally appropriate manner. ELI offers three services: pre-school (ages 2-6), after-school (ages 6-12) and intensive pre-school for children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Our approach to language intervention has been extremely successful in providing students with the skills necessary to achieve in mainstream school placements, including those who had been diagnosed with a severe language delay or disorder.
 
88. The Academy for Precision Learning.
ALISON L. MOORS (Academy for Precision Learning)
Abstract: The Academy for Precision Learning opened its doors in August of 2007. We are an inclusion based private elementary program for students ages Kindergarten-Fifth grade with a special emphasis on including students on the Autism spectrum. Our motto is: "because every child is a highly capable child". We utilize a variety of teaching technologies derived from the field of Applied Behavior Analysis including Precision Teaching, Fluency Based Instruction, Direct Instruction, Discrete Trial Instruction and more. Our staff is a unique combination of certified elementary school teachers and board certified behavior analysts or those studying to become board certified.
 
89. Autism Behavioral Research Individualized Treatment & Education (ABRITE).
GINGER R. WILSON (The ABRITE Organization), Janice K. Doney (The ABRITE Organization), John Frederick (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract: ABRITE provides early intervention services to children with autism and other developmental disabilities throughout Santa Cruz County, California. ABRITE utilizes the principles and methods of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in order to analyze a childs specific needs and develop an individualized learning environment and program of instruction. The ABRITE treatment model consists of several instructional strategies based on the principles of behavior analysis including: discrete trial and natural environment teaching, function-based communication training, rate building, and verbal behavior instruction. In addition to intensive home-based services, ABRITE provides children and families with several other forms of assistance including: (1) function based assessment and treatment of undesirable behaviors, (2) parent training, and (3) classroom assistance. ABRITE is comprised of a compassionate team of individuals who care deeply about children and who believe that autism does not define a child. ABRITE emphasizes the importance of a team approach to intervention and views parent involvement and training as essential components of intervention. We believe that further development and dissemination of validated practices will be the way by which families and science can unite to improve the lives of children with autism and other developmental delays. ABRITE offers a number of employment and training opportunities to undergraduates, graduates, and postgraduates.
 
90. Tri-Valley Academy.
ZOE E. LLOYD (Tri-Valley Academy, Bergenfield Public Schools, NJ)
Abstract: The Tri-Valley Academy is new public school program that serves children on the autistic spectrum using applied behavior analysis. The program is a collaborative venture between three school districts, Bergenfield, New Milford, and Dumont, New Jersey. In addition to a full day school program, the Tri-Valley Academy also began a summer golf program for middle school and high school students on the autistic spectrum. This program, titled "Not Far From Par", was funded through a USGA grant.
 
91. ASAT: Association for Science in Autism Treatment.
DAVID A. CELIBERTI (Private Practice)
Abstract: The Association for Science in Autism Treatment is an organization dedicated to disseminating accurate information regarding empirically verified treatment for the Autistic Spectrum Disorders. This poster will describe the activities of the organization.
 
92. The New Jersey Center for Outreach and Services for the Autism Community (COSAC).
LINDA S. MEYER (New Jersey Center for Outreach and Services for the Autism Community), Tamara A. Bannon (New Jersey Center for Outreach and Services for the Autism Community), Barbara Wells (New Jersey Center for Outreach and Services for the Autism Community)
Abstract: Free autism and ABA publications
 
 
Expo Poster Session #327
ABAI Expo - Around The World
Sunday, May 25, 2008
10:00 PM–12:00 AM
South Exhibit Hall
47. Canada's First Bachelor's Degree in Behavioural Psychology.
GARY A. BERNFELD (St. Lawrence College, Behavioral Psychology), Sheelagh Jamieson (St. Lawrence College), Marie Line Jobin (St. Lawrence College, Behavioral Psychology), Andrew W. McNamara (St. Lawrence College), Deborah K. Smith (St. Lawrence College)
Abstract: St. Lawrence College began offering a new Bachelor of Applied Arts (Behavioural Psychology) degree in September 2004. This program provides the most comprehensive training in the behavioural sciences at the undergraduate level in Canada. Students are trained in the latest behavioural techniques used in a variety of areas such as acquired brain injuries, autism, addictions, developmental disorders, psychiatric disorders, and special education, as well as adult and youth corrections. Graduates may pursue additional post-secondary education (e.g. graduate school in this area, as well as in teaching, social work, etc). The major areas of study within the program are applied behaviour analysis and cognitive behaviour therapy, as well as behaviourally-orientated courses in Abnormal and Developmental Psychology, Statistics, etc. Classroom based courses combined with three practicum opportunities [totalling over 1100 hours] ensure both knowledge and skill development in assessing behavioural patterns and designing effective programs to achieve behavioural change and skill development. The program has received strong support from past ABA presidents as well as recognised leaders in both research and applied settings across North America. Data from a needs-based survey show a strong demand for a full time degree in the field of behavioural sciences For more information see http://www.sl.on.ca. First go to  full-time studies , then  degree programs  and select our program.
 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}